Eh 
 a 
 
2 > } ft} 
 - : 
 v fi Vp 
 ’ 
 
 OER EEE EEE | 
 
 earning und Xabor. 
 
 LIBRARY 
 ee ‘of Illinois. { 
 CLASS. BOOK. VOLUME. 
 
 nanahehanan akan 
 
 Leos NLD yo ae 
 
 Books are not to be tak en from the Libr OLY. cade 
 
 S LORS: Nov AE HEA ee fl 
 OxQenfsa Rec Pac Pace haOeoPe Paes Pae Bas === 
 
 SEPP EEE Ee 
 
 ok 
 
wh 
 ue 
 
 2 
 
LIBRARY 
 univenSry ot nots. 
 
 POCKET HANDBOOK 
 
 OF 
 
 Useful « ITnformation, 
 
 PulGdes Ly TS, 
 
 Telegraph + Code, + &c., 
 LEAD GOVERED ELECTRIC CABLES, 
 INSULATED WIRES, &c., 
 
 WRITTEN AND COMPILED BY 
 MAIOSEPH + W, + MARSH ,& 
 
 ; PRESENTED BY THE 
 
 Standard Underground Cable Co. 
 
 PITTSBURGH, NEW YORK, CHICAGO. 
 ST. LOUIS. 
 
 JANUARY, 1897. 
 
 Entered according to Act. of yee ess in the yee? 1897, by 
 JOSEPH W. MARSH, 
 In the Office of the Librarian of roa ress, at Washington, D. C. 
 
STAN DARD 
 > 
 
 nderground Cable Co. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Tue Warinc Cases 
 
 FOR 
 
 TELEGRAPH, TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC LIGHT 
 AND POWER; UNDERGROUND, SUB- 
 MARINE AND AERIAL. INSU- 
 LATED WIRE OF ALL KINDS; 
 
 CABLE AND LINE WIRE 
 ACCESSORIES. 
 
 GENERAL OFFICES: WESTINGHOUSE BUILDING, 
 PITTSBURGH, PA. 
 
 BRANCH OFFICES: 
 NEW YORK, 18 Cortlandt St., G. L. WILEY, Manager. 
 as WIRE DEPT., T. E. HUGHES, Manager. 
 CHICAGO, The Rookery, J. R. WILEY, Manager. 
 ST. LOUIS, MO., Security Building. 
 
 FACTORIES: PITTSBURGH, PA., U. S. A. 
 
| ! 
 Hy % Boon 2 A 
 
 fficers: 
 
 President, 
 MARK W. WATSON. 
 
 Vice President and General Manager, 
 
 JOSEPH W. MARSH. 
 
 Secretary and Treasurer, 
 
 FRANK A. RINEHART. 
 
 Auditor, 
 Cc. M. HAGEN. 
 
 General Superintendent Manufacturing Department, 
 
 WILLIAM A. CONNER. 
 
 Electrician, 
 
 HENRY W. FISHER. 
 
 Asst. Genl. Manager, 
 atl ew DOLE LH, 
 
 General Superintendent Construction, 
 Manager Conduit Depariment, 
 
 F. S. VIELE. 
 
 BRG2*0 
 
LINDE: 
 
 ‘ 
 
 P. L, Price Lists; D., Description ; W. D., Working Direc- 
 tions ; M., Miscellaneous. 
 
 Alternating (Currents PHMects Ofiiersecnss.s..-eascanvrassecees M., 178, 174 
 
 Arresters, Lightning, Electric Light and Power, 135. ae. os thd 
 
 Arresters Lightning, Telephone and chia rl D., 92;w. D.. , 136 
 
 BGI tit OF aca disccetenesvese steosc eer ves sonnets tec tle ehcesotaberceleamese eee amet M. "158 
 Bindins POSts ip cscccesestoes P. L., 84 and 87; D., 90, 91; W. D. 182, 133 
 Boxes) Hush Or Servicer 4. althasss seas these eeoetaapsenacsecccn seen one , 102 
 Boxes, pores ae LpaabsapesMicaguaiWie yeaa’ = a3 37; D.. 95 to 98; W. D. "31 
 Braid, Tubular... Reasentina tases cin PAL) 88; D. , 102: W. D.. 127 
 Cable Addresses. ...ssssses--+-- Las eabe'ssSean ote shaulseghtotdtalancs 5 sesaia ame M. , 39 
 Cable Box. tre ex ects obenncn cy detente eluaeae tees D., 89 to 92; W. D. , 132 
 Cables Aerial ise eas ass ctacseavectscedne one LevSl: D. , 81; W. ae 118° 119 
 Cables, Anti-Induction............... oy; D. 80; Ww. JON 111 to 130 
 Cables, BUNCHES ete aa wast ones P; SPT D., Pes 82; W. D., 111 to 130 
 Cables, Duplex and Multiple...*......... , 84, 85, 86; M. 174, 175 
 
 Cables, Electric Light and Power { . iy 23 to 25; D., 88 to Bi 
 Cables HOusestns casssscetetss P. L., 28 to 81; D., 82; W. D., 120, 121 
 Ca bles Oimcesnressparsteccsuseeeentences ones P. ye; 19; D, 63; W. D. , 120, 121 
 Cables RUDDER c:.-cospsedsccetbbrse iseseparvcceescqceuapasterseweesuentes se D:, 87, 84 
 Cables Single W ites cicsscase. Pewee at 24, 25, 29; W. D.. 111 to 130 
 Cables Subimarinenss, ccivs.sshersesuces 82: D 87; ; W. D. LTS LS 
 
 Cables, Telephone and Telegraph face “Cables, Bunched, ” and 
 “Cables, Anti-Induction’’). 
 
 Cables, Underground (See all Cables!) ucosscrstazeuierd Di alatoon 
 Cables, Weatherproof. ...1.1.).scctesssesseceeaseteceaneatesoees Py 2): DA 64 
 Calendar for ascertaining the day ofthe week forany date, M. 145 
 Calendars for S07 1898 WiS90 oi: eae. er cs nccu an cee ase ect eeee ee tee M. (144 
 Capacity, Electro- Stable .\,..bah metas M., 76, &1, 82, 139, 140, 175 
 Capacity, Specific Inductive. -..............---ceseseccossepeneecenonees M., 158 
 
 Carrying Capacity, Equivalent, in several Conductors.....M., 165 
 Carrying Capacity of Cables, Underground and 
 
 OTT A yi veck toe eases siz suabcccls faces sacha eee pee see ace M., 169 to 171 
 Carrying Capacity of Cables and Wires, Table Comparing, M.,171 
 Circular Mils and Mils, Deftnitions FT MOE Lent FE , 164 , 165 
 Coating, Protective, for Lead Cover .n.eecsee sath sh ia and Fig, 5 
 Coatine He es a aah sae tet: Sree or 
 Code, General Telegraphic..............:.0:ssse:eecccecerceneeeees M., 39 - 54b 
 Code, Numerals: 5 Weir nttssvecsclu cesar tatataametr.asases M. 47 and 54b 
 Code: Private (a ee" ae Ravan c cheer reeee M., 54c, 54d 
 Code. Spécial (see Price Lists) ii aitsis Aiucsensess cued M ee to 388 
 Compound, Waring Insulating, (‘‘Ozite’’) ce <4 sin roe ee 134 
 Conductivity of Witeyeciscscn-ssemeec cc's W. D., 188, 139; M. , 158, 159 
 Conductivity Relatives ii le sa dessseneanauads coset naa eveum tome rteses M., 159 
 Conductors, Information and Formule Relating to......... M., 158 
 WON AUILS eres cccvewcnct reer P: L,.,:86; D., 99,to 10L; W. D. , 112, 113 
 Construction, Cost of Aerial and Underground aus teossedveceds .M., 179 
 COPPer Wires hoes cen becchanas suede ree tet ae eee to men eae Ply 16UDe 59 
 Copper Wire, Solid, Table of WDatat....:.csccncssccccsssaewcsstenyeene M., 161 
 Copper) Wire; Stranded: "Fable of Datariecri.:s..s-1ekecee essen M., 162 
 Cords, Flexible S witehiiictc.cce:-10b ventarcey eae creamer s teeete PL. dees 
 Cord, Incandescent Lamp (Silk and Cotton)......... PSL Sse On 
 Cavers Vea disci cB cocttn ioe cate soe coc cc Peau ne cl mene RmE aes ae ace seeh D. 78, 79 
 Cross Section (2.4 pertersc csuyasrscsuste cetaceans wesnnteay Opposite page 182 
 CUDES ERG aaa scence tee rece a ad emaneeeseaedededs esate eiiares ., 154, 155 
 Définition of HlectricaljUnits..7-. -nsscccosseaeoonnseeesenes M., 164, 165 
 Descriptions and Illustrations of Manufactures............ D., 55to 106 
 Diameters and Weights of Wires and somes: (see also 
 
 respective Price Lists))..........c...csessescess 87, 101; M., 161, 162 
 Directions for Installing Cables, and all Ghaeeeroane 
 
 APPAFAtS........rsessenrcceceoneee « seseeneeaceescesasesennes W. D., 111, 136 
 Directions for Testing Electric Cables............... W.D. , 187 to 142 
 Directions to; Purchasers oecciicsecenge (lanes degWOkis\ aseonclie sade caenens M.,8 
 Distribution of Cables...%......@%....../.D;, 102; W. D., 117, 128 to 135 
 Drawing Cable into Conduits......... 0%... cused cceseos W. D. , 114 to 116 
 Blectoral Vote Of: States csi 40 stsacstetwonsasene dopestsmhearee eeopsaaueeed M., 148 
 Hlectrical Horse Power, Table Off............scpesuuncsaesevaensae Pings M. 172 
 Bilectrical/ Statistics yasciscss decovesgens cannes teabee suseames sokeenea ieee ene M. 17, 178 
 Electrical Units and Formule (see also onan ~M., 164, 165 
 
 4 
 
Electroloysis Discussion of Means for Prevention..M., 107 to 109 
 
 MU POARI oak segs stcns teen eee pnncidgs bach dadepnaaebadunbeueynautestabemsicaricas gabgeras M., 
 Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts of a Mile.................000+ M., 153 
 FRUCKIDUITY OL AD) eset trian steanertenertccirewtectcesstrsaec che ctcuscces: D., 87 
 HOO RU Om ee feces sees tsk secna ck nesta cere ease bane ce tne naeer ovat cass shoes oe es 157 
 Foreign Money, WA IWOf s..devccrerepne.ctalatussteretbeheesieceesseene. ) 157 
 Formule and Rules..M. , £38 to 142; 156 to 159, 162 to 166, i690 to 174 
 Fractions of an Inch Expressed in Mils/niAseiiianlihs ess M., 153 
 Gauges; COMpParieoss OF acs seussvscnatsaslwaseetes OS, SAN RTA a 160 
 [cae hg: eee OPPS COLIPNEE mL ta SOO FW ek ae ee Bed 158 
 General.and Electrical Information.............:0.sccc.eeeeee M. “TB to 182 
 Pitti Gel GIASINE ed cavelvocuncasdeasstosdacgt tewabancvyens D., 102; 'W.D. , 118 
 Hangers, Cable, (see also “Supports’’) { a. ae 35; Te and 95; 
 morse Power, Tableof Mlectricala ra iticnmsscsccse<tscseses sevens M., 172 
 Ren tiA CATON s = Dat auscssedeas dalecmocscant se tocectr erst teeeh cancced sduces M., 182 
 Inch, Fractions of an, Expressed in Mils................:cc00e000 M., 153 
 Induction, SSG Era cee tte cs sta tos scone sesaveresicoueh essed suse sphees D., 85; M., 173 
 Inductive Capacity, Specific Sav deeeto ie Me nnlondoteedsneee hake Ok M., 158 
 Information, General and Electrical......................6 , 148 to 182 
 installine Cables. sete Rede etees laa weeks Ww. ue , 118 to 130 
 MIG UPALTON TDCI. osetecstececuscie ton tees onto saeete ies D., 60 to 70; 76 to 78 
 Insulation, Rubbet........... PEbwuur voted UUW bens sae es Khtdownstbdauvouesd D., 56, 77 
 Interest; Laws of States and Territoniesi.. fae eases: M. 
 JOItS) Directions formaking steel. ets ersssecoceeves W. D., 122 to 130 
 Joints, on Anti-Induction Cables ..............::eeeeeees We D); * 128 to 130 
 JOINS, Off Bunche ‘Ca bhes's. acsc iste scacenscesstssosnesss W. D., 128 to 130 
 Joints on Electric Light and Small Single Wire 
 
 BAD LES cestar sry .steeeaia ss dantavstgaeviseesolssna vie mgsacedsitey W Dz, 126 to 130 
 Joints, Tools and Devices for Making { “PB. ee aes 1b ge 104 ; 
 MAN CHIOLD ORES Ase ket asect as onetws cece ee PV, 875.D.; 95 to 98; hike D., 181 
 UN CHONM BDORCS VE ATLS Olt. cansaqnssceydeeeesseccedeelstesrededdsawescuns ose Male , 37 
 amp Cord pincand €pcen tic tecenccscecyestatarsscescesenue ces PRLA. is: D., 61 
 Ma ying and, Placing. Ca bled. cc.ccic sk. eec ce secneevscsesdey W.D. ete: to 122 
 FEA) GOW OL sen ceneceevethvss herve encase seninsoanctol series enttecgsuevduederes D., 78, 79 
 Wen sth of Ca blesra ray cmc a cocee uae eeaeeeaeten nteansedanets D., 87, 101 
 Light Lead Cables (see ‘“Cables, Aerial’? and ‘‘Cables, House’) 
 Longitude ker DATE PANU OE ise eet eoegakk vert cee caarettetccesens M., 163 
 Loops, Half Connections, etc., Directions ey 
 
 VEIT INOW cere aehs Jesse opsstunseceel talvkcvecslaveeecs W. D., 128 to 130 
 Maintenance of Subways and Cables.................006 W.D. , 111, 112 
 MatiHOLes 550i. cede cdeea dines abet yitvenersdescbsess , 101, 102, 115; W. D., 113 
 Manufactures, Description Of............-::csseeeeeeeeeeeeeees D., 55 to 106 
 MIECASULE, GAT Cliss. HY b ese ihsa hee seccinvtalecsesrredusseedoseunebdedeardoerene M., 157 
 MMIGASULES nELen dub ADICiON WEIDTIESY, .a gohecscsel sates ec oh von stentcal es M., 156 
 Medals, (World’s RAT G)ieeen tae sc det cons tees devs Gentes eravcdesn crete see, M., 110 
 Melting POMS ters, OF SuUDSCAT CES isnt: saives cdesos das duvedeoncscnsse M., 159 
 Members of Congress ELOPMEACH I StAteiie st iit smenevesesesvate M., 148 
 Members Of Cotigress from AS70248 -. 6p Re tii sett aak M., 148 
 EM THOMA MCAS PTEVALE pcyecs los sddesncneaatidacs otek bes tuts Opposite page 182 
 TEE EEO EOE aI SW Aas NTT eS ay M., 157 
 BPEL DANE FY BUCT da xansresesds oddssuersss\puenkVensabinntetucteoucenbascausesershaa M., 156 
 Mile, Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts Of a... ...ssesesseseeee M., 15: 
 Mils, Fractions of an Inch Expressed in.............eccessecneeeeees M., 153 
 Mine Memmice Wire. and Cable fot ic tna-sasseoedeess 75; W. D., 120 
 Miscellaneous Tools and Devices.P. L,., 388; D.,91 to 0983. 102to 106; 125 
 MIGESS OE) ATNETICA TIA: cast acdussoseesechtel sidecidstese taco adttetle se ceacs 54 
 Mould, Complete JO Ldaatw. tee tee P. L., 38; D., 103; W. D. , 125 
 Mould, BlESVETOine Wat Neila a. PIUL4 38: D. O04; Ww. D. "126 
 ak GTS Ae SODAS ek RE EE ROD Pee MICO Bs ‘per 15; D., 76 
 Paper Tubes for Wire Splices...... P, L. 38: D., 102; Ww. D. iar, 130 
 Patents, United States antd Canadiat.....ccccccessesseessesseeseees 10 
 Pipe, Iron, LO Protect Cables tip, Poles.j..c.istssstesve sen tece w. D. 132 
 | cn WD LE res gts ee EONS 1 UEC pa EE D., 182; W. 1; 135 
 Population, Largest Cities of tne oe Statest.ctscauc M., 149, 151 
 Population, Largest Cities of the Naka ri ES haan apts 151 
 Population ‘of States and Poe. Aatanen ..M.. 148 
 Postal Guide... pam tacteces ee +146 and 147 
 Posts, Combination Fire Alarm.......csccssccsssscssceee Pe too 
 Posts, Test.. uh srsseineseeneereeees Dy 88 
 Power, TE ansmission of (see Shafting)... AoA ert eM A 158 
 Pressure of Water and ATIMOSPHETE oli cee. costes es tines eo LOD 
 Lig s CLA MT, Cee eireas Deiat) hee De ee ee eee M., 11 to 38 
 Protective Coating for Cables oti ‘‘Coating”’’) 
 PUNY 8 wate hottie My sec tank resend bon veh aay roecvapbcnuaysocd en ddetsteoees M., 158 
 
Railway Service, Wires and Cables for...............sseeee D., 59, 74, 75 
 
 ReCIMTOOG Sih onrsscks coeagenninn anion verter nagsece vabann sales gp ereneae M., 154, 158 
 Resistance, Change of, with Change of Temperature, M., 163, 178 
 Resistance: Copper Wile ssicc misses. seve cane srncge sheen pnecet M., 158, 161, 162 
 Resistance, Incandescent Larmips........0.cisssstscenctones coneadanseas M., 166 
 Rodding: CONGUitS 6. Necs-ce sss scne vete- te cone de sberpetacsomen taste oa eeen W. D., 114 
 Rules, (see Formule). 
 Self-Induction, Comparative ......-.:.....s<sesssasevorieesesase D., 85; _ , 174 
 Shafting, Belting, Pulleys, and Gears...........0..00....-.sccecneens M., 158 
 Sipmials: Weath @risass.s.cciniessoccucaast tebe doleakee tet tus gta aeeaee M., 180 
 RAMEE. TH SIA TAT 9 iccks acon ni Sohecerep csecanaes canine D., 103; W. D., 125 
 BC] V es TMA on. isedpn sock de co Sthoo ten somsstcetwaiasuaeaptasn ar tenae Pils oe Dobe 
 Sleeves, COPPeT........-seeveceeecceeeesseecsssensssseeseseesseersseeensens W.D., 127 
 Specific Gravity of Substances.-2i.cs-scsuees nspeecertva ts. seeeeeees M., 159 
 Spreading, or Dividing Cables.c.c.cic050.08,scenseeeneces gaeeen W. D., 180 
 Squares and Square ROOtS ........ccccscceecssesseeseeeeseeeenenenes ph , 154, 155 
 Statistics, Railway, Electric Light, and Telephone... 177; 178 
 Strand, Galvanized Steel Wire......cscccsssscesscceees Bey, i 15: is 59 
 Stringing Aerial Cable dif. ..stissascldeepatascbeederanesdduces W. D., 118, 119 
 Supports, Cable, (see also ‘ paneer) Sas cose oedolns detichtee tec Ds 
 Tape, Insulating abdsiaestteashaitacss pes oe D., 106; W. D., 127 and 130 
 PECSO LEAS srevrestacentist tc ae eeeee tosarebaseh P. i. 38: i) , 104; W. D., 129 
 Telegraph Code (see “Gode” and “Morse’”’) 
 Temperature Data and Co-efficients. ........<5..s0-cesssesesses M., 175, 176 
 Terminal, Acheson Electric Light and Street Rail- 
 
 OA sis bane cian weecagedanran P. L,., 83; D. , 90; W. D., 184 and 135 
 Lerminal SIrOt: sacs: sven sahecanhes dees eae ceeoeek tease; soa eee ees D., 90, 92 
 Wetmi nal PALES Of; a.cscecccata4 ocaysacs-bas conte ranceensnenees , 33 and 34 
 
 Terminals, Telephone and Telegiaph ta ae D, 9; 134. 
 
 Terminals, Tubular, Electric Light.....P. L., 84; D., 90; W. D., 134 
 
 Terminals, Underground Or olle yas es otek deasese D. ‘91: W. D. ) 185 
 Testing Electric Ca blesie inc vccs cecces terrane teens Ww. D, , 187 to 142 
 Tests of Insulated Wile, oy oscgeccnss!cnsncensctedeateoh ealseind pete aD: , 68, 69 
 Pisa Of on the ead COVECIep.acccnccreceneaceaaerstecoes races sheet D., 79, 82 
 Tongs, for Applying or Removing Cable eee 
 
 AGeiwnseee «28s as oped sapecishadaanecsavaanasiles sabe Redaete tee Be P. L., 85; W. D., 185 
 Pool, ead Cuttings. tesrere eet tee Pad eos Be 105; W. D., 128 
 Tools and Devices for Making Joints { ie 1 ae pheit 105; 
 Tool, Rotary Wire Splicing............... Balok. , 104; W. D., 124 
 Tool, Insulation Cuttings ..nca oc ..na-cns- Pal, 38: D. ‘103: W. D., 128 
 GOL WZEA Cd SCOLIT O tc. cvecsceeseusnevaceoss Oe Pils, 88; D. "105: W. D., 123 
 rede Marke | ha sa ee M., 10 ‘and Figs. 40, 41, , 42, 48 
 Tube, Paper, for Wire Splice ............. P. L., 88; D., 102; Ww. 127 
 Reisted Pairs Cables clissc cic oe, ease ee eee D. “3h. 82 
 Weather: Sionals.......cusessccacsnanemee awe ties tone ceuheamomeeeemines M. , 180 
 Weights of Copper and Iron Wire..............:scseee M., 158, 161; 162 
 Weights and Dimensions of Insulated Wire and Cables, 
 
 (see also Respective Price Lists)...............068 Desi: M,, ante 162 
 Weichts'of Various SUDStances.cic.s.sssncsss-cenocosssasscenetan eens Ds 159 
 Weights atid Measures 370.202s.0. sasersncstenian sions nccataceeeteteese M., 156 
 Wire “Ann inciator. 5 .c..ces. cs ocn ctesssuebsesat ke snes peneteese P.1).519%- D., 62 
 Wire, Bare Copper (see also ‘‘Copper Wire’’)........ PB s1632D269 
 Ware, Duplex RUbDer,....t..cuss.nccesue-catclancseatcoteencerns Poletti) tbe 
 WarelElectrolier.. sc... cetera ccsnscrisoeeeraeee Mm pe dabatine Pdi Daepe 
 Wire, Fire and Moistureproof, W. A. C. .........++++ PAL. e222 Da: 
 Wire, Fire and Waterproof, Tip Top ..........:...00+ Pole DO, 
 
 Wire, Galvanized Iron and Stee] w.csccceccesssseseeeeeeee Pele b 0s 0u 
 Wires German SilV Gl. cccstecss en iecesties tea ene ene P. 1, 16:.D.760 
 Wire, Magnet; Cotton Covered...-s. 10svapasse ceases toeeos Pri ly: Dsas60 
 Wire; Macnet, Silk Coveted Gib...5.0.08-e:: ss costeewece ce Ply 18" Di, 60 
 Wire, Marsh Di plex sivccsesurecetenceeeney asteunre eaceeeee PY. wll sor 
 Wire, OPAC Fegan cu oidue nes carmedeicavencersqug-Rensdakeldsoueers P. L., 19; D., 68 
 Wire, Pressure, in Ca blessiing Asecads bsycess des tee ., 94 
 Wire, Rubber Covered, Sterling and up Top (Solid 
 
 ANG Stranded) ce. scae. onensseeteeeer es aeseee P. L., 12, 18; D.. 56 and 58 
 WP OU RG Er writersic..c.c:ececstarsc=sderccresseraenr aapucemeasas P, L., 19; D., 63 
 Wire, Weatherproof, Galvanized Iron and Steel...P. L.. 21, D.. 69 
 Wire, Weatherproof Line, “‘Standard”’......... PSE 20s 64 to 69 
 Wire, Weatherproof Line, ‘‘Sterling”’......... P. L., 20; D., 64 to 69 
 Wire, Weatherproof Line, "“Tip-Top” Se dates Peilze 20: ues 64 to 69 
 Wiring ArcandincandescentiCirenits.2,.c.scasceueeseesse ., 167, 168 
 Wiring or Cabling HOuses.............ss.se-sssesesereostonss 120. 121 
 Wiring, Rules fOr, ..1--s.resesenseisonterrsacesteoronsres M., 163. 166" 167, 168 
 Working Directions for Laying and Connecting Conduits, 
 
 Cables and AcceSSOries...i5..sicccstdessseoqsvercseete me Ueeen M., 111 to 136 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The edition of 8,000 copies of our No. XI pocket handbook, 
 issued in 1890, has long since been exhausted, and numberless 
 requests for additional copies, as well as direct testimonials as 
 to the value of the book, from those whose business it is to de- 
 sign, construct, or operate electrical plants of all kinds, have 
 led us to issue the present volume in a still more complete form. 
 
 The purpose kept in mind in preparing this revised edition 
 has been to give all useful information relating to electric wires 
 and cables, and the installation of the latter, in as brief a form 
 as possible, consistent with a proper understanding of the sub- 
 ject discussed, and also to provide convenient rules, tables, etc., 
 for ready reference and use by practical men. 
 
 We cheerfully acknowledge the valuable suggestions re- 
 ceived from many prominent engineers, superintendents and 
 managers, who have kindly responded to the request made in 
 the former edition, to co-operate with us in making this book 
 as usetul as possible to the electrical public, and we now renew 
 the request. 
 
 We were the pioneers of the underground cable business, 
 and for a number of years the only distinctively underground 
 cable company in the United States; it is, therefore, but natural 
 that we should have acquired more valuable experience in this 
 line than anyone else, and this experience we cheerfully place 
 at the service of our customers. 
 
 Since the last handbook was issued in 1890 our manufacturing 
 facilities have been greatly increased, including a complete 
 modern plant for the manufacture of rubber covered wires and 
 cables, so that we can now furnish our customers any kind of 
 wire or cable that they may desire, whether insulated with 
 fibre, paper orrubber. Our extensive factories are located in 
 the City of Pittsburgh, and prompt delivery can be made to all 
 parts of the country. 
 
 Our products have been installed and successfully operated 
 in every State in the Union, and in many foreign countries, 
 notably, Venezuela, Brazil, Argentine Republic, England, 
 India, Australia, China and Japan. Our processes of manu- 
 facture are reduced to as exact a science as is that of making 
 steel rails or ‘‘I’’ beams, and we expect to continue to merit the 
 aS ag of buyers and users of the product covered by our 
 ists. 
 
 It is hoped that this book will prove eminently useful, and 
 that an acknowledgement of its receipt will be sent to the 
 
 STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, 
 
 Westinghouse Bldg., Pittsburgh, Pa. 
 JANUARY, 1897. 
 
 a § 
 
GENERAL DIRECTIONS TO PURCHASERS. 
 
 In order to avoid delays and misunderstandings, purchasers 
 should carefully note the following: 
 
 Ist. All price lists and discounts heretofore issued are hereby 
 cancelled. The Telegraph Code in Handbook No. 1lis now 
 superseded by the code herein provided. 
 
 2nd. All prices are subject to change without notice. 
 
 8rd. Prices are F. O. B. cars at Pittsburgh, unless otherwise 
 specified. 
 
 4th. Our reels or packages will be credited at price charged, 
 if returned in good order, freight prepaid; ifslats are not returned 
 a deduction will be made. In order to secure the specially low 
 freight rate on empty reels, they must be returned by the same 
 road orroads over whieh they were received and must be billed 
 as “empty reels returning, having been shipped over the road 
 filled.” 
 
 5th. Terms, cash in 30 days from date of invoice, or one per 
 cent. off for cash in ten days. Interest will be added on all over- 
 due accounts. 
 
 6th. In sending a first order, if credit is desired, references 
 should be given, as otherwise the order may be delayed. 
 
 7th. Unless the wire gauge is mentioned, all orders will be 
 entered as ‘‘Brown & Sharpe’s Gauge.” 
 
 8th. All orders should be explicit as to gauge, size, quantity 
 and grade. 
 
 9th. All orders should state whether the shipment is to be 
 made by freight or express and should also name the route; in 
 absence of instructions shipments will be made by fastest freight 
 route. 
 
 10th. No claims for allowances will be entertained, unless 
 made within five days after delivery of the goods. 
 
LIBRARY 
 OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS. 
 
 “PRICE lusts 
 
 OF 
 
 Insulated Wires, 
 I lectric Gables 
 
 AND 
 
 A\ccessories. 
 
LETTERS FATENT. 
 
 NOTICE. 
 
 This Company owns over one hundred patents, and pending 
 applications (United States, over 78; Canada, 22) relating to its 
 manufactures and methods, notices and dates of which will be 
 found on the respective articles to which they apply, or on the 
 packages containing the same. 
 
 All infringers will be vigorously prosecuted. 
 
 Standard Underground Cable Company. 
 
 TRADE MARKS. 
 
 “WARING.” “OZITE.” “TIP-TOP.” 
 “STERLING.” “STANDARD.” 
 
 (See also figures 40, 41, 42 and 43.) 
 
 10 
 
DUPLEX WIRE. 
 
 MARSH DUPLEX OR ANTI-INDUCTION WIRE. 
 
 For Telephone, Telegraph or Electric Light Circuits. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 57.) 
 
 LE eS Se 
 
 Fig, 0, 
 Diameter | Price per Ft. 
 B. & S.G. over Braid Two Wires. |Telegraph Code. 
 Single Wire. Cents. 
 
 20 131 2.50 cannibal. 
 18 146 3.00 cannon. 
 16 176 4.00 cannonade. 
 14 187 5.00 cannular. 
 12 250 6.50 canny. 
 
 DUPLEX RUBBER INSULATED WIRE, 
 
 (For descriptive matter see page 57.) . 
 Two Rubber Insulated and Braided Wires Twisted 
 Together. 
 Diameter Price per Ft. 
 B.& S.G. over Braid Two Wires. /|Telegraph Code, 
 Single Wire. Cents. 
 | 
 
 20 | 131 | 3.50 canoes, 
 18 131 4.00 canoeing. 
 16 156 5.50 canons. 
 14 187 | 7,00 canoness. 
 12 250 9.00 canonic. 
 
 ELECTROLIER WIRE. TAPED FLAT. 
 
 Light “TIP TOP” Insulation. See page 12, 
 Special thickness of Insulation to order. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 57.) 
 
 Fig’, 00. 
 
 Diameter Mils Price per Ft. | 
 B. & S. G. over both Two Wires. (Telegraph Code. 
 Wires and Tape Cents. | 
 20 231 , 8.20 canonist. 
 18 231 3.60 canonize. 
 16 oon 5.00 canonry. 
 14 343 7.00 canopy. 
 12 407 9.50 canorous. 
 
 Our Weatherproof, W. A.C., ‘‘Tip Top’”’ or Underwriters’ 
 Wire, either twisted together or laid parallel and braided flat, 
 will be furnished at a slight advance over the price per foot 
 or pound of the wire itself. In telegraphing an order for 
 Duplex Wire of these grades, write first the code word for the 
 kind and size of wire, then (if desired flexible) the code wad 
 “‘defyers,” and then the code word “ pullet,’’ 
 
 11 
 
* Jose. 00°TT ‘QJBULIVS 0Z°0L ‘yorndes 00°ET ‘ayeyoedea G3 SI SEF 9P 8 FLI 
 ‘oBe1ieo c9'8 “BulIBO G0'S *rourondeo 00°0L ‘snotoed go GE'6 Ge TPE l'PEL 
 “TAs ES oF'6 “HOT]HIBO 08°8 ‘urgondes 08 IL ‘Ayoedvo 090 {OF GLg PI9L 
 ‘Suryoera1wod OTL ‘SaTIBo 08°9 *poyondes 09°8 ‘eiqudvo 06°2 23 St GEST 
 ‘sndivo | 00°6 ‘snooies | g's ‘orpondes | 02°0L ‘deo | OL‘OL 90F G18 LIF 
 “Surjodievs OL’! ‘DBINIvO CF'y ‘31njdeo cL’8 ‘sjouozueD 0g°2 TFS gis PSIL 
 ‘ladies Ch") oqiieo 03'L *10jde9 0°'°6 ‘QuUOZURD 06'8 G1E PRS OTST 
 ‘coyuedavo 019 ‘sqimwd | 09°9 *AqrAyyd Bo 90°2 ‘OTAUBO 079 sé 183 o°90T 
 ‘yedivo | g's "O81BD | GIS ‘aatydeo =| ¢9°0T ‘oaued =| 00'OT §0F GLE 6 CEI 
 ‘divs ise "MOSES1IBO 02'S ‘ayearydeo 019 ‘SUISSBAUBO OL'9 €18 18z 616 
 “‘Sursno1es c9°9 *Sulxo1eo c0'9 ‘snoijdeo GGL “1ISSBAUBD OF? EFS gts a’ JOT 
 ‘esnoivd | O64 ‘[BI91N9 =| OF ‘uoydes | 0L°9 *SBAMWUO ) Se] 183 093 v8 
 *[esno1vo GZ" Sso1Bo 02'S ‘woreda 09°L ‘AVUBO 00°2 TFS S18 ¥'66 
 “lopljoivo cO"h *S19Ud1B9 GO'F ‘Aoureydeo (FS *‘sjatjueo C8'F 183 08% 6°92 
 "O1}O1vd GI'¢ ‘sloyo1ed =| 0N'F ‘1aureydeo G29 ‘peryuEs OLS €18 182 0°62 
 ‘12910189 OLS *SULI90189 02° ‘ajnsdeo 08°F ‘desjues G)s 093 61z g°8¢ 
 ‘moorws | 09° ‘II19I1BO 66'S ‘aupnsdvo OL’? ‘WU00FuUBd 09°8 09% 61S 16} 
 *SUI[IMIO1BS C8°% ud91e9 GE's ‘ueysdeo 08° "IZIMNO}JUBOD 08° 616 181 6°0F 
 “OHTOLEO 29'S ‘Oped 06'S ‘azisdvo G1 ‘Suluo}UBS OL 616 Z81 6S 
 "SSUILOIBD CLS “moopi1ed co’ “tanotsdes 0¢°S ‘QSOTIOJULO 00° LEI 9S G'8S 
 "UT]O1RD 00°% *SI}Ipieo GG‘T ‘yueziides OFS ‘]euUO}VUBS 06°T 18I 9ST GG 
 *IO[OL1BO Q9°T *prorparvo OL ‘podridvs 00° ‘ORUvO 0°'T 991 Qt Z8t 
 “TIYIO1vS 09'T ‘TBUIpPteS GET ‘sojorideo 061 *‘S}O]JUBS GFL OSL GéL &'9L 
 *[O1BO 08° "SOBIPIBO 00°T ‘outides 09° ‘o]JUBO Go'T ISL 00 CSL 
 “SurAuteo 09'T “eIpieo 06° "mAoj;Tideo 08'T meceyahea-) OF'T 9¢I GZT Lvl 
 “1O0SOU1vS CST "lapievo 06° “oTOJLAd vo OFT ‘o[tueo OO’L || I8t OOT GIT 
 - ee ee ats é Ss : : advy1o 
 ‘2poD s}ua9 ‘2po9 sap apoa *syU99 apod ENCES Eid aqqyny SPunod 
 "yy aed 3 "yy ad aed | yderaze 3g Jad || prerg 
 ydviselay Sorat ydersapaL Sore ydeissfay Lee 1 IAL | aorrg || taa9 | 240 Ree 
 *pedey, 10 pepreag ‘UIVId ‘podey 10 peprBig ‘UIeld SIN ‘urviq | x.addy' 
 
 « ONITUALS »> 
 ‘IOMOT QUST o1aqoo1q ‘Gdesseloy, ‘ouoydeoy ‘s1ozonpuocN pepuvayys pus prloS— WHIM GHNPAOO WAAHAY 
 
 «AOL dibs 
 
 "STUN 
 saddoa 
 aieg jo 
 
 "mer | 
 
 19z9% 
 19696 
 LSZ96 
 T909% 
 910% 
 91806 
 91802 
 9T80¢d 
 GUS9L 
 60.91 
 G0S9T 
 5099T 
 76081 
 F608L 
 1880I 
 [880L 
 0699 
 ogg 
 901% 
 901F 
 a4 
 6893 
 F091 
 F691 
 TZ0L 
 1201 
 
 “STL 
 Ie] 
 -Nd1ID 
 Boy 
 
 * % 
 ov 
 
 * * 
 
 *% % 
 DDO D DH Pel iw il~- OD 
 
 D°S 8 "a 
 
 ‘LozoOnNpUuoD gaddcy: 
 
 12 
 
SoIIM IOUIE Y}IM PpaprlAoid 10 ‘pa19A0o pea] 10 ‘paptesq 10 padej 194319 ‘s1ojonpuod jo Joquinu Aue jo Surjsisuoo Sdqqeo IO} UOTeoI[dde uo sold 
 *1OJONPUOD PepueRsS » 
 
 ‘uorjeol[dde uo pajonb uorjepnsulr jo ssouyoiy3 [eLeds 
 (gg eased 90S Jo}yeur dAt}dt1osap 10,7) 
 
 ‘ayesseo 
 *OISSBO 
 “YSBO 
 *SaIseod 
 *MOUSBd 
 ‘yuUVYsVO 
 "SBD 
 ‘apvoseod 
 [eq voseo 
 ‘pryefaivs 
 *19}STAIBO 
 *SSUTAIBO 
 "SIDAIBO 
 ‘OI[GAIBD 
 "2A189 
 ‘oyeonied 
 *SU00}IeD 
 *S104.1Bd 
 i &) Sh a-n) 
 ‘24189 
 "yae9 
 “@8.1B90 
 “SutAr1v9 
 *A1Ivd 
 *IQMOI1IVS 
 *AjOri1v9d 
 *D1}011R9 
 *MmO11ed 
 *IZ][O11vd 
 *‘aOjy11B9d 
 
 | $2°S¥ 
 00°F7 
 96 'GF 
 QL Le 
 00°98 
 00°SE 
 G1°1Z 
 96°F 
 SFG 
 00°32 
 00°F% 
 09°06 
 00°T% 
 00°8T 
 91°06 
 CIAL 
 00°81 
 90 OT 
 00'S 
 00°ST 
 0o°¢T 
 9L°Ot 
 0¢°aT 
 09°TT 
 OU'ZI 
 $9 °OT 
 09°81 
 90°IT 
 raat 
 06°6 
 
 *SIOJONPUOD PI[OS 31¥ JST] AOE UI S190 [TV 
 
 ‘DISNOUIBS 
 ‘AyISourBs. 
 *AJIUIS 
 *xojIureo 
 ‘URITIUIBS 
 ‘29[0UIBD 
 ‘ozITeured 
 *XIAT[ ePUIeO 
 ‘Heures. 
 *"qSI[VUIvo 
 *SuUlTeUIeS 
 ‘Teules 
 ‘OSBUIvS 
 *SJOULIVD 
 ‘SUIS 
 ‘oPpOMIvS 
 *‘UI[aUIIeS 
 “UBULIBo 
 *yO[IeO 
 "yooy1eo 
 *UsT[1eo 
 ‘Sal[LAVo 
 “OMe 
 "IDUT[IBO 
 ‘BUTT IBD 
 *HOILLVo 
 
 >: ea:2) 
 “Spnores 
 ‘stsdorieo 
 *IBO[OLI BO 
 
 00° LF 
 09°F 
 GL'0P 
 9G 96 
 C!s 
 92°06 
 GL°9G 
 G6°&S 
 09°86 
 96° TS 
 00°86 
 GL6L 
 GZ'°0G 
 93°21 
 00°06 
 gL or 
 Go" LT 
 09°FT 
 Go°LT 
 GB FL 
 GL ol 
 00°OT 
 SLL 
 G20 
 08IT 
 06°6 
 
 O8°GL 
 S01 
 SIT 
 02°6 
 
 "ples 
 *[V190189 
 SSBO1IBO 
 ‘qouvo1vd 
 ‘opouNqied 
 *£OQAB9 
 ‘soyemoqieo 
 ‘gpeuoqies 
 ‘moqteo 
 ‘OT[oquvo 
 “INIUIGIvD 
 *SoUIqivo 
 “ABMBIBO 
 ‘S[OAVIBOD 
 ‘IBABIBO 
 D1} e1Bd 
 “xedevivo 
 ‘sodudvuivo 
 *XUBIBS 
 ‘jome1ed 
 ‘oyeleo 
 *9[008189 
 "IDYOwIVS 
 *‘[BoR1Bd 
 ‘OB1IBS 
 ‘proqgervs 
 ‘QUIqe1eD 
 "Bd 
 ‘aatgndeo 
 *sulyndvo 
 
 OS °FS 
 93 8% 
 00 SP 
 00°F 
 0G IF 
 00°98 
 $2118 
 00°28 
 GL1% 
 09°F3 
 09°26 
 GGG 
 SETS 
 90°08 
 £6°FG 
 00°04 
 00°TS 
 90°LT 
 Go'1G 
 Go°LT 
 G68 
 OS°FT 
 OS'8T 
 GZS 
 00°FT 
 90°OT 
 08 9T 
 066 
 Tim A 
 O9°TT 
 
 ‘soorid eo 
 *I11d Bd 
 ‘radd ea 
 ‘snuvddero 
 ‘aj30d 89 
 *sBjodeo 
 ‘ssouodeo 
 ‘syoodeo 
 ‘20d Bd 
 ‘cotvaoUudes 
 “ury{deo 
 ‘sso[dvo 
 ‘TATA eo 
 ‘ornidvo 
 ‘Ie[nyides 
 ‘oud eo 
 ‘oyeyid eo 
 ‘avyideo 
 ‘speyides 
 ‘asojjideo 
 ‘seideo 
 *SUILOd BO 
 *1o19deo 
 ‘siodeo 
 *‘yoTToEd vo 
 ‘urjod¥vo 
 ‘ouejodeo 
 ‘jedeo 
 ‘uostiedvo 
 
 ‘eLavduo 
 
 GLE 
 09°97 
 09 '9F 
 09°0F 
 CG'UF 
 Ql'Fs 
 $L°08 
 00°96 
 G19 
 92°E3 
 G96 
 GCS 
 GOES 
 90°6T 
 09°&% 
 &6 61 
 00°06 
 09°OT 
 09°06 
 0S‘9T 
 Go°LT 
 A) 4 
 gL°L1 
 0¢ CT 
 GZS 
 02°TT 
 Go'GL 
 CUCL 
 00°F 
 06°0T 
 
 906 
 8 
 G18 
 T8 
 618 
 092 
 L389 
 S69 
 S¢9 
 699 
 999 
 v6S 
 76S 
 Teg 
 
 F6g 
 T&¢ 
 1g 
 69% 
 699 
 00g 
 00¢ 
 8e7 
 18¢ 
 88P 
 S&F 
 907 
 00g 
 S&F 
 69F 
 . 90% 
 
 | 
 
 &18 
 094 
 1g 
 612 
 612 
 999 
 G9 
 £9¢ 
 699 
 009 
 Fog 
 T&¢ 
 1é¢ 
 697 
 89g 
 008 
 00$ 
 S&F 
 1&¢ 
 69F 
 69F 
 90% 
 00g 
 90F 
 90F 
 928 
 69F 
 90F 
 S&P 
 Zé 
 
 6186 
 o°OL8 
 6162 
 ¥0EL 
 6999 
 3°809 
 GSTS 
 L°99F 
 PSL 
 6°ObP 
 L'1L&P 
 9°F8 
 P'968 
 6°S9€ 
 $°996 
 S168 
 ¢"sse 
 
 OFS 
 979 
 00$ 
 009 
 IGP 
 Tah 
 Gls 
 Gls 
 SCS 
 908 
 SS 
 SPS 
 686 
 686 
 GIS 
 GIé 
 896 
 893 
 186 
 186 
 623 
 
 623 
 0&6 
 0&6 
 F0G 
 703 
 8G 
 81% 
 Gs 
 ost 
 
 ‘Q[It 1ad suyOSaIUt YOSI—0j¢ DoUe\sISa1 UOTJE[NSUT 
 
 | OO9TIZ 
 
 OOSTIZ 
 CO8L9T 
 908Z9T 
 6LOEST 
 6L0EET 
 669901 
 €6SS0T 
 S6SS0T 
 e6990t 
 F69E8 
 F698 
 $6988 
 y69E8 
 €L899 
 §1E99 
 81899 
 €1699 
 FE9GS 
 FEICS 
 FEICE 
 7909 
 GPLIF 
 GPLIF 
 GFLIF 
 Ord? 
 COLES 
 GOFES 
 COTES 
 COTES 
 
 {| «0000 
 +0000 
 *000 
 *000 
 *00 
 +00 
 
 13 
 
Rubber Insulation. 
 
 FLEXIBLE SWITCH CORDS. 
 For Electric Light and Street Railway Use. 
 
 For descriptive matter see page 58. 
 
 Made of very fine Wires. 
 
 Diameter Price per 
 
 in Mils. | yo). |Foot. Cents. 
 
 SG. Over 0 oe 
 Bub-| praigi > °°) Plain. Braided 
 
 +1 ber 
 18 | 110| 141] 500 1.50; 1.90 
 18 | 184; 165} 1500 2.10 2.45 
 18 | 182} 213 | 3000 3.30] 3.80 
 16 | 1385] 166; 500 2.40 2.90 
 16; 165; 196/1500) 3.70; 4.30 
 16 | 212) 2438 | 000 5.65 6.30 
 14 | 150/] 181] 6500 8.00 8.50 
 14 | 185; 216] 1500} 4.00] 4.60 
 14 | 238/] 269} 3000 6.00| 6.75 
 12; 170; 288; 600; 4.10! 4.70 
 12 | 204; 267} 1500 5.20; 585 
 12 | 260| 323} 8000 7.45] 8.20 
 10 | 210; 273] 500 5.90] 6.65 
 10 | 240; 303] 1500 6.95 7.75 
 10 | 300; 8683/8000) 9.60] 10.45 
 9 | 240} 3803] 500 7.10 7.85 
 9 | 280! 343] 1500 8.75 9.50 
 9 | 3840; 403] 3000} 11.90} 12.70 
 8 | 260!) 3823] 500} 9.10] 9.90 
 8; 800; 863; 1500} 10.86] 11.70 
 8 | 360| 423] 8000} 14.00] 14.90 
 7 | 270| 333] 500} 10.00; 10.75 
 7} 810} 3873) 1500} 12.10) 32.85 
 7 | 370} 483) 8000} 15.25) 16.10 
 6 | 820; 383) 600) 13.60; 14.86 
 6 | 860) 423 | 1500} 16.00| 16.80 
 6 | 420] 483] 8000} 19.85] 20.90 
 5 | 340} 403; 600} 16.00) 16.75 
 5 | 390) 453) 1500} 19.00] 19.95 
 6 | 460; 613) 8000} 238.10) 24.15 
 4} 360| 423] 500] 18.60} 19.40 
 4] 410) 473] 1500] 21.75} 22.80 
 4{ 480); 543] 3000} 26.80! 27.90 
 3 | 425] 488] 500] 22.60} 23.60 
 3 | 480) 5438/1500} 26.70; 27.80 
 8 | 550} 614} 3000] 31.75} 82.90 
 2| 520} 614] 500] 3280] 33.85 
 2 | 600] 694] 1500} 40.30} 41.50 
 2 | 670| 764] 38000} 47.80} 49.80 
 1| 670; 664) 600; 40.50] 41.65 
 1} 650| 744| 1500} 48 50]. 50.15 
 1 | 720] 814] 8000] 56.50} 58.10 
 0 | 630] 724] 500} 50.40] 51.80 
 0 | 700) 794] 1500} 58.20} 59.75 
 0| 780| 874) 8000} 6810; 69.80 
 00 | 690] 784} 500] 61.50} 63.10 
 00 | 750) 844/1500| 68.60] 70.20 
 00 | 830] 924] 8000} 79.80) 81.30 
 000 | 780} 874} 500} 76.80] 78.10 
 000 | 850; 944| 1600) 85.80| 88.00 
 000 | 940 | 1034 | 8000] 99.50! 101.90 
 0000 | 880} 974] 500} 97.70} 99.90 
 0000 | 950 | 1044 | 1500 | 109.00 | 111.60 
 0000 | 1050 | 1144 | 3000 | 125.20 | 128.00 
 
 Telegraph | Telegraph 
 Code. Code. 
 Plain. Braided. 
 
 ! castor. celery. 
 castral. celestial. 
 cat. celiac, 
 catalpa. celine. 
 catapult. cellar. 
 catawba, celter. 
 catch. celtis. 
 catechise celtoid. 
 catechu. cenatory. 
 catemate. | cenobite. 
 caters. cenoby. 
 cateran. cenotaph. 
 catering. cense. 
 catesic. cension. 
 catkin. censor. 
 catling. censorial. 
 catnip. censorious. 
 catso. census. 
 caufer. centage. 
 cauk, centaur. 
 cauling. _| centenary. 
 causson. centennial. 
 cautil. center. 
 cauter. centiped. 
 canvassac.| centner. 
 cavate. centurion. 
 caves. century. 
 caviar. cephalic. 
 caviler. cephaloid. 
 cavin. cerago. 
 cavy. ceramic. 
 caw. cerberus. 
 cawksert. cereal. 
 cawky. cerebal. 
 caxon. cerebric. 
 cayenne. cerebrum. 
 cayman. cerement. 
 cazique. ceremony. 
 cazzon. ceres. 
 cease. cerete. 
 cedar. cerine. 
 cedarbird. | ceriph. 
 cede. cernous. 
 cedilla. certain. 
 cedrant. certainty. 
 cedrine, certify. 
 cedry. certitude. 
 cedule, cerum. 
 ceil. cess. 
 ceiling. cestacean. 
 celandine. cestaceous. 
 celebrant. cestoid. 
 celebrate. cestus. 
 celebrity. cestuyor, 
 
 14 
 
nO rad is bel hice 
 
 [TRADE MARK] 
 WARING INSULATING COMPOUND. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 76.) 
 
 For Filling Cable Joints, Cable Terminals, Junction 
 Boxes, Converters, Etc. 
 
 In ordering, state purpose for which the Compoyind is to be 
 used. ‘The right is reserved to decline filling any or all orders 
 for this Compound, 
 
 Price per | Telegraph 
 ode. 
 
 Gallon. 
 Waring Compound in 1 gal. cans,.... $1.00 chack. 
 << a Sy |e abtmeaeh sh 95 chad. 
 « ‘s ety ft Popes 90 chafe. 
 “s - ‘‘ approximately 
 BOPP AM NDATIELS cis hae: abies 2 se .80 chaffic, 
 
 GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE. 
 Telephone and Telegraph. 
 
 (For descriptive matter see page 59.) 
 
 . TelegraphjTelegraph|Telegraph 
 B.W.G. ate pe Codes vs Code; Code. 
 1 : B. B. E.B.B. | Steel, 
 
 4 730 =U | chaffy. chamfer. | chaplet. 
 
 6 540 2.2 |chainey. | chamois, | chapter. 
 
 8 380 as% | chair. champ. charity. 
 
 9 320 OY | chaise. champion.} charmer. 
 10 260 Uma, | Chalaze. chancel. charnel. 
 11 214 YG | chaldese. | chaos. charon. 
 12 165 a2 | chalice. chapel. charted. 
 14 96 m8 challis. chaperon, | charts. 
 
 GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE STRAND, 
 For Suspension, Guy, Span Wire, Etc. 
 This strandis composed of seven wires twisted together. 
 
 (For descriptive matter see page 59.) 
 
 poate] coe | See. tenes | eae 
 an 5 AB Cents. * |in Pounds, , 
 QAO” seh bends id Ses, BT 
 yy 8 240 52 8320 chase. 
 33 9 205 42 6720 chasers. 
 qs 10 180 36 5720 chaste. 
 ¥% il, 150 29 4640 chastely. 
 5 12 115 21 3360 chastise. 
 os 13 90 16 2560 chastity. 
 3 14 70 12 1920 chateau. 
 A 16 60 10 1600 chattel. 
 32 16 55 | 8 1280 chaucer. 
 te 17 42 6 960 cheater. 
 44 | 18 38 4.3 688 cheating. 
 ez | 19 35 3.3 528 checkmate. 
 yy 20 30 2.4 384 cheeky. 
 s | 21 28 2 320 cheeping. 
 
BARE WIRE FOR ELECTRICAL PURPOSES. 
 (For Descriptive Matter, see page 59.) 
 
 German 
 Silver 
 pe eR ESISES 
 
 Pounds] Price ance 
 
 Pure Copper. 
 
 Telegraph Code. 
 B. & S.G. ie er 
 
 No pee per |Wire, per Pure Copper./German Silver, 
 Feet, | Pound. Pound. |* Soft Drawn. | 
 0000 | 639.83 | 19¢ Jucuceen cheer. J angedoakh etete ies 
 000 | 507.01 LO ee eee cheese. seatocasecentereanetens 
 00 | 402.09 19 sbbcanodesessss| SCTLCCLALI. ot] <ecacacasesecertoncees : 
 0 | 819.04 LOA Hc tsse Gc oa tens CHEMISES ae | asees veces aeeseaancas 
 | 1 | 252 88 AG Pial deteseseitecse chenilles,).. \\.cccececeterteccenoiee : 
 2 | 200.54 1G OMG) Seuuccece ceases CHESS Oi icchest occtatesccaces a 
 3 | 159.03 AO VeRO coe te CELT Hs ON besteescesarates eee 
 4 | 126.12 LO teen tes seaces YEG CHETEMM TI sli cscrtcetcecccerscyeeee 
 5 | 100.01 DO epilaedewsaonesyes Cher by aavialiescerenscteseterevecsss 
 6 79.39 AS WA ee eee ChOSS! EM Wile hase ede seck 
 ff 62.90 Tiida elie Ghessoniss!t9].0..75.seedeeandegoests 
 | 8 49.88 Oe tence rasteccees CHESEEES ) 24.25... caaeecrcaetwensees 
 al 9 39.56 AQTAN eavscnseaseses Chestruta Wail. <seseetteeenewecense A 
 ; 10 31.37 DO Gor lacs spore seysst cheéstoriy’l ‘efi ay edcewrepues 
 11 : 1 = cheval? | eee 
 | 12 oa ‘ rates CHEVEOM pu |secneucaanneteet=seeunes 
 13 15.65 19%, f Wire. | Chevy, [eveessscccccnosescennes . 
 | 14 12.41 193/ 78c | chew. chimpanzee. 
 15 9.84 20 78 chibouk. china. 
 | 16 7.81 20% 78 chicane. chinaman. 
 17 6.19 20% 80 | chick. chinarose. 
 18 4.91 21 80 chicken. chinaware. 
 19 3.78 21% 83 chickpea. chincapin. 
 20 3.09 2134 83 Chickorye {| chinchilla. 
 21 2.45 22 95 | chider. chine. 
 . 22 1.94 2234 98 | chiding. chinese. 
 
 23 1.54 40 $1.03 chiefdom. chingly. 
 24 1,22 43 1.08 chiefess, chinks. 
 25 97 46 1.08 chieftain. chinky. 
 26 77 54 1.14 | chievance. | chinned. 
 27 61 62 1.25 chieve. chinning, 
 28 48 67 1.40 | chigoe. chintz. 
 29 38 73 1.55 chilblain. chip. 
 80 80 82 1.75 child. chipax. 
 b! 31 24 95 1.95 childbirth. | chiphat. 
 
 } 82 19 | $1.30 2.385 | childed. chipmunk, 
 33 15 | 1.50 2.60 childish. chippings. 
 34 fe ALY, 2.95 children. chippy. 
 385 10 | 2.00 8.65 chiliad. chirking. 
 36 08 | 3.25 6.50 chilling. chirm. 
 
 37 06 | 5.75 11.50 | chilly. chirograph. 
 38 05 | 10.00 18.00 | chimb. chiroplast. 
 39 OF TOON cree ss¥eaesss CHIMECL,, Panel eetettembascse ne whereas 
 
 St Lee ee chimney. Seusthisatee a eesace 
 
 * Hard drawn copper wire furnished at same price. ( 
 
 { In telegraphing for hard drawn copper wire, add the sylla- 
 ble ‘‘hard’’? tothecode word above for pure copper. 
 
 | If the German Silver Wire is desired insulated with one or 
 two wraps of cotton or silk, see Telegraph Code, page 45,' 
 
 16 
 
— 
 — © 
 
 SSSRNRSRERBBNRB 
 
 ist) 
 iss] 
 
 33 
 
 MAGNET WIRE. COTTON COVERED. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 60.) 
 
 Price per Lb. 
 Single. | Double 
 21%e 22¢ 
 21% Ip 
 21% 22 
 21% 22 
 21% 22 
 1% 22 
 21% 22 
 21% 22 
 21% | 22 
 21% 22 
 21% 23 
 21% 23 
 23 244 
 23 24% 
 24% 26% 
 244 261% 
 26% 28% 
 26% 28% 
 27% 29% 
 27% 29% 
 29% 31% 
 29% 31% 
 31% 33% 
 68 74 
 104, 4 88 
 76 95 
 83 $1.05 
 90 1.14 
 $1.00 1.27 
 1.10 1.38 
 1,25 1.57 
 1.35 1.69 
 1.50 1.89 
 1.65 2.07 
 1.80 9.93 
 1.95 2.98 
 2.40 | 2.85 
 2.85 8.42 
 3.25 3.88 
 4.37 4.93 
 6.75 7.25 
 9 00 9.50 
 11.00 12 00 
 13.00 15.00 
 
 Telegraph Coda. 
 
 Single. 
 
 chiropod. 
 chirper. 
 chirping. 
 chirrup. 
 chirurgic. 
 chiton. 
 chivalry. 
 chloral. 
 chlorine. 
 chloritic. 
 
 chloroform. 
 | chlorous. 
 
 chocolate. 
 choir. 
 chokepear. 
 choky. 
 cholate. 
 cholera. 
 chophouse. 
 chopin. 
 choppy. 
 chops. 
 chopstick. 
 
 choragus. 
 choral. 
 chore. 
 
 cho rister. 
 choroid. 
 chorus. 
 chough 
 chouse. 
 chowchow. 
 chowder. 
 chrism. 
 christian. 
 
 christmas. 
 chromatic. 
 chrome. 
 chromite. 
 chromium. 
 chronic. 
 chronical. 
 chronos. 
 chrysalis. 
 
 iy. 
 
 Doupnie, 
 Bs cabal bial a, 
 
 chub. 
 chubbed, 
 chubfaced. 
 chuck. 
 chucking. 
 chuckle. 
 chuet. 
 chuffing. 
 chuffy. 
 chump. 
 church. 
 churchdom. 
 churchism. 
 churchless, 
 churchman. 
 
 churlish. 
 churned. 
 churning. 
 chusite, 
 
 chute. 
 chylific. 
 chyme. 
 cicada, 
 
 cicatrix. 
 cicerone. 
 cider. 
 cigar. 
 cigarette. 
 ciliate. 
 cimeter. 
 cinchona, 
 cincture. 
 cinerary, 
 cingalese. 
 Cinnabar. 
 
 cinnamon. 
 cinque. 
 circassian. 
 circean. 
 circulet. 
 circus. 
 cirrose. 
 cirsocele. 
 ree we eels.) | Cisalpine, 
 
 BRT pe SS ee ee eee ee eee 
 
MAGNET WIRE. SILK 
 
 COVERED 
 
 (For descriptive matter see page 60.) 
 
 B.&5S.G. Price per Lb. 
 
 Telegraph Code. 
 
 No Single. | Double. Single. Double. 
 F316 sie 112 $ 1.53 | cisco. clabber. 
 17 1,12 1.53 cistercian. clachan. 
 18 1.15 1,57 cisterns. clack. 
 19 1.15 1.57 | cistic. clacker. 
 90 1.18 1.61 cistus. clackbox. 
 21 1,20 1.63 citadel. clackdish. 
 22 1.30 1.76 citator. clamber. 
 bi 23 1.42 1.93 cithera. clammy. 
 ; 24 1.56 2.13 | citicism. clamor. 
 95 1.81 9.48 citigrade. clan. 
 1 .26 2.10 2.88 citizen. clangor. 
 7 2.25 3.07 citole. clangous. 
 28 2.38 3.23 citrate. clanking. 
 29 2.75 3.76 | citric. clannish. 
 30 2.95 4.02 | citrine. clanship. 
 31 3.25 4.40 | citron. clansman. 
 32 3.45 4.53 citrus. clapboard. 
 33 3.90 5.10 | cittern. clapnet. 
 34 4.10 5.30 civet. clapper 
 35 5.85 7.78 | civic. clarence. 
 c 36 7.00 8.88 civilian. claret. 
 37 11.00 13.63 civilist. clarichord. 
 38 13.00 14.50 | civilize. clarifier, | 
 39 15.00 18.00 | civilly. clarify. 
 40 20.00 23.00 | civism. clarifying. | 
 INCANDESCENT LAMP CORD. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 61.) 
 B.&S. Cents per Yard. Telegraph Code. 
 Insulation. | G. Silk Cotton Silk Cotton 
 No. | Braided, | Braided. | Braided. | Braided. 
 12 22c 18c clarigate. | clausute. 
 14 19 15 clarigating.| clavate. 
 1] 16 12, 8 clarigation.| clavating. 
 OZITE. : 18 10 6 clarinet. clavel. 
 20 6.5 4.5 | clarion. claverer. 
 22 6.5 4.5 clarionets. | clavering. 
 12 40 32 claritude. | claviary. 
 [ 14 29 21 clarying. clavichord. 
 SHEET || 16 19 12 clashing. | clavicle. 
 RUBBER.}| 18 | 16 9 | clasp. clavier. J 
 20 12 7 clasper. claviform. | 
 22 12 7 classible. claviger. 
 12 | 39 34. | classic. _| clavis. 
 [ l4 83 27 classical. pes 
 16 24 21 classicist. | clawless. 
 BALATA. { 18 18 15 classific. claws. 
 20 il 10 classman. | clayish. 
 l 22 9 8 classmate. | claymore. 
 12 60°. 43 clatters. . | cleaning. 
 HIGH 14 45 40 clatterings.| cleanly. 
 GRADE 16 30 27 claudent. | cleanness. 
 SEAMLESS 18 22 20 claudicant. | cleanser. 
 RUBBER. 20 15 13 claustral, | clearances, 
 l 22 12 10.5 _|clausular. ! clearing. 
 
 (For Telegraph Code to design=te colors see page 11) 
 
 18 
 
 | 
 | 
 | 
 
 ; 
 b 
 
 | a 
 s| 
 # | 
 y | 
 
 | 
 
ANNUNCIATOR WIRE. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 62.) 
 
 Approximate Price 
 B. < > G. Length per | per Pound. Telegraph Code. 
 12 40 ft. 23 cleave. 
 14 60 oe cleaving. 
 is 150 27.5 clefts 
 20 225 29.5 clematis. 
 22 250 32.5 clement. 
 OFFICE WIRE. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 63.) 
 Approximate : 
 B. & S.G. Price 
 No. cid oe per Pound. Telegraph Code. 
 12 35 ft. te clench. 
 1 
 16 op 26.5 clerey! 
 28 
 18 135 cleric. 
 20 155 30 clerkly. 
 is 22 200 33 clever. 
 
 Ozite or Waring Insulation inside, 2 cts. \ cleverly 
 
 | per pound extra. : 
 
 OFFICE CABLES. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 63.) 
 
 B.&S.G./Ordinary | Ozite Telegraph Code. 
 
 No. | Finish. | Finish. |o-ainary Finish.| Ozite Finish. 
 
 12 25.5 27.5 | clevis. clientage. 
 14 27 29 clevy. cliental. 
 16 28.5 30.5 clue. cliented. 
 18 30 32 click. clientele. 
 20 32 34 clicker. cliffy. 
 
 22 35 37 cliency. clift. 
 
 UNDERWRITERS’ WIRE. 
 (For descriptive matter see page 63.) 
 
 } 
 — 
 
 |B. &S.G.| Approx. ft. | Approx. Ibs.| Cents per Telegraph 
 
 No. per Pound. | per 1000 ft. Pound. Code. 
 ' 0000 1.42 701 20 clifted. 
 000 1.77 565 20 climatal. 
 00 2.22 450 20 climate. 
 | 0 2.75 365 20 climax. 
 } 3.42 992 20 clincher. 
 4.14 241 20 cling. 
 3 5.40 185 20 clinic. 
 4 6.76 148 20 clinker. 
 5 8.32 121 20 clinoid. 
 6 10.20 9 20 clio. 
 7 12.50 80 20 clipper. 
 8 14.70 68 20 clipping. 
 9 18.50 54 21 ' cloaca. 
 10 22.22 45 21 cloak. 
 12 31.24 32 22 cloaking. 
 14 45.45 22 23.5 clod. 
 16 66.66 15 25 clodpate. 
 18 83.33 12 26.5 clodpoll. 
 19 100.00 10 28.5 cloggy. 
 20 125.00 8 28.5 cloister. 
 
. 
 ‘oezuignyis | Q8i 9h | "purmqnja | eh él 89 | *souojo | aa 8 Gb S86. | 02 
 ‘OBSMOMIqN]S | cst 0G cor |} ‘sveTIqN]S | CHT cT 08 ‘yeuols | Zr or g¢ G92 8t 
 ‘oeuemqn[s | = 60é6T 8% OZT | “Wemqnys | Oct 61 oor ‘JNUIO[D | OST ST 08 c gt 
 ‘oeqnyTs | cz 0€ oor |} ‘qn[> | O9T FG Ost || “INjOTS | OFT 02 cor g°S% ai 
 “IBUMOTS OZ If STs. “TMOTS cst t¢ O8T “Snyoo cor LG CPL CG ai 
 ‘oeancja | Gb | 8b sco ‘anoja | SOG =| Gb G6o Holo | OBL | 9¢ 061 CGM LE 
 “QBI}BAOTO | Cz 9¢ a “SFBAOTS | 0S og 996 || “STGO[D | C6r cP Gs TZ or 
 ‘OBNO[D | C6Z 89 ('98 “OTD | eez 09 0ce | ‘HOYOS | CZs og C13 1Z 6 
 “IVSSETPNOTS | OE és csp | “SSOTPNOTS | C9Z bL 06s | ‘SBUOTD | CFZ cg CFS 02 8 
 ‘oBATIpNO]S | OBE 86 Tg || ‘A[rpnojs | cee 88 cor | ‘quIoTS | 012 6L 02 0Z L 
 ‘oeaBbepnojo | Gb Sil Soo ‘ebepnojo | ge 601 cig || "40}s0H0]9 | ONE 86 0cS 0¢ 9 
 ‘9B19}}0[9 | GCP CPT COL || “ISHOID | OOF asl OoOL | “SOAOTD | Ee 1a 0F9 06 ¢ 
 ‘OeSUIYIOLS | CLF CLI Sc6 ‘SUIYIO[D | gh €9T 098 “BOT}STOTD | 098 TST 008 0Z if 
 “OBIVIYAOTD | Cog FIZ OSTT || “FOTYYO[D | OCF 661 OSOoT “SSOT}SIOTD | gg 98 086 0G € 
 ‘OBSOY}OLD | OLG 916 OOFT || ‘SOTJOTS | GIG $°Z OFst || ‘ATTVI}SIOTS | OLF (6x6 aa 02 G 
 ‘oeadnsojo | O19 Lbe 008k reunsojo | 0&9 ale oss | ‘ueusaysiojo | GOS $86 00SI 0G L 
 “OBJPSOLO g¢9 CIF 0616 “Jesoyo 06S G8E 0606 ‘SULIA}SIOTO crs GSE O98 02 0) 
 “OBSSIMISO[D | UOL 61g OFLZ || ‘SS9UISOTD | Eg CSP 099% ‘Pete}sSlo[D | gg oGF 0683 02 00 
 ‘oeAdoop | ¢9L geg ogee | ‘Adoold | 00L 868 09Ts ‘oqiaystop9 | ecg Z9¢ 0162 0Z 000 
 “oBVUIOO|D | = SEs §8L cely | ‘TUHOOTS | 08s TFL O16 ‘TBISISIOTS | CSL 669 0696 202 0000 
 “SIHA | 350001 | “Olu | ‘SIN | YOO) ‘oa ‘SIT |“ 000T | ‘eTrUt 
 ‘apop ydeisaja yz ut tod Jed = ‘apod ydes8ajay ur tod tod =| ‘apod ydeisajaz Ur Jad Jad ‘spei3 w 
 meq | ‘sq’ *sq’l | | ‘meiq | “sq’] *sq’T | ‘meq | ‘sq’T sq’ 1ayye & 
 || tnt aig a cael ie ‘quied| 
 $}09D 
 “HOTE[NSUT ape1yg Ys Aj[eroads) | (‘persaoyD s{drzy,) || (*‘petsaoD 2[qnoq) eG 
 «oy dit, «, PHBPUeTS,, «, Buyseyg,, 
 (69 0} #9 Sased 9as ‘19}3em a4t}dt19sap Jog) “3YIM JSNOH GNV ANIT 4O004dHaHLVaM 
 
This Slip Supersedes List on Page 2! for 
 
 WEATHER-PROOF GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE, 
 
 TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH. 
 
 (For descriptive matter, see page 69.) 
 
 S %, | Price per Mile. 
 
 Telegraph Code. 
 
 =} 
 45 | Bs. | EBB|Steel BB. EBB. Steel. 
 ss { 4/$60.00 $70.00 $60. 00| clubmoss. clubrushil. cluering. 
 = | 6) 52.00| 60.00) 52.00; clubmossac. | clubrushon. | clueron. 
 2] 8} 40.00] 45.00 40.00 clubmiosser clubrushut. cluerurs. 
 © } .9| 37.00) 42.00] 87.00} clubmossil. Sa cence 
 10) 34. 7:00) 34. clubmosson. clucker. clum : 
 = it ar ar orp clubmossut. cluckerac. clumper. 
 3 | 12) 27.50! 30.00] 27.50] clubroom. cluckeres. clumperac. 
 & | 14! 25.00) 26.50 25.00 clubroomac. cluckeril. clum peril. 
 wo { 4) 65.00) 75.00 65.00] clubroomer. cluckeron. clumperon, 
 © | 6) 56-00) 64-00) 56.00) clubrooms. cluckerur. clumperur. 
 < | 8) 43.00| 48.00] 43.00] clubroomil. clucking. clumping. 
 5 | 9| 40.00| 45.00] 40.00] clubroomon. | clue. clumpurt. 
 © } 10| 37.00} 40.00] 37.00} clubroomut. | cluerac. clumsier. 
 2 | 11) 34.00) 37.00] 34.00] clubrush. cluerate. clumsil. 
 S| 72) 30.00) 32.50) 30.00) clubrushac. cluers. clumsiness. 
 rm (14) 27.50) 29.00} 27.50] clubrusher. clueril. clumsy. 
 Size. Diameter Approx. | en 
 B.28.6 Mils Weight, per; us Telegraph Code. 
 ana me 1ooc feet. | aT 
 iCire | A = 
 ‘Mils. Double. Triple. Double. | Triple. | Double. Triple. 
 18 | 154 | 185 11 17 | 26 | cluniac. clutch. 
 16 | 169/ 200 16 21 | 26 | cluniacer. clutchac. 
 14; 184} 215| 22} 26] 24 | cluniacil. clutchate. 
 2 199 S230 29 37 24 cluniacon. clutcher. 
 10 919 +950 49 55 99%] cluniacurt. clutcheril, 
 9] 2384 | 265 56 66 | 22%| clusia. clutching. 
 8; 254 | 285 70 St | 21%] clusialic. clutchon, 
 TOE OAR Eas 85 7 | 21%} clusiaser. clutchurs, 
 6 339 370 106 121 21%| clusiatil. clutter. 
 5 354-385 131 145 v2 | clusiaton. clutterac. 
 4 374 | 405 | 163 | 179 21 clusiatur, clutterate. 
 3 394 | 425 | 201] 219 21 clunch. clutterers, 
 2 474 | 505 | 250] 279 21 cluncher. clutteril. 
 1 559 | 590] 307] 343 21 cluncherac. cluttering. 
 0; 659; 690; 380] 490! 921 clunchil. clutteron. 
 00 719 | 750 | 488 | 533 21 clunchilic. clypeate. 
 000 759 | 810} 608] 658 21 clunching. clypeatac. 
 0000 779 | 890) 755 | 815 21 clunchon. clypeater, 
 250000 | 859 | 906 | 854] 928 | 21 clunchurt. clypeatil. 
 300000 | 890 937| 994) 1080 | 91 clung. clypeating. 
 350000 921 | 968 | 1159 | 1260 21 clungate. clypeaton. 
 400000 953 | 1000 | 1324 | 1439 21 clunger. clysmian. 
 450000 | 1016 1063 | 1515 | 1647 21 clungerac. clysmianac. 
 £00000 | 1078 ; 1125 | 1706 | 1854 21 clungeron. clysmianer. 
 350000 | 1109 | 1156 | 1840 | 2000 | 91 | clungerts. clysmianil. 
 600000 | 114L | 1188 | 2021 | 2197 24 clungerur. clysmic. 
 650000 | 1203 | 1250 | 2173 | 2362 | 21 clunging. clysmical. 
 700000 | 1234 | 1281 | 2343 | 2547 21 cluster. clysmicers. 
 750000 | 1266 | 1313 | 2511 | 2729 21 clusterac. clysmicing. 
 300000 | 1328 | 1375 | 2677 | 2910 | 21 | clusterer. clysmicon. 
 850000 | 1359 | 1406 | 2845 | 83092 21 clusteril. clysta 
 900000 | 1391 | 1438 | 3010 | 3272 | 21 clustering. clystaer. 
 950000 | 1421 | 1468 | 3178 | 3454 21 clusteron. clystaerac. 
 1000000 | 1484 | 1531 | 3310 | 3598 21 clustronic. clystaeril. 
 
‘Té pus FL Sodsed vas ‘paiisap st 10,9Npuod a[qrxey JI 
 
 ‘peytoads as|M1ay}O SsaTUN paysitiny aq [[IM 1o}ONpuod pros 
 
 (‘02 28ed 308 19}}eU BAI} TIDsap 10,7) 
 
 “HOINSLXS GVEC ‘SYIM JOOUd YALVYM P 3Yl4 «dOl-dil,, 
 
 (OL 
 
 "HOIMSLXA GVH “AYIM JYNLSIOW ANY 3AYI4 
 
 a5ed 99s 13}}8Ul 9At}d119sap 10,7) 
 
 z 
 ° 
 < 3 
 
 : *A[SUIXBOD ' G : g 
 SE [Sut 0'% OST G 0% UL1B}EO rT C1 02 
 >} SUIXBOD ZZ O61 0 SI "eo 9°T 0G od 
 ” *1aKBvOD Q'S COZ 8% OL ‘ISIMJSBOO LT CG QZ 
 Zz "XBOO cle 02 88 FI ‘QUTT}SBOD LT OFZ 1g 
 2 : 112}}209 Ze ObG 6S él ‘Buryseoo 0% G96 8f 
 or o “QADI[S}BOOD | oF COZ L OL ‘I19JSBOO CZ, Cb FG 
 = A __ 3e.1809 G 08% ZS 6 ‘ydyTeoo U's Of 19 
 =x 32 AayEUyBOS a) C63 16 8 "YSgTeOo e"8 GCS LL 
 xt B SUITT]}BOS g°9 GTS 91T L ‘plagieos 9'F 098 LOT 
 be a $$9|}209 Cys cee 651 g "99S9]B09 eG $8 bol 
 Sy "WOIT}BO9 8 098 891 G ‘Te0o ‘9 O&F CFT 
 
 > 'BULBOO Ol ge C03 7 ‘aye[NSvos 9°L O9F LLT 
 a S *"OOY}wOD e] OZF 0° g "yWa8B09 £6 CSF 81Z 
 la | A "[NyBOS OT OCF 008 % ‘10jn [peoo ny OFS CLG 
 ec ; __‘pseozeoo 02 S8b gle L "uBWYdeOd Stl 9S GbE 
 > : ‘SBATIBD}BOO CZ GL CFF 0...) *xoqyoBoo ZLt CFO &0F 
 
 2 10}}NGy}BOo 62 G9 OFS 00 \o "YoBOD °C G19 96S 
 
 re ah pieiqye0o 9g 002 C99 000 { %. "9Z119}SA]9 83 Giles 1g 
 = = “‘pueqye0o GP OGL 028 0000) 9 ‘daysApo oS oss | 62 
 a= Se : hale-ae ee 
 s : -J004 STHAL ¥ O00T ‘ON -j004 STHA “Y 0001 
 9 ‘apod ydeasayayy, tad sju95 ‘ueviq jasd spunod 9's al ‘apop ydeissyay, tad syua5) “mei dod spunod 
 fe ‘-xoiddy ‘-xoiddy | | “xoiddy ‘xoiddy 
 a. ! | 
 li 
 = 
 lL 
 
 SOHN OD SHLD COT 00 S> 
 
 E 
 
 ‘ON 
 ‘O'S Ba 
 
 ‘OY CM 
 
 9) 
 
WARING ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER CABLES 
 FOR LOW TENSION CURRENTS. 
 
 STANDARD LEAD AND STANDARD FIBER 
 
 ~~ 
 
 B. & 
 S. G. 
 No. 
 
 10 
 
 wee eeeee. 
 eee eeeres 
 Pe eeerers 
 Per eeere 
 wee eeeeee 
 Par ereees 
 Coe seere. 
 Pee eweres 
 Pee eeeens 
 Pe ereres 
 
 Tee seeees 
 
 Personne 
 Oar ereree 
 
 weeeteeee 
 
 Nearest 
 Area | Approx. 
 Circul’r she a 
 Mils. | Gauge 
 No. 
 1021 | 21— 
 1252 | 20+- 
 1624 | 19+ 
 2048 | 1814+ 
 2586 | 18+ 
 3257 | 17— 
 4107 | 16— 
 5178 | 15 
 6530 | 14— 
 8234 | 1344+ 
 10381 | 1214+ 
 13094 | 1143+ 
 16509 | 1044+ 
 20816 | 9— 
 26250 | 8— 
 33102 | 7— 
 41742 | 6+ 
 52634 | 4— 
 66373 | 3— 
 83694 | 2+ 
 105592 0'4+ 
 133079 | 004+ 
 167805 | 000%4+ 
 211600 |0000+ 
 S50000 | ..iss-3--2r5- 
 BOUUUUE vecacen scene. 
 U1 11S Bea et 
 BOO: Tc ccasasatoenss 
 SOOQ00 Sich ohesecas- 
 500000 |............... 
 550000 |.. 
 GOODU0 A. vececser ects: 
 SION Ls coe a ceaee-man 
 COORD bo rennddi.8e: 
 TOO fosexsncseatems 
 ep BOQ000 iss. aecsttene 
 SH0000 |... ssevczenntac 
 OULU L.. steaseraaseos 
 SEAMIOO Iss asnevens cou? 
 Sel LOUD fix> <ho=bn <caes 
 
 . 5 w 
 BEE Eisele: 
 3 2G )RE elRee 
 EGSi¢a sess 
 
 16 145 69 
 16 150 78 
 31 180 98 
 31 185 | 108 
 38 | 235) 170 
 38 240 | 180 
 47 270 | 212 
 47 275 | 222 
 47 800 | 270 
 47 | 310; 290 
 63 865 | 345 
 63 380 | 390 
 7 425 | 540 
 94 490 | 685 
 94 | 565| 818 
 94 595 | 891 
 94 625 | 969 
 94 655 | 1053 
 94 690 | 1146 
 94 | 720} 1251 
 94 815 | 1772 
 94 860 | 1911 
 94 940 | 2194 
 94 985 | 2410 
 $4 | 1030 | 2611 
 94 | 1065 | 2857 
 94 | 1095 | 3083 
 94 | 1125 | 3306 
 94 | 1190 | 3563 
 94 | 1220 | 3820 
 94 | 1250 | 4075 
 94 | 1815 | 4833 
 94 | 1375 | 4575 
 94 | 1410 | 4818 
 94 | 1440 | 5065 
 94 | 1470 | 5300 
 94 | 1580 | 5539 
 94 | 1565 | 5779 
 94 | 1595 | 6017 
 94 | 1625 | 6262 
 
 Cents per 
 foot of one- 
 |Cond’r Cable 
 
 10.2 
 12.0 
 15.0 
 1 
 19.5 
 21.75 
 24.3 
 
 7.5 
 31.5 
 40.5 
 46.5 
 54.0 
 63.0 
 71.0 
 80.0 
 90.0 
 
 100.0 
 
 109.0 
 
 118.5 
 
 129.0 
 
 138.0 
 
 148.0 
 
 158.0 
 
 168.0 
 
 177.0 
 
 187.5 
 
 158.0 
 
 207.0 
 
 216.0 
 
 INSULATION. 
 
 Telegraph Code, 
 
 cob. 
 eobalt, 
 
 0} cobbing. 
 
 cobbler. 
 cobloaf. 
 cobnut. 
 cobra. 
 cobweb, 
 coca. 
 
 | cockade. 
 cockal. 
 cockeye. 
 cockle. 
 cockpit. 
 cocoon. 
 coction. 
 coddle. 
 codetta. 
 codex. 
 codfish. 
 codger. 
 codicil, 
 codify. 
 codiila. 
 codist. 
 coehorn, 
 coequal, 
 coerce. 
 
 coeval, 
 coexist. 
 coexistence, 
 coexistent. 
 coexister, 
 coexisting, 
 coexpand., 
 coexpandence. 
 coexpandent, 
 coexpanding. 
 coexpander. 
 
 coexpansion. 
 
 See page 24 and 25 for List Prices of Cables with 4-32, 5-32 and 
 6-32 insulation; see pages 26, 27 and 83 for illustrations and 
 
 important information. 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1896, By J. W. MARSH. 
 
 92 
 av 
 
“S}BIOT[OD ts ' G18 SPL 
 : ‘HOTSTIIOD | 0°8Z PPS FRET 
 *S2LTOTTIOD | 2°93 818 8621 
 "ONjoo | Bhs L8Z 8LZL 
 “SHETIOD | G7 | OGL FPIL 
 ‘TOD | FT CSL GLb 
 ‘aye1Saq[09 | 797 9¢9 608 
 “WBIS2TI09 | {eT | GEO LLL 
 ‘anBeayjoo | [bt | ogg Bb! 
 ‘pneyjoo | FST JC9 CSL 
 “PATIVTIOND | OT Z19 C69 
 "SIQRJEIIN9 | OTT 009 SFG 
 ‘peszyloo | 66 06 0zg 
 JOO "Sq 
 
 ‘epoy ydvisajazr| 10d at ee 
 “ueiq | 0001 
 
 syuap |: FUSTOM 
 
 S3/9A 0087 °F 000Z 495 “Uo!ze;nsuy youl Z7¢-9 
 
 *roinfoo 9°08 €T8 8¢ET 
 "MOT}IOD SLB T8Z 89ZT 
 ‘SUIMIOD | CL*FZ 0cL OSTT 
 ‘apiouios | G2. | BLL £OLL 
 “IOS L'06 889 TSO 
 ‘QINQIOD | CLT 699 LL8 
 ‘Buyioo | O'CT $6 ToL 
 *payroo OFT 08¢ 069 
 3109 | GCL | 89S £99 
 ‘Bupjsoyoo | zr | geo | 299 
 *SATSATIOO VI OSS - O19 
 “WOIssyOD | C0'OT Ges O8F 
 "a[qIsoyoo 06 GCS 8cF 
 1004 “Sq 
 
 “SIHAL | "320 
 
 apop ydeisajay,| ted cratered 
 
 s}ua9 TYSIOM 
 
 SHA 0081 ©F OOO! 40F “uo!Ejnsuy Yyouy ZE-¢ 
 
 “Ayyaasoo | 06% | OcL 8EZT 
 ‘yuasoo | 1°C% 61L 9FTT 
 ‘[BIMaB0I | EZ'Ez 889 990T 
 ‘Boo | O1@ | 999 65 
 ‘punojod | Z'6T &Z9 ob 
 ‘surayoo | Ggr | 009 LLL 
 ‘peuyoo | g’st Teg 689 
 *sIQgoo | 631 CTS O19 
 “dOsayoo | CELL cos £8¢ 
 ‘tuepsiaygoo | COT c6P 8g¢ 
 
 ‘yodaayoo | $6 L8h SE 
 
 ‘[IIuraeyoo | 21°g CLh OIF 
 ‘poo | #8 COP C68 
 
 s60c "sq] 
 
 ‘STH | ‘}e2 
 
 epop ydeisajayr| asd ais 000T 
 
 vf sys) WSIOM 
 
 "SHOA 006 9} OOH 405 ‘Uo!zEinsuy Youy g-] 
 
 ‘BIS | S699 a 
 ‘T86 | PE9SS § 
 ‘09% | GPLIF $ 
 ‘GLE | COLES ] 
 “88L_— | 0SZ9% 9, 
 “S9T_ | 9T80% L 
 “86I_ | 6OS9T 8 
 ‘FIT | EOE 6 
 COL | L80t OL 
 ‘16 PEZ8 IL 
 T8 0s¢d rai 
 "SL SLI 4 
 $9 LOIr ral 
 “STH | “STHAL 
 
 ‘taddo>| yp] ey 
 ae NdiD | S78 °a 
 meviq | ‘eo1y 
 
 ‘soyonpuog seddog 
 
 ‘ASVLIOA OL TWNOILYOdOUd NOILWINSNI Y3aid YO YadVd ‘GV31 GYVGNVLS 
 ‘SH#TAVO AHAMOd AGNV LHOIT OIULOATE ONIGVM 
 
 24. 
 
(ysiem “M ‘Lf Aq ‘96gt ‘yy81sAdop) ‘9148S PayBNSUT Jaqy ‘YW pally aq [ITM SsJaps10 pe ‘I0J are sTOT}E}ONb ‘pareys astmsatio ssaqay 
 ‘UOHBIAIOS UT JAE Od UL PUB SU01;B1;SU|I JOF Eg PUB Jz ‘9g SeBed Bag “WOIPE[NSUL ,,ZE-g O} ,,F9-1 YIAd S9{qQvd Jo saoiid ysI] 10} Ez 9Beq 29g 
 
 ——— 1) 
 
 ‘avassojoo | ¢'9Zo | SI8T | 9969 | ‘auoqieyjoo | O's | OSzt | 899 | ‘souarayoo | O'6TS | ssat | ost9 || ‘sett | oooogot! 
 ‘TBssojod | CFIZ | O8ZT | 2699 ‘QBRABTIOD | CTIZ | SIZE | 919 ‘azayoo | Ogos | 9c9r | 9619 | “9ETT | CQQOGB MoT” . 
 ‘uRUIIO[OD | G'COZ | OCLT | 6ZF9 ‘suisdeijoo | ¢'Z0Z | Sst | ogt9 ‘Pletsyoo | 0°00 | SZOI | sPég ‘GZIT | CO0OD08 tt" 
 ‘ssaqtojoo | O'e6T | STZT | S9T9 ‘1109 + O'Z6T | GOT | FOG | ‘ssadtoyoo | O'OG6I | O6ST | 769¢ || ‘OGOT | CDDDeR 
 "ystyojoo =| O98 | OL9L | £065 "sH1oo | OE8L | OSL | 6P9S “arayoo | Q'O8L | SbSL | apts GhOL | 000008 = 
 "‘purltqiojoo | E'94T | GZOT | GIG ‘tnastoo | ESZT | SST | ceEc "[PayYMS0D | OOLT | OOST | SETS “OOOT | OODDGL [ttt 
 ‘atqesojoo | C'99T | G6CT | I8s¢ . ‘AMOIOD | GEST | OSGI | SFIS "We2MB09 | ('09T | OLFI | OFGF "696 | 000002 ["""""** 
 ‘Auoydojoo | Q'9st | OSGI | OzTe ‘JAOMIIOD | OCT | SFI | 68S ‘ansoo | (OST | S3FT | 669F "C26 | 000089 Potter 
 ‘auaydojoo | O'9FT | OOST | O98F "BeysejOo | GPT | Sel | 299% ‘Waousod | OORT | Get | gcrR || “ex8 | OOQD09 PT 
 ‘soruojoo | O9SL | 2Sbl | LO9b ‘4ossajoo | Bel | O6EL | L8eb ‘uawouBoo | GOS | 8Zfl | G0cb | “828 | opDnSS |-- 
 ‘apeauojoo | O'9ZI | 9OFT | SSF ‘ystedafoo | Oger | FREI | SeIF "1Oz1us09 | OIZI | TS8cl | 9968 | “Tsz | OODDOG | 
 ‘aztmojoo | G’STT | O98I | 980F ‘etaj}dosjoo | O'STT | 00ST | o6se | ‘sezjusoo | OTIT | OFZ | $22 | “GGL | OOOOGR ft 
 ‘ystuojo> | O90T | SIS | 6288 ‘asnomejoo | C’gOl | OSZI | SEIS “SOUBZIUSOS | O'IOL | SSTt | Ists | “sso | QOQ0OR | 
 "[BIUOTOD | 9°96 O8ZI | 2G "993883109 | 0'T6 OZZT | L688 “MOIJIMSOD | C16 9CIL | OFZES "9C9 | QODOGE [ttt 
 ‘hauosnyjoo | £98 | OSZL | sie! ‘ssoupjoo | Ob8 | S8ll | ecLe ‘oeuBoo | O38 | SZLL Looe | “S29 | oogoOe |----- 
 ‘aAISNTTOD | GOL | SIG | #808 ‘AIPIOD | SFL | OSTI | 8T6z “UBUISOD ‘SL | O60T | 892%. | “6S | Oo00cZ | -o 
 ‘Anboyjoo | 0°69 | GLIT | 098% "UIMSTYSTOD | g'99 | OLIT | 0022 ‘aaneysoo | eg | sor | ence | “zee | oo9ttz| 0000 
 ysmmboroo | 909 CZIT | &29z ‘ainjzeZjoo | ge G90L | 9k "UOH}RISOD | EEG 000T | ozs | ‘oo¢ S08-91 | 000 
 ‘reinborjoo | Z'zG¢ | LOL | S9Ez ‘lopuezloo | go¢e | #86 80% ‘21qe71809 | O'SF | 326 | 0406 || ‘zzF | 6LZoget| 00 
 ‘Burdoyjoo | G9b | OOOL | S82 “Buryoo | Obb | 886 120% ‘2/5600 | D@b | G28 S88 “GLE =| CESSOL | 0 
 
 ‘uorporioo | aye | 906 gest ‘staqoo | ggg | FR 99FT ‘198309 | org | I82 OFLT ‘He | r6e9e8 ! 
 
 25 
 
WARING ELECTRIC LIGHT. 
 (See pages 23, 24 and 25.) 
 
 Figure 2, 
 
 Full size, 500,000 circular mils 
 
 Cable for Incandescent Light- 
 copper. 
 
 ing, low tension. 
 
 ty G4G 
 YY A Lye 
 “Us a, 
 YY, 
 
 End View of Figure 2. 
 
 Figure 3. Figure 4. 
 _ Cable for Arc Light 
 ing, high tension. Duplex Cable, especially adapted for 
 
 Full size, No. 3 BJ alternating current system. No.3 B. 
 G. S. G. full size. 
 
 (\ 
 WY, \) 
 es 
 
 -_ 
 
 “e 
 
 ”) OS IK DRS 
 ANU o0-LNG, C0. 
 
 Figure 5. 
 Underground Cable with saturated fibrous cover, to prevent 
 chemical actions or mechanical injury. 
 
 26 
 
AND POWER CABLES. 
 for Prices.) 
 
 or rosie ts Figure 7. 
 Figure 6, a ate 
 eae G er Electric Light Cable 
 8 Conductor Electric Light is ite 5 an a 
 ly actual diameter, 10 con- 
 
 le. No.4 B. & S. GG. % he yaad. 
 Cab - ae ductor, No. 6B. & S.G. 
 
 actual diameter. 
 
 Figure 8. 
 
 Conner Electric Light Cable, 10 
 conductor, No. 6 B. & S.G.,% 
 / actual diameter. 
 
 Double Conductor Cables (see figure 4), double list prices 
 shown on pages 23, 24 and 25. 
 
 Prices furnished on application for cables containing any de- 
 sired weight of copper, or more than two conductors. 
 
 All conductors larger than No,4in price lists, pages 23, 24 
 and 25, are composed of small strands, for flexibility. 
 
 The minus sign in 3rd column, page 23 indicates that a B. W. 
 G. wire of the same size designated by the number to which it is 
 affixed is a little too large, while the plus sign indicates that it is 
 a little too small, to be the exact equivalent of the B. & S. G. 
 number on the same line. 
 
 For determining size of conductor to be used see page 165. 
 
 When ordering Electric Light Cable, please state current in 
 volts and amperes and name of machine producing same; also 
 distance from source of energy to centre of distribution. 
 
 The diameters of cables given on pages 23, 24 and 25 will be 
 increased approximately sixty five mils, if a single braid be 
 placed over the lead (see page 78 as to braid) as illustrated in 
 figure 5. 
 
"MOTJBUIGUIOD 211M 6—"SI BIE 
 
 ‘VEIT PHM J—'ST ONT A ‘FLT PIANO ast J—"TT “31a ses T ad op iatpabie ia onsie 
 
 (08 esed aes ‘torelnsur jo SSOUAIIY} SUIPNISU! ‘19}}eUL aATydLAseap 10,1) 
 
 SHTAVO (OdIM o[suIs puv) NOILLONAGNI-LINW DYNIVVM 
 
aa eee ee 
 ‘azeulqgwod| ‘sauiquioo 
 
 “Iaquio05 FE 
 *oAT}EC ULOD G'S 
 ‘yueyequUI0D Z'GS 
 
 *9S0}BUIOD 91 
 ‘ewioo 9:12 
 "BZ[O9 O'8T 
 
 ‘1reuuINn [oo 0'8T 
 
 ‘sUIqUIN][Oo O'ST 
 “perqurnyjoo FFI 
 ‘ysyjoo |p hL 
 *I9}[OO SOL 
 “F109 SOL 
 *19}.10d [09 Gl, 
 *snsso[oo 9g 
 *S}U39 
 GG 
 
 ‘apod ydeisaja 
 
 ‘a1qeo JO Joo; saad aie saodlig 
 
 98 
 86 
 86 
 FG 
 bG 
 06 
 06 
 03 
 
 *s] 99 
 
 03 
 
 “ON JDONVS ScAdYVHS P NMOUYS YO NVOINAWY 
 
 ‘SNOILVULSOTTI WOH ADOVd ALISOddO AAS 
 
 ‘sBurquwoo 
 G'OF 
 Cs 
 CTs 
 0°13 
 026 
 CGS 
 G'S 
 OGG 
 OST 
 081 
 CsI 
 CST 
 06 
 GP 
 
 *s]U99 
 
 8T 
 
 ‘ueipawod |*ssauljawos 
 
 o'6r 
 C’8s 
 G"8s 
 0'Ss 
 0's 
 Q°1z 
 G13 
 CLS 
 0G 
 0°06 
 Cor 
 C91 
 OTT 
 g¢ 
 *$]199 
 
 91 
 
 €9 
 6F 
 6F 
 
 *s}U39 
 
 FI 
 
 “Aaeyawod | *49}103wW09 |" aGneb opeubisap 0} apog ydesbajoy 
 
 18 
 &9 
 
 *s} T1390 
 
 801 
 ¥8 
 F8 
 GL 
 tl 
 09 
 09 
 09 
 SF 
 8h 
 9§ 
 98 
 v6 
 al 
 *s}m99 
 
 OL 
 
 *(91JW99 UI 311M om0) s1enbs 
 
 gasamanesiee rsseeeeeeesereeseee Qty 
 “teres seeeeeeereeeeeeeerapT aT JTQnNO(, 
 
 seeeeeeresenee eng td 
 ““punoi ‘xoidde ‘payesni109 
 eit eaeenseretseereeteceeees teeeneeeey en g 
 
 teat ecw ew eee ne eweeeneee” 3784 sqnoqd 
 
 seeeee See eee eee mee eee eeseeeereeeteens ELI 
 Weoceeenesvvcr cocveseese<resvecere STU TIC 
 Pee eee eee renee sen eeeess reseeeeee ana 2 Ie | 
 
 Pewee ee eeeeseeeeeeseees 
 
 ““"IBa/T IDAO[D 
 reesensenseenecseneseeeneneeseereneseaDTT 
 
 sitataeeeeeenes caeeneeeereeeee aT gy 
 sieseteeaeneneeneareneseeees sees DTNOY 
 
 eee eeeeee 
 
 ‘21qBD jo WO 
 
 rT Oooo ke KR oO 
 
 aN & % 
 
 sioypnpuoy 
 JOON 
 
 ‘HOI}JB[NSU]T prepueys pue pea’ paepur}s 
 
 C 
 
 >) 
 
 j 
 
 me 
 
at - “ee 
 97}8 [eNIOe H ‘3]qe) aduasaynoy *D *s 3¢ “g ET ‘ON sTed 0Or “WEIP Tenqow ¥% Jnoge ‘prepueIg MAN : 
 "ZG SINS ‘2 SB “UZ ‘ON sired poystai} Og 
 ‘TZ ‘Sia 
 \ SS BEERS 
 = 
 
 ‘OI “SI 
 
 otTM G— 
 
 ‘a1enbs 
 
 *JE1A AIIM Z—'ST “ST 
 ‘VELA IM LL “SI 
 
 ‘JeI’T IDAOTD aI AA 
 WY LL Y 
 
 &—'6T “SIT 
 
 mi pit 
 UM, 
 
 Y 
 Qype. 
 
 OJ) St1¥d UY pajs}y S10y~Npuod ay} “NOLLWINSNI HdAdVvd YO H3dgis | 
 ‘SoTqe) potting surrey 
 
 id 4st] 0} }U99 19d ET ppe (s}INdA19 ST] TeJaTU I 
 “UOHE[NSUL Prepueys 1OJ puL ‘ajqed jo yooy tad ov ased jxau UO sadlig 
 
 “SQOL 
 
 SuULAey sajqey 10,4 
 (78 pue [g seded 3as UOlje[NsUT Jo ssauyoIy}) pue sa}eW aAt}diissap 304) 
 
‘Ysien “Mf Aq ‘96g ‘WysiAdog ~pazejys dsTAA.19}0 ssatun satqeo shai 4aqy 10} 918 SIapio pue suoT}ejONH "SHOFET}SH] IF 1Oy ased ayisoddo 39g 
 
 Bersrvesessersees) SNdIOD |[B400109]*}aUOIOD| BUOLOD |"9OIUIOI | [9UAOT || werrse e+" XNUOO | IPYUOD | JaJUOo | GUfFUOd | JOpUOd |aTOpUgD |"a3nes 3}eUZIsap 
 0} ePOD ydessolaL 
 *y109 LET 1eT SOR e eee eee Lame eeeeee reser ee eeeeeeeeesreleseeeeeeseeees ‘JSUT puoS OST TLT FORO e ewe ee le wee eee e eases HOOT S OS EHE DET | HHL HEHE OHH HH EEE HEE EES : ‘00% 
 *yenboo FEI FFI peescaccanccce|-cvccse eer ee eres eee eee ee ree “A[UStpuoo OCT LCT ececcccecccccelcoe eereccccccsleccccctcccccvelecvce sovevecs|seccssesecees % ‘GAT 
 ‘ystAdoo OIT O&T svecceccceccselevccese elerececccccccce|sccccvcccccces "uSIpuod TZI Ce ae eesccccclen sercescccess|sesceccececrses|sscccsesccsces|secceseeesees es ‘OST 
 *ejndoo +6 dL Chl see ereeeecceeslsesecececerertlecesenesersres *ssnouoo SOL 9CL 9CT tee eeeeeaerersleceereesceeeerleesccseesecees|seeesseessees . ‘GOL 
 ‘oydoo| 16 SIT 89T 006 OC SUTqnoOmOS | 66 90 62 OST EGE 1 is ceeie ait » OOF 
 ‘g9sdoo 19 6L 96 OFT LOT seeeeeerereres ‘gSINnODUOD je a LOT OCT 6.1 see eeeerceness eeeeeeesee “3 ‘cL 
 aoiddoo| — 6F g¢ LL ZOT 931 ZOT ‘ptoouo. | 7g 09 Z8 ZIT al PLT a Ae se eS 
 ‘yae[doo 8& SF 6S LL 96 Gol *9ABTIUOS If LY 69 PS SOL S&T ee oe tO hel SB 
 ‘Buidoo| = $¢ 8£ £¢ 89 | &8 801 *ployouoo| /¢ ob LS bl 16 SLL Epa. San 0k 
 "yosdoo| 0g g¢ LF 6g tL £6 ‘dayiyouoo | gg Lg 2G PY GL SO lear: eased: 28" 4 
 ‘jedoo 9G 86 IP 6F 89 18 “Youoo 63 (Os GP &S L9 88 tee re eS 0G 
 *19[009 GG FG. GS Lg TS 89 *“J49IU05 GS 1G 9§ If oe GL is ee < bare 
 194009 LI st GG G 8§ 6F *Pe}tso 409 ole IG Gg 6G GP SG Sear yt det OL 
 "yooo | =O Ll 06 £6 lG 8f ‘snyeuoo) = J} 6L &¢ 96 0g Lp or pee Oh eae 
 ayOauo0s| CL LI 61 ZG & FE ‘OpBIMOD | — QT SI 1Z FG 8% go a UNO eee 
 ‘PHAdoo| = CT LT 61 GG G bE ‘zosoduios | gt SI 1% ix 8G 18 am ees Te ieee 
 *X9AU09| FT 91 SI 1% ed Ze ‘yure;duros | cy LI 61 ZS 9% ge Sl Sg patos. ; 
 *yUsATOD| FI oT ST 1% S16 GS ‘A[xo[duroo | GT LT 61 GG 9G £8 ae hie Tee 
 ‘anozuoo | $f bl 9 6 8 1G | “puedwoo| Gl iA 0 7 BG [vcr punoy ‘G 
 ‘y4osuoo| = §T FI 9T 61 &% 13 ‘yzedmi0d| FT cT LT 0Z ¥G 6% Ce eee TORTS 
 *S]OSUOD sT I 9T 61 &% 1G ‘uoruedur0s | = FT CT IT 0% FG 62 *-arenbs ‘ ig 
 ‘tanbuoo| TT al ST cT 8T &% ‘souUnmIMIOS | = GT ST qr LT 1G G “""""punoy ‘Ff 
 ‘pfouos| TT ol £1 CT ST £% ‘TBUNWMWOS | GT aT CT LT 1% cS nee el Pp 
 ‘ayeuuoo| [I cL I GL 8h $4 || eos9wm09| St GL iL 4 Go [vvreaaenbg ‘b 
 ‘oinfuod| = ol II ai cT 61 ‘puemmios| =I I CSI FI LT 1% “rreeseeeee-pUNnOg |g 
 ‘9}1U09| 6 OL IT rai cT 61 ‘A}1UI09 | OT II GCL FI LT 13 WN 8 ed 8 
 ‘Iajyiuod| 6 Ol II ZI CT 61 *AIDTULOD | OT IL ard | PT Bol eelt 
 ‘SOIMOD | “OL ‘OL 2G"L 26 OTL ‘OCT "TROIS | “DL ‘OG | G8 O01 ‘ISI 
 | Se tee SI OL FI al Peer oe De [pe BST: tL | OSE | ‘aqea yo wo 
 “9poy “JquUINN ssneyg asdieys 32 umoig “9poy ‘IaquUInN ssney odieys WwW uMOIg pue 
 ydeissjay, |— ydeisolay 
 
 4aSN 43SNOH YO WWIydaV YO4 ‘ava LHONM ‘ASN GNNOYDYSGNN YO4 ‘GV31 GYVGNVLS | s10}NpuOD jo ‘ON 
 
SUBMARINE CABLES. 
 
 Fig. 23.—7 Wire-Rubber Insulation, Armored. 
 
 Fig. 24.—Electric Light Cable, with Armor Wires. 
 
 We are prepared to armor any of the Cables made by us, if 
 required, at the following prices for the Fibrous Bedding and 
 eee ae in addition to the regular price for the Cable 
 itself: 
 
 Seana t on Reapaat res. as + Telegraph 
 be Armored. B. & S. G. : Coue. 
 Mils. No. for Armoring. 
 300 12 13 ce ats. corpulent. 
 400 12 4s corpuscle. 
 500 12 1b? + corrupt. 
 600 10 185%. corsage. 
 700 10 DU ueleos corsair. 
 800 9 pny a corset. 
 900 9 2 So gale coruscate, 
 1.000 § he ws corvette. 
 
 Maximum continuous lengths up to 700 mils diameter, 4% 
 mi.; 700 to 1,000 mils diameter, 1,000 to 1,500 feet. 
 
 No guarantee given on Cables for submarine use, except that 
 they shall be perfect as to continuity and insulation, when 
 delivered. 
 
 In many cases, especially for crossing rivers, lakes or ponds, 
 the beds of which are mud or sand, free from pebbles or stones, 
 our regular Cables, with extra heavy lead, will be, and are, found 
 to prove eminently satisfactory, giving as good and permanent 
 service as expensive armored Cables; especially so, if further 
 provided with a strong fibrous caver treated with compound, for 
 which we charge a slight advance over the price of the lead 
 wovered cable itself. See page 87. 
 
 32 
 
THE ACHESON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 
 RAILWAY CABLE TERMINAL. 
 
 FOR CONNECTING CABLE WITH POLE LINE, OR TROLLEY 
 WIRE, OR AS ATESTING STATION BETWEEN 
 SECTIONS OF CABLE. 
 
 r 
 
 ; S, Spi- 
 ; X, Metal 
 bber plate. 
 
 Hard Rubbe 
 to fit in pole and support ru 
 
 HB, 
 
 WALL, 
 . 
 Pp; 
 
 Washer; J, Hard Rubber or Wood Plate; L, Screw 
 
 Li f/ 2) 
 
 Rubber Gasket 
 
 ~S 
 
 M, Tap Connector; N, Brass Cone; P, 
 OVEri Re 
 
 Fig. 26.—A, Copper Conductor; B, Insulation; 
 Tap Cable; W, Wiped Joint; 
 
 C, Lead Sheath; D, Lead Cu 
 Pole; QO, Metal C 
 Thimble, 
 
 Fastener; 
 der; T, 
 
 Hard rubber or saturated wood base, double metal cap, to 
 prevent condensation of moisture. 
 
 Where used on wall of building or side of pole,iron bracket 
 may be used instead of spider. 
 
 Without Bracket.) Telegraph 
 Code, 
 
 Terminal for 1 Cable Conductor...) $4.50 each. cosine. 
 “ ime per Os a a 5.00 cosmic. 
 ie Coe he * 560°“ cosmos. 
 ‘Ss Se - “a 6.00 “ cossack, 
 ss a a 4 on 800s, costume. 
 ve opm ON te a SOG, S cottage. 
 ba oh ay os ls 9.00.“ cougar. 
 ie SS Piers ms es 9.50 “ cough. 
 bey 4 3 ert ea ae by coupe. 
 
 Brackets for fastening to pole........ ee coupon. 
 
 Metal Cap for Terminial................. 1.50 * courage. 
 
 Rapper witli GAaSket, ces: -vcserceveurearee GAOL courier, 
 
 For descriptive matter, see page 90, 
 
 33 
 
t 
 
 AARD RUBBER TERMINALS. 
 
 (For descriptive matter see pages 88 and 89.) Ry 
 DEGENHARDT. | TUBULAR. z 
 
 For Office ends of Underground or Aerial Tele- 
 
 raph and Telephone Cab.es and for placing in 
 water-tight boxes on poles for connections be- 
 
 tween Air Line Wires and Cable Wires. 
 
 Fig. 27b. 
 
 eo 
 > 
 
 Tubular Hiectric Light and | Code. = 
 Power Termiuals. | Singlercfcc.petere <2 courser. - 
 RO = Duplex. | court, : 
 n=) Z 
 | Sibsse 
 3 .. Quigg = aS om 
 For Cable 3-16 to 5% in.dia.’ ¢ .35 $ .60 econ S 
 ¥%to1li-16 “ 50 75 Bofodes 
 # 1%yto 1% 60 .90 8 Sete e te 
 * 13-16.10 doth «| 75 1.10 S Sooo 08 
 ICE TVIS 16 tol 2 Oe 90a et 
 | | Pree a 6 < 
 RE SAREE ASS EELS ED A LS ES RE CI BS PN Ne LEI ST IE 
 : Peace complete.; Telegraph Codes. i 
 Telephone and Tele- me 
 graph Terminals, : F 
 ee iit | Degenhardt. | Tubular. 
 Wire Ter minal. Baccodteteechaccenctetes: courted. courting. 
 -) de | $3.00 $2.00 | courtiers. courtlier. 
 Dine as s<| 4.00 2.75 | courtliness. | cousinhood, - 
 Spts a ws! 5.60 3.50 | cousinly. peer 
 10 os ! 600 4.00 | covert. Revert 
 ie ee Bal widi le, 5.00 | coward. cowardly. 
 7 Ayeey : 9.00 6.00 | cowhide, cowhiding, 
 pine. cf eve] 2200 8.00 | crab. crabbing. — 
 DHE 2) 5-00 10.0054 cradle: cradling. 
 100s" “ naa| ado .UK 12.00 | crape. craping. 
 125‘ uf 5: 22.00 15.00 | crater. craterous. 
 150 ‘* we «| 20,00 17.00 | cravat. cravatish. 
 200“ Md ...| 80.00 20.00 |! crayon. crayoning. 
 
 PARTS OF TERMINALS. 
 
 j 
 Brass Bind ine: POStS....2.csscsccsscsssesccvose | $1.00 per doz. | creeper. 
 Cable Grip or Nipple for Bottom o 
 
 PL@hIMiM ale GEASS! sceessers oi Meceoe erent enasssen 1.00 each. cremona, — 
 Cable Grip’ for Bottom of Terminal, 
 
 IMaIIeAbDIE LON .....sccccecasvestserscccvedesecese 50.‘ creole. 
 Clamp for Cable Grip, Brass o,.secssccaee 20 ree cricket. 
 Clamp for Cable Grip, Malleable Iron... 10S crimp. 
 
 34 
 
 an 
 ~ 
 
CABLE HANGERS. 
 
 (For @escriptive matter, see pages 94 and %5,) 
 
 “ONE-PIECE.” 
 
 PATENTED MALLEABLE IRON 
 CABLE HANGER 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 “ECONOMIC.” | 
 
 MALLEABLE IRON ONE-PIECE HANGER.: 
 
 Price per 
 
 Hundred. 
 
 Telegraph 
 Code. 
 
 Diameter of | 
 Stock Width of Cable to 
 No. Opening. which 
 
 Applied. 
 i 78 in yin 
 2 4% 4é % ae 
 2] y} “ec “ce 
 4 1° oe is “ee 
 5 1% se 1 ee 
 i) 12331605 ge oe 
 7 1Y ae 1% “se 
 8 1% “ec 1% “<é 
 9 1% ae 1% ina 
 10 1% ‘‘ 1A 
 ll 1% 15% “ 
 12 1% pr 1% a 
 138 2 ce 1% ae 
 14 2% 46 9 a9 
 
 Larger sizes made to order. 
 
 Special Tongs to close and open any pou the 
 
 above Hangers, $2.50 each . 
 
 NOD oR 
 one no ono 
 oocoeacooco 
 
 ECONOMIC HANGER. 
 
 criter. 
 criterion. 
 critic, 
 critical. 
 crocus. 
 crony. 
 crosier. 
 crossbow. 
 crotchet. 
 crucial. 
 crucially. 
 crucifier. 
 crucifix. 
 
 crucifixion. 
 
 SesspedaeresCLUCMOFin 
 
 For any Cable up to 1” in diameter. 
 from 1% to1¥% 
 &° ‘“* 15¢ or more in 
 
 “é 
 
 _——— 
 
 £35 
 
 Price per Telegraph 
 Hundred. Code. 
 - $5.00 crucifort. 
 ' 6.00 crucify. , 
 7°00 crude. 
 
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL 
 
 SUBWAYS. 
 
 (For descriptive matter, see page 99.) 
 
 Cross Section of Conduit, containing 
 12 ducts. 
 
 Joint on Single Line of Cement-Lined 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 Length of Hollow Brick Conduit—18 in. long, 2in., 2% in. 
 and 3 in. diameter bore. 
 
 Fig. 32. 
 Woolen Pump Log Conduit, 8 ft. long. 1% in., 2in., 
 
 2% and 3 in. int. diameter. 
 
 PRICE LIST. 
 
 Brick Tile. 
 
 Kind of es te 
 Conduit. hore 
 Cement ep 
 Lined. 3 2 
 
 2 
 
 Wooden 91 
 Pump Log. 3 2 
 
 2 
 Hollow 2Y, 
 
 2 loutside! Approx 
 |\Dimen- Weight 
 sions. | per ft. 
 3Y 334 
 3% 4% 
 4Y 5 
 | 3% | 2x 
 4 3% 
 | 4% | 4 
 | 
 | 3% | 55 | 
 RUE Ai hard Da 
 | 4% | 8% | 
 36 
 
 one Telegraph 
 foot. Code. 
 11 crude. 
 12.5 crudity. 
 14 cruel. 
 6.5 cruise. 
 8.75 cruller. 
 10.5 crumb. 
 5.5 crunch. 
 6 crunkle. 
 7 | crupper. 
 
 or Brick Conduit. 
 
 he 
 
 = anh 
 Se ee ae ied 
 
) 
 
 JUNCTION BOXES. 
 
 (For descriptive matter, see pages 5 to 97.) 
 
 CONNER JUNCTION 
 BOX. 
 
 (PATENT APPLIED FOR.) 
 
 For use on street rail- 
 way, electric light and 
 power circuits for taps to 
 any desired point or asa 
 testing station between 
 sections of cable. 
 
 FOWLER JUNCTION BOX. 
 (PATENTED). 
 
 For use in same manner as 
 Conner Box, and in location 
 where more space is avail- 
 able. 
 
 PRICE LIST. Fig. 34. 
 Prices include all necessary connectors, screws, gaskets, etc. 
 Fowler. Conner. Telegraph Code. 
 Size Box | | —— ots is 
 | Cables. 4/0 &smaller Fowler. Conner. 
 2 way | 20.10 14.50 crusade. crut, ey. 
 ea ge 21.75 16.50 cruse. crutch. 
 Aya 23.50 17.00 | crusher. _|_cruth. E 
 CABLES 500,000-250,000 C. M. 
 2 way. 21.00 15.50 crustacean, crux. 
 Os 22.75 | 17.50 crustalic. cry. 
 Ei wed 24.50 18.00 crustated. cryal 
 CABLES LARGER THAN 500,000 C. M. 
 "2 way. 22.00 | 16.50 crustific. eryolite. 
 Ses | 23.75 | 18.50 crustily. crypt. 
 A 25.50 19.00 crusty. cryptic. 
 
 If boxes are for duplex cables (not above 4/0), the list prices of boxes 
 larger than 500,000 c. m. will apply. Always state diameters over lead 
 auc if Duplex give both diameters. 
 
 PARTS OF JUNCTION BOXES. 
 Telegraph Code. 
 
 Parts. Fowler. Conner. 
 Fowler. Conner. 
 
 Base Plate. OED 0 eee | ees CLV Pica lar mre tates. eres Rave 
 Mase or Box, | sss LO UUM law ccscsteqrche ss cubature. 
 Cover. 6.50 3.50 cryptogram, | cubby. 
 Gasket. 85 .30 cryptology. cubebs, 
 Cover Bolts. -10 -10 crystal. cubic. 
 Binding Posts. 1.35 1.00 crystalize. cubical, 
 Connecs., Main 60 .40 ctenoid. cubicular. 
 
 Bratch .60 40 cub, cubit, 
 
 “Nuts. 10m oe) ese cuban, vane neeshieeeek 
 
 SN OCFEWS || Mesreae Ah A leccene cere cuboid. 
 Wrench. 1.20 1.20 cubation. cuckoo. 
 Rubber Cups. Mile A ere cubatory. aopeatinn x, 
 
 In ordering parts, state dimensions explicitly, and for binding posts 
 connectors, nuts or screws for same state size of conductor and whether 
 for single or duplex cables. 
 
 37 
 
MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS AND 
 DEVICES. 
 
 For use in placing and connecting underground or overhead 
 cables and wires. 
 For description of each article see pages referred to below. - 
 
 : Telegraph 
 Article. bag Price: sn P 
 Tubular braid for covering 
 telephone and telegrapl. iy 
 WATE SPliCeSiyrsactotetece sess 102 $1.50 per lb. |cudgeling. 
 
 Cable grip for drawing in 
 Cables tare wert sctesccemeeeted| Tere eeecen 15.00 each. cudweed. 
 insulating tube or_ sleeve, 
 paper. (State diameter 
 and kind of cable)....:.:..- 
 insulation-cutting tool for 
 removing insulation of] 
 CONGUCTOLS tisssesstoseetteveseee 4 
 Complete joint mould for 
 making joiuts between 
 CablevSeChiOnS:... .scaiecasessee 
 Sleeve joint mould for mak- 
 ing cast solder wipe at 
 each end of lead sleeve..... 
 Lead sleeve or tube for 
 sleeve joint on cables. 
 (State diameter and kind 
 OL:CADLE)secriteed renee tee cais 
 Lead tees for branch joints 
 or connections. (State 
 sizes and kinds of cable).. 
 Lead-cuiting tool for re- 
 moving lead cover o 
 CADDIES 85 soinees cacdsescasce's siceesess 
 Scoring tool for marking 
 and limiting length o 
 lead to be removed........... 105 {| 3.00 * culm. 
 
 125 ay cufic. 
 108 6:00 3 cuirassier. 
 103 10.00 ‘‘ cuisine. 
 
 104 L500 Ss culex. 
 
 104 121% per Ib. | cullender. 
 104 .20 ss culinary. 
 
 108 5.00 each. cullion. 
 
 Rotary wire-splicing tool.....[ 104 | $ 1.50 cuneatic. 
 Wire-splicing tongs for 
 
 making wire joints.......... 105 20.00 cunning. 
 Copper blanks for wire 
 
 splice made by last named 
 
 wire splicing tongs. (State 
 
 size of conductor)............ 106 1.15-per Ib. cunningly. 
 Cable supportsformanholes| 106 .10 each. cupboard. 
 Black rubber tape, }4 inch] . 
 
 WIE (OZILG)ieracesss fererseatere 106 115 per Ib. cupid. 
 Black rubber tape, 34 inch 
 
 Wide (OZiIte).2:.2. eecceh conn ont 106 Del 5 swiss cupidity. 
 White rubber tape, % inch 
 
 DAW G@.unrsessaseencersee Meet seoceres 106 15 ees cupreous. 
 White rubber tape, 34 inch 
 
 VAC CR dscesestrscuscareieostanteeers: 106 tallied eo cuprite. 
 Cast iron terminal cups for 
 
 TOUTIC CADIES. ccasececconcasconee 91 .25 each. curacy. 
 18 in. paper tubes for wire 
 
 SPLICES ......40..---2reeeersenneeens 102 1.00 per 100. curatrix. 
 Lightning arresters.......0000. 92 .30 each, cur. 
 
 “ high lee ee 92 | On application curdle. 
 ~ electric light ...... 93 | “ “ | curfew. 
 
 38 
 
GENER AL 
 
 TELEQKAPH CODE 
 
 FOR USE WITH 
 
 THE STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE CO. 
 
 Copyright, 1896, by J. W. MARSH. 
 
 The Telegraph Code, Contained in No. 6 Handbook, published 
 in 1888, has been so freely used and so highly commended, that it is 
 considered certain the reproduction of this feature on a much 
 enlarged and improved plan will meet with general favor. A 
 code of this kind reduces the expense of telegraphing orders and 
 inquiries, and lessens liability of mistakes. The following 
 specimen will illustrate the economy of the Code, namely: 
 
 ‘Poacher falmegzy cloudage plunder dingdon danube’”’ 
 “phantasm daladaltalzad coining dentition,’’ 
 
 Which means: 
 ‘Ship as soon as possible five thousand pounds’’ 
 ‘No. 6 Brown & Sharpe’s Gauge Standard Weather—’ 
 “proof Line Wire; how soon can you ship ? What’’ 
 “is the freight rate per hundred pounds”’ 
 “to destination? Answer by letter. Telegraph’’ 
 ‘lowest price and earliest delivery of three’’ 
 ‘fand three-fourths miles No. 4 Brown & Sharpe’s’’ 
 “‘Gauge, single Conductor, Waring Electric Light’’ 
 ‘*Cable with five thirty-seconds inch insula-’’ 
 **tion, delivered f. o. b. cars here.’’ 
 
 Two blank pages are provided for private Code, as the Hand- 
 book telegraph code will doubtless be used between individual 
 members, officers and employees of Companies other than our 
 own, and they will, naturally, have special articles and expres- 
 sions relating only to their business, for which it will be conven- 
 ient to have a telegraph code; this will be especially the case with 
 Construction Companies and Electrical Supply Companies having 
 salesmen or construction corps at points away from the home office 
 and telephone companies having sub-exchanges outside of the 
 city in which the general office is located. 
 
 All Code Words beginning with the letter ‘‘c’’ will be found on 
 pages ten to thirty-six in the several price lists, to designate 
 specific articles, size of conductor, character of insulation, ete. 
 The General Code following does not include any words begin- 
 ning with the letter ‘‘c.”’ 
 
 For the convenience of foreign correspondents in 
 sending cablegrams, we have registered the following 
 cable addresses, viz: 
 
 General Offices, Pittsburgh, Pa. 
 Address: ‘‘ Cables, Pittsburgh.’’ 
 
 Branch Office, New York City, N. Y. 
 Address: ‘‘ Cablemaker, New York.’’ 
 
 39 
 
- ABL—CAB. 
 
 Have not been able to.............ss00 seaeessesateitboecesenee ; 
 Have vouipeen able it? ..scasccerasencrercsvsaceccesrs epeeeeens - 
 WV TEE DC OE OO Reo corset oc onsen hac Gapstoa ays) mere dbucenwenes Eee 
 AADSONMEALONDOMICE: B.....ccvssecccsteccdtvrene sate aptenss esas : 
 Will accede to terms named........-s.++0+- susdesvacaensere 
 Cannot accede to terms dg es Dee racsese ee ste Sa ooseti tsetse 
 Will you accept ?....... stocene 
 Will accept....... es soseensnessdceseceesaas eaeatee secccccsesseccors . 
 Will not accept.....seoscssrssesereeseesees hespolpde.condact Weutee 
 Wire at once if accepted DE NOE recat 5 cae uraeeenete apes 
 Subject to telegraphic acceptance to-day.............. 
 Subject to acceptance within 
 Will greatly accommodate us if you will.a........... 
 Will do it to accommodate (YOU)............sseresereeeees 2 
 In accordance with ———— 
 
 Not in accordance with 
 According to contract.........s0ccsceee Sdeeasrendecees eat erstes 
 Not accoraing to CONETACE...cccssecessesnnseesene seen eon 
 On (for) account of- 
 Statement ofiaccownt-cecw.ceocacecteccevece.tessoseasesceee cnees 
 Account averages due.......... gan cttcebunssabeneescokaua ins oe 
 ‘To which add the cost Of... ..... sss eeceeeeeeeeeees 
 ‘To which should be added...........ssss0008 cesnceseanetcers A 
 In addition to........ ce Uaet deceit cae cottuncstanastedatoncaesee ete 
 How did you add ress———? .. . .. sss ceeeseseceenceeneoees 
 Was addressed tO——-...........cscessecsssecvessesssenscees 
 Please note an advance Of ———..........sssessseceeeeeees 
 Expect furthersadvance (OfmOn)iscac.sstsevesscecevaveossste 
 WiOWldiyouradViSCiserecec.asdecsscsscccctoanssnce nee esatecececene 
 WIOUIGIAGVISO)VOUCOl-csccasss.sctesccctascsescccars Sesecealseosien 
 Would not advise you to............066+ sattecesteccescesccess 
 Advise tilly 2about siccccmetenec ct ccteccncesmrnceotesssecteeteees 
 Unless otherwise advise das ccsccerecccascsns-sece-cccestresesess 
 Unless otherwise advised will assume that.......... : 
 Will you agree to-————....... eonvcccesevescccers coeeeesecesee 
 Will agree to....... sonecens Seaeunppossguce as¢sabpeseeanentne™ seanenss 
 Cannot agree to......... evcreseecccenscescnesceessssseccsssencaseess 
 PEN LOCAINAMOUN tesecescoscsocesstessetieans cence corcostecsseeiceeses 
 Answer by telegraph (day me€ssage).....sssecereeeeerers 
 Answer by night message.........cccsscceeeeees covartsesteeees 
 Answer by letter... Naddatessesstestcegscussteats coctert tenets 
 Please pa answer to our communication 
 
 oO —_——_— 
 
 Ae Ree eee ee ERO ORO ee eee wenee 
 
 OO Oe re meen er eeeeeeeeeeeeses 
 
 Poe PerePeererr rere rere rere re scree eee eee eer) 
 
 Answer (ing) your communication of this date... 
 Answer (ing) your communication of. 
 Will give you answer by———— 
 Must have answer by 
 INGE VEE ATTIVE Ch. y clic ddssetecscoeecsb cones secececcoteelscopbapeeers 
 Pay particular attention to 
 Pay no attention to 
 
 Call your attention to———_ 
 Matter shall have best attention............ccsseseecssseeees 
 Have no authority to———— 
 Are they (is he) eyed ca to — 
 
 tee eeeeee 
 
 PAPO e meee e meas eeeeeeesnee 
 
 see e eee nee eeeeeonee 
 
 Balance on hand is 
 Balance due on order (is) 
 Balance will go———— 
 On the basis Of—————, 5... .nes0.sscacesavsccceeacevecsssscnenses 
 On what basis are yOu GOING........cecceeeceeeees senewenttce 
 Will be in————..... .. ve Beaeee Bisco anti ecttneacseacctees 
 Will be here———_.. 
 When will you begin————..........sesssessscooreeeesccoees 
 Expect to begin about———— 
 An behalf Of ———— a enusaeen ava sevens vaaeveecesvaus aeenesee 
 Bid must be put in on——_——............ Sesebsaceceoseaaes % 
 Bill of lading and invoice.............46 Meesaechcneseeeconteree 
 FIAVE VOU DOUGH Ef opa es eseeecascesescadescude.cavdewdensh ever 
 Have bought.......... AS dbagaccsdscosedt cokesnevee tits Rete 
 Have not 
 Provide the cable with a coating of anti-cotrosive 
 COMPOIMH Ais, vu sseunesc gees esas veces te se cwsene eae aon 
 Provide the cable with ‘saturated fibrous cov ering 
 over lead cover...... Minlacese tc hecteres cttrrticccecteterttte 
 Provide the cable with two saturated coverings 
 OVEL 1GAC COVED. cccestadsarsesscvcnccteasacestnetasse centre 
 Wearing anti-induction Cablle...ccccccccccsssssesesceveesocess 
 
 40 
 
 dab—day. 
 
 dab. 
 dabblers. 
 dabbling. 
 dabsters. 
 dacapos. 
 dacers. 
 dacians. 
 dacoits. 
 dactylic. 
 dactyls. 
 dados. 
 daffodil. 
 daftish. 
 daggers. 
 daglocks. 
 dagons. 
 dahlia. 
 dainty. 
 dainties. 
 dairyman. 
 daisies. 
 damasks. 
 dallops. 
 damian. 
 dampish. 
 damsel. 
 damson. 
 dancing. 
 dander. 
 dandify. 
 dandling. 
 dandruff. 
 dandy. 
 danesman. 
 daneworts. 
 danishness. 
 danker. 
 dankist. 
 dannocks. 
 danskers. 
 danube. 
 
 daphnes. 
 daphnite. 
 dapperly. 
 daric. 
 darkish. 
 darksome. 
 darlings. 
 darns. 
 daroos. 
 darter. 
 darting. 
 dasherts. 
 dashpots. 
 dastards. 
 datelessly. 
 datives. 
 datums. 
 dauber. 
 daubing. 
 daughter. 
 dauntless. 
 dauphin. 
 davit. 
 dawdle. 
 dawdling. 
 dawish. 
 dawk. 
 
 dawker. 
 dawning. 
 
 daydream. 
 daystars. 
 
CAB—CON. daz—def. 
 — — ee 
 Waring bunched eabloen erchresbaceueretracutcestece rs daze. 
 Waring Electric Light Ga blenciiiict.dssebil ecevects dazzler. 
 Waring Electric Light and Power Cableatiince dazzling. 
 Two Conductor Electric Light Cable................... deaconess. 
 Conner bunched Electric Light Cable................... de. eyes. 
 Heavy leaded cable for submarine USE.................. deadlock. 
 Heavy leaded cable with exterior saturated fib- 
 
 rous covering for submarine use.................. fleadliness. 
 {fron armored cable for submarine use.................. deafener. 
 Pmerial cable.c...csvcccccoscese Staseteentersssestecrss soe we. deafening. 
 Underground Cable.......sssssecsssrereesecers dean. 
 
 The cable to be placed.. pdaaneedaancslugcvvcsoreccesososscesecsee deaneries. 
 Cable hanger (See “Hanger, my. SEER sisi ee deanery. 
 Office cable... Meeebavatosaucsucbabseccvaccccscesecssecs seeees teccee debases. 
 Office cable with--—conductors Seer tery eta . debasings. 
 Acheson cable ProtectOL.....serreeeeercesreerttesteeeeeces debaters. 
 Electro-static capacity....-.e.0---see gate onseesseseneoesss debaucher. 
 Electro -static cepecnty of— Microfarads per 
 
 RYILCcrasctaecetseeensses Peawaeneesessceneaeses ces: eoecdetossseess debonairly. 
 eCAaPIOAG LOUS.essceccccescccseccsestenes eer Beseuscsveseeeee debutant. 
 Less than carload lots... piibds a iiasstsetteeceatteeeee Gecadent, 
 Did not exercise care (at, in) Pare cetees ee tee correetes decadist. 
 Utmost care must be used........ssccececeseeeeseeeeeeees: decagons. 
 Were very careful to (about)... Seach Pear Leo Pere decamps. 
 Berth 1s GHCTCASOss-..ceetss-sucesee eta retaetscctacssrn coors tes decants. 
 BE eris OTOL CIIG CASO raccecndeccecccctacdesccn-ctscoesrecesncess-re= decanter. 
 In that case........... Seseeeeee nonocdab SasOIONE sabeterscessessteeettte decapod. 
 137) ll CASES... <c2-cssssceee Saet@necresvsesccenccscce's ARSC SOL Erno decapodal. 
 Cash on delivery................... NESE Ai tiste esteem © decastich. 
 Cash in thirty Cays..............ccssccssscsssrssess RP tare - decaying. 
 Half cash, barance in— days... Sreraadd ponadbaruc deceased. 
 Centre of distribution... ee aeseenees decedent. 
 Cents (see ‘Numeral Code, on pages 47 & ‘5d cor we decimate. 
 Change order for (of) erste Sesgeeer ss terere decking. 
 BEOO Late CO Change. ..........ccccerescaccegecsacasessrecsesecasere - declaiming. 
 Charges will amount to Se meee Ter itetn decoct. 
 Charges will be very Heavy..........:essserssereeessesces decore. 
 Circular mils (see ‘‘Mils.’’)............... NITIES ALF. 
 
 Under the circumstances................---..00« Stee tes ecorously 
 Telegraph Code (see ‘‘Telegraph.”’)......... Geetonesteaves 
 MEPIITINCOMSccascesessysccscactossctsncesecsscrecess Re acetersansaees tt decorum. 
 What color or colors do Your want Pai.cscuteweeses stores  LECOVEL 
 mne Only color on hand...............0.c00 aeaeeteseecs teres decoyings. 
 BEE SET COLO PS TATIICT ©. sce sceceystisshcnsnosisccesecesscosocrs decrees. 
 Immaterial what colors are sent............006 sotetaetees decrescent 
 REGAN CW ILC ance aasecteeenoosere st certs dedicates. 
 Bitreland=Wihitewe eee eerste dedimus. 
 GreemtandGoldcnie siecereeeecothenten ss dedolent. 
 IRECIANC'GOlde cesses enccsenseecseteete . deeds. 
 Canary eVellOwWeveccerssnee.csccestecevacesss deemster. 
 Any other color will do if color named not on 
 
 LAST Clete, cecererceccccccncctiien cciesecccterssenevenene STi deerskins. 
 When do you expect to COMMENCE Pussesssssesvessereeses defaces. 
 Expect to commence —essascsoesnese peat eceser ene seemes defacing. 
 Will not allow any commission.. Measssasecheceaeer-.8 = CeTaIners: 
 
 commission will be allowed... eres defaming. 
 In competition With——........ ...sseeesseseseseevereees defeature. 
 When will you complete Sonesacene duecvanticeecrss defecator. 
 Order will be completed Sire nea defender. 
 Order was completed————......... Ssioctarl abst defiant. 
 Upon completion of: siisnadigesdtsaScseivirss tute sascre PUCIIOES 
 Send C. O. D. by express...... Dateanrertateccecsescoseatceteres Gefiies. 
 Your financial standing being unknown we will 
 
 send goods C. O. D. unless otherwise in- 
 
 BEL CLG eicecennce deems i etreentasicerstre ecteeater resets sete defiiing. 
 mo: B. Hlectrical Compound ree. .i0i oc scscacecoccosedencses deflect. 
 Insulating Compound (see “Insulation. ee defluous. 
 On what condition will you———......... .e.e eee eee sees deflux. 
 Upon condition that———...................85 Reseretctecct: deforming. 
 The conditions are————........ Ceanentesceecstsercnees sncess defrauder. 
 Mall not agree to the CONditions.:.....c.6..0s0.cccseoceeees defrayal. 
 Conductivity to be guaranteed.............sscssssceseeeees deftly. 
 Ditto, 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure cop- 
 
 per Bscuacotlossessavesccavssscessbanteesetercerdcetsatesesse cases deftness. 
 -—— Strands to equal in cross-section, a solid 
 
 conductor of (No. Vencotencoreo-creo So eBOore rer vorseee a defunctly. 
 
 41 
 
CON—DIA. def—der. 
 
 The conductor to be composed of small strands so 
 
 AS 10. be flexi bleyccieressanacacceseccenacosersecemeraeeete defyers. 
 Flexible: conductor.......-c-erestvecbeaves sebalsbodieans aa sooner, Gegrades, 
 The conductors to be twisted in pairs.......... cece . degust. 
 The conductors to be twisted in fours..............eccee dehiscent. 
 Cementilined! con diuit....cccssesecoenpetenretes teeescus ee tes . dehort. 
 Iron pipe conduit ........... sasehicetuvepcuedcwacsnteaers cutee dehusking. 
 Creosoted wood conduit............ Fase stnscedeevius cop eeasar’ deicide. 
 MOTSEE CONGUIL A wceaeres stare genau as ppUceFabaganoredacen caters Sete GELLLCS, 
 PSO Bs GCONGUI tstcsecceerns aus a sSpabeteatanessceasatesteeesseee deifical. 
 DISEIDUTIN Ss COND Uit-s-seereseereecesen os sdGvcecdvousseotcss sates deifier. 
 Conduit consists Of ———. ... .... sees eee ein ea wena Ps deign. 
 What kind of conduit....... Sbanas pon sccaedsesweencdseet a Sseeacst deist. 
 Are using’ CONGUIUbsccssccebesescas ccs 7s seeaacieupieee deistic. 
 THSIVE Cia mMeLeniOr COMAUI tres, osscsetepaebnomnscecenseence see deitate. 
 In consequence of which........ we acoso dtaan stances seseunebeute dejection. 
 In consequence of———.......... Stecctesssonesens daeeeeenoaee dejectly. 
 In consideration Of ———...........cccsceececcscorseeeseeeee Celegate. 
 Contract clase i in7 vessseont espncdenavons Bras cceecccscottcaneetrre delete. 
 Contract award Cds. .cencc-sccccerseccrsseccere Sasesscsssuneesnnse deletion. 
 Contractiwill bea ward edicecr.cen.-s sees. ssesssss eencenioeee delft. 
 Unless advised to the contrary in meantime ......... deliacal. 
 Approximate estimate of cost of————............... delicate. 
 Send detailed approximate estimate of cost of—— _ delict. 
 Will VOmextend ered itic.sc-c.sc ucnccccasteudtuccessertccceette delight. 
 Cannot extend Credit; reports unsatisfactory...... delirium. 
 Credit will be granted if reports satisfactory; give 
 
 POTERETIOCES ese seaccvacnctcbnelndsnitesies sation ses nteteccnstees delphian. 
 State Current used, in Volis and Amperes............ deltaic. 
 Ditto, and whether direct or alternating, also dis- 
 
 tance from dynamoto centre of distribution deltoidal. 
 Current of ———— Volts at ————Ampere.......... deluges. 
 Alternatine; Current. :ctcccrsesseeneess ne egvenstvasPansesctneecste delvers. 
 PiTecteGurrenite wees seccssssteashess soase cade caeansidan bape peretes delvings. 
 Ma ximum Current will be——— ..... .........eeeeeeees demeanotr. 
 What is the nature of the Damage ............. eras werent demented. 
 LHe Damage iS —————- sn aan oven soasssososoaweedesspdosaseeigs demerit. 
 
 —has been Damaged by ———— .............00008 demijohn. 
 On what date will you ———-............ccesesscsesseeeees demises. 
 —————Is the earliest date at which itcanbe(done) demising. 
 How much can you send per day ? ........scessseeeeeeee deimitint. 
 ——Can be sent per day............. ee he ie Cemocrat. 
 Mi arday, Ot-CwOr.ccseccceereo ses Seeaecenecanecess eenew ssc Berce: demolish. 
 
 Sia VSO SLCE LALO ls: sons dues cael sncdessscsessennd fa paorkcees demons. 
 In three to five days.......... aiatnaeeas eteeesnieds Pape tS cdemoness, 
 In eight to ten days.......... Baca sceee Ssona taste casteesupcsenets demoniacs. 
 BYE TUTE WINE YS cee ccs oon nae eeeaecab oxalewe’ Pe ae demonism., 
 In sixty days ...... wipe dbactvegbetescasiox eau Pitale feececuare weomesss CLETHONIZES 
 In Ninety cays. .. cvyweresene Meas bcatetccnes Sasheliacs xe cnccee tote demonship. 
 Haveyyou decid ed (£0)..c..cc:s00cessepsecocapeeber eee. Sdes sey demotic. 
 Have not yet decided, will do so———....... dives demurely. 
 Have decided (t0)——-——...... see e cee eecceeceeeee abs paeeeree denarius. 
 Pim I AMSLIA GOL Gains 4156 once cans ctecccasascaressenap-nanetemereen dendritic. 
 Do not delay...........s00s000 Sp cecenesnarest carshcenaewenttaatceniee denim. 
 RE CHETO 29: 11O 161 AY ect svaccuscesccsssinucassecueesaee BTS EN denizens. 
 WL DENG We lb iiss, snsoncncessceasttonan argh atone mendes heel ennai dental. 
 Have (has) been unavoidably delayed...... sacacasceteces ap CelEAivE 
 Have been delayed by the ————........................ dentated. 
 Delivered f. o. b. cars in ——-——........ Prep aii Sheen tas dentists. 
 Delivered £..0. b. Cars HETE 5.5....00<avsbasccnncsersecnac senda» CETMLILIOMS 
 Delivered f. o. b. cars in Pittsburgh............... ekester CLO 
 Delivered f. o. b. cars at destination............ secoseses se CePIClets 
 Delivered as fast as needed within————...... ashes depilous. 
 To be delivered as required between and depletion. 
 To be delivered at————................ Dicossennecorahe eeveees deplorer. 
 Delivery to be completed by —_—........... ecauesstah eer deplume. 
 Delivery to begin —-—}.............. snedbssbinnasseets eee depone. 
 Will you guarantee delivery by— sspaseshesssnsesest Oe OSGI 
 Will guarantee delivery by the cs sercasetveccesse .CODLAVIENE 
 Cannot guarantee delivery before....... eresarseniseraseres, gil ete Comme 
 Depending upon a esewnes uvessvanauenbudnusdenesesieccge deputies. 
 What is the diameter of ———— ...............46 saeameens derailer. 
 
 ———(it) is————mils in diameter............ derailing. 
 The cable is————miils in diameter...........esss0ee0+ deranged. 
 Conductor is mils in diameter............00000 deride. 
 For diameter, see aces bncssceasesancarvcccedassstessettcomlLCiuis limes 
 
 42 
 
DIA—FAIL. 
 
 - 
 
 The diameter is————.......... Peuvadatgensors saves csusucnaee. 
 What is your best discount from list prices for (here 
 States cuantity CHEN ATLICIC).....c0ccssisgeoasevenses 
 Discount trom list prices..................cccee anpiniasaeee ies 
 Ditto, on article and quantity named................00 
 Ditto, on article and quantity named is——-—— 
 ASSET canner eteaectyra cdi faces daverccscvesensacseiascaeseh gio 
 Ditto, on article and quantity named is cents 
 a in Pe a atark asia vnanoe tae toaniove sent? epeteee 
 Ditto, on article and quantity named is—~ 
 cents per pound 
 Ere PMC OME. CTICET.””) incase cavssnaccdocisecesnsncueaeey 
 Will do the best we possibly Can.........ccssesceseceneseeees 
 Do the best you possible can........... i cvacecbartocdenanees. 
 Bett ARV CUI OISO Eos oon a iccnceccccscscosgesseees ba diacesceeseieseetn 
 BPISO (IE) ephedecce dacs .rcrcosecesecece seeaiendncasnnatnanseeiaaness 
 Can do nothing until 
 Hope can do better...........000 shaattoihas yhiswasiruwsdg Uaiaees d 
 Send the documents.................+. snieieadubmoadesmeacecheeers 
 Cash against documents (see ““Terms.”’).............2++ 
 Bee OU ACSECACIL, ccc ccc qccacnensnescdsdeaseeeessdeseto<dtedetees 
 Dollars per———..........ccesseccscscessseecscneeee 
 —— - Dollars per Hund red........cccccsccseceeserseseveees 
 ———- Dollars per VYard........... Roath aes sapdineexmosones tne 
 —-——Dollars per gallon........ penhaaasosnshapedbenkas s)aeays 
 The best that could (can) be done.......... qevassas ieee 
 What have you done about——_—— 
 MRP CUCL OWG etanch cis sa se ecccc dunce ssidasidecestee venoeese ee Mensaed 
 MeO ALT CACY, CONC ....22ss02.ccesesce0cceere- reece atoeaencebaied 
 Will deposit sight draft on you to day, unless ad- 
 vised to the contrary, for dollars....... 
 Please protect our draft for———................c0seeeee 
 Beatt nas tot DEG Protected... si... ccvacceccssessnusveet od 
 Will draw on you at sight to-morrow unless ad- 
 vised to contrary for— Dollarsc.accone 
 May we draw for amount of- 
 You may draw for 
 SeHROG TAW! OLL US... ccsssaiesSoc0vscsess s0seens sb acess veces werd 
 Defer drawing until 
 Account long past due ...... seseReseactes ua ceseeavaneseresemsre 
 Account will be due 
 Balance due is ————......... saidedncassesishs as aadasies sen toate 
 Duplicate our order of (number)-———............... 
 Send immediately duplicate ofp —-——..............006+ 
 Send duplicate copy of invoice, dated————........ 
 mune price does not include duty..........ccesseees eee 
 BG OULY (Paid ....cecceicccaccsvcnsvcs eieat duemaiascchvatent 
 One of each of the following............. eb eaaheckbodityvaes 
 —-Of each of the following... ........ccccccesoeseseees 
 Early as possible ........ Gakpitewna Wey sake eatcededtt Sonmaneet Sdaasaees 
 TM MRRCLFO SELES. 5c asccsccerasacnancaranensonceesasenssibsoabaeee 
 
 eee em eee ee H OOOH e rere ERE HEED HEH Eee 
 
 weeeseecoce oeeerereseoe Pereerrrrr 
 
 setae eeeeene Pee eeerroene 
 
 seeeesece SOPCEMO TOE Hee eRe eee eee eee 
 
 The effect will be SeAuetatsccsteavncresseyoertine re 
 Metab Will De-the effect? .......ccccccscsssccscesevssevscovasees 
 Make every possible effort to — cabesmeneee ppaneases 
 Personal endorsement..........cecc00 paedeines siaveacndbented 
 MERE ee CS) ee obs cnnnucaandeccnsncaacadhuauespeuves 
 Make thorough examination of ————................ 
 
 Have examined very carefully and find——-——..... 
 Not to exceed— puomeCacteesiesssdas3 ioc cvesdeccatessadeusess 
 With the exception of. 
 Will make exception in this case............4. seh atieaaanst 
 Expenses to be paid b re edpecsl: xisatepnessheadesstes 
 ARRIETA CLECT 03 sc cascnscosnnntrivivpaseoincstsecsosei3} 
 See explanation in- Sean iaeatwubstnanat ik peaetedelveases 
 EMPL VOR EPOSE 55s s1ssccscdonsassoessncssnssunassisss Tdeletadedars A 
 BET EMD TOSS CLO D..csrerccacessescesssneees see rene didies 
 Express rate per one hundred pounds to— 3: 
 Express rate per one hundred pounds to destina- 
 
 Ae POOR OO DEES OHH OOD TOES OSe HEH eee 
 
 1 a a ace enh as« cases de psdde anced tidbis ahltabees 
 ‘Express charges to be paid by you........ Heattatd parks Fok 
 Will not pay express charges........ pasdcseus canstces erties 
 Wee Will pay express ChATZES..........ccsescesscovecdescoses 
 ETEK ACt TACtS AN LHEICASE,.. .cepcccseqands cstichevsensdepess 
 
 Do not fail to— ——....... spniadbaduaiekenekegt eeu 
 
 Will not fail to— mm... see eee ceeeeeneeceeeeneeeenees ‘ 
 
 Have failed (to) Wes cnacsssavncnanre sours Siaseunss aus bcsiee 
 43 
 
 deri—dick. 
 
 eceaionang, 
 
 derisory. 
 
 derivate. 
 dermal. 
 dermatic. 
 
 dermis. 
 dernier. 
 derogate. 
 
 derricks. 
 dervishes. 
 descended. 
 descry 
 desecrate. 
 deserter. 
 desertriz. 
 desks. 
 desmine. 
 despair. 
 despisal. 
 despoil. 
 despot. 
 despotism. 
 despume. 
 destitute. 
 desultory. 
 
 detective. 
 deterges. 
 detest. 
 
 detonizer. 
 detortion 
 detractor. 
 detrital. 
 deuce. 
 devastate. 
 devex. 
 devious, 
 devonian. 
 devotees. 
 devout. 
 devouttul. 
 dewdrop. 
 dewfall. 
 dewiness. 
 dextral. 
 dextrous. 
 diabetes. 
 diabolism. 
 diaconal. 
 diacope. 
 
 diacritic. 
 diagnose. 
 dialectal. 
 dialing. 
 dialogue. 
 dialysis. 
 diandrous. 
 diapase. 
 diaper. 
 diarist. 
 diastase. 
 
 diastole. 
 diatom. 
 diatomic. 
 diatribes. 
 dibstone. 
 dicast. 
 dice. 
 dickens. 
 
FAIL—IF. 
 
 Have they ever failed, and if so, Sg pagbridels 
 ‘They have never failediiseictau) sdeasiiestperedes 
 They failed in fore eae athadvarered 
 In SOO faiths. as-cscesce cece oseeetécedbanacessseoveredecedecsdatws 
 As far as possible......... as davcsecerdoreeans sae ra 
 As far as we know........... aseecetecravtecbceme pees iebdctereets 
 As fast as possible................ do ricdidacddees sstesweenceave 
 In favor of ———..... Sesecceravssteckedsstee BR So 
 As a special favor....... sdeabucecdeeecusaberiee’ wicdestenvetseeetts 
 INCed NOt fearinccesscccsotectounecessnse Saveccieas teense sducceeretee 
 —F eet in length.......... deosscsccseseaceosteteese! a A 
 Feet wide....... ir ccewtasesbovaceavvecetcestetessseenecvee 
 —_—Feet deep...............c00ee sess SIE cdustaveteecss 
 Feet in\diameter:..2.s.0:<:22..s0se8eee detttcaranseectes 
 Fleet in Circumference ncssrcesscevetrsseunceneotete 
 —Feet per pound s)..oniss.cstseetscec sees avaravesecectis 
 See figure— of Handbook Nosx.Vitiscssesterees 
 As illustrated j in figure———ofHandbook No. XV 
 See figure —of: —isilsdravtniveasenns sueceecist ooeses 
 A very ClOSE figure.....scccseeecccsecees We es 
 Have figured aS Close aS pOSSible.........sssseceeseseseeees 
 Figure(d) approximately (iffcannot give exact fig- 
 UTES wissseccsscensesosenssceseesacssnsassecsesssouvsenece Art rey 
 There is no such firm (party) known heres. 
 Flexible. (See conductor).............cccseceeseeees eoacaeet 
 The freight must be prepaid...... .........ccceeceeees doscecs 
 
 Freight rate per one hundred pounds to— 
 Freight rate per one hundred pounds to destina- 
 
 ti 
 What is the freight ‘rate per one hundred pounds 
 
 TONGESLIN ATION tecasraeenotceedcces carte deeseee aowee neem 
 Send by freigh tise. Saiier. Cs aisacic as. dogenons weer re nameaste 
 Freight allowed to sedivucdeevesendseeeecteee 
 Freight allowed to estination....s.ccccssossesloossorsies 
 Can you furnish 
 Can furnish— 
 Cannot furnish ———...........cecsecoeseees 
 Brown & Sharpe, or American, Wire Gauge......... 
 Birmingham Wire Gaugescscccsccccoseccrcccosssossesscsoads 
 Edison Wire Gauge tx ctiie. ce yu awe peck tebeeecovotee 
 New British or Standard Wire Gauge. soseavvsdeosocssoene 
 Whats Wire Gauge ?aec0eit8 secs covevsiecsosseneeys ipsticcere 
 Name of Wire Gauge not stated in order... 
 Number (size) of Wire Gauge not stated i in order.. 
 
 RRR Ree Oe SOOO Oe H eee SOTO Ee HEHE Es eeeene 
 
 Ae ee eet eee eee eee etree tees SOOO HEF O EE Seeee) 
 
 What size (number) Wire Gauge shall we send?.. 
 
 —are undoubtedly good.........::21.ccessseocecesecees 
 Perfectly good for amount Named.........csesceereeree 
 meagre them good for a credit of. —dollars 
 or mses seedoenslboanecedes sadaget dette des cvyacsesceseee 
 
 are not financially good... ccc. c.ictcoscecscssat 
 Guarantee the accountitics,. cc. cctecccecece cusoeeence weet 
 A. substantial quarantees..c.scsscssccacshscceeuseccsseeenenene te 
 Give NO guarantee.............cscsessecccssscensone Secascsevesatccs 
 PATIFOM NANG cones ctcscen est osuneesestueres BEER oael Deere a eee 
 ELAVEMONES ON NANG cccccssctwacoecsvsscavsene sbtsceee boceneoceeeets 
 Entire AMOUNT OT NANA secececcsucesvesueessesesess sadstseeeetes 
 PLanid DOOR INO: KL wea i scccssensetseeess saaene tonto tececsat: 
 Refer you to Handbook No. XV page———........... 
 Do not use telegraph code of Handbook No. XTit is 
 superseded by this Handbook No. XV........... 
 Malleable Iron Cable Hangers.........seseersererereees 
 Must have ttythem).. cciicscvecessoeecassvounveteces Soettaceeceuts 
 May probably goa little higher... Sbecevsbesdiccvectereety 
 Will undoubtedly go higher .. decacacesesenreeteenie 
 Hold subject to your order.........ss00 heviewesusvec teeeeteoe 
 Holdisubjectito Outorderic. ccic.rececnsacsasuetseedecnoeseee : 
 
 Hold until further orders... 
 Cannut hold longer than—- siaetaees 
 Is absent just now ; will be home-— ss 
 
 —Will be at home by— its Siederssvoecaiet 
 Are in a great hurry for (this)............... EY EN 
 Hurry order number --———....... wa scedesacceccessccrsontet 
 Will hurry it all we can...... pereveveeasee saceseevenuctes Redes 
 identifying mark (counter) on cable.......... sesneaeaeend : 
 Idie, waiting for arrival of————.............seeeeeee rc 
 AF SO ca i. « Seeete re dae en. Sec ere 
 
 44 
 
 dic—nois. 
 
 dicrotic. 
 dictate. 
 dictions. 
 dictum. 
 didal. 
 diestock. 
 dieter. 
 diffident. 
 diffracted. 
 diffuser. 
 digested. 
 digestive. 
 digital 
 dignity. 
 digressed. 
 dihedral. 
 diking. 
 dilated. 
 dilating. 
 diloge. 
 diluter. 
 
 diluvial. 
 dimes. 
 
 dimly. 
 dimness. 
 
 dimpless. 
 
 dingdong, 
 dinginess. 
 diocesan. 
 diopter. 
 diorama. 
 dioritic. 
 dioxide. 
 diplomas. 
 dippers. 
 dipteral. 
 direfully. 
 direness. 
 dirigent. 
 dirks. 
 disally, 
 disarm. 
 disaster. 
 
 disavow. 
 disband. 
 discal. 
 disciple. 
 discord. 
 discourse. 
 disdain. 
 disease. 
 niter. 
 nitrate. 
 
 nitric. 
 nitrify. 
 nitrogen. 
 nivose. 
 nobbler. 
 nobility. 
 nobless. 
 nobly. 
 nocent. 
 noctule. 
 nocturnal. 
 nodated. 
 nodding. 
 node. 
 nodical, 
 noise. 
 noiseful. 
 
IMME—JOIN. 
 
 nois—ogre. 
 
 nd us immediately 
 
 AIS iS VETY IMpPOrtant.........ceceeee ceerereecesseeeeeeessesees 
 .cis very important that— 
 Is it important? 
 Find it impossible to 
 Consider it impracticabie to — 
 Will see a marked improvement..............cceeseeseeees 
 =i MCH INCHES) LON CS c.tccccesacercnss hascetsectetentars 
 Inch (inches) wide........ woneseqsooss sesssusasanneeaesg 
 TPELD (OGLE KS oe enc eed 
 Beech (URGES) CHICK cessed te ancyceerrstsvunseencgt 
 —Inch pinchea} fn diameberse. sac eke 
 —Inch (inches) in circumference.......ccccecseees 
 MRR GRETOLTIN ClU UC Oxccndeacconescccasacoccecs scot cecedeccncsse=sencess 
 PESTA CU NCIUG CO s..c05.50. 0550-00 caceveessssceceseoascascsnecescess 
 SE IUSIVELOLLCVELY CHING. -yocteseccccneccdes-acedeadiecaseesc--s 
 RMTUNINGSMNITY YOU....0..2.200.--.s000--00 senctccongsemrens trees 
 Will indemnify — 
 retin COL INTOTMANE +... .ccesenscsetser<sees Ma cedictenczecgenscesrss 
 Send definite information ........ pe aiebees ol oxsevarctrunea aaeas 
 Information reliable.................08 Berne caaceiee Corte 
 Information unteliable ...............ccessees acaaenenaens tteker 
 Information full and satisfactory............ Focctenstapere 
 Wish to be informed as to (whether)............ ae tecnsey 
 BTAVE DECTL INTOMIN OG...0s20 coccccccecessoccssessceteccsaone Gece 
 Will keep you fully informed (as to)............ senanccta 
 BHSISEALDOT 55 oceccscensaes Date eaet lve ticc acces ose tegiie- te cusasueeanas 
 PABULIBTOLINSIS Gall DOM... .2ce-. cece. ccens ccnutcatsensecqaves xo oe encrs 
 —Has been insolvent for some time .............. 
 ——_——Has never been insolvent...............::s000 sean 
 SEALTETASTCUCLIONS (AS LO) <cceeeercesee cc cscsceeescateerecerss 
 Have given instructions (to) 
 Have given no instructions.........-.- 
 Followed the instructions given (by) 
 Insulated wire (see ‘‘Wire.”’) ......... Den dserccacteesceescees 
 Insulated by DEaids tee ett iene ene 
 Insulated by ———— Wrap ............eccceeeee Voie 
 Insulated by OneG wrap Of COttON......2..ccccecescsacecstoess 
 Insulated by two wraps of cotton...... Seceecineeatocseesest 
 Spemiated Oy ONG WIab Of SIlle oo. oc ccjaccccean can tovessnxa 
 Insulated by two wraps of silk......... 
 Diameter of insulated wire including the wire and 
 
 insulating COVETING. .............0--eseccesserseesen ses eve 
 Waring insulating compound... 
 insulating compound for filling cable joints (or 
 splice boxes)... 
 Insulating compound for filling ‘cable terminals. 
 Thickness of insulation all around the conductor.. 
 What is the insulation resistance per mile of -—— 
 Insulation per mile is megohms... 
 Insulation resistance per mile is 
 Poe AITCLALCLOBNIS IE La LL OM esas ste canes coc Meneee tee caeae sch teesensseeer tye 
 Extra heavy insulation.................. SAMA ; 
 Pepeet al SLO Mt NSUlathONs.c.scccsesne-ccsciceajsccecccce cece ce 
 PSM ATIONS-O2 ANC tIIICK ves ccanseccsesoetcccsateeereetecetnc ees 
 BS ATION Acs th iC kiss ssacscets tek cnetasens? asedlesactenes 
 Sa AtIOME DOS eIIICI) bitiClkormtecescecechsahtenreoetsn es cee cen se 
 Pnstation.G-oe INCH thiClo roi .cce sasccs sen ccsucsenscocseceechee 
 MEMMIB SON se WICH thHiCk 65, l Seen ces menesesae see 
 Insulation 8-82 inch thick............... 
 What thickness of insulation.. 
 Insulation resistance.. —_ 
 Interest at the rate of six ‘per “cent. “per ‘annum... 
 Interest at the rate of — per cent. per annum.. 
 HAVE NO invOice Of—— —..............ciesearee atudcteea ste 
 Send invoice Of-——--—......... cc. ccc eee eee ceeeees 
 Invoice was mailed.. 
 —— affairs are very ‘much h involved... 
 
 Are not involved in.. ‘ ace 
 First item (paragraph) in— Eaveva dese cdeaeasnes 
 Last item (paragraph) in————... 
 ————item (paragraph) in our communication 
 
 ot})—_-—_-_—_——_- 
 
 RRR RR meee meee ene ee eeeee se earasee 
 
 OOOO PORE eee H HOE e HOHE eee Ee Eee OE SOOTHE H ese seeees 
 
 bowser eees eeeeseree 
 
 Peer rT  Ce eee eee ee eT ire rei ees) 
 
 Beene eee ene ee wee eeeraeesereseseees 
 
 Fee eee essere seaseese 
 
 Pee w eee errr ersnerece 
 
 ———— item (paragraph) in your “communication 
 
 of)———_— Dy ieeesutny canyss (ante 
 —~— —will make joints CIDIe Meets 
 
 45 
 
 noiseless, 
 nomadic. 
 nominate. 
 nominor. 
 nonjuror. 
 nonpareil. 
 noontide. 
 nopal. 
 norsemen. 
 norwegian. 
 nosing. 
 nostruin. 
 notches. 
 notional. 
 noun. 
 novel. 
 novelist. 
 novice. 
 noxious. 
 nozzle. 
 nubia. 
 nudging. 
 nudity. 
 nugatory. 
 numbness. 
 nnmbskull. 
 nunciate. 
 nunnish. 
 nuptials. 
 nurse. 
 nursing. 
 nursemaid. 
 nutbone. 
 nutgall. 
 nuthook. 
 nutting. 
 nymphal. 
 oafish. 
 oak. 
 oakum. 
 oared. 
 
 oarweed. 
 oat. 
 
 oatcake. 
 oatmalt. 
 obeisance. 
 obesity. 
 obituary. 
 oblate. 
 oblivion. 
 oboe. 
 obolize. 
 obscenity. 
 obsequy. 
 obtuse. 
 obtusion. 
 obverse. 
 occiput. 
 occulted. 
 oceanic. 
 ocellus. 
 octagon. 
 octander. 
 octaroon. 
 octavos. 
 oculate. 
 oddity. 
 odeon. 
 odin. 
 
 offspring. 
 
 ogle. 
 OgTess : 
 
 — 
 
JOIN—MID. 
 
 Not including making joints... Pen 
 Cable joints. (See also “Splice Box” ») Paar Se an ct: 
 Cable joints to be made ich aprosaporen Sear FTF 7 
 Send expert hand to make sous 
 
 Joints will be finished ae cteeeccte eae ramen 
 DOrVOu know Pies. eeusso eee see oeeeeeeee ee here nce eaten 
 Do not know.. See rate dacce teed 
 Have no knowledge Of a nage essences nes 
 Cable has been laid.. ab Sakti echtetiory 
 Cable to be laid (placed) in on arcu 7 nine 
 Cable to be laid and jointed by Seer ite 
 Has been laid over unti]——......eeececcee ee eeeees 
 Cable will be Breen tiie tein Pate en Rees 
 Cableyvee to De Para eeeccec ce cceasias sex ceseonees sep eeeecetaete 
 Too large... : A 
 Not large enough.. Ear lyeicadeceiio ecm ee tee estate 
 The largest you possibly Perera feet al Catan, 
 Too I Dipti: Seaton gs ay ghee spenwacg it econ seco cece rere ttaten: 
 
 tg thie latest possible time (for)————...... 
 Will lay the cable and make the joints ................. 
 Ditto, but not including boxing, trenching and 
 ‘refill bb FZ eerie «Henan ore terre torr iserery 
 Will begin laying ee table Gre ee ee 
 Will finish laying CHE aes cir..ccierctess pees aeeermn nas 
 BHO A VIN G OF LG CASE nt citys arcs dency ase pleoeaeees ee aeeremtepe 
 Shelead Cover tobe (weigh ~———— ee ceatenees 
 The lead cover is———— 
 What is the thickness of lead cover ?.................+++ 
 StAMGALC DGad hie coscececcccseere tcc cccscstterssterete cere aectias 
 Extra neavy. lead cis cree atessse trotters cosertcs sence licens 
 ISU lead rs.-seeck cece haebatdted acento ott oee eee Aer pSeBtc anal 
 Leave it entirely to-————............... saieeatagnennsedeset A 
 Expect-s to leave——— 
 What is the length of————........ Noss Star oe 
 Ait ONE COMLINMOUS FONG tHirc..-esha.coessceseorinasescacencen7am 
 LO De itt lengths As LOMOws srs. cceiatecadesgteassee-te eadawe 
 Give lengths in detail as-‘requited ¢.). Ase. cescsees onaces 
 Wait exact detail lengths before proceeding with 
 OLGET. oe asters daccese seeeseet eeesas sceeeeeeepee eee eee 
 Send regular commercial lengths.............sseeeeeeees 
 Nees thas or eig oon ier Ae ee ne 
 Not less than—— o.oo. cee eeeeeceeceeeees peacerecectreetere 
 Cannot take less (than) —............ccccccseseosccceee 
 SEO etter Of Fiera voce nt nntvo da icanpceotececlineccees 
 Received your letter (Of) ——.......cceceee cescecveeeee 
 Have not received your letter (of) 
 Please answer our letter of ———...........cceesrssveeou 
 As per your letter of 
 As per our letter of- 
 Liabilities and “assests: cee tect cceae cetera e é 
 Offer is very liberal 
 File lien on 
 Would like to have 
 
 BO men ten wee meee en meee eeee er eeeee 
 
 BARR meee ee HOO OES Eee e eee. ee eeeense 
 
 AARC R Rem eee ee BHR been e re eeeesee 
 
 eee ee ee CTS eC Cee eee eee eee rere 
 
 ORR Cee wwe teen ers OH eee eeeee:! RHR EH eee eeeeree 
 
 AS lord aS POSSI bie lA ied cae, Sra eaeey eee er nactrene 
 How long before you can— é 
 Will osemnotii nes by ater eae eee ee oes 
 ATi 1OSS een semee i ace cecseeena renee ices catnentoetasa tetas 
 At a loss of— PEE CONE Saas tissu seeeenspesenstocanses 
 At what per cent. of loss do you expect to run.. 
 
 Expect to run at a loss of—-—— per cent.............. 
 —are lower than— —.......0... cc ceecececceeeceeeee 
 (vt) CANNOE DE made. f.ci5..c0ccoe- Soeprercse 
 (ILS MAG Oxetrsersts st seocdioresheecesscstece ee Sacce sss rs 
 Send by mab. oc ..e sree ciceeeei.s eccesvosnses wesees Seaecctaerece 
 Send by special delivery mail...........c..ccsccosese eeeeesens 
 Maihiitviearivitotlayve ie eee ee eee nsoden 
 not make it (them) before————......... 
 In such a manner as tO —— —............cceeee eee Sosaty : 
 What is the matter with ———.......... eee ce eee eeeee : 
 Nothing the matter with 
 Something the matter with———....0...... cece cece 
 In the matter Of-—————..................seccsccseceseess Sereecs 
 Wetithesm atte rm nest srercsccvcrsetcsste-catr ties eae Seen : 
 In the middle of— Soe a eaee eines 
 
 —_- 
 
 sees 
 
 oint—palm. 
 
 ointment. 
 oleander, 
 oleate. 
 olefiant. 
 olympia. 
 omega. 
 omen. 
 ominous, 
 omnific. 
 onset. 
 onyx. 
 opacity. 
 opacular. 
 opaline. 
 operatic. 
 operose. 
 opine. 
 opining. 
 optate. 
 optical. 
 optician. 
 
 orally. 
 oration. 
 oratory. 
 orbital. 
 orchanet. 
 orchid. 
 ordain. 
 ordeal. 
 
 oriental. 
 orifice. 
 orisons, 
 
 orpheus. 
 orthodox, 
 osculate. 
 osier. 
 
 ostracism. 
 ostragoth. 
 
 otalgy. 
 outcast. 
 
 outgrown. 
 
 outran. 
 ovate. 
 ovid. 
 owlish.- 
 oxalic. 
 oxygen. 
 oyster. 
 pabulum. 
 padding. 
 paddler. 
 paddy. 
 padlock. 
 pagan 
 pageant. 
 pagoda. 
 painless. 
 palace. 
 paladin. 
 palatial. 
 paleness. 
 palestta. 
 paletot. 
 palfry. 
 palisade. 
 pallid. 
 palm. 
 
 4 x ad a 
 
 iene CR 
 
 : 
 ; 
 ~ 
 5 
 2 
 * 
 
MIL—NUM. palm—par. 
 maronlar mils 111 CrOSS SECLION.........<..0se0e sossgvevecens cap PALIN ALE. 
 SoM PIS: ATI CLUE CS leceenetena< ox ceees ssedsaianaaseeaaneaes - palmer. 
 Have been misinformed........ eck dwhae Pista mie eae teee palmetto. 
 Have not been misinformed.........cccccce ceeeeeeeceees A inbivay 
 ‘There is a mistake in——....... eee ee cece eee eeeee me DaLSe i. 
 There is no mistake (im)———.....eccccc. ccceeeeceeeees pampas. 
 PPULINS EHIS MONT a... ..c..s. 02 0.sccnecsevevveveorerisecsentn, crene panacea. 
 During fa next month.. oe - pancake. 
 During (in) the month A pgp clade ects + pancreas. 
 MCI OME S oo soos dyno x60 sea na'sc sans 08h--n 5 4425s tomas epneninassic pandect. 
 MTT MUNN CHINEI TS ese. ca ore sess on cette cciics arse scc nicest sonedtersatigees a pandora. 
 NE A Nag aan ons va hn cn sonan ce sac cnsnenigesnt ontaanes paneling. 
 PSE. POLE AT ———$————. 1. nv cvscscscesassesedeccsesasessensscvnese pannier. 
 How. much (many )————...... .....4......0000005 Cvestevaesios panoply. 
 How much (many) do you wWant...........-.cccsssesesseeees panther. 
 eT oo, 0 050s nn 5p bcansininsaleeiqannsvbeds vy duayan deer oes panting. 
 TTPO TASES SED Co ian vo sisc cb nists vacose dn se detoabeonnesdabeone pants. 
 What is the nature of the ERA ARTE A SORE papacy. 
 Of a nature to ERA PT IP ea S SER - papal. 
 PREIS RYVOU: WGC) CAN... ccc noscceccesnsocctsecdsccuereetens papyrus. 
 PRAMAS DOSS LOG, csp cesssaissss, ciao sinepeesveadeeeaceaisestes parable. 
 RINT AERC TIO CLS lao sone Necans iu sntavecess en cerdachessasetesrueaeoece parabola. 
 Is it necessary to EIR OTE Pn ene parade. 
 ET OCOSG AL YC On oo ons sap nas n grins ptancon ore tpiemntan paradise. 
 It is not necessary to die inicnavee nn wnnneangRia vida tek paradox 
 MeCUISONUEC VN CO SSATY so ccr-snede caccacc-ssccs0s ossenevacesset paramount. 
 Be MOL ADSOLULELY NECESSALY <n..c000.-0ncveesesgrecacsoesnasyase parapet. 
 ROUEN C Cita 2-228 cine sieeion cehcy’t co ascminseasisacacsslecedzevaee ue cots + parasite. 
 NNN et ELOY TY ge carry Se eteaicae acing sSeaencnsshecuritee ceSess ‘parasol. 
 OLS AVS Es NOC Lt | RN ae en Ra - parboil. 
 Negotiating for ea cere coining lab np aineaeats Savane bats - parental. 
 Negotiating for purchase of — es Saneinsese ne asen PIAL IAT 
 Negotiations have been———. ...........-.sssessnsenesee way Parietal, 
 NR tae coe cto 5k oz arentes scare aah eibaee « parish. 
 BAMISHS CHE NEL DLICO sc... cas sasicaes cosastadeseacsapiosachest dona parlance. 
 SPAKE, notice. Of—_—@—®@§_........ ...0ssessesoreseasascctscosacstsiovses parlor. 
 What are the numbers Of... eo svecseeseseeceeeees parody. 
 The numbers of (on) SS Re Ree parotid. 
 
 NUMERAL TELEGRAPH CODE. 
 Copyright 1890, by J. W. Marsh. 
 PATI 720 canoes a. LELog rca 5 0 Oy € Lele) Re i a ee aie A ND 0 | 
 Ureecsntt Pe TOV GIVES (Otitis) sc see taites speek sac eae <scbCee 
 pacer: DESa OURtCEN thio LOUIG) 1... sttvetecersser errs V elle 
 cscs dal. | Thirty-seconds (32nds). ercacusteeaes ss wal. 
 Cccp deo. | Sixty-foutths’ (G1thS)..-2..2.2...0s..e-+ weg. 
 eee ateer sl Deen 1S Oc Crete eae teetecaetes ricttoses cosets wim. 
 Greece es fom || CON LSeteer ates eet te ne Praiosecccresroreres yal. 
 Geert ee CAT CULATITIN IS. .e. tates tin eneadeteecs ene: s« yeg. 
 Serre Hale [DOU ATS tee pereoe a eechteas meter coes cee yid. 
 Dorecears HOO [PE CO Ls vete Gn se ctactse ciuainmes tanacreecec esse yon. 
 Wee teens Ro nyt ULI CS sc rces scsPvnchaveracoemesestaemmensesurcs zad. 
 OOS Tiletle pee CT Cen Stenlini sense eeeceenaee secs es zee. 
 O00 ecec: meg.| Per centum... Meta teoteeseaee eZ Allis 
 0000.........seg. | Pounds (Sterling)... Sr aren ees nctecsncee en zot. 
 Mecwitals(.). oo... Si, POUNASM WEIL assccstte-cscseocesetceZ 7 
 Shillings (Sterling) . Petpet oto Ze 
 Combine these syllables to form any desired number, or 
 quantity and designation. Thus 
 falfegsegyeg means 560,000 Cir. Mils. 
 fegsegyon 2 60, ‘000 feet. 
 galsifal ¥ 7.5. | 
 Examples ; degfalgaiseg ‘ 4 570 ,000. 
 balahegwal “ and 9-32nds. aed 
 balhegwal © 19-32nds. 
 | halzfegzeg 8Shillings,6Pence. | 
 NAMES. 
 Cable Company........ccccecsseecesccssscescesseeceaees parquet. 
 —-Construction Company....s.ccc.cscccccsecosesesces + parrot. 
 Electric COMPANDY........cceccescensscerseessrersceeane parsee 
 ——_——Hlectric Light Company.........cessssssssceeese +. parson 
 — —HElectric Light and Power Company......... parterre 
 Electric Railway Company.......... Ree x Meret partisan 
 — Electrical Supply Company........ Raesescdnscsous partridge 
 PE CLEICA IAW OF Me Sivaransccecs<annsssvossnsssccsnaderneosa parvenu. 
 
NAMES. OBJ—PAT. pas—pen. 
 ~———=—-— EEXPTeESS COMPANY......csecceccorssoecessecssceeeensee Paschal. 
 HITE Departimmentecssrsrserscsetcessccacceatess Sesesereenn io llel: 
 National "Bank oir) tecotecsssecestecscscccsdeneene ses pashalic. 
 ———— Police DepartmMent.........ccccccscesscccsrsecsreseree PASQUE. 
 Railroad Company............. Racenehaaeterstan atte passado. 
 ~——--Telegraph Company............. AStectaucnoaadentce passkey. 
 —Telephone Compatty.”v..-.cccsvsecsasersse oe seeee PASSOVET. 
 Brush Hlectric Light Company ..... wevesehedesep AOS Oe. 
 North American Construction Company... eeoeeee eoeetes pastel. 
 Standard Underground Cable Compan pasting. 
 Ditto, ‘“The Rockery,’”’ Chicago, es dostouesentgerces pastiness. 
 Ditto, Times Building, New York City, N. Y.. pastorai. 
 Ditto, Westinghouse Building, eaeeeet Pt Pa pastorship, 
 Thomson-Houston Electric Light Company.... pasture. 
 United States Blectriciigcht Company e.ccesentenece pasty. 
 United States Illuminating Companyircecsnes ween LL: 
 Westinghouse Hlectric and Manufacturing COL. patacoon, 
 Westinghouse Hlectric Railway Department....... . patapsco. 
 Will not object sacs ee cn ceeateccccess nen seetousccces csecueeevecesscece paternal, 
 Willyou(they)object....-cc.scesscoce« teh gi ee Ce pathetic. 
 Will object hace ccevaseaseriomanaeel seesccadcse asses ADELDCEISL na2005 pathic. 
 Do not object Paneatosiceaaelt civsia wantela Weadevencdseavserabebesitels oaccccee pathless. 
 Is there any Objection......cssesccsrerrererssscesrrrrrsssees Pathos. 
 Objection Gani De mad estin .wecietasocweeseetes seviveitaties fees patriarch. 
 Try to obtain.. sassecrcsceescsesascccrsssceeesscceesssess Patriot. 
 Have occasion for (to)... Pe eae een Aerie aise paucity. 
 HavelnOlocCasion tO (fOr) Avc.ss.saccesescccteacavecdetebaeestes pauline. 
 Send Ab One .re cree ech se adacvcdeds cesencee sueudecnnsoeectes paunch. 
 IDO VSOlAE ON CER ieaihoe nes aaenee ti a ccc ccectebeceee rer rote wstoa + pauper. 
 The only thing to be done G2 elec eee eee ee pavilion. 
 Open to an offersniccaie Sooo ee ccowrerneees Pe ee pawnee, 
 Open to negotiation........,.....:ss.eeersees aescaaes Sasceuvibes peaches. 
 Will be in Operation liar isdatacnc aN eeeaeee ceeue Te eee peacock. 
 Has been in operation since————......... Sedeccaatraens peafowl. 
 A good opportunity Saale scaeascesetescest RuGavcaveacceneese we. peanut, 
 Lose no opportunity (te)————.... 20. easinedasecsetess pearl. 
 Very tuck opposed (tO) —i. 5 seaceanseucee verte enececs pearling. 
 TIMOR 6 Po Cn re cro io iv cvclvcnc nad tasetendtecewaceaseriees peasant. 
 In whatord en ?. scceccsectochcsskatresee seis Weaedsetes astastecedss - pectinal. 
 In the following order..............ss-+ paedubscdecdenteacensse + pectoral. 
 in theiorder iamed by V0: -ciseccescsaeteceesctactee +s -crse pedal. 
 Intthevorderitanived DY UWS..:.c.ssesassseasetescereescosessse pedantry. 
 Order number (dated) ........... kc eseecececeeeeceeess pedestal. 
 Same as order numbered (dated) —— ——.............46 pedigree. 
 Enter order for—— ............ccccecececerecsee eieibie's ook pixies pedler. 
 Would like to have order (for)————.........0...2se0ee peerage. 
 Order calls for——. ........ cc secee see ecuccececececcece ceeees peevish. 
 Order does not call for—@£@_—............ccccsssecseeeees . pegasus.’ 
 We have no unfilled order from you (for) pelagian. 
 Danoteare to accept ord OF. ssccsicsnqeatteons eaesepnsrtemres pelican. 
 Will not take order at any lower price................. pelicoid. 
 Order will’ be: completed ss. ciay cescceneeseotiewsnaccesesne pelisse. 
 Will proceed on order (of, for) ———......... sees pellucid. 
 Cannot fi.1 the order a10.6 0010 6506 casino end dnc adoebadsiceusinocedeecaante penance. 
 If you cannot fill the ordor (by)————.... pencil. 
 If you cannot fill the order within the time 
 TAME WILE al ONCCx.te.-ce-scceer ante SAPS cree - pendant. 
 Cannot fill order within time named......cscseeeevese pendicle. 
 Ordered elsewhere on account of ———.............. pendulum, 
 Tf ord CFE d'tO-dAY casssiesescccsccscacescrcckenseecsascre dros seaaeais ¢ penelope. 
 If ordered in lots of not less than———— werveceaeee » penguin. 
 Ounces pertootr a naseeesccrereces Rocue tenet rssetasee es - penitent. 
 Ounces PCT ——— 7. no ven ccne ce cccccccccececce Sousevecee evcceccece ** penman. 
 What page of the book is iton Piedad wee separ eaten pennate. 
 Refer oO page <i a age ea eb aces siseeleleiseee eeeervcccccesecce pennon. 
 See page——_of Handbook No. UAC + pension. 
 Will) be paid Waods codte ane be sweses chveweaeewsessen as Sir eevectecueaceat : pensive. 
 Has been paid Mae as cag ce enateloRlchsieaah udedsiMamesesan test etemectaare pentacle. 
 Twisted pairs (see ‘‘Conductors’’).......... wsbab antlnah cakes 
 On the part Of... .. ss cer ec ee eeeece ci ween - pentagon. 
 Telegraph full particulars............ soe cdtaedcneedanan ous pentateuch. 
 Wr ite full particulars...........066 Re pentecost. 
 Par ty of the first part iduwsivad wae taciwlece ced oethasleleaeinee custome create penult. 
 Party of the second part .. Jalssreazebeoaseesene’ | DEN TMIDEES 
 Letters patentins. sccstscssdsstoscccceneascsentesuaete sractucaaeee “ws penury. 
 48 
 
 wy 
 
 ae eG 
 
PAT—PROH. 
 
 Beebe t BROCE LOT ci wrecedess ones snescewccosstseieesetuvuaeceuss 
 
 Infringement of patent........ Spor pasbacvnescareucrs coveae eure 
 MMBTACLEEIOL DAVOIMMIOME: .2prcrsss002c0np0nec+s0-2ce oseop9essemier 
 MER ICADAVEINGNE. <cckssceuserss cs ceacesven sce sos boaseasgs sssysebete? 
 Cobblestone pavement... ........--eceereerseeeees Secerecoctmeeees 
 Branite block pavement............00ccsccesscssescccesevecctnds 
 Asphaltum pavement 
 Pavement consists of ———.............00006 
 Paving to be done by ————. ...... se ceeeeesssseeensceeees 
 MPNEUETT OLN DAY..<....ccnncssecessecreter ete ssecneas soaceseaseetucedsets 
 Per cent. (see also Numeral Code, syllable ‘‘zim”’ 
 mtate plainly what is required.................002sseeecsovses 
 MERCICEIOUT DOl@ DOX...ccossacedesecy dues eencsees<pusvsoubanss 
 Water-tight pole box of suitable size to contain 
 wire cable terminal 
 eee matter Of policy ..<.--.s.ceeeaasese qacesoseee geste sea56 
 Quite positive about (the matter) 
 EL CLL DOSSIDIC.....<.00-csincvasnysteten penn seateeusscSenrenenes 
 Meets SOL POSSI D|e.......2-sccaucandeesesaes cass Racsesosesdcsaeeqces 
 mriot possibly do SO.05:2.ssss--apssavesbacnonsenes: eoticnee 
 “Matter postponed until————........ Davetinn cn costeadarseee 
 Pounds per————_ 
 Been S$ DCT. TOOL. ....c scassccencasteerenssrertees csescevecss siiacee 
 mounds per thousand feCky..2....-:.ovtessisesscasesseneaderssce 
 OUNGS Pte tit ll Oxcsececaete anette mee ras ween ce ac seen s saeaoatia Seues 
 Power of attorney..........0.eses.000 Ee ers 
 Do not consider it practicable (to)——-——.............. 
 monsides it. practicable (to) ————. ........-sesesa0. ss-aee 
 Take every possible precaution..............:...ssssecesees 
 MIRE HE MERCY) DPOTOL. pishe-dseces, << s0ccsceccecesucasencacses 
 BIRLA TUUICIE DPE TORY 6.50 accsrs duecd.- 0050005 <-dnoessassseasenesse 
 
 POeee eee EOC CS OSES eee eee errr er) 
 
 Senet mew ere nese eearessccceeres 
 
 Lene e meee eee weeeseeeesee 
 
 PeeU ee UCC EP eerererreeeeeerr Tiere e eee 
 
 Abe ee eee eww eee ee eee eeee nae esereene-~ane 
 
 Peewee eee e en ae senses 
 
 Pewee ee oe eros rseeoesesssereesee 
 
 Cannot name price on————4do not make it........ 
 Mattnot name price (DEFOLE),.:.ceceasiress-ccs-encaneass tracey 
 Be OIA BICOL BFL CO sip cro dernascekcassesestcadssncdeeatva sumer ° 
 Price named is only for immediate acceptance..... 
 Price named is open for————days only............. 
 
 Price at which will furnish (it, or is)——-——......... 
 BPrice named iS Very LOW... ...sscsscccsccsescccscsseccececsnces 
 
 At the same price (as) 
 The price should be higher (than).............ssseseesseees 
 Price list No——— 
 Price list in Handbook No. XV 
 Price list in Handbook No.XI(superseded, how- 
 
 ever, by Handbook No. XV).......... sede gcdsscodeees 
 BPMN COS 0s cress ssectuneares vers pasetesseanycute<onsentcepe <r ; 
 List prices in Handbook No. XV less discount of 
 
 SCT CON Ee recncr ercccceneccntecrsqssircsSecea ; 
 List prices in Handbook No. XV less a discount 
 
 ro) cents per pound 
 All prices and discounts are hereby withdrawn.... 
 
 Pe PR RO eer een me eeen ne see ee COE sesesteensee 
 
 MRT e eK eee ee tem ee eee eee eee CeE RO ee Beeeeeese 
 
 Pee e eee eters ass ees seesseres 
 
 eee ew erer ree csessesereseses 
 
 We hereby make an advance of- in price 
 
 Cf sna ce ca cnet Bee 
 Prices named include————............. Ce ee CTE 
 Prices named are based on————....... see pseseeeees 
 Prices named do not include nesedt seuacadoieaaus 
 Prices likely to be higher...............0. sag seuce canes ier ot : 
 Prices likely to be lower............, ide dosbensescnsatommaeece 
 The privilege of- Sete rt perestisesceseseeesse tate etepeh aa 
 
 Any probability o SEG le era 
 Progress is being made (with)————-....... 
 Are prohibited from 
 
 Se eeerereeeeeesee 
 
 seesewecesese 
 
 Bene e mee wee een cer eeneeneee secereses 
 
 peo—pick. 
 
 peon. 
 peonage. 
 peonism. 
 pepper. 
 pepsin. 
 peptics. 
 percher. 
 perdition. 
 perfidy. 
 perfume. 
 peri. 
 perigree. 
 perigone, 
 
 periwig. 
 perkins. 
 pernis. 
 perseus. 
 persian. 
 persic. 
 perspire. 
 pertness. 
 perturb. 
 peruke. 
 peruvian. 
 
 . pesthouse. 
 
 pestilent. 
 pestle. 
 pestling. 
 petaline. 
 petaloid. 
 petard. 
 petrel. 
 petrify. 
 petronel. 
 pettish. 
 petulant. 
 pewter. 
 pfennic. 
 phalanx. 
 phallic. 
 
 phantasni. 
 phantom. 
 pharaoh. 
 pharisee. 
 pharmacy. 
 pharos. 
 pharynx. 
 phasis. 
 phengite. 
 phenix. 
 phial. 
 philomot. 
 philter. 
 phiz. 
 phiegm. 
 
 phlox. 
 phoebus. 
 
 phonetic. 
 
 phonics. 
 phosphor’ 
 
 phrygian. 
 physic. 
 pianist. 
 piano. 
 piazza. 
 pibroch. 
 picador. 
 piccolo, 
 pickerel. 
 picket. 
 
PROM—SEND. 
 
 Act prompllye=uatiedeweae Sb sUxu Seep so TAA oarade ereouse 
 What proportion? Pov covsstcasecutsPorretcteresuentsrdareteeaencseess 
 A large proportion....... edatetepesesscae dees ceaseseotee yee 
 A small proportion........ sebetessccas sasasosdetinc camsnsaiareee 
 In proportion Com siiiainl sh, etcsaereeyeeunse ceo reeaee 
 The prospects are dickisy Bbuides isaac aster 
 What is the prospect for ( (oh 
 
 For the purpose of SOO Snaeeede Wa Gag ane tacuoa sie edbotveeh 
 Best quality............--.-+09 oe Serene ing acho oa a ACRLPSE ES So 
 
 Same quality as beforesss. 250. isc csas secasesstaeses sibs ieee 
 (for) Large-r quantity... 
 (for) Small-er quantity... 
 (for) Quantity named.. Fi scien Ualen Ube cabegn deena 
 What quantity Tiss, Sh ee ead eat ees est 
 Have quoted... dove deaecd stints 
 Unless otherwise advised will quote— wth 
 Would rather not APS RM: 
 Would rather———.. 
 Should reach destination by freight on Gn) 
 Should reach destination by express on fies 
 Read the following as Fe i giae a 
 Read the following as an affirmative... ceccecceecseene 
 Read the following as a negative. ctpievs lender gees 
 Read the following asa QUESHION ces sesetnerc eee 
 Have you received 
 We have received (it, them)—— 
 We have not Set eel (it, them)————.................. 
 Find no record of———. se MO 
 Find any record of- 
 Empty reels... 
 Ship as‘ ‘empty ‘reels, returned, ‘havi ing s passed 
 over the road filled e : iy A 
 
 Reels of cable... 
 Reels of wire.. 
 Ship it on reels... aii ii ee 
 To whom can you pe fer 1:kiunetnnee RS 
 Refer you to———... 
 Refe rences not satisfactory... 
 
 lease remit at once.. 
 Will remit... 
 Remittance was sent on- 
 Have you remitted ?.... 
 If you have not remitted... “ee ve 
 Repeat —word of your message... 
 eee the message Baling Siddag roby 
 Waiting for reply. be 
 No reply from (to). 
 The report (is) Correct icc: isis dav sctersdessees Saeasncta seein 
 The report (iS) inCOrrect..............sseeeeeee wubscessaveseieed 
 Mail us report as to 
 Send us telegraphic reportas to 
 (It) is reported 
 Commercial reports (rating) unsatisfactory........... 
 Commercial reports (rating) unsatisfactory; send 
 
 MEW! NANICS Hisacs casos seis secs Lass ccw ceccamtaeo seoaeee 
 
 Commercial reports (rating) satisfactory .............. 
 Parties financially responsible Wows csvesseceve cacesetettce ste 
 Parties are not financially ged SL} Es sont <evveeswensede 
 Consider them (it, him) safe.. eee toctavceet etek 
 Same as 
 Same'as before 2. eeelece avec eee epee pret ts 
 Send sample of (it) 
 Have not received sample; send another quickly.. 
 Quite satisfactory.........-...:...++ sbicnbesteeleechhe aaensteebeaays 
 Will it (that) be satisfactory...............+.. Sovtouacbahawtens 
 Will not be satisfactory.................cseseseeneesseeeneeeees 
 Are-ftully satisfied :.i2oi side. cscs atarscesconn ose oedveee ees seneee 
 Feel perfectly secure (about) 
 Security Cat be givens ii.ss.nsccscsceuastsnessecee sbavethayrese 
 Must have 200d security..........sss0 ssosssscsseesceeneeees 
 Must have better security............ Pr ite te 
 Send ‘Ws imiimediatel y sack cite he cesceewengew ces bobascvew<teces 
 Sond by:exptess tO-Cay ss cssssescvvsrsiursersacesvucdteaeantes 
 Send by Freight tO-da y ve. <ssessssas coocecensbvitiateten base 
 Send by express ClO. Dicer netics 
 Send by first mail discciintncicccncstiee eee 
 
 secre wee eee ereres eases Ptr eeereree 
 
 PPEereTIOererr ri itis eer) 
 
 Reece ween es Coens eee sees eee eae eee eeeeee® 
 
 Pee eee eee e ee ee eee eee OOO Oe OT eee esere® 
 
 eee ee Tee eee ee crrrry 
 
 pick—plen. 
 pickie. 
 
 pickwick. 
 
 picnic. 
 picrolite. 
 picture. 
 piebald. 
 pieman. 
 pierian. 
 pietist. 
 pigeon. 
 pigment. 
 pigmy. 
 pigweed. 
 pilaster. 
 pilchard. 
 piletus. 
 pilgrim. 
 pillage. 
 pillion. 
 pillory. 
 pillow. 
 pillwort. 
 pilose. 
 pilosity. 
 pilot. 
 pilotage. 
 pilser. 
 pimento. 
 pimple. 
 pinafore. 
 
 pincase 
 pindar. 
 pineal. 
 pinery. 
 pining. 
 pinnace. 
 pinnated. 
 pintado, 
 pintail. 
 pioneer. 
 pious. 
 pippin. 
 pistol. — 
 piquant. 
 piracy. 
 pirates. 
 pirogue. 
 piteous. 
 pitfall. 
 pitman. 
 pittance. 
 pivot: 
 
 placard. 
 placid. 
 plagiary. 
 plague. 
 plaid. 
 plaiding. 
 plaited F 
 planary. 
 planchet. 
 planet. 
 planish. 
 plantain. 
 planter. 
 plateau. 
 platen. 
 platinic. 
 platonist. 
 
 plebeian. 
 plenitude 
 
SEND—SUB. pleu—pork. 
 Send by mail, special delivery..............cccsccsessserss pleura. 
 Send balance by ————...... se seesesssescevssonenvnonccceeeeece pleurisy. 
 Why do you not send -———..........sssseersseeenereeeenee Plinth. 
 Will send balance by (011) ——1..........s0ce scenes eennes pliocene. 
 Carnot send (it, him) Ew ieouchvanseth soueeueeeeriNecehi: lod. 
 Bend AS SOON AS POSSIDIE. 0.00... svsersevecsesavevuperweevorenn lodder 
 Have you sent aoetberere wees ce tere vosbewuedesieebecsescre plodding 
 ET IO TI OE SOM redo vince tac’ ccdse scvsecsuncvcccsevescessives plover. 
 BREE TE NGI YOU Ship. Paesdenvaccrcoresdevecevavsvevsvaevenavsssebse luma 
 Pe LI ey Ol SHEP teatiscceccesisvsnetaanchesecescdeeteees oes . plumbago 
 How soon could (can) you Ship ?..........--...esseeevecees plunder 
 
 DittOwl f Ord Cred stG-day, Pn uslodapcave.8-eossesea senses plunket. 
 If you can ship to-day, enter order for————...... plush. 
 
 If you can ship on or before —, enter 
 
 GLUE MOT: Ut ec ehbvotre cords ssvacescuscetesseb Weacetentes ts St DEMEOS 
 Ship to-day, if possible. Ce PIR SL ae pluvial. 
 Ship as soon as possible -.2-2....ki ioc seseeeseateetowesvanss poacher, 
 Ship not later than orn. ss Suwa sovnave sostacecetec aero podesta. 
 Ship Dy CXPTESS.....-ecsscseesersseresssceresesresesneesenseresees: podgy. 
 ship by fast freight ....-c.2...0.. Jills essce estes scenesesseees poem, — 
 
 Ditto, via EAN TOA acct ssaersscsedknsetenenseis poematic, 
 Ship by A Re NS ee lel bs ees poesy. 
 Ship to our own order (at———_). .... sass .tsssceensssres poetess. 
 Ship to the order Of ———... .........seseeesercvseneneceeess poetic. 
 Ship as much as ee immediately, and the 
 
 balance quickly... sesttieeeteyeiica ~POCLLy. 
 Ship all you possibly eat, before iis ole poison. 
 Ship all you possibly can before—-—up fostad poker. 
 Shall we ship by express or freight ?..................... polacca. 
 ByeVNAtcCOULe Shall Wership ?.s.2cc7ss<c0 snecsezdesvsowdnosed polander. 
 Beownat route did youship ?iicsc. 0. hin bbe polar, 
 MERITIS IRN [) Aono tet on open dsc sSaaec sd sos eneatd oe Som utcOs tase nenteaet ene polecat. 
 Can chip at once....... eee pOlemIes 
 Can ship———days after. receipt ‘of order... ws... polenta. 
 Can ship——— feet. ...........02..-seeceerecesrssseceereneneneees polish. 
 Can ship feet per day (there)after——_——_..._ polka. 
 Can ship as fast as required, if ordered.................. pollard. 
 Can (will) ship as fast as it can be laid (or strung) 
 
 PPC OMNLC A: eccssesp es occ sess ta apsaesontec ce tank oavees pollock. 
 If ordered to-day can ship——...........ssesecseereeeee pollen. 
 Sannot possibly ship before——.....1......0sss00..... polltax. 
 Will ship (it)—§——..........eeeeeeseee seeveeeeeneesersnreeeeeeees pollute. 
 BPE RHA AS ILC CUE dec cere djnesssd soon agasdactstevesetvee taetins poltroon. 
 MRMIMSED FYE ECO NPG STG Sorted regs neces ces oat dat cestle ns cess polyglot. 
 Begin shipment——_——days after receipt oforder.. pomade. 
 Shipment will be completed on or before pomatum. 
 Suspend shipment Of ———..........c.essererseseeserenoees pomfret. 
 All shipments to go Via————...... »ssssreseesstisceveneeres pommel 
 All shipments will be made by fast freight, unless 
 
 PGLBELW ASE SPECliLE sess. ctueeressuraeteaes coe. Siren toes pomona. 
 maxe you shipped (it)———-—=.. 4... snowed ince. pomonic. 
 Have not shipped (it)... s,s. sees eeseeeeee eens pomp. 
 (It) was shipped ON —— 00... ese seceneeeee eee eeeeeees pompon. 
 Must be shipped by ———...... .......0....ceceecceecseeeees poncho. 
 
 was shipped on and should arrive pongee. 
 When could you begin Shipping, and how fast 
 
 COUIG! YOuUrSHIDE Vees.cnces =e poniard. 
 Await shipping directionsaixi. Mona nas pontiff. 
 SMICSSTOrLOSE CAINE, L. 05.5 ceecesebevectesescePeteee ete eee pontoon. 
 At sight... Rov dWe et sopeacee crc ct este eeu DONYs 
 At————day s ‘sight... fA Sh im cede ht eb ecitie oc: uke poodle. 
 Sight draft ete bill of lading attached................. popcort. 
 Sight draft with bill oe and invoice attached popgun. 
 So asto——... re popinjay. 
 How soon can (will) PGi ere Me: poplar, 
 aSOON AS POSSIDIE.. ssicsagecsccoser ieee ae eee teetee eee tote: poppy. 
 A copy of the specifiations... populate. 
 The specifications call for——.........,.ecsssceeseseees porch. 
 BeCOrding tO specifications: ...2..ccsecsccccoseoessccsessceeess porcine 
 Change in specifications...................s000 SIE vee cscs porism. 
 RANT LAP ep colar: Weaditvi skank soviseadeecenos vsti gk Atiatesaia8 poristic 
 Bett itemized statements iiscccsrsessesies dotevcvccvescscseess porite 
 Store at expense Of ——m.......eeceseceecssee cesses susueenes pork 
 MASE CCIUE SEOPD corde sisevbeascwwalicedcvecseveeeledeavoes porker 
 Strand, (See “Conductor”). aadaca vesveapUe es vsavainto yeas cSoes 
 
 (this) to be substituted in place of ———........ porkling 
 
 51 
 
SUED—TROU. por—prin. 
 Have been Sued....... se seesceesseeee ceeteseeeeeeeeceesseserens porpoise. 
 A VETY SUPEPION ATLICIC......ccceceeeeeeesecenenetentertresteess porridge 
 Far superior to ila cgnnva yaaa enn cO¥udvensdkvne delves portal 
 Can yortsip pl ya ican asc thvareomemvstiiay es eeeho geben porthole 
 CBN SU DDI Y bo vaccisx-nvapests pprahenertartenpeer tee edocteeteasere + portico 
 PATO WOUlSUES CerenecGrnare tater. SOR ORRCEE DERE Prete Teor rou - portly 
 TEV OA aT C\SU 1 ss <neoe coosndvance<emas-orpuieeeceten ss esccsssssnesunsonp (POLtL AIL 
 Tt VOW ALE NOU SUNE vncnscsacds toosoneqcecssstscesanecccsvessouees . posing. 
 
 BAN TTR ETEOMS CE. .- getecree cnease sidateathsacmesaraces samen asseapeseeee « postern. 
 Are (am) (is) quite su re. Rusedalvanosass¢ecaveceeana<aeeees tee ceed postulate. 
 BE VERY; SUOS.01.<ccsscnscadessoeos ceecaede tenance dsaden aaa Wane eaedee portable. 
 See table of: mans Nod dnanse doe aanasesiuaech catacdianesertaveangs potash. 
 See table on page —of Handbook No. XV..... potation. 
 Have telegram from ip Wakedathhesuen shal <aveos «road potato. 
 Your telegram just received............0..ceccsasesseee ideres poteen. 
 Your telegram came too late for attention Bhan oe 4 potency. 
 Have not received poco D eae —. potpie. 
 See telegram of. = Ai pottage. 
 
 —word of telegram. is — pottery. 
 
 —word of telegrams is not understood; please 
 
 repeat or explain... sCeccedegetsaetictent ave pouch. 
 Telegraph code.. pouched. 
 Telegraph code of Handbook NoXlis superseded 
 
 by this code... pouching. 
 Telegraph code of Handbook No. XV has been 
 
 superseded by ree ecaipasatcneneciee poulter. 
 Will telegraph you.. poultice. 
 Piease telegraph at once (to)... poultry. 
 Terminal boxes for connecting cable and air line 
 
 wires.. pounce. 
 Acheson Electric Light Cable terminal... pouncing, 
 ‘Telephone or telegraph cable te rminal... poundage. 
 ‘Telephone or telegraph cable terminal, Degenhardt pouter. 
 Telephone or telegraph cable terminal, cast iron 
 
 with binding ree set in rubber r bushings... poutiness. 
 What are the bést terms.. : . pouting. 
 For terms see —_— poutingly. 
 ‘Yerms are C. O. D. less one per ‘cent. where buyers 
 
 are not known to us.. poverty. 
 Terms are cash against bill oflading with hreceipted 
 
 invoice attached....... Wiivencddneaee noes -¢- POW Ere 
 The terms are not satisfactory . prairie. 
 The terms are satisfactory........... ~perterts EPRAMCES 
 Terms —cash, balance in———days. .. pranker. 
 
 —test shows- — -isene me Tans he 
 Test-ed carefully before shipment... wa prates 
 Test-ed the cable... 2 .. prattle. 
 Test-ed for static capacity... ... prayer. 
 Test-ed for conductivity .. itvelicinias ies arayerial. 
 West-ediOr- insulation o.carcs een sees sen teeter eed praying. 
 Test-ed for continuity... se .. preach. 
 Test-ed satisfactory in ev ery respect... . preacher. 
 
 —(it) is——_——mils thick.. as vos'seveoenes tote UE OCACI ATS 
 —(it) is— inches thick... 1 \ssucc02 Gea & prebend. 
 
 What is the pb ickneess of cae precept. 
 Do you think... eee prefect. 
 Do not think... sere stds as qshakscndesdtdcnihohaeeenDy Tee tag wee 
 How much time can you give | Ro oe otha achat prelacy. 
 How much time do you Wart Pi cots chee Reccemnme prelate. 
 ANG SmBissfOO-SUOLL A i svansanabyscesens bveastvqeesenreenisy Ae ee 
 Can extend time to eer ee ee iy tt 
 Longest possible times...-s.:sn-seteet gates a oeaet tse Fen Ee SLeTe 
 Shortest possi ble: thm Oy ici. .ascccacanavdeepsesscxcesincehs . presto. 
 At the same time.. meace inoneadvaplapyaapasents sees LORIE 
 Put tracer on shipment. (of\— sereeeeee prideful. 
 Put telegraphic tracer on shipment Ofsted priest. 
 Tracer hasbeen Started... 2) asc: <--seeccodeeeeseeaneas rere priggery. 
 No use putting tracer on eS ads as it is only 
 
 ile th.artive—————- o case cee bediibReteetet sy mae DeLee 
 How long will it be in transit ?... primal. 
 Trench to be open-ed b by. primate. 
 Trench to be refilled and paved by— Sere roe primer. 
 Trench open and waiting for (it) Sons nasicede eget primeval. 
 Thereswltsof the trighsy..t.s54-ccseeracaseenaaeieessenetiaee priming. 
 The trouble is manda gensenansdpasecceseqneehsseuadenas seeds - primrose 
 The trauble is due to aa dai dg Fu gaoe ech duntey vecenssnu te prince 
 
TROU—WIRI. prin—pur. 
 
 What is the cause of the trouble ?.........c:ceeeeeeeeees princely. 
 Quite timable tO——_——_-... «cn cnc ccssscseccvecccnccvesccoscsccocss princess. 
 EIS UN COPCAIN .ose veces ccccasesvewdcenssscieeses woenerseccewecvceresces prioress. 
 erarea Ct? Gn tC OP'S EAC ioee 9-0 oo oe Renee sowcccetpctauesecestvctecses prism. 
 Understand qirite clearly ............cscssesseeseee ee EE er prison. 
 Do you understand ?........0.......-ssesssersoecsseeesessneceeses pristine. 
 Are we to understand that (you) ————............ 2. privateer. 
 It would be very unsafe to——.............eeeeeeeeeees privet. 
 Do nothing until———...-eessssserernnrseseeerrrrereree probate. 
 Can you use (it) ———@__.......... .ecescecersconconscess SPS ait probity. 
 Can use (it) ———— ........ neccrcescroscsscescsscsscscccrnescoenes proctor. 
 Cannot use (it) ——@—.. -.evececicecccesecocesonesescsceevensers prodigal. 
 BESTS SOU BS Cm arcs ctbaveb nn Cveccedabinsctocsenocses prodigy. 
 PIOPIGOUVATY 2c: rcccecnes cotecocwusssdressceses oebaderoadswslorenertes profane. 
 Cannot wait Any 1ONGES.........--rcreresrsrssersccsecesseeees profile. 
 Are waiting Garena ch abcn de deceedewesnsctocusectetses: prolix. 
 DO YOU Want————..... ees serncececererrevcversnccosernccsees pronoun. 
 Do they want———....sessesssessseersersssseceecererseeeeesnes prophecy. 
 Very much in want of ———....... Sicneeecesee venenatis e prophet. 
 te you (they) want——_—... ur. s-opbecssttusescovsconesscenes prosaic. 
 If you (they) do not want ere SEI Sw oceans bevtTdoeas prosal. 
 Do not want (to) —— ener cicic Sew aulsse'eg sels vatees os eeee ce seae ees prose. 
 
 In what way? Mea seadecwaeeas testes asccese BReacOdeavoca cecwestGuasencs prosody. 
 PEEPOCHET, WAYs. acon. v.02. cnsetnscconctec ses vossenceosceoretstessuseste protean. 
 In such @ way aS LO—————....... ss sseeessecsneeeeneeetes seen protocol. 
 whe best way is ((0)——_——. ..w.........6 S Ptete aspeppsiocotn0 proudish. 
 UATIY CNIS WCK.....<.2.<.<sscccceees- apoE OnE opmorsabootonnay: proverb. 
 Early next week... sseeseereeceererriessereresesasevssessseress DTOVOSE. 
 Latter part of this week ecccceccocccees oe ceccccccccccoess ACO AGE prowess. 
 Latter part of next week............. cdeeve sdusnessendestaucs c= PYOWILEE, 
 A week from———........ dobocesess esecccccscrscesensesccereses prudery. 
 In a week or ten days... ssessecerecsesessccecceesssersereeree PLUCISH. 
 PEIEL WOM WT OC KS eco acscbecs obs cccae none dsc screen seteiacaeseecye CSceless prunella. 
 BIEN TEE WEEKS Soc ccccscosccsesescucscsee Dea casas eaearerata sets prussic. 
 Pie TOUT WEEKES A. 2S. suck Gras noterno as socscecttheeR toando anh Adis tees prying. 
 PETS EAT SE WO CN UN iica ned cccscccceccocecsoncecedéucecees psalm. 
 The second week in——_—............cseccescccocccescecseeee psalmist. 
 Be Valid WOON 111. cenltciees-seiveuietche. Psalter. 
 The fourth week in ee spt en Se Sh ON, Le ee publican. 
 
 What is the approximate weight of- —?, publicist. 
 What is the approximate weight per foot (of)——? puck. 
 
 The approximate weight is me cs ESE. pucker. 
 Where can we PP i ha dodchccscclescedtesesnecotesepercds pudding. 
 Winch for drawing in cable 1... 1... eeeeeeeee ceeeeeeee puff ball. 
 Annunciator wire (see “Colors.”’).....eeeneeeeceereeees puffin. 
 Bare copper wire mars APA WE Psetecsrneas -davneccsoien steca pugilist. 
 Bare copper wire (SOft)...........sss08 hp theses esencbtacserses puissant. 
 Hard drawn copper wire ..... wcerssesensaeie Saassesetsteeas te - puling. 
 Duplex wire (Twisted pair)..........0...-ssssssecreeeeeess pullet. 
 Duplex wire, laid parallel and braided flat......... pulmonic. 
 Flexible insulated copper electric light wire......... pulpit. 
 Bectiratt Silver resistance Wire... ...1.)-2)5:-.cccorsssssserns pulsate. 
 
 Incandescent lampcord,silk braided (see ‘‘Colors.”’) pulse. 
 Incandescent lamp cord, cotton braided (ee 
 
 PACOIOLS..) s- <2 oss -decveterestssscces —pulsific, 
 Incandescent lamp cord (see “Colors. »)., Lwadceteedeswowtel pumice. 
 BREA LO WEI PO ice coctig a= ontssnn se aberonaceteoreassunsstee See ance pumper. 
 Cotton covered magnet wire, single wound.. ......... puncheon. 
 Cotton covered magnet wire, double wound ........ pundit, 
 Silk covered magnet wire, single WOT Cssesterr nee pungent. 
 Silk covered magnet wire double wound............. >unic. 
 
 » Office wire (see ‘‘Colors.’’)..........csccc..s00e Br erhorete punish. 
 Rubber-covered wire.. pyentaosnatentean ies punitive. 
 
 - Telegraph and telephone Find'Wird 20. fi.he.ccecs oss punster. 
 BPEL WT ILET SWE tet, feared osecen cc necteenaasds fixe ecaoe pupil. 
 W. A. C, Fire and moisture-proof house wire........ puppet 
 “Tip-Top” Fire and water-proof house wire......... purgation. 
 “Tip-Top” weatherproof line wire . purge. 
 
 ““Sterling’’ (double covered) weatherproofline: wire purging. 
 Galvanized iron weatherproof telegraph and tele- 
 
 PHOMCH WIC cccaucecctctreeee cronees ce cutesatate ston inc teaees purifier 
 “Standard” weatherproof line Wire..........000000 purify. 
 Wire, with drab exterior finish................0..00005 purim, 
 Wire, with white exterior finish...... ........c..:.ccce puritan 
 EESTI WIP Sect oe eRe | Ny ceeds cope purloin, 
 
 Ditto, embedded in plaster a RAPE Oe Cane tare purple, 
 
WIRI—WRIT. ; pur—put. 
 
 Ditto, placed in molding.......cc.cccccccceccccceeeceeeee purplish. 
 FO? OVETHEA Wiring nosinc ci ae So purvey. 
 With etawithout 2 sci ncctespnd eee ae pussy. 
 Write tuly 2). .cn enc ee Se oh ae putanism. 
 Write fully to woe dint Unlge had sates ce penedaacode tee putative. 
 Will write fully to-day 726i. oe tnccenin-. cee putrefy. 
 
 THE AMERICAN MORSE CODE. 
 
 It consists of dots and dashes recorded on paper strips, or 
 read by the deflections of a magnetic needle to the right and left, 
 or by sounds of varying lengths. 
 
 The most common transmitting apparatus consists of a tele- 
 graphic key by means of which the main line circuit is readily 
 closed or opened in accordance with the dots and dashes of the 
 alphabet, each station being provided with a ‘key, relay, sounder 
 or register, and a local battery. The code is as follows : 
 
 | 
 | 
 
 | 
 
 ZORRO TON b OW D> 
 | ; | :. : 4 
 
 . | . e 
 NHK Sd GHUeTrOVOZ 
 
 | 
 
 | 
 | 
 
 | 
 | 
 
 | 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 PUNCTUATION MARKS. 
 
 PSA 6 eh Interrogation —..__. 
 Comma .—.., 2 Exclamation — — — _. 
 
 54 
 
LIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY TELEGRAPH CODE. 
 
 Wurtz Double-Pole Non-arcing metal Lightning 
 arrester, Type A, for Station use, Alterna- 
 
 Git Curren Gir. cecie cscs cossespersseeesaupeeasinasienass> 
 Wurtz Double-pole non-arcing metal Lightning 
 arrester, Type A, for line use, Alternating 
 COlbag we et RR rer een a PAL tere tet Pee eee 
 Wurtz Non-arcing Railway Lightning arrester, 
 Type BK for Station, Useiyn cin gacctcc.cescosersegareoes 
 Wurtz Non-arcing Lightning arrester, Type K, 
 for car and line USC..........csecsseeessreeeeeeeeseeaes 
 Wurtz Non-arcing Lightning arrester, Type L, 
 for direct current station use, (Arc-Light- 
 
 ing) 
 Lightning arresters (fig. 49b) loose...............005 
 
 Lightning arresters (fig. 49b) mounted on base.. 
 
 lightning arresters (fig. 49b) mounted with 
 SLOUIMIG PLATEK see lekes eae ott aeese sete danas ssccesd den devsers 
 Lightning arresters, High Class (fig. 49c) 
 Glass tubes with fuses (fig. 49c) for Lightning 
 APRESS ETS. cha cave sedasiecedevadeees dette swssives tee bens cone 
 Carbon cylinders for Lightning arresters.............. 
 Conference Standard Aerial cable 
 Conference Standard Underground cable 
 Dry Core cable 
 New Standard Underground cable........................ 
 New Standard Aerial cable, plain lead.................. 
 New Standard Aerial cable, saturated braid over 
 
 Per eererreeecerr rere rr eee eee eee etree eee ee 
 
 Pee e rere aseceses ce ccscee 
 
 TORR eee eee me meee meee eae HEE HHH EEE een ets nerene 
 
 Special New Standard Aerial cable, saturated 
 
 praidiover leadjats So. Soles eS 
 Special New Standard Aerial cable, plain lead ..... 
 Special Standard Underground cable 
 Sa turatedi@ore. cable:.....ccccscsssere pace ntaes oe Seuke cit 
 
 en eee ey 
 
 If omit Saturated covering over lead cover of 
 
 eee ee eee eee ee eee eee re eee eee ee 
 
 cable, reduce the price 
 Hard Rubber cap for single Electric Light Termi- 
 naii(tio: 48) inside diameter .f..0.2.5250. i. 
 Hard Rubber cap for tubular telephone terminals 
 (Ai sveria)INSIde diameters. i5..s ..0e- -neeeenteees 
 Carriers for erecting aerial cables (fig. 64 a)........... 
 Genis-pertootiot cables....:....mapecteiercss- 
 Cents per foot of conductor............0.. ce. 
 Cents pet pound ersscncs: teases eestor eeee ones nates 
 Cents pertoot ot ducts PF) O.. Be a.-s., cere 
 Cents per foot of duct, including laying...... 
 What grade of rubber compound ?...............02-0c008 
 Sterling rubber compound 
 Tip Top rubber compound 
 Rubber compound having 
 yepb ys ble) ova eA php Ap eRe corer aso ok 
 Conduit to be installed 
 Conduit has been laid 
 Conduit laying to begin .. 
 Conduit laying to be completed .. 
 Conical Connectors (M, N, fig. 26) f for conductor 
 of number 
 ————Mils diameter over rubber . : 
 — — Mils diameter over braid (or tape)... 
 ——— Mils ciamerens over lead cover. 
 Can you do better ?.. see eae, 
 Cannot do better 
 Hope you can do better . re sesaeocasesscacteasec eee 
 dollars is the total amount sscscsce eee 
 Brick handhole boxes and covers.. 
 
 eee eee eee ee ee eee eee ee eee ees 
 
 eee eee eee eee ee re ee rrr, 
 
 eee ee eee eee ee ee ee rr ee err 
 
 Oe ee heme ene e meee mentee nner er eeee nts baeeseensasmeesete reenter eee 
 
 Cast Iron handhole boxes and covers.. Pope cones cee ies 
 Mast lton. Covers Oc hand MGlessstr.c sen. s cose eccss serene 
 Insulation to consist of ........ Dect Ae cecncs CRO CRA eee 
 Insulation to consist of paper .......... Oeics 
 Insulation to consist of one wrap of paper . Pe Ae 
 insulation to consist of two wraps of papet.......... : 
 
 Telephone and Telegraph junction box (fig. 49k)... 
 Telephone and Telegraph junction box (fig. 49 1)... 
 Fowler-Johnston Telephone junction box (fig. 49m) 
 
 54a 
 
 rabbeter. 
 
 rabbinic. 
 
 raccoon. 
 race. 
 racecut. 
 
 rachitic. 
 raciness. 
 
 racker. 
 racketing. 
 rackrent. 
 radial. 
 radiance. 
 radiate. 
 radishes. 
 
 rafter. 
 raftsman. 
 
 raglan. 
 
 ragweed. 
 raiment. 
 rainbow. 
 raisin. 
 takish. 
 rally. 
 ramify. 
 rampage. 
 ramparts, 
 ramrod. 
 
 rancorous. 
 rankle. 
 rankness. 
 
 ransack 
 ransom, 
 
 -. ranter. 
 
 rapacious, 
 
 ¥ rapacity. 
 
 rapids. 
 rapport. 
 rapture. 
 
 - rarefy. 
 
 rascal. 
 rasher, 
 rasp. 
 raspberry. 
 ratifier. 
 ration. 
 ratline. 
 rattan. 
 ratting. 
 
Manhole covers.. TAs RE et eo EP ABBE ES, 
 Manholes to be built... ae 
 
 ’NAMES. 
 
 General Electric Company 
 Postal Telegraph Cable Company.. ........ 
 Street Railway Company 
 Traction Company 
 Western Union Telegraph Company.................00 
 
 ORO R eee ene Reem wee e ween anne 
 
 eee eee. sree ns ceteeens encase 
 
 Peete OO mee ens eee e ee tenes ee eens seeeee 
 
 —(See also pages 47 and 48 ) 
 
 ravage. 
 taven. 
 
 rawness. 
 razor. 
 reactive. 
 reamer. 
 rearward. 
 
 NUMERAL CODE.—(See also page 47). 
 
 O0000....cceeereeees HeeAiNl he NLS ew see rote eeee shateseeewersaceee tis. 
 AMDPETES..........sccceeersesseeeeeeekem. Straightaway conductors...top. 
 Ati CHES siocesstaciestarsce eee teacee sal. twisted pairs..... .... WOLL, 
 meghoms per mile............. SOUS VON tS ieee ans eaten teas icc otenass wup. 
 microfarads per mile......... sun. 
 If the whole order is placed with us.............. .... rebel. 
 Combination Lamp post, alarm box and testing 
 
 compartment\(fi e946) Rascum <c0t-e, as. our reDeLlIons 
 Testing post, (fig. 47) pate olasleedds sek datos os atinesexqsahaate eave recant. 
 Base price, smaller sizes at the regular advance... recanting. 
 Idler pulleys (fig.64a) for supporting cables at 
 
 CYOSS-ALINSts2cc) ise 2. do nceeshecd leet csotiove pe osececeee -vataide recipient. 
 GalvanizediSteel strand) ¢-.-22:..seesnssssoresse.us-cansesy esas recluse. 
 Switch for passing aerial cables with carriers Si 
 
 the messenger fastenings .. nfo. deh Saee ILECOTHE 
 At temperature of: deg: Fahrenheit ........-..0.. recondite. 
 At temperature of 60 deg. Fahrenheit.................. recruit. 
 For terms see page 8 of Handbook No. XV. ......... rector. 
 Conference Iron terminal, single row of posts on 
 
 Gach! Side wpe... Sn eeee nas tacnes see ee met tbe Sees redan. 
 Conference Iron terminal, double row of posts on 
 
 Careful Wt} elo herein ete os eae redbird. 
 Hard rubber bushings for Conference te ree redolent. 
 Binding posts for Conference terminals. ..... .......... redowa. 
 Underground Trolley terminal (fig. 49)..............-... redress. 
 Underground Trolley terminal (fig. 49 a)............... redundant. 
 Tin in the lead cover (3 per cent if not REL refection. 
 A coating of tin on the lead cover.. Jah 3a) eireflector, 
 If omit tin coating can reduce price.. shade ae CETUS 
 If omit tin alloy from lead can reduce pr ice .....-... reform. 
 Galvanized Iron wire, B. B. pre ne meee refrac: 
 Galvanized Iron wire, E. B. B. gr ade... makeiresh: 
 Galvanized Steel wireci. ccsiisccr save eherteenents saesee dese refulgent. 
 Sterling rubber covered wire..........:.c0ec. seeeeeeeeee Lefurbish. 
 Tip Top rubber covered wire....0 sti. ivacsccvus... regal 
 
 . 
 
 54 b 
 
PRIVATE TELEGRAPH CODE. 
 
 Pet eee ee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee 
 
 regent. 
 regicide. 
 regiment. 
 regulus. 
 reign. 
 relapse. 
 religion. 
 renegade. 
 rennet. 
 renovate. 
 repent. 
 replica. 
 reprisal 
 reprobate. 
 reptile. 
 republic. 
 repulse. 
 
 requiem. 
 
 requital. 
 rescue. f 
 resointe. 
 resonant. 
 respire. 
 restful, 
 reticule. 
 retina. 
 retinoid. 
 retort. 
 
 revenge. 
 
 reviler. 
 
CAE ae Bg OES OE a EOI Ayo dee. rd Be Sei eo pete DN Seer oh Regs 
 
 Merete ce et SEM it ihe onde Se icdirieace ets ETEVOLVET IE 
 
 Seen Ree eee ee oe LEN he See rk ae abe eae Sos Se ew rifiepit. 
 pA NS oe a Oe te Rs Sah eee eR ois ain deems rigging. 
 ae STEN ae eee eR ee: rigorous. 
 eae a Se ee ee de Re ee ae ee ringlet. 
 Re Se ICR ete Oe Ra exe rae ee rioter. 
 ROPER aces Sey Sey aM oh ond Sine IEE oer apna nerte ct riparian. 
 eee rar gt ARORA rte Sa RL aa: Seat he eee eo ritual. 
 
 ae EEN hot OE AL SON ERG SELON Te MSNA Fah 8 rivulet. 
 
 A, Sea ee Rs De” He) ae AR 2 rodent. 
 
 Ps aR i asrel hci sa > Me a Se vg wee ce ee a roebuck: 
 
 Bs Fed es bee a ne ee A ce ee OTE) CT 
 
 Boe ka pie, Roe ed eerie eR ne eee See ee Onl Cl Ore 
 
 + 
 
 piss ea diaper ode gr eansoreatacnonipit eg i 2a Ne des ac eka oe 
 
 o4d 
 
oy 
 
 bescriplions ane lusfretions 
 
 # T¥)a nu {actures « 
 
 — OF THE— 
 
 STANDARD 
 
 Underground Cable Company. 
 
 EK 
 Se Qe 
 IO ee 
 
ARTICLES 
 
 MANUFACTURED AND SUPPLIED BY 
 
 The Standard Underground Cable Compand. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS. 
 
 In order that our customers may understand clearly what 
 articles are covered by the several price lists on pages 11 to 38 of 
 this book, we give here a brief description thereof, showing their 
 General Construction, Important Characteristics” and advantages, 
 the tises for which they are intended, and other details that may 
 be found both interesting and useful. 
 
 Some of these descriptions may appear to be (and for a large 
 proportion of the electrical fraternity are) quite unnecessary, on 
 account of their being elementary and forming an indispensable 
 part of the knowledge of people engaged in any branch of elec- 
 trical enterprise, but our apology is, that this book will reach 
 many pecple who are not versed in electrical matters, conductors 
 or appliances and who will, therefore, welcome the explanations 
 given of very simple matters. 
 
 No matter in what form electrical energy is utilized by man, 
 from the transmission of tones by an infinitesimal current, to the 
 production of light by a current of great quantity or pressure, 
 three factors are absolutely requisite: 
 
 (a) The Generator or source of electrical energy at one point 
 in the circuit; 
 
 (b) The Translator or consumer ofelectrical energy at another 
 point; and 
 
 (c) The Conductor or means of conveying the electrical 
 energy from the Generator to the Translator. 
 
 The generator may be one or more battery cells, an ordinary 
 electro-magnet, or a dynamo; the translator may be a telephone 
 receiver, a telegraph sounder or printer, an annunciator or call- 
 bell, an electric motor replacing boiler and engine ina factory 
 and replacing horses in street car propulsion, or the incandescent 
 and arc lamps everywhere replacing oil and gas. 
 
 Whatever the generator and whatever the translator, both 
 would be useless without the intermediary factor—the conductor, 
 eae is with the conductor that this book principally concerns 
 itself. 
 
 RUBBER-COVERED WIRE. 
 (See Price Lists on pages 11, 12, 15, 14.) 
 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 The rubber covered wire offered by us consists, first, of the 
 conducting wire, which, unless otherwise specified in the order, 
 will be either a single, solid conductor, or, in the case of wites 
 and cables larger than No. 0, B. & S. G., a number of small 
 strands—equal in conductivity to the gauge desired—so as to 
 secure sufficient flexibility for safe and ready handling The 
 wire or strand is tinned, as a protection against the action of the 
 vulcanizing material necessarily mixed with the rubber com- 
 pound. In the case of white or other unvulcanized core, the 
 tinning is unnecessary, because no vu.canizing materials are 
 used. A fine grade of rubber cement is applied to the wire or 
 strand, which causes the rubber compound to adhere firmly to 
 the conductor. Over this is placed, umder great pressure, a — 
 
 56 
 
Se EEE ee 
 
 specially prepared high quality of rubber compound, the thick- 
 ness of which is usually as stated in the price list, but can be 
 made any desired thickness. In comparing prices, it is of course 
 necessary to consider the thicknesses of the compound offered, 
 as this materially affects the price. This compound may be uni- 
 form in color, or a white compound of the same quality is placed 
 next to the wire, and the dark compound outside. The covering 
 is then protected from mechanical injury by one or more braids 
 or tapes saturated with protective compound, or it can be left 
 plain. When no instructions accompany an order, the braided 
 wire will be furnished. Rubber insulated lead covered cables, or 
 cables made up of rubber insulated wires taped or braided into 
 compact form, will be furnished upon demand, but the different 
 requirements as to thickness of insulation on the wires. Number 
 of wires, thickness of lead sheath, etc., are so varying that more 
 satisfactory results will be obtained by applying to our nearest 
 office, for price upon desired combination of wires made up in 
 form to suit the service required. No price list of these cables 
 has been issued, but a cable for any service, insulated with rubber, 
 will be quoted or furnished promptly to specification. 
 
 DUPLEX WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List, page 11.) 
 
 This consists of two separately insulated wires, twisted to- 
 gether, thus facilitating the handling of the wires as compared 
 with two separate single wires. The ordinary duplex wire has 
 both members of the pair insulated with rubber and braided. 
 
 The Marsh Duplex, or Anti-Induction Wire, constructed 
 under letters patent of the United States, No. 529,559, has only 
 one member of the pair insulated with rubber, (see 1, fig. 0), and 
 the other with saturated fiber of low specific inductive capacity, 
 (2, fig. 0). It isthus apparent that a waterproof insulation is se- 
 cured, avoiding short circuiting between the two conductors by 
 moisture, and that the electrostatic capacity of the circuit is 
 greatly reduced, the capacity of the circuit being the mean be- 
 tween that of the high capacity rubber insulation and the low 
 capacity fiber insulation. This reduction in capacity is import- 
 ant and valuable in telephone circuits, and the reduced cost, with 
 increased efficiency, is important in telegraph or electric light 
 circuits. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Duplex wires are used for interior and out of door service for 
 telephone, telegraph and electric light circuits. Where under- 
 ground or aerial cables are used, the latter are generally ex- 
 tended to a center of distribution, and from this point the duplex 
 wires are run into the buildings or offices to be reached. Where 
 no cables are used, two wires must be provided (if metallic tele- 
 phone circuits are desired) from the exchange to the subscriber. 
 If bare wires are used, they must be crossed over each other at 
 frequent intervals, to neutralize induction, and they are subject 
 to interference from crosses or grounds due to the wires swinging 
 against each other, or to broken wires falling upon others during, 
 or asa result of, wind and sleet storms. Duplex wire of either 
 form described herein obviates this difficulty, but rubber has a 
 higher specific inductive capacity than fiber insulation, and is 
 more expensive, hence for telephone service, the Marsh Duplex 
 Wire is superior to the ordinary form. This wire, in single 
 pairs, or in cables containing any number of pairs, can also be 
 advantageously used in telephone exchanges between the dis- 
 tributing frame and the switch board, and to the lightning ar- 
 resters, thereby greatly improving the general average of the 
 circuits as to electrostatic capacity. 
 
 ELECTROLIER WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List, page 11.) 
 
 This consists of two rubber covered wires, (fig. 00), laid side 
 by side and taped flat with a high grade rubber frictioned tape, 
 which can be easily unwound to any desired distance when con- 
 necting the wires to the lamp terminals, etc. 
 
 Though available for other ordinary purposes, it is most 
 commonly used for the concealed wiring in electric light fixtures, 
 
 57 
 
“STERLING” RUBBER COVERED WIRE, 
 
 (See Price List, pages 12 and 13). 
 
 This is a high class rubber compound, containing a large 
 percentage of pure Para rubber, and is suitable for use under 
 any conditions for which rubber covered wires are used, and 
 will compare favorably with the best grades now on the market, 
 whether in tenacity or high insulating properties. By cutting 
 off a shaving of the rubber of various wires and of ours, and 
 comparing the elasticity aud manner of breaking under tension, 
 it will be seen at once that our compound possesses in a superior 
 degree the qualities that a rubber covering should have, while 
 many, if not most, others will break easily, and with a dull, 
 lifeless, fracture. 
 
 Sterling rubber covered wire has been approved by the Nat- 
 ional Board of Fire Underwriters, and may, therefore, be used 
 anywhere in the United States. The covering is extremely tough 
 and elastic, and will stand where most other rubber insulations 
 would fail. No precaution or expense is avoided to produce a 
 thoroughly reliable and uniform product. 
 
 “TIP TOP” RUBBER COVERED WIRE. 
 (See Price List, pages 12 and 13.) 
 
 This is an extremely high grade rubber compound, contain- 
 ing a larger percentage of pure Para rubber than any other wire 
 on the market. It possesses the qualities of high insulation, 
 toughness, and elasticity, to an extraordinary degree, and is 
 made for cases where an extremely high class of wiring is de- 
 sired, and where the question of slightly increased cost is not 
 material. While it is not much more costly than inferior wires 
 sold regularly on the market, it should not be confused with such 
 wires, as it would be unfair to compare these prices and lose 
 sight ot the question of quality. The test suggested in the 
 
 revious paragraph will show its superiority, and it has also 
 xeen approved by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Rubber covered wire is used for wiring buildings, for tele- 
 phone, telegraph and electric light lines on poles, and under- 
 ground (for underground use it should be lead covered), but it is 
 more expensive than wire having saturated fibrous covering, and 
 for telephone and some classes of telegraph service, it has the 
 disadvantage of much greater electrostatic capacity. 
 
 Where different thicknesses of insulation are mentioned in 
 our price list, the lighter insulations are intended for low tension 
 current in dry or damp places, while the medium or heavier 
 insulations are for use with high pressure currents or in wet 
 places, and under exposure to chemical action. 
 
 It is particularly well adapted for use in plaster walls, pulp 
 mills, breweries, abattoirs, etc., when provided with our special 
 final covering of preservative compound. 
 
 FLEXIBLE SWITCHBOARD CABLES. 
 
 (See Price List, page 14). 
 
 Our flexible switchboard cables consist of the requisite num- 
 ber of very fine wires to equal the carrying capacity desired. 
 They will be found very soft and flexible. The strands are thor- 
 oughly tinned, and then covered with rubber compound of the 
 highest grade, and braided outside. The thickness of rubber 
 varies according to voltage, as will be seen by reference to the 
 price list. Special flexible cables larger than 4-0 B. & S. G. will 
 be quoted on application, or made to order. 
 
 As the name indicates, these cables are for use in cross con- 
 necting circuits on switchboards, or elsewhere, where the wites 
 or circuits require more or less frequent changing. 
 
 58 
 
GALVANIZED IRON AND STEEL WIRE, 
 (See Prife List page 15.) 
 
 Our galvanized iron H. B. B. (Extra Best Best) wire, is made 
 from the finest iron, and has very high conductivity. The B. B. 
 (Best Best) has slightly higher tensile strength, with slightly. 
 lower conductivity. Both grades are thoroughly galvanized, as 
 a protection against the corrosive action of the atmosphere, 
 The Galvanized Steel wire has still higher tensile strength than 
 B. B. Iron, but slightly lower conductivity, and is recommended 
 for particularly long spans or exposed positions. 
 
 The iron wire market fluctuates so rapidly that a list price 
 would be misleading at the best, so it is preferred to quote on 
 these wires upon application. 
 
 The weights per mile are subject to slight variation from 
 list, but are very closely approximate. 
 
 USES. 
 
 These wites are used for long lines on telegraph or telephone 
 circuits where much exposed, and where high conductivity is 
 second in importance to tensile strength and first cost. 
 
 GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE STRAND. 
 
 (See Price List page 15.) 
 
 The galvanized steel wire strand is composed of seven galvan- 
 ized steel wires twisted together to make the requisite size, and 
 is very flexible. The tensile strength and galvanization will be 
 found to meet the best requirements. 
 
 USES. 
 
 This strand is used to span wire for suspending trolley lines 
 and as messenger or suspension ; for lead covered aerial cables 
 for telephone or telegraph use ; also as guy wires for telegraph 
 or other poles subject to heavy strains, etc. 
 
 BARE COPPER WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List on page 16.) 
 
 The copper wire furnished by us, whether bare or insulated, 
 is drawn from the best Lake Superior bars, having a guaranteed 
 conductivity of 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure copper, ac- 
 cording to Dr. Matthiessen’s standard; isdrawn exactly to gauge, 
 and is annealed in the best manner known totheart. Its conduc- 
 tivity is carefully observed, and our customers can depend upon 
 receiving the best that is to be had. 
 
 We are also prepared to supply the best grades of Lake Supe- 
 rior Hard Drawn Copper Wire, either bare or insulated, but any 
 orders received will be entered as for ‘“‘soft drawn” copper wire, 
 unless otherwise stated. 
 
 USES. 
 
 pare copper wire is used extensively by Hlectric Light 
 Companies operating under very low pressures, and is usually 
 attached to glass insulators on the cross-arms or brackets of a 
 pole line; for this purpose soft drawn copper wire is used almost 
 exclusively, except in sizes smaller than No. 10 Brown & 
 Sharpe’s gauge. 
 
 Bare copper wireis also used extensively by Electric railroads 
 whose currents vary from three hundred to five hundred volts, 
 and may be considered comparatively ‘‘low pressure currents.”’ 
 As the trolley which completes the connection between the motor 
 _ in the car and the charged wire overhead, must have a continu- 
 ous rubbing or rolling contact, bare wire is an absolute necessity 
 for the trolley wire; it is hard drawn copper, and is usually sus- 
 
 ended over the centre of the track from supports extending out 
 tom the street curb in the form of an inverted L, or from sup- 
 porting wires or cables stretched between poles on opposite sides 
 of the street. 
 
 In the early days of street railways, it was the practice to 
 string bare copper wires on the pole lines, or supports, along the 
 sides of the streets, to feed the trolley wires, but the present 
 practice is to use insubated wire, or, what is better still, and 
 more in accord with modern progress and public demand, to lay 
 underground cables as feeders. 
 
 Hither bare or insulated (but principally bare) hard drawn 
 copper wire is now extensively used by telegraph and telephone 
 companies instead of iron wire for pole lines ; its conductivity is 
 
 59 
 
about five times that of the best grade of iron wire generally 
 used ; its breaking strength is about three aud one-half times its 
 weight per mile. 
 
 It will, therefore, be seen that the same conductivity can be 
 secured by a smaller and lighter wire, so that either a, larger 
 number of wires can be strung on a given pole line, or a given 
 number of wires can be strung on lighter (and, therefore, 
 cheaper) poles or fixtures. A positive electrical advantage is 
 also secured in the use of copper wire for telephone and tele- 
 graph purposes on account of decrease in electro-static capacity, 
 due to reduction in section, as has been abundantly demonstra- 
 ted by the lines of the American (Long Distance) Telephone 
 Company ; there is, of course, no advantage in using hard drawn 
 copper in electric cables, as soft drawn copper gives slightly bet- 
 ter conductivity and makes a more flexible cable. 
 
 In handling hard drawn copper wire of small cross-section, 
 avoid sharp bends, kinks or cuts. 
 
 GERMAN SILVER RESISTANCE WIRE. 
 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 (See Price List on page 16.) 
 
 Our German Silver Resistance Wire is drawn very accurately 
 to gauge and has aresistance of 192 B. A. ohms per mil-foot at 
 70 degrees F., or 21.1 degrees C. Its resistance is about twelve 
 times that of a soft Lake Superior copper wire of equal cross- 
 
 section. 
 USES. 
 
 Owing to its high resistance, it is used in electrical labora- 
 tories for standard resistances, and is usually attached to glass 
 or porcelain knobs. 
 
 By winding the wire spirally on a mandril and then stretch- 
 ing it (after removing the mandril) so that the separate convolu- 
 tions will not touch each other, a helix is produced, having a 
 very high resistance in proportion to theamount of space occu- — 
 pied. Such an arrangement is used most effectively in the 
 Cornell University Electrical and Physical Laboratories. ‘Three 
 sets of helices having resistances of .5, 3 and 30 ohms respectively 
 are employed. ‘These occupy a space about ten feet wide, one 
 and a half feet deep and fifteen feet high. At the top they pass 
 around porcelain knobs and at the bottom they enter a long box, 
 where they are connected to mercury cupsin such a manner that 
 almost any resistance,ranging from a small fraction of an ohm to 
 about 1000 ohms, can be obtained ; moreover the wire is large so 
 that several amperes can be passed through a single wire without 
 materially heating it; hence, when a lot of the helices are con- 
 nected up in multiple, quite a large current can be _ used. 
 Such a system of resistances affords a ready means for the cali- 
 brating of ammeters and voltmeters, and for obtaining the 
 characteristic curves of dynamos, etc. Where alternating cur- 
 rents are used, the above plan is not feasible, on account of the 
 self-induction in the system. But self-induction is pratically 
 eliminated by bending the wire back on itself in the shape of a 
 letter U, and such an arrangement should alway be used for 
 alternating currents when an unvarying resistance is required. 
 
 German Silver Resistance Wire, provided with a single or 
 double covering of cotton or silk, is sometimes used for the same 
 purpose as the bare wire, but its principal use when insulated, 
 is for resistance coils in rheostats, etc., where extremely high 
 resistances are required in a compact and portable form; in 
 such cases, the insulated wire isneatly wrapped on small bobbins 
 or spools, each end of the wire being connected to a binding post 
 or contact point, so as to be readily switched or thrown into the 
 
 circuit. 
 MAGNET WIRE. 
 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 (See Price List pages 17 and 18.) 
 
 Our Magnet Wire consists ofthe best soft Lake Superior Cop- 
 per Wire covered with one or two very even wraps of fine cotton or 
 silk; itis free from lumps and knots and adheres firmly to the 
 wire; only the purest copper is used and is not sent to the cover- 
 ing department until the conductivity has been carefully tested, 
 to insure its being 98 per cent. or more, and the diameter care- 
 fully gauged to insure accuracy within one mil of the standard 
 size on all sizes larger than No. 10; on all sizes from No. 10 to 
 No. 14, a variation of not exceeding %4 of a mil, and on sizes smaller 
 
 60 
 
than No. 14 one-half of a mil, will be allowed 4 Special 
 machinery has been designed by us, to secure the greatest pos- 
 sible uniformity in the thickness of the fibrous covering of our 
 Magnet Wire, and our customers can be assured that the diameter 
 of the covered wire will not vary more than one-halfto one mil 
 from the desired diameter at any point throughout its length. 
 
 We have every facility in the laboratory at our works to make 
 accurate tests of conductivity of Magnet Wire or German Silver 
 Wire, and will furnish a certificate of conductivity with 
 each reel or spool at a small extra charge; this is especially 
 desirable if the wire is to be used as a standard resistance. Any 
 desired thickness of insulation will be furnished, but the follow- 
 ing thicknesses are most commonly required, in cotton covered 
 wire, namely : 
 
 B. & S.G. | Single. Double. 
 No | Mils. | Mils. 
 0000 to 00 20 e220 
 Otol ee LOR eee Ot) 
 2tod | son Hes 
 to 7 | 8 16 
 8to9 Gy eel? 
 10 to 12 | 5 10 
 13 and finer. | 4.5 9 
 
 In absence of specific instructions, orders will be entered for 
 thickness of insulation above indicated; customers should not 
 fail to state whether the wire is to be single or double wound. 
 
 The quantity of Magnet Wire usually placed on a reel, unless 
 a specific amount is named, is: Nos. 0to 9inclusive, 140 to 150 
 pounds; Nos. 10 to 14 inclusive, 100 to 110 pounds; Nos. 15 and 16, 
 65 to 70 pounds; Nos. 17 and 18, about 80 pounds; Nos. 19, 20 and 
 21, about 15 pounds; Nos. 22, 23 and 24, 7 to § pounds; smaller 
 sizes, about + pounds. 
 
 USES. 
 
 fagnet Wire is used for a multitude of purposes, but its prin- 
 cipal useis in induction coils, for telephone receivers and trans- 
 mitters, telegraph receivers, transmitters and relays, and electrical 
 instruments of various kinds; and (more particularly the large 
 sizes) for winding armatures of motors,and of dynamos for the 
 production of electric light currents. 
 
 INCANDESCENT LAMP CORD. 
 
 (See Price List on page 18.) 
 
 Fig. 34. 
 
 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 fhe conductor consists of a number of small strands (gener- 
 ally No. 30 B. & S. G.) to equal the conductivity of a solid copper 
 wire of the size desired, about as follows: 
 
 — 
 
 For No. 12 B. & S. G., 66 No. 30 B. & S. G. Copper Wires, 
 
 For No. ld ts 41 No. 30 ‘ 
 
 For No. 16 £ 26 No. 30 i ss ss 
 For No. 18 xs 16 No. 30 ss ay a 
 For No. 20 ss 10 No. 30 a . s 
 
 For No. 22 Dee tee etel ae NOnNoo * us ¥e 
 
 The insulation, as will be seen by reference to the Price List, 
 is divided into four classes : 
 
 The first consists of one or two dense fibrous covers thoroughly 
 saturated with our well-known insulating compound ‘‘ Ozite,”’ 
 and wili be found for all practical purposes equal to Sheet 
 Rubber or Balata Insulation, as itis not effected by short bends 
 or by even higher degrees of heat than would destroy either of 
 these ; it is not absolutely waterproof, but neither is Sheet Rubber 
 at any time, nor Balata after it has been subjected to moderately 
 high temperatures or has become hardened by sze, when it will 
 
 61 
 
crack if slightly bent; we can recommend “Ozite’ insulation as 
 an excellent and low-priced substitute for either Sheet Rubber or: 
 Balata. 
 The second consists of 
 
 (a) A winding of fiber on the copper strand; 
 
 (b) A layer of sheet rubber wound spirally around or 
 laid longitudinally upon it and overlapped ; and 
 
 (c) A winding of dry cotton over the rubber tape; this 
 class of lamp cord has heretofore been most commonly used, as it 
 was the lowest-priced cord put upon the market. 
 
 The third grade of insulation is known as ‘‘Balata’”’ (a 
 low grade gum obtained from the JAZmusops Batata, a 
 tree found in British and French Guiana, Jamaica, etc.; 
 it is used as a substitute for Gutta Percha). Lamp cord with this 
 class of insulation has been in use for some years and has given 
 very general satisfaction; it is superior te the Sheet Rubber 
 Insulation ; is, for practical purposes, about equal to our lamp 
 cord with “Ozite”’ insulation, but is not equal to the next grade 
 herein mentioned ; it is a reasonably good insulator; it is, how- 
 ever, affected by changes of temperature and softens at 140 
 degrees F. 
 
 The fourth grade is our Solid Rubber Insulation. Where 
 the question of expense is not important and the chief object is to 
 secure a very high grade cord, we cover the conductor with a 
 high quality of solid rubber; this grade of cord will be found 
 most satisfactory where there is any danger of continued immer- 
 sion in water, or where an extra high class of work is to be done. 
 
 A braid of fibrous material, either silk or glazed cotton in 
 imitation of silk, is placed over the insulated cord, whatever the 
 character of the insulation. 
 
 Our stock colors are: 
 
 Plain Green, plain Gold, Green and Gold combined, and Red 
 and Gold combined. Any other colors will be supplied to order, 
 as also will worsted braid in lieu of cotton braid (and at the same 
 price) if is preferred, but where prompt delivery is required, the 
 customer should make his selection from among stock colors 
 and fibers. 
 
 In telegraphing an order, be careful to mention the color or 
 colors desired, if there is any preference, and state whether it is 
 to be silk braided or cotton braided. In the General Code, page 
 4L, will be found code words for designating colors, while 
 separate code words are provided in the price lists for silk braided 
 and cotton braided cord. 
 
 After being braided, two wires are twisted upon each other 
 and the lamp cord is then completed and contains both legs of 
 the circuit. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Incandescent Iramp Cord is used, asthe name indicates, prin- 
 cipally for exposed wiring in offices and residences for eiectric 
 lighting, to drop from the concealed wires in the ceiling or chan- 
 delier to the point at which the incandescent lamp is to hang, or 
 to a portable on desk or library table, and for annunciator and 
 bell work, where an elegant appearance is desired. 
 
 ANNUNCIATOR WIRE. 
 (See Price List on page 19.) 
 
 This consists of copper conductor of 
 any desired size, either single, doubie 
 or triple wound with fiber and satu- 
 rated with paraffine ; on special orders 
 the inside wind will be saturated with 
 our celebrated insulating compound 
 “Ozite” to give specially high insula- 
 tion. Only the double wound annuncia- 
 tor wireis carried in stock;the last wind 
 is in bright and fast colors; the winds 
 are put on tight and even, and the 
 finished wire presents a very neat, 
 smooth appearance; the price list only 
 gives the weight and price of even 
 sizes from No. 12 to No. 22, but the 
 weights and prices of the intermediate 
 sizes are approximately mid-way be- 
 ; ) tween the sizes next preceding and 
 Spool of Annunciator following the same. This wire is 
 
 Wire, furnished on spools containing about 
 
 62 
 
- gigitt pounds each and in’any desired colors, but unless the order 
 specifically states the color desired it will be filled from our 
 stock colors, which are: : 
 Plain red, or white or blue, or combinations of red and white ° 
 ot blue and white stripes. (For designating colors by telegraph, 
 see General Code, page 41.) 
 USES. 
 
 Annunciator Wire is used for wiring houses, or offices, hotels 
 etc., to connect any given location with a call-bell or annunciator 
 suitably located, as in Hotel Office, Messenger Room, Kitchen, or 
 
 Servants’ Room. 
 OFFICE WIRE. 
 (See Price List on page 19.) 
 
 This consists of copper conductor 
 of any suitable size and covered with 
 two braids of fiber or with one wrap 
 and one braid and saturated with 
 paraffine ; on special orders the in- 
 side braid or wind will be saturated 
 with our ‘‘Ozite”’ Insulating com- 
 pound to give specially high insula- 
 tion. This wire is nicely polished 
 and is furnished in any color or com- 
 bination of colors (for designating 
 colors by telegraph, see General 
 Code, page 4i), but stock colors are: 
 
 Red and white or blue and white 
 
 Coil of Office Wire. combined, and, unless specifically 
 
 : stated, one or the other ofthese com- 
 binations will be furnished on orders; it is shipped in coils of 
 approximately twenty pounds each. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Office wire is used most extensively by Telegraph and Tele- 
 phone companies for all circuits from telegraph or telephone 
 instruments to the point where the line wire or cables enter the 
 building, or to “earth;’’ it is also used, but not extensively for 
 wiring houses for electric bells, annunciators and electric light- 
 
 ing. 
 OFFICE CABLES. 
 (See Price List on page 19.) 
 
 Office Cables consist of any desired number of annunciator 
 or office wires combined into a core or bunch for the sake of com- 
 actness aud facility of laying where a large numpe1 of wires 
 is required. When the desired number of wires has been thus 
 laid up into a core they fare covered with a single (and in 
 special cases a double) braid of fibrous material, in any coior or 
 combination of colors if finished in paraffine, but black if fin- 
 ished with Ozite or Waring compound. These cables are fur- 
 nished in any desired length. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Office Cables are used in wiring buildings (especially hotels) 
 for electric bells, annunciators, time detectors, te1esemes, etc., 
 and are also used by Telephone and Telegraph companies to 
 extend their circuits from the point at which they enter the 
 building, whether underground or overhead, to the switch-board 
 in the operating room. If desired, Office Cables can be furnished 
 consisting of separate wires having any grade of insulation, such 
 as Weather-proof, Underwriters, W. A. C. Fire and Moisture- 
 proof, or Rubber, but the more modern and safe practice is to 
 buy a regular lead covered cable with the desired number of con- 
 ductors and protected by a light lead cover, for which see pages 
 28, 30 and 81. 
 
 UNDERWRITERDS’ WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List on Page 19.) 
 
 This consists of a copper conductor of any desired size cov- 
 ered with two pestiaes of fibrous material, and saturated and 
 coated with fireproof metallic paint. Owing to its fireproof 
 qualities it was adopted by the New York Board of Fire Unaer- 
 writers in 1882; itis a fireproof wire, but does not possess good 
 insuating qualities and rapidly deteriorates when exposed to 
 moisture ; it has facetiously been called ‘‘ Undertakers’” wire, 
 from the fact that its use has all too frequently resulted in giving 
 
 5 
 
employment to gentlemen of the profession named ; it is a fairly 
 good wire, but has been so universally condemned and other 
 higher grade wires can be bought at so nearly the same price, 
 that it is rapidly falling into disuse and will eventually become a 
 thing of the past. 
 
 USES. 
 
 Underwriters’ Wire is used for electric light circuits on poles 
 and for exposed inside wiring, for the last named purpose it is 
 held by cleats or placed in moulding ; it is almost exclusively 
 used in white, although some times it is desired in black or brown 
 for special locations ; in absence of specific instructions, orders 
 will invariably be filled with white wire and solid conductor. 
 
 WEATHERPROOF CABLES. 
 
 (For Price List see page 21.) 
 
 As to quality of copper, insulation and uses, see remarks 
 under ‘‘Weatherproof Line Wire,’ the double covered corres- 
 ponding to “Sterling,”’ and the ‘‘triple’”’ to ‘‘Standard’’ weather- 
 proof insulation. Weatherproof cable only differs from corres- 
 ponding weatherproof wires, in having the conductors made up 
 of a suitable number of smaller wires to give greater flexibility, 
 but not quite as flexible as switchcords. The cable form is indis- 
 pensable when greater conducting capacity than 4-0 B. & S.G. is 
 desired, and may, for various reasons, but especially convenience 
 of handling, be required even in sizes of 4-0 or smaller, for con- 
 necting dynamos to switchboard, wiring buildings, interior con- 
 duits, etc. The larger sizes, (500,000 C. M. triple covered, being 
 the most popular), are used principally as street railway or low 
 pressure electric light feeders, and are furnished either with the 
 strand ‘‘cable laid’’ (7.x 7), or ‘‘concentric,’’ the latter being illus- 
 trated by the conductor in Fig. 2, page 26. The concentric form , 
 is almost invariably used ; itis quite as flexible as the other, has a 
 large margin of tensile strength,and makes a smaller and there- 
 forelighter cable, with equal thickness of insulation. For mechan- 
 ical reasons, the triple covered is recommended on all sizes, but 
 especially on No. 0.and larger. Weatherproof cables can be 
 furnished in any desired length, but 44 mile is the usual length 
 of 500,000 C. M., and other sizes in lengths relative thereto. 
 
 WHATHERPROOF LINE WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List on page 20.) 
 
 Only the purest Lake Superior copper is used by us, either 
 soft or hard drawn according to the wishes of our customers, 
 but, unless otherwise specified, soft drawn wire will be furnished. 
 This copper conductor is covered with two or more fibrous cov- 
 ers, as will be more particuiarly indicated farther on. 
 
 We are sometimes met with the remark that the weather- 
 proof wire of some other manufacturers weighs less pet length 
 than either of the grades established by us, but to all such 
 our reply is: ‘“We can make weather-proof wire to weigh just 
 as light per length as desired—within a reasonable excess over 
 the weight of the bare copper wire, which cannot vary—and all 
 you need do, if light weight is the prime consideration, is to tell 
 us how heavy you want it ; but remember that the lighter you 
 make it the more you weaken its insulating qualities and ability 
 to resist rough handling or chafing, and increase the danger 
 of crosses and accidental shocks, whether in dry or wet weather ; 
 but it is false economy, and will result eventually to the dis- 
 advantage of both consumer and manufacturer.” It is wise to 
 buy insulation as well as copper, and to buy the best that careful 
 and intelligent methods can produce. Do not be deceived into 
 the belief that any one can give you a lighter weight weather- 
 proof wire without either reducing the thickness of the mechan- 
 ical covering or the degree of saturation thereof with insulating 
 compound—and both these qualities are vital; nor are there any ~ 
 insulating materials in use to-day that are lighter, bulk for bulk, 
 than those used by us. 
 
 The idea of testing either Line Wire er House Wire by sub- 
 mersion in water with the expectation of getting high readings 
 on the galvanometer, is somewhat ridiculous as applied to any 
 fibrous ccvered wire, no matter how high a grade or how expen- 
 sive a style of manufacture it may be; it has not been made for 
 use under conditions even remotely approximating these ; we are 
 perfectly willing to make our record by the actual, practical and 
 extensive use of our wire, both Line and House Wire, throughout 
 every State in the Union and in almost every prominent city inany 
 State, and pon the comparative test printed on pages 68 and 69, 
 which has been confirmed by separate tests made since that date by 
 
 64 
 
prominent electricians, who are in nowise connected with this 
 company. tule) 
 
 Referring to this comparative test, it will be seen that of the 
 three fibrous covered weather-proof wires, ours stands far above 
 the others, and that as compared with the rubber-covered wire, 
 whether single or double braided, it was far more regular and 
 maintained a much better average, showing great uniformity of 
 manufacture ; one sample of the rubber covered wire, it is true, 
 showed very long life, but another sample cut from the same 
 piece showed an extremely short life, indicating an absence of 
 uniformity and reliability in the rubber cover. 
 
 Any reasonably well made rubber-covered wire should test 
 admirably when immersed in water soon after it has been made, 
 even though made of the poorest rubber compounds that could be 
 mechanically applied to a wire, for any one having had experi- 
 ence in electrical matters will admit that for use under water 
 and to remain under water the rubber covered wire (if the 
 compound has not been cheapened too much) is the best, 
 and that it will give far the highest measurements soon after its 
 manufacture ; this, however, proves absolutely nothing as to its 
 safety and lasting qualities as a line or house wire; in order 
 to arrive at practical results the two classes of wire (Fibrous and 
 Compound covered) should be strung on poles side by side, and 
 after being in practical use for, say one year, tested for insula- 
 tion and mechanical properties, and, if you please, even sub- 
 merged in water at that time and_ tested with one thousand to 
 two thousand volt current; we are satisfied that such a test 
 would show the fibrous covered wire to be far superior ; and if 
 such atest were made two years after the wires are erected, the 
 results would show still greater superiority on the part of the 
 fibrous covered wire. We do not pretend to sell at the price of 
 Weather-proof Wire an article that will stand the same water 
 tests as new rubber-covered wire costing a great deal 
 more money ; what we do maintain and prove every day in 
 actual practice is that our Weather-proof and W. A. C. wires are 
 weather-proof and water-proof enough to meet the most extraor- 
 dinary emergencies to which the wires used for line and house 
 purposes are ever subjected, and that they possess a very safe 
 margin beyond that. These wires are not expected to be used 
 under water for weeks at a time. 
 
 CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 
 
 All our Weather-proof Wire is thoroughly saturated with our 
 well known insulation, “Ozite’”’ or ‘‘Waring Compound,” which 
 has for many years shown itself to be a first-class material. 
 
 In comparing our Weather-proof Wire with those of other 
 makes, note the following : 
 
 FIRST—The fibrous coverings of our wires are thoroughly 
 saturated and not merely coated. Wire in which the insulation 
 is merely coated or laid on will show light gray or white threads, 
 which readily absorb moisture from the surronnding air; if 
 thoroughly saturated,the fiber is filled or sealed with a compound 
 which precludes the entrance or absorption of moisture, 
 
 SECOND—The fibrous coverings of our wire are thor~ 
 oughly saturated and not partially so, as will be seen by their 
 perfectly black condition. ‘The fiber that looks gray when com- 
 pared with ours has not been thoroughly saturated, and, there- 
 fore, has more or less unsaturated fiber to absorb moisture. 
 
 _ THIRD—Every fibrous cover on our Weather-proof Wire 
 is dense and firm and packed hard upon the conductor by 
 special devices; examine all other wires carefully in this 
 regard and you may find more or less open or “skeleton” 
 braids, inside of the one outer covering, through which you can 
 see the copper conductor; such a covering affords very little pro- 
 tection after the outer braid has become chafed or frayed. 
 _ FOURTH—Our Weather-proof Wire is mechanically perfect 
 in all the foregoing respects, and the insulation presents a firm, 
 tough mass that will stand exposure to high degrees of heat 
 without losing its insulating qualities, and will not crack under 
 the opposite extreme ; it becomes almost as hard as iron, yet not 
 brittle; and will, therefore, resist the maximum amount of chaf- 
 ing. It is easy to find so-called ‘“‘Weather-proof Wire” that pre- 
 sents a handsome exterior finish and is “pretty” wire to look at, 
 but give ita few bends and see the numberless little cracks or 
 scales” that will appear—forming passages through which 
 moisture or rain will find its way tothe fiber and to the con- 
 ductor. 
 It is needless to name the many Electric Light and other 
 
 65 
 
companies who have used our Weather-proof Wire, or to state 
 that they are all perfectly satisfied with the service given; there 
 is not a State or Territory, and scarcely a prominent city, in the 
 Union in which it is not in use, and we have no reason to fear 
 investigation or inquiry as to its lasting qualities. In the West 
 and Northwest particularly, large quantities have been intro- 
 duced, and many central station plants have been equipped with 
 our wire exclusively; many thousands of pounds of it are also in 
 use for inside wiring, and without any failures or trouble. 
 
 GRADES OF WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 
 
 Our Weatherproof Wire is supplied in three grades: 
 “Sterling,” ‘‘Standard”’ and “‘Tip-Top,”’ each of which will now be 
 separately described, the difference being substantially in the 
 thickness of insulating covering only. Hither of these wires is 
 vastly superior to Underwriters’ Wire, and our “Sterling” 
 Weatherproof Wire is very little, if any, more expensive. It 
 is not claimed that this wire is fireproof, but it does not easily 
 ignite and will not transmit fire. Wehave always on hand a 
 large stock of ali sizes of “ Standard”? weatherproof line wire, 
 and can furnish ‘‘ Tip Top” and ‘‘Sterling’’ to order promptly. 
 
 The approximate difference in the insulation on these three 
 grades of wire for the same size conductor (No. 6 B. & S. G.) is 
 graphically illustrated in Figs. 37, 38 and 39. 
 
 Fig. 38.—Actual Size ‘‘Standard’’ Weatherproof Line Wire. 
 
 Fig. 39.—Actual Size ‘“‘Tip-Top”’ Weatherproof Line Wire. 
 The approximate diameters and weights per thousand feet, 
 and per mile, of either grade, will be found in price list, on page 
 20, and diameter and weight per thousand feet of weatherproof 
 cable, on page 21, and we now add pounds per span, namely : 
 
 Solid Weatherproof Wire. ( Weatherproof Cables. 
 
 | | Double | Tri 
 Sterling. Standard Tip Top.|| pans, | estes 
 | __|/Circular ‘| ; 
 oj | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 |} Muls. | 125 | 140 | 125 | 140 
 i\Fee |Feet' Feet Feet/Feet|Feet|| Feet Feet Feet Feet 
 
 \ } 
 
 0000 | 86 98 | 98 104 98 110 || 1000000 414 | 464 450 504 
 000 | 70 | 79 | 75 | 84 | 82 | 92 |} 950000 | 400 | 445 432 | 484 
 00 | 57 | 68 | 61 | 68 | 65 | 73 || 900000 | 378 | 422 | 410 | 458 
 
 0 | 44 | 49 | 48 | 538 52 58 || 850000 356 , 398 | 874 | 433 
 1 | 36 | 40 | 40 | 44 | 43 | 48 800000 335 875 | 364 | 407 
 2 | 30 | 32.5) 82 | 36 | 86 | 39 750000 314 352 | 341 | 382 
 Bo, 24 | 26 | 25 | 28 | 27 | 30 || 700000 293 328 | 318 | 357 
 4 \19 | 21 | 20 | 28 | 22 | 24.5] 650000 | 272 304 | 295 | 381 
 5 (15 |17 | 16.5, 18.5 18 | 20.8} 600000 | 258 | 288 | 275 | 308 
 6 | 12 | 14 | 13.5) 15.5 14.3 16.5 | 550000 230 258 250 280 
 7 110 |-11. | 11 | 12.5) 12.8) 18.7 | 500000. | 218 | 239 ' 232 | 260 
 8 | 8 | 9 | 9.2) 10.5 10.3) 11.5 | 450000 | 190 {212 , 206 | 28 
 9 | 6.5) 7.3) 7.5 8.5 8.5) 9.5| 400000 166 186 | 180 201 
 10 | 5.6 6.3) 6.2) 7.| 7. | 7.8| 850000 | 145/162 | 158 | 176 
 1] 4.5) 5. 5.2 5.9 6.) 6.7) 300000 | 124 139 | 185 151 
 12 | 3.5) 3.8 4.2) 4.8 5. | 5.7} 250000 | 107 | 120 | 116 | 130 
 14 | 25) 28 8.| 8.4 8.7) 4.21} x 0000) 94 | 106 | 102 | 114 
 16 9.1 2.9 DA 27° 824. 8.8 1 es - 000 1.76 1.80 i Soa 
 18 | 13). 1.4) 1.9) 2.1). 2.5) 28/43 007) 61) 68) 67 | 7% 
 DO 4. At 2 teh Te ic BS en oO" 48 | 53 | 53 59 
 | | | 
 
 ——rrrrrr 
 
For 100 feet span, point off right-hand figure of weight per 
 thousand feet in price list on page 20, and for 10 feet, point off 
 two figures: by adding the 10 feet weight to, or subtracting the 
 same from, the weight per 140 feet span, or per 100 feet span, the 
 ent per 150 feet, per 130 feet, per 110 feet, or per 90 feet will be 
 
 ound. 
 
 WEIGHT PER COIL OR REEL. 
 
 As arule our Weatherproof Wire and W. A. C. Wire is packed 
 on reels for shipment, and if the customer has any preference as 
 to reels or coils, he should so state in his order. Some delay can be 
 avoided at times, by permitting us to ship the wire either in coils 
 oron reels as we happen to have it; all shipments to points 
 west of the Rocky Mountains will be in coils, on account of the 
 heavy freight charges which the customer would have to pay on 
 the empty reels returning. 
 
 Following are the approximate weights per coil or per reel, 
 that would be shipped on an order designating the wire by the 
 coil or reel, instead of by the pound or foot, namely: 
 
 | B. Sx G. Weight per Coil. | Weight per Reel. 
 
 No. | 
 0000-0 275 Tbs. 325 Ibs. 
 1-2-3 240 “ 300. “ 
 
 4-5 20Or aS 215 
 
 6-8 175 * 225 ‘ 
 10-12 AB wets 200) © 
 14-16 30 a 150“ 
 18-20 206 100“ 
 
 “STERLING” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 
 
 Where economy of 
 construction is an im- 
 portant item, the pur- 
 chaser some times de- 
 sires to buy acompara- 
 tively cheap wire, yet 
 with good insulation, 
 and in order to meet 
 this demand, we make 
 
 ’ our ‘Sterling’ Weather- 
 proof Line Wire in all 
 sizes Nos. 0000 to 18, 
 B. & S. G.; it is only 
 double covered, and 
 weighs five to ten per 
 cent. less per length 
 (see price list) than the 
 corresponding sizes of 
 our ‘“‘Standard’”’ Triple 
 Covered Weatherproof 
 Wire. This wire is the 
 same price per pound 
 as the Standard Weath- 
 erproof Wire, the re- 
 duction in the cost per 
 
 Fig. 40. 
 length being due to the smaller weight of the former. 
 
 CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 
 
 The general characteristics of this wire are as described on 
 pages 65 and 66, but the insulation is, of course, thinner than 
 that of our ‘‘Standard” grade, and it is, therefore, less able to 
 resist rough handling, or chafing, or moisture. 
 
 67 
 
“STANDARD” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 
 
 Our “Standard” 
 Weatherproof Line 
 Wire has three fibrous 
 covers on all sizes 
 this is avery high grade 
 wire, and 90 per cent. of 
 the Weatherproot Wire 
 sold by us is of this 
 grade. It has given 
 absolute satisfaction 
 wherever used, and 
 “cannot be excelled, 
 either for electrical or 
 mechanical properties, 
 by any other wire at 
 the same price, and is 
 indeed equalled by few, 
 if any. See pages 65 
 and 66. 
 
 COMPARATIVE 
 TESTS. 
 
 Careful attention is 
 requested to the follow- 
 ing results of compara- 
 tive tests made by dis- 
 interested parties with- 
 out the knowledge of 
 either of the manufac- 
 turers, on samples of 
 wire purchased from 
 regular stock at some 
 Fig. 41. electrical supply store. 
 
 The wires made by manufacturer No. 1 and manufacturer 
 No. 8 have hitherto stood high in the estimation of the public, 
 and areas good as the averagerun of Weatherproof Line Wire; 
 what we claim is, that our Weatherproof Wire is considerably 
 above the average, and the claim is justified by the tests referred to. 
 
 ‘The tests were made as follows: A tall glass jar was filled with 
 water, the piece of the wire under test was bent in the shape of a 
 letter “U,” with the two bared ends projecting above the jar, one 
 of these ends being connected to one terminal of a converter 
 giving off a thousand volts current, while the water in the jar 
 was electrically connected to the other; at certain intervals the 
 current was switched onto the test circuit and the effect noted ; 
 the time at which the current broke through the insulation is 
 shown in the column headed “‘ average life.” 
 
 One of the tests included in the summary given below, 
 consisted of bending the wire to be immersed,in a circle two and 
 one-half inches in diameter, and another consisted in forming 
 two such circles, each about one-half inch in diameter. 
 
 SAMPLES OF WIRES TO BE TESTED. 
 
 Manufacturer No. 1. 
 
 Sample A—No. 6 Weatherproof Line Wire. 
 ae B—No. 8 o “ ad 
 se C—No. Io es oe se 
 
 Manufacturer No. 2. 
 STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE Co. 
 
 Sample A—No. 8 Weatherproof Line Wire. 
 oe B—No. 1o ee oo oe 
 
 Manufacturer No. 3. 
 Sample A—B No, 8 and 12 Rubber, single Braid. 
 
 C—D No. 8and 12 2 double ‘ 
 “ E— No.6 iF Sinpie ae. 
 ‘* F— .No.6 Weatherproof triple ‘** ‘ 
 
 68 
 
———___ me er 
 
 Original 
 
 ph aay Size. Average Life. 
 No.1 A No. 6B. &S.G. 45 hours. 
 pal ps gin} alg” 53 ok 29% hours. 
 ae Gls eee 1) Ad ~ 39 hours. 
 sh ae 8 261% hours. 
 eee 10 be 123 hours. 
 aS each. sag Le i 824 hours. 
 neta, $3) bik lt) = 3% hours. 
 Se 3'G SS) ta Mf . r7t hours. 
 PRETO. has -y 38 hours. 
 Ef 3) ES 6 ae 395 hours. 
 ohare | 6 oe 15% hours. 
 
 See last paragraph page 64, and first paragraph page 65. 
 
 “TIP-TOP” WEATHERPROOF WIRE. 
 
 Tip Top™ In cases where 
 specially high grade 
 wire is desired, we 
 furnish our “Tip-Top”’ 
 Weatherproof Line and 
 House Wire, which will 
 weigh approximately 
 10 per cent. more per 
 length than our Stand- 
 ard Weatherproof Wire 
 (see price list), the price 
 per pound being also 
 higher than that of 
 other grades ; it is sub- 
 stantially our Standard 
 Weatherproof Line 
 Wire with a strong, 
 closely woven tape 
 placed upon it before 
 the final braid is put 
 on, its ability to with- 
 stand chafing and 
 moisture being thereby 
 TRADE MARK greatly increased; it is 
 : : in every respect a spec- 
 Fig. 42. ially high class wire for 
 either pole or house use, and is winning general favor wherever 
 used. See pages 69 and 66. 
 USES. 
 
 Weatherproof Line Wire is used principally for Electric Light 
 circuits on poles; it is also used for the same purpose in build- 
 ings, and is sometimes used in place of Annunciator and Office 
 Wire. In hard drawn copper instead of soft, it is used by 
 Telephone and Telegraph companies for their pole lines where 
 they pass through branches of trees, or wherever they desire to 
 maintain particularly high insulation. 
 
 GALVANIZED IRON WEATHERPROOF 
 WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List page 21.) 
 
 What has been said under the general head of Weatherproof 
 Wire, applies with equal force to this class of wire, which is fur- 
 nished in both grades, B. B.,and EK. B. B., asdesired. It is used 
 by Telephone, Burglar Alarm and District Telegraph Compa- 
 nies, and by Fire and Police Departments, for overhead circuits. 
 For Description of Bare Galvanized Iron Wire see page 59. 
 
 GALVANIZED STEEL WEATHERPROOF 
 WIRE. 
 
 (See Price List page 21.) 
 
 sueewenr! BRAID 
 
 Where greater tensile strength is desired than is obtained in 
 iron wire we place weatherproof covering on the best grade of 
 galvanized steel wire, for overhead use. 
 
 69 
 
W. A.C. FIRE AND MOISTURE-PROOF 
 
 HOUSE WIRE: 
 
 (See Price List on page 22.) 
 
 All that has been said as to the mechanical properties of our 
 Weather-proof Wire is also true of our W. A. C. Wire, but it has 
 a special feature in its construction that makes it far more desira- 
 ble for inside wiring. 
 
 It consists substantially of our Standard Weather-proof 
 Line Wire with the addition of a final braid of fibrous material 
 thoroughly fire-proofed. Like our Weather-proof Wires, it is not 
 affected, by moisture, heat, frost, alkalies or acids, but is well 
 adapted for use where these conditions exist to an unusual 
 degree. 
 
 Our regular stock color is a light drab, but other colors will 
 be furnished on special orders ; the conductor is composed of the 
 softest Lake Superior copper, solid, unless otherwise ordered. 
 
 USES. 
 
 ) 
 
 Our W. A. C. Wire is not an underground or submarine wire, 
 nor is it intended for overhead use, being too expensive for the 
 latter purpose; it is used for high grade inside wiring, in or 
 under moulding or floors, in cellars, vaults, boiler rooms, etc., 
 in short, wherever a fire-proof wire with high insulation is 
 required. Itisin use in many dwellings, churches, office build- 
 ings and municipal buildings throughout the country, and has — 
 so thoroughly approved itself to the judgment of first-class, ex- © 
 perienced electrical engineers as a strictly safe wire for inside 
 work, that many of them have substituted it for other far more 
 expensive and no more efficient wires ; architects and builders 
 will do well to examine this wire and include it in any specifica- 
 tions they prepare. 
 
 “TIP-TOP” FIRE AND WATER-PROOF 
 
 HOUSE WIRE. 
 
 (For Price List see page 22.) 
 
 Where the question of expense does not enter strongly into 
 consideration, and where the wire is liable to become submerged 
 in water more or less frequently Or will be subjected to con- 
 stantly moist conditions, our Tip-Top Fire and Water-proof 
 House Wire is a most desirable article. The copper conductor is © 
 covered with ‘‘Tip Top” rubber insulation, perfectly applied 
 and vulcanized, a heavy protective covering over this, and a 
 final fire-proof coating on the outside. 
 
 CHARACTERISTICS AND ADVANTAGES. 
 
 Most rubber covered house wires on the market to-day have 
 the serious defect of not being fire-proof, but, on the contrary, 
 burning like tinder when a slight flame is brought in contact — 
 with the outer covering ; this defect has been wholly avoided in 
 our Tip-Top Fire and Water-proof Wire, which, as its name 
 indicates, is an absolutely water-proof wire, at the same time 
 that itis thoroughly fire-proof, thus combining the two impor- — 
 tant requisites of an ideal house wire. 
 
 Our regular stock color is drab, but other colors will be fur- 
 nished on special orders. Soft drawn copper conductor, solid, 
 will be furnished unless otherwise ordered. 
 
 USES. 
 
 What has been said asto W. A.C. Fire and Moisture-proof 
 House Wire is true of this wire, while the latter is also for 
 use in or behind plaster walls, or in any location where espec- 
 ially difficult conditions are to be met, such as continual damp- 
 mess or occasional submersion in water. 
 
The Standard Underground Cable Com- 
 pany’s Electric Cables, 
 
 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL USES, UNDERGROUND, AERIAL AND 
 SUBMARINE, 
 
 SOLE PROPRIETORS OF THE ‘“‘WARING”’ CABLES. 
 
 General Remarks. 
 
 One of the most 
 interesting as well 
 as troublesome prob- 
 lems that the Electri- 
 cal companies have 
 had before them in 
 recent years,has been 
 that of placing con- 
 ductors underground 
 .. for conveying elec- 
 trical currents of all 
 kinds. The history 
 ofinvention presents 
 along line of unfor- 
 tunate projectors 
 who have grappled 
 with the question in 
 vain; many of their 
 devices were so im- 
 practicable that they 
 were not to be con- 
 sidered for a mo- 
 ment by any one hav- 
 ing a practical 
 knowledge of the 
 subject ; but others, 
 of more skillful de- 
 sign, met with better 
 success, although but 
 comparatively few 
 can, at this day, be 
 cited as an evidence 
 of the practicability 
 of placing electric 
 wires under ground. 
 
 The arguments in 
 favor of the change 
 from overhead to 
 underground conductors are too well known to require more 
 than the briefest mention ; perhaps the strongest, from the point 
 of view of the electrical companies, is the great unreliability of 
 the overhead conductors, subject, as they are, to all changes of 
 the weather, and at times entirely ‘disabled by wind, snow or 
 isleet, causing the entire suspension of business for hours at a 
 lime. and costing hundreds of thousands of dollars annually for 
 repairs. Viewed from a public point of view overhead wires are 
 also objectionable—disfiguring the streets, obstructing firemen 
 in their duties, and constantly menacing life and limb. The 
 contrast between the appearance of the same street with over- 
 head wires and with underground cables is graphically shown in 
 Figures 44 and 45, the former being from an actual photograph. 
 (See pages 72 and 73.) 
 
 Mr. Alfred Shaw, the well-known writer on Municipal Gov- 
 ernment, in the article, ‘‘Notes on City Government in St. Louis”’ 
 (Century. Magazine, June, 1896), speaks of the maze of overhead 
 wires as “the one remaining disgrace of the streets of St. Louis” 
 and adds, “no other great city in the whole world now permits 
 electric wires to bestrung overhead in the central business streets. 
 Everyone acknowledges that these poles should be 
 Mbctished. and that the wires should be placed under the side- 
 walks or roadways.”’ 
 
 Ht can be mathematicaily demonstrated that in the long run, 
 allowing for the serious interruption to, and expensive renewal 
 of, regular overhead lines, it is cheaper to lay underground or 
 string aerial cables, even where only a moderate number of wires 
 is involved; and where ae wires are very numerous, the actual 
 first cost alone is less. (See tables on page 180.) 
 
 rp 
 
thy 
 Asa mlet Steg 
 Oh Bee oe 
 
 i nv 
 
 . . \ RN 
 . RNY 
 \ SS WH | 4 
 
 = 
 4 
 
 | 
 Ra If) 
 Litton, S YC 
 DA) 
 
 nee 
 “i 
 
 i 
 iy) ok ean 
 
 4G 
 
 ihe eu 
 BFR 
 eer Nant Tees 
 oa A NTA 
 
 ee 
 ae ean 
 
 ty 
 
 ql 
 S 
 a 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 bets 
 
 Rages 
 ia Uh 
 es 
 
 The question of placing the wires underground has, as 
 might have been expected, resulted in extreme views and action 
 on the part of the interested parties—-the electrical companies, on 
 the one hand, affirming that utter ruin would overtake them 
 electrically and financially if they were obliged to put their wires 
 underground ; while, on the other hand, Municipal and State 
 Legislators have said by Ordinance and Act that ali the wires 
 must, nevertheless, go underground. ‘Thereis, however, a mean 
 between these two extremes, and the general tendency at the 
 present time is to strike this mean ; it would be an unwarranted 
 and unnecessary hardship to compel the electrical companies to 
 place their wires underground in sparsely settled, outlying dis-~- 
 tricts where but few customers are to be served, and it has become 
 recognized as the fair policy to require the wires to be put under 
 ground only in the thickly settled and important business parts 
 of a city; on the other hand, it is a fact that very few elec- 
 tricians, or any one else who has kept up with the progress of the 
 past few years, would have the temerity to assert, at this day, 
 that electrical service of any kind cannot be successfully ren- 
 dered through Underground Cables. 
 
 Mr. William Maver., Jr., Electrician of the Consolidated 
 Telegraph and Electrical Subway Company, of New York City,* 
 says: 
 
 : *Paper entitled, ‘* The Practical Working of the Electrical Subways of New 
 York City,’’ read before the 43d meeting of the American Institute of Electrical 
 Engineers, New York, February 18th, 1890. 
 
 Lone 
 Migs 
 
ill 
 
 = a 
 “a 
 NSN 
 
 pag teg Ts 
 AS ms ef Give 
 
 Ly ai fee 
 LiL 
 
 eS 
 SS 
 a 
 
 aS 
 
 a a : 
 
 SIN ei 
 
 —— 
 
 Fig. 45. Broadway, New York, with Underground Cables. 
 “In conclusion, I think it may be said that the experience derivcd from the 
 practical operation of the electrical subways of New York City has either made 
 
 apparent or confirmed, among other things, the following: ; I 
 ‘‘That it is possible to successfully operate all classes of electric conductors 
 
 underground in cities,’’ etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Mr. David R. Walker, Chief of the Electrical Bureau of the 
 city of Philadelphia, has had the Waring cables in use for 
 periods ranging from nine to twelve years; his long experience 
 in charge of the Electrical Bureau of that city renders any sug- 
 gestion or recommendation made, or results attained by him, 
 worthy of careful study and consideration. The Director of the 
 Department of Public Safety, of Philadelphia, says in one of his 
 annual reports: 
 
 “‘The Bureau has tested and has in operation an underground system for the 
 are light wires and for telegraph and telephone service, which has been found to 
 work ina satisfactory manner. D. R. Walker, Chief of this Bureau, does not 
 hestitate to endorse this system tome. His experience is that itcan be made to 
 work in a manner that will greatly improve the service, and as weil as reduce the 
 cost of maintainance materially, and at the same time remove from our Streets the 
 unsightly wires and poles.”’ 
 
 In Europe much attention has been given to the subject of 
 placing Telegraph, Telephone and Electric Light Wires under- 
 ground, and there are now very few large cities in which any over- 
 head lines (excepting, possibly, a limited amount of house-top 
 wiring) can be found. Professor George Forbes, F. R. S., of 
 England, says: 
 
 “In most continental towns the Electric Light Wires are placed underground. 
 It is not only demonstrated by theory, but by practice as well, that currents can be 
 operated successfully and safely underground."’-New York World, Fan. 13, 1890. 
 
 TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH SERVICE. 
 
 The Telephone and Telegraph companies, are managed, as’a 
 tule, by the ablest business men in the world; they are able to see 
 that generally the reasonable wishes of the public are in harmony 
 
 73 
 
with the best interests of the electrical companies. A complete 
 system of underground cables is the best guarantee of the 
 practical control of the telephone business, even after controlling 
 patents shall have expired; in other words, given an existing 
 telephone company doing business with overhead lines and a new 
 company enter the same field with all its lines underground, the 
 public will not be slow to choose the latter; first, because as a 
 body the public is opposed to overhead wires, for well known 
 reasons, and second, because the companies whose wires are all 
 underground, will be certain to give constant and uninterrupted 
 service, whereas with overhead lines every storm of any 
 magnitude results in open, crossed and grounded wires, to the 
 great annoyance of the subscriber. Both Telephone and Tele- 
 graph companies—especially in the larger cities of the United 
 States—keeping up with the progress of the times, are busily 
 engaged in putting their wires underground, partly in deference 
 to publicdemand, but principally because it is a positive advantage 
 to them; it results in a great saving in the cost of maintainance, 
 absence of interruptions to service, and puts them in a command- 
 ing position to control the business of the future. 
 
 ELECTRIC LIGHT SERVICE. 
 
 Hlectric Light companies throughout the United States are 
 spending much time and money in underground cable work, and 
 few cities of any prominence are now without electric light sys- 
 tems operated through underground cables. The feasibility of 
 this method from an electrical and commercial standpoint, at 
 least for large cities, has been fully demonstrated by the promi- 
 nent companies of New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Washing- 
 ton, Pittsburgh, Chicago, Minneapolis, and elsewhere, during 
 the last five to ten years; that the interests and safety of the 
 public would be subserved by placing all electric light wires 
 underground in the more important parts of large cities, where 
 wites are numerous, no one will doubt, and electric light com- 
 panies themselves now realize that even from a financial stand- 
 
 point it is an advantage to them in such localities because of the 
 
 great saving in repairs and renewals, freedom from interruption 
 of service, and from damage suits for injury to persons and 
 property. 
 
 Mis CAH: Wilmerding, General Manager of the Chicago Arc’ 
 
 Light and Power Company, referring to the larger cities, says: 
 
 “‘The forests of poles and net work of wires are unsightly. ©The number of 
 wires becomes So great, that there is confusion and danger at all times; and during 
 storms serious accidents are almostcertain to occur. Here the public good requires 
 that they should be underground, where, notwithstanding Mr. Edison, they are 
 much safer; but here also there is the demand, and even the absolute necessity 
 for the electric light, which insures a fair profit upon the investment, so that with 
 good management there is no reason why underground high tension wires 
 cannnt be operated in large cities with success and profit.”’—Ale@rical Industries, 
 
 Fanuary, 1596. 
 ELECTRIC RAILWAY SERVICE. 
 
 Electric traction has made wonderful strides in the past 
 seven years and to-day very few cities in the United States use 
 ‘horse flesh” in the propulsion of street cars. Branch lines of 
 some steam railroads have been ‘‘trollied’’ and the possibility of 
 the Electric Locomotive for main lines will soon receive practi- 
 cal demonstration. 
 
 The trolley wire of electric railroads (see page 59) is of neces- 
 sity a bare wire, and on this account, coupled with the fact that 
 the voltage is not so high as to be seriously dangerous, their 
 wires have been tolerated overhead, but the projectors of electric 
 railroads should read the ‘‘signs of the times’’ and profit by the 
 experience of the electrical companies in New York City. Over- 
 head wires will not much longer be tolerated in any large city. 
 
 But, if the electric railroads place their feeders underground 
 in the first instance, they may delay a final clamor for under- 
 ground trollies which is imminent in view of the practical dem- 
 onstration, during the last twelve months in New York and 
 Washington City, of the practicability of the underground trolley. 
 
 The electro-motive-force of the current used in operating 
 
 electrical railways is so low that the undergrounding of the | 
 
 main or feeder wires presents no difficulty whatever, whereas 
 their presence overhead presents many objections ; in the case of 
 roads now or hereafter to be equipped, true economy requires 
 that the feeders be placed underground. 
 
 STEAM RAILROAD SERVICE. 
 Of allthe great industries of the country which suffer from 
 an interruption of telegraph facilities, none, probably are so de- 
 
 14 
 
pendent on continuous and certain means of communication, as 
 ‘the railroads; with every storm of any degree of severity or 
 extent of area, the lines are interrupted and the block signal 
 systems disabled, with consequent obstruction and danger to 
 passenger and freight traffic. The importance of uninterrupted 
 communication between the trainmaster’s office and the various 
 telegraph or signal stations along the road cannot be over- 
 estimated. The attention of railroad managers is particularly 
 asked to the Standard Underground Cable Company’s Cables in 
 this connection, and to the ease and certainty with which their 
 wires may be placed beyond the reach of such dangers, and the 
 operation of their roads beyond the caprice or power of storms, 
 etc. Railroad managers are beginning to appreciate the value of 
 underground cables, especially where they have many telegraph 
 lines converging, as in the larger cities, and through tunnels, 
 where exposed wires are quickly destroyed by the action of 
 Sulphuric Acid contained in the coal smoke. Asa rule, the 
 overhead wires, instead of passing through the tunnel,are led over 
 the hill-top or mountain by circuitous routes, where they are 
 especially liable to interruption and destruction by rain, snow and 
 wind storms, and are far more difficult to repair than at any 
 other part of the line, if indeed not wholly inaccessible at 
 times. The simple expedient of laying a cable in the tunnel or 
 snow-shed, obviates all these difficulties and dangers; and the 
 Standard Underground Cable Company has been successful in 
 
 this line, as is shown by the many cables now in use in tunnels 
 and by the electfic light installation in the Hoosac Tunnel, where 
 the most difficult conditions are successfully met. (See Scribner’s 
 Magazine for August, 1889.) 
 
 MINE SERVICE. 
 
 In mining operations it is extremely important that signals 
 shall be transmitted with certainty and rapidity from the various 
 parts of the mine to the engineer at the mouth of the shaft, and 
 that light and power shall be supplied at the minimum cost and 
 maximum safety, to any desired part of the mine; for this purpose 
 electricity is far better adapted than purely mechanical devices ; 
 asa rule, the steam plant of mines exceeds the actual require- 
 ments, so that it is a matter of economy to supply light and 
 
 _ power by electricity, the engineer in charge being generally able 
 to take care of the electric light plant without further 
 assistance. The old method of lighting mines constantly leads 
 to great loss of life and property; incandescent lamps cannot 
 cause explosions, first, because the filament is hermetically 
 sealed in the glass bulb; and second, because the moment the 
 glass is broken, the filament is destroyed. Steam or compressed 
 air for operating pumping, hoisting and drilling apparatus in 
 
 “mines will vitiate the air and rot the timbers, while candles or 
 lamps consume the oxygen in the air, thus rapidly undermining 
 the health of the workmen. The vast improvement and economy 
 from a financial and hygienic point of view, made possible by 
 the introduction of the Electric Light and Motor in mines, merit 
 the closest study of mine owners and operators. The importance 
 of uninterrupted transmission of signals, light and power is so 
 great, that the question of the excess in the cost of lead covered 
 electric cables over that of bare or insulated wire is not worthy of 
 consideration. Lead covered cables are absolutely safe for con- 
 veying the electric current for either of the purposes here 
 
 “named; they are flexible and can be laid to any portion of the 
 mine. 
 
 The Standard Underground Cable Company has spared no 
 effort or money to produce acable that will meet every condition 
 that obtains in practical work, and tothisend it hasfor many 
 years past had in its employ the best mechanical and electrical 
 experts that could be procured, It is largely due to this policy 
 that the Company to-day stands in the forefront of progress in the 
 manufacture of Underground Cables 
 
 The ‘‘WARING” LEAD COVERED CABLES are in daily use 
 .all over the United States, and for every conceivable electrical 
 service, many of them have been in successful operation for a 
 period of thirteen years; no other company has had the varied, 
 extensive, and withal successful experience that we can point 
 to. When you buy our cable you buy an article that has proven 
 itself worthy of public confidence, and from a company that 
 has a reputation at stake, whichit would not impair by careless 
 or imperfect workmanship, and that is financially responsible 
 and able tocarry out any obligations that it takes upon itself. 
 
 75 
 
We have successfully met all conditions and difficulties, and 
 have devised and perfected many desirable devices and accesso- 
 Ties comprising a complete system, of all of which our custom- 
 ers get the benefit. 
 
 The most important features of an underground cable are: 
 
 FIRST—Its Insulation. 
 
 SECOND—The Protective Covering to guard that insulation 
 against deterioration, from either chemical, mechanical or 
 atmospheric actions. 
 
 INSULATION. 
 
 By far the most important feature in an underground cable 
 is the insulation, and it was to this that attention was first turned, 
 with the result of securing a compound known as ‘‘ Ozite”’ or 
 “Waring Insulation,” having a specific inductive capacity more 
 closely approximating that of air than any other insulating mate- 
 tial known, together with the highest possible insulating quali- 
 ties. This compound is an inorganic substance, and there is 
 therefore no need to fear deterioration from time and use. This 
 is abundantly proven by the Waring Cables that have been longest 
 in usé—some about thirteen years. Another prime quality is that 
 it can be safely subjected to high temperatures, thus making its 
 use possible adjacent to steam-heating pipes, whether under the 
 streets of a city or inside of buildings, a feature that is not pos- 
 sessed by either paraffine, rubber, gutta percha or rubber com- 
 pounds. “Ozite’’ or ‘‘Waring Compound”’ is covered by patents 
 owned exclusively, and can be used only, by the Standard Under- 
 ground Cable Company; it is a hydro-carbon compound. By the 
 use of ‘‘Ozite’’ the insulation of our cables is made uniform in 
 quality throughout their entire length, the measured resistance 
 ranging from 2,000 to 5,000 megohms at 60 degrees F. depending 
 inversely upon the size of the conductor and directly upon the 
 thickness of the insulating covering. The low specific inductive 
 capacity of ‘“‘Ozite” isan extremely important and advantageous 
 feature; the lower the capacity of a telephone cable, for instance, 
 the more distinctly will the tones of the voice be transmitted, or 
 the greater the distance over which it is possible to carry on 
 conversation; the lower the capacity in a telegraph cable, the 
 more rapidly and certainly can signals be transmitted, or the 
 greater the distance such signals can be transmitted without 
 relaying or repeating; the lower the capacity in an Electric Light 
 Cable (without air spaces) the less the danger of a disruptive dis- 
 charge from conductor to earth through the insulating covering. 
 The relative specific inductive capacity of various substances is 
 shown on page 168. 
 
 The heat resisting point of ‘‘Ozite’’ is extremely high, very 
 much above the point at which gutta percha, rubber compounds, 
 paraffine, and most other insulating materials, except glass, 
 would be rendered absolutely valueless; this is an important 
 point, and one that should not be overlooked by any one purchas- 
 ing cables to be laid in the streets of a city adjacent to steam- 
 heating pipes, or where, at any time in the future, such pipes 
 may be laid in close proximity to the underground cables. 
 
 Assistant General Manager A. S. Brown, of the Western Union 
 Telegraph Company, Says: 
 
 “We required a cable that, while filling our requirements as to insulation and 
 conductivity for our high tension currents, would also withstand the heat from the 
 
 steam heating pipes. AFTER MANY TESTS WE DECIDED TO USE THE 
 WARING CABLES.” 
 
 _snd since then, and recently, he has said: 
 
 ‘*At last we have been able to get a cable (namely, the Waring Cable) to work 
 in these ducts.” 
 
 Our regular ‘‘Ozite”’ will not run at 200 degrees or about the 
 boiling point of water, Where cables are to be laid in close 
 proximity to stear1 heating pipes, we vary the constituent parts 
 of ‘‘Ozite’’ so that it will not soften short of 175 degrees and will 
 not become liquified short of 250 degrees. This cannot be done 
 with any other known insulating compound at the present day. . 
 Even when heated to the maximum, the conductor cannot decen- 
 tralize, as the compound is only used to saturate and hermetically 
 seal the dense fibrous coverings placed upon the conductor. 
 
 Insulated wires and cables are divided into two broad classes 
 with respect to the materials used for covering the wires: 
 namely:—Fiber insulation, in which yarn or paper tapes are 
 S ebeey: and Solid, in which rubber or gutta percha compounds are 
 us 
 
 i 
 
 6 
 
FIBER INSULATION. 
 
 In the process of making the Waring cables of this class, 
 the wires are thoroughly covered to the desired thickness, with 
 yarn or a special paper, the desired number of conductors is as- 
 sembled into a single compact core (see page 81), all moisture is 
 expelled from the fibrous covering, and, except in the case of 
 dry core cables for telephone use, the fiber is thoroughly filled 
 with ‘‘Ozite.”’ Cables so made are not of themselves water- 
 proof, but the addition of the lead cover makesthemso, The 
 ends, of course, must be protected against moisture, but that is 
 accomplished in so easy and rational a manner, as explained 
 under ‘‘Terminals’’ on page 89, and the terminals are so desir- 
 able, convenient and inexpensive an addition to any class of 
 cables, that this constitutes no drawback whatever. For many 
 purposes, the insulations, which are in themselves waterproof, 
 namely, rubber compounds, or gutta percha, are entirely una- 
 vailable or objectionable on account of their high electrostatic 
 capacity, as, for instance, for general telephone use, or for du- 
 plex or quadruplex telegraphy, and for A. C. lighting. _More- 
 over, lead covered underground cables whose insulation is rela- 
 tively an absorptive one, have a practical advantage over those 
 otherwise insulated, in that, when a serious injury occurs to the 
 lead cover, the insulation decreases only gvadually, and the 
 -eable does not become entzrely disabled and unavailable for ser- 
 
 vice for three to six weeks after the injury occurs, thus giving 
 notice that an injury has occurred, and ample time to repair it 
 before the cable is wholly unfit for service. In one case a street 
 railway cable remained in service over a year after the injury 
 occurred, and inanother casea telegraph cable used under water 
 had a hole gouged through the lead cover by an ice gorge, and 
 yet two or three weeks after the accident only a few of the wires 
 had failed or showed low insulation, and the damage was re- 
 paired by cutting out only six inches of cable and resplicing it. 
 In the case of rubber or gutta percha insulation, the destruction 
 of the lead cover is followed by the rapid deterioration of the in- 
 sulating covers by earth gases, etc., but the insulation tests will 
 not indicate this until the rubber is destroyed through to the 
 wire, whereupon it will burn out or become grounded suddenly, 
 and without any warning or opportunity to repair the injury. 
 Practical men will appreciate that this means loss of service just 
 when it is most needed, with consequent complaints and claims 
 for rebates on bills. The fibrous insulation resists compression 
 far better than rubber. In bending rubber insulated cables 
 around manholes, the rubber is both stretched and compressed 
 and so made thinner than normal; hence experienced engineers 
 require such cables to stand a test pressure 25 to 50 per cent. in 
 excess of that required for fiber insulated cables. Our fiber 
 insulated cables have given continuous satisfactory service since 
 1882, and can be relied upon in every respect. 
 
 RUBBER INSULATION. 
 
 The superiority of our rubber compound has been fully 
 pointed out on pages 56—658, and special care is used in the manu- 
 facture of our rubber covered cables. Any desired number of 
 rubber covered wires, prepared as there explained, is assembled 
 into a single compact core or bunch (see page 57) and if intended 
 for overhead or house use, the bunch is thoroughly taped over 
 with one or more layers of strong, closely woven compounded 
 tape. For use underground, such cables should be protected 
 against atmospheric action or acids, by a lead cover, and the 
 ends by terminals as explained on pages 88 to 91. 
 
 Before lead covered cables were made in this country and 
 elsewhere, rubber or gutta percha insulated and thoroughly taped 
 and compounded cables, without lead covers, were used for 
 underground service, but after many years of futile and costly 
 experiment, there is scarcely a single cable of this kind in suc- 
 cessful operation at,the present day, except submarine armored 
 cables; but lead covered cables rapidly replaced the non-leaded 
 type, and it is now the practically unanimous judgment of ex- 
 perienced practical men that no cables should be laid under- 
 ground without a lead cover. If kept constantly immersed in 
 water, and not exposed to acids, gases, street drippings, etc., 
 and not subject to extreme changes in temperature, or to high 
 temperatures, and alternating wet and dry conditions, no better 
 insulator can be found thanrubber or gutta percha, but it is im- 
 possible to attain these conditions of safety in underground 
 work; hence, it is a waste of money and temper to attempt such 
 an antiquated method of construction as laying non-leaded 
 
 77 
 
wables. ‘True, the lead covers of cables, (like all metais laid 
 underground), are subject to electrolysis where the proper con- 
 alitions exist for such action, but in many cases dangerous condi- 
 ttions do not exist, and wherever they do, it isa sim»le matter to 
 wrotect the cables against electrolysis, as is pointed out more 
 fully on page 107,and has been demonstrated during the last 
 three years on nearly a million dollars worth of lead covered 
 feeder laid by us for one company in the City of Philadelphia 
 and elsewhere. Ourrubber insulated cables present all the good 
 ae that can be desired or secured in rubber covered wires 
 or cables. 
 
 LEAD COVER AND SPECIAL PROTEC- 
 TIVE COATING. 
 
 We do not claim that ‘‘ Ozite”’ is in itself absolutely water- 
 proof, but the lead cover—now to be described—serves as protec- 
 tion against moisture as well as against some otherwise insupera- — 
 ble enemies of underground cables. A practical man* thus 
 expresses it: 
 
 ‘‘Whether the dielectric itself, in an underground cable,is impervious to water 
 wor not, is of less importance than it would appear to be at first sight. Even if it 
 were, it could not be relied upon to permanently exclude moisture. The most 
 minute hole in its texture, and a great many other causes, if it were not protected 
 from other objects, would soon make a way for the insidious enemy, and infallibly 
 lead to burn outs. In every case it-should be encased in lead pipe, which in 
 itself would be water-tight, and at the same time would afford the necessary pros 
 tection from abrasion and other mechanical injeries.”’ 
 
 Electrician Maver (see foot note page 72,) says: 
 
 ‘The cables used in the electric light service in the New York subways are, as 
 I have elsewhere stated, without exception lead covered. * * * * 
 
 ‘‘In addition to being a protection against the attack of acids and gases, the 
 lead covering is considered a safeguard against accidents to men working in the 
 manholes among live wires. For in the first place, if a defect should occur in the 
 insulation in the manhole, the presence of a ground furnished by the lead cover- 
 ing would make the defect known at the regular test, which, if the defect were of 
 2 serious nature, would insure its being located and eliminated. Whereas, if the 
 conductor were not lead covered there is a probability thata defect in the insulation 
 might occur that would not be indicated by the test, but which might expose the 
 conductor and render it possible for workmen in the manholes to make contact 
 therewith. It would be quite possible for a workman to handle the lead coverin 
 of even a defective conductor without injury, since the lead covering is grounde 
 throughout the length of the subway. 
 
 _ _ “It will hardly be credited by some people, but it is a fact that live electric 
 light wires conveying alternating and continuous currents for arc and incandescent 
 lights are handled and moved about in the manholes by means of the lead cover- _ 
 ing, without the slightest indication that such wires are live. Indeed, it is quite a 
 common occurence to start up such circuits immediately after a rubber joint has 
 been made in order to save time and then to have the plumber adjust and wipe the 
 sleeve on the lead cover while the circuit is in full operation. 
 
 “‘Another fact is this, that in the subways no shocks whatever due to induced 
 currents in the lead covering, are felt by the workmen in handling the lead covered 
 cables conveying the alternating current. It is quite conceivable that such 
 shocks might be noticed, as I believe they are where the cables are suspended from 
 point to point andinsulated. In that case any one handling the lead covering of 
 the conductors would doubtless receive the accumulated induced charge.”’ 
 
 The cores or wires, either fiber, dry or saturated with insula- 
 ting compound, or rubber covered with additional tape or braid, 
 are then covered by a continuous lead sheath in a compact homo- 
 geneous mass, applied under great hydraulic pressure. 
 
 Every part of the cable is filled with insulating compound; 
 there are no open spaces between the core and the lead cover for 
 condensation of moisture, as in cables cf some other makes. In 
 the case of dry core cables, the cores are thoroughly freed from 
 moisture by a special process, and the lead cover is applied as 
 just explained, but no insulating compound is used, except for 
 filling the two ends of each length of cable for a distance of two 
 or three feet. 
 
 The lead cover serves to protect the fiber insulated wire 
 against moisture and to protect the rubber covered wires against 
 the chemical action of gases, acids, street drippings, oily sub- 
 stances, etc. 
 
 As tar back as the year 1846, f lead cables where provided with 
 an exterior fibrous jacket or covering, saturated with coal tar 
 or pitch, to protect them agaiust mechanical injury and 
 chemical actions. David R. Walker, chief of the Electrical 
 Bureau of Philadelphia, was the first to adopt this protective 
 covering in a practical way in the United States. Whenever 
 cables are to be laid where there is danger of chemical 
 actions on the lead cover, they should receive at least a 
 coating of our anti-corrosive compound, and if there is con- 
 siderable danger, they should be protected by a fibrous braid 
 
 * (C. H. Wilmerding, General Manager Chicago Arc Light and Power Co. 
 —Electrical Industries, January, 1890.) : Fe 4 
 
 t Report of the Hon. Chas. W. Raymond, Engineer Commissioner of the Dis 
 trict of Columbia, Senate Mis. Doc. No. 15, soth Congress, Secorid Session, 
 
 78 
 
ot tape saturated with the same compound. This fibrous cover also 
 affords excellent protection against mechanical injury where the 
 cables are drawn into conduits, or are otherwise subject to rough 
 handling, although not absolutely essential. 
 
 For the simple coating of compound an extra charge of one 
 to four cents per foot of cable is made, while for the saturated 
 fibrous covering, the extra charge is two to six cents per foot, 
 according to the size of the cable. ; d 
 
 Any orders that are received for Waring Cables will be 
 entered as plain lead covered cables, without either paint or 
 saturated fibrous covering, unless specifically stated. 
 
 In telegraphing orders for cable that is to have the protective 
 coating, use the proper code word on pages 40 and 54b. _ 
 
 Most of the cables sold by this company to Electric Light and 
 Telephone companies in New York City, and to the Electrical 
 Bureau of Philadelphia, have this saturated fiber over the lead, 
 and it serves its purpose completely; cables that were merely 
 coated or painted and placed in crecsoted conduits in Philadelphia 
 nearly four years ago, show no trace of chemical actions or de- 
 terioration of any kind, while alead encased cable whose sheath- 
 ing was alloyed with a percentage of tin was laid in the same 
 way, and was found to be covered with a white coating to a con- 
 siderable depth after being in the duct but three months. 
 
 A careful examination of the braids cr tapes on our cables will 
 show thorough saturation and adhesion to the lead cover, and in- 
 stead ofthe compound being dry, granulated and powdery, soasto 
 rub offand smut the fingers (as is the case in many cables), our com- 
 pound will be found to be almost as hard as iron, tough, and homo- 
 geneous throughout. Itisthe difference between perfect materials 
 and careful and intelligent workmanship, with the prime object of 
 producing a strictly first-class article irrespective of cost, and the 
 opposite. 
 
 TIN IN THE LEAD COVER. 
 
 Sometimes we are asked to furnish cables having a per- 
 centage of tin in the lead cover, and while ready to do so if in- 
 sisted upon, yetitisa futileattempt to prevent chemical actions, 
 and needlessly increases the cost of the cable. 
 
 F Lead pipe containing any percentage of tin from 1 to 10, was 
 made as early as 1867. Numerouscareful chemical analyses con- 
 firm the statement of experienced manufacturers of lead pipe, 
 that it is not commercially possible (as it might be in a labora- 
 tory retort) to produce an absolutely uniform alloy of lead and 
 tin, and this is now recognized by prominent telephone compa- 
 nies, whose specifications allow a variation of 1% in 3, fixing the 
 minimum at 2% and the maximum at 3%¢. The mixture of 
 8% of tin, does not afford the protection sought, and it is a de- 
 cided disadvantage in that it makes the lead covering brittle, 
 and, therefore, liable to develop cracks. 
 
 As the result of careful study of this subject we commend 
 our patented (Jan. 1, ’89) coating of 
 
 TIN ON THE LEAD COVER. 
 
 After the lead cover is applied to the wires, a suitable flux is 
 first applied to its surface, in order that the molten tin, through 
 which it is then drawn, may adhere firmly to the lead cover of 
 the cable. Special machinery was designed and built by us to 
 carry out this process with the greatest certainty and perfection. 
 It needs no argument to convince the intelligent reader that this 
 way of using the tin is sensible and practical, and ‘‘puts the 
 right thing in the right place.”’ Many of our customers have 
 adopted this coating instead of the lead and tin alloy, and with 
 uniforinly satisfactory results. In some cases, the saturated 
 braid, above mentioned, is applied in addition to the tin coating 
 or tin in the lead, but in New York City the tin coating has 
 superseded the saturated braid entirely. 
 
 Tin is much less oxidizable than lead or iron, hence such a 
 coating appiied to the lead cover, presents a uniform surface 
 better adapted to resist oxidizing agents. It is also harder than 
 lead, hence will better resist abrasion. It is both harder and 
 smoother than lead, and is, therefore, more easily dtawn into 
 and out of conduits, which is especially important when the 
 conduits contain more than one cable. An extra charge is made 
 for the tin alloy or the tin coating, and neither will be furnished 
 unless specified in the order. 
 
CLASSIFICATION. 
 
 The Cables manufactured by the Standard Underground 
 Cable Company may be classed under the following heads, indi- 
 cating their form or general construction, and the purpose for 
 which they are used, viz: 
 
 Anti-Induction Cables, for Telegraph, Telephone and General 
 Electrical Uses. 
 
 Bunched Cables, for Telegraph, Telephone and General 
 Electrical Uses. 
 
 Electric Light and Power Cables, for Arc and Incandescent 
 Lighting, and for Power. 
 
 Submarine Cables, for any of the purposes above enumerated. 
 
 A classification based on the locations in which the cables 
 may be used would comprise, House Cables, Aerial Cabies, 
 Underground Cables, and Submarine Cables. 
 
 These cables will now be described in detail. 
 
 The WARING ANTI-INDUCTION CABLES. 
 
 (See Price List on page 29.) 
 
 These are made up in various forms (see page 28 for some of 
 them), and may contain any required number of conductors 
 within the limits indicated in the Price List. Whatever the form 
 of cable or number of conductors, the principle of construction is 
 the same. The conductors are covered with fiber to the desired 
 thickness, all moisture is expelled and the fiber is thoroughly 
 filled with “ Ozite;” the conductors are then enclosed in a con- 
 tinuous sheath of lead pressed closely around and between them, 
 so that each conductor is separated from every other conductor 
 by a metallic sheath, as shown in the illustrations. 
 
 This form of construction serves to shield each conductor 
 against induced currents from adjacent parallel conductors, thus 
 obviating the annoying effects of induction or “cross-talk,’’ on 
 telephone circuits, which will be appreciated by all users of the 
 telephone. It will be observed that one of the corrugations of 
 each cable shown in figures 9 to 12, page 28, differs in cross-section 
 from the others, being provided with a sharp edge or corner. 
 This serves to designate the position of one particular conductor 
 throughout the entire length of the cable, so that it is a simple 
 matter to select any conductor in the cable, and extend it into a 
 branch office, or signal or alarm box, or to a subscriber, or for 
 making a splice, without disturbing the others. 
 
 ‘This class of cables, with itsspecial marking feature, (covered 
 by patents owned by this Company,) is especially valuable to Fire 
 and Police Telegraph Departments, who are required to have a 
 number of signal or alarm boxes, or Patrol Stations, on each cir- 
 cuit, and the facility of selecting the desired conductor to ‘‘loop 
 out” at any point without in the least opening or interfering 
 with any of the other operating circuits in the cable, is not the 
 least important feature in these cables. The price list is for 
 “Standard’’ insulation, by which is meant insulation of such 
 thickness as to give the following diameters, including conduc- 
 tor and insulating covering, viz: No. 10—220 mils; No.12—185 mils; - 
 No. 14—156 mils; No. 16—180 mils; No. 18—120 mils; No. 20—105- 
 mils; No. 22—100 mils. Prices will be quoted on application, for 
 any desired thickness of insulation. 
 
 Among the prominent users of the Waring Anti-Induction 
 Cables for Telegraph, Telephone, Fire Alarm and Police Tele- 
 graph purposes are the National and District Governments, of 
 Washington, D. C.; the National Government at its Torpedo 
 Station, at Newport, R. I.; the Fire and Police Telegraph Depart: 
 ments of New York, Philadelphia, Buffalo, Pittsburgh, and 
 elsewhere, and Telegraph Companies in New York, Washington 
 City, Pittsburgh, etc.; the Union Switch and Signal Company in 
 block signal systems, and many Iron and Coal mines through- 
 out the country. 
 
 An important and now commonly used form of anti-induc- 
 tion cable is the ‘‘ Twisted Pairs Cable’’ described on the next 
 page. It, too, prevents ‘‘ Cross-Talk’’ and is less expensive and 
 bulky for the same number of conductors and is therefore pre- 
 ferred when duct space is limited orcostly. It does not, however, 
 afford the same facility of selecting and looping out wire without 
 interfering with others in the same cable, that is afforded by our 
 special forms of page 28 
 
 80 
 
THE WARING BUNCHED CABLES. 
 
 FOR UNDERGROUND, AERIAL, OR HOUSE USE, 
 
 are illustrated and listed on pages 30 and 81. They are composed 
 of any desired number of conductors up to a maximum of say 
 200, each of which has been separately covered with yarn, or 
 specially prepared paper tape to the desired thickness, and then 
 assembled into a core or bunch held in shape by a close covering 
 of yarn or paper, and the whole enclosed in a continuous lead 
 cover, as explained on page 78. In all but dry core cables the 
 cores are thoroughly saturated, and the lead sheath filled with 
 our celebrated “‘ Ozite’? compound. When paper of the proper 
 quality is used, a stated thickness gives a lower electrostatic 
 capacity than yarn, and of either class the unsaturated dry core 
 gives a lower capacity than the saturated, hence the tendency in 
 telephone cables has been to employ paper as the insulating 
 medium, and to leave it unsaturated when for underground use 
 where the cable is but little liable to interference or injury, while 
 for more exposed service, such as aerial cables, and even some- 
 times for the distributing cables from underground main cables 
 to the terminal, they are more generally saturated ; where long 
 distance service is the controlling factor, or where the same 
 cables are to be subsequently used underground, the overhead 
 cables are also made dry core. ‘lhe advantages in favor of sat- 
 urated core are that if the lead is injured, only a small portion 
 of the cable (sometimes only a few inches) will be lost, and the 
 injury may be discovered and repaired while only a few of the 
 circuits are disabled, whereas a dry core cable, under the same 
 circumstances, would absorb moisture, and consequently need 
 teplacing, throughout a whole section between joints, and the 
 circuit would be lost more suddenly, and most likely every circuit 
 in the cable would be lost before the repairs could be effected. 
 These are serious drawbacks, and hence for overhead use, where 
 cables are much more liable to injury than underground, satur- 
 ated cables are generally preferred at the sacrifice of the lower 
 capacity. Forcapacity of overhead wires, see page 174. 
 
 The locating of faults, (See pages 140 and 142) on yarn or 
 paper insulated cables, is greatly facilitated by our Fisher pat- 
 ented method of including in the center of the bunched cables, 
 or in the outer layer of Strands of Electric Light Cables, for the 
 “TLoop’’ method of locating faults, one or more smal! rubber 
 insulated test wires. These will not be furnished unless specifi- 
 cally ordered. 
 
 In Bunched Cables of the ordinary form—sometimes spoken 
 of as ‘‘straight wires,” or ‘‘straightaway” cable, to distinguish 
 them from twisted pairs cable—the insulated conductors are laid 
 up compactly and with the greatest regularity, in series or layers, 
 the number of conductors in each layer increasing, of course, 
 from the centre outward. The advantage of this is, that if a 
 given connection is desired, whether for loop, branch, terminal, 
 or splice to the next section, it can be made with a minimum 
 number of test-calls, and much time and labor thereby saved; this 
 advantage is still further enhanced by varying the outer fibrous 
 covering of one of the conductors of each layer (for instance, a 
 braid instead of a wrapping) to serve as a marker or starting 
 point, from which to count to the right or left to the particular 
 conductor which it is desired to reach. 
 
 A form of construction which has come into general use 
 for telephone circuits, is that known as “twisted pairs,’’ the con- 
 ductors of a bunched cable being first twisted upon each other in 
 twos, all these pairs bunched together as in “‘straightaway’’ 
 cables, and the resulting bunch or core provided with a lead 
 cover. Kach twisted pair constitutes a ‘‘metallic circuit’? from 
 the exchange switch-board to the subscriber’s telephone, and as 
 each leg of the circuit is subject to the same influences from the 
 adjacent conductors—occupying exactly the same position rela- 
 tive thereto—a complete neutralization or balancing of inductive 
 interferences is secured. If the twist isshort, say one in three or 
 four inches, there is absolutely no cross-talk whatever. 
 
 As metallic circuits for each subscriber will doubtless be re- 
 quired in the near future, we recommend the purchase of twisted 
 pairs telephone cables, even though they are to be used on the earth 
 return or common return plan. For if driven to metallic circuit 
 service, these cables are available for it, and in the meantime 
 are equally available for the other plans; whereas, straightaway 
 cables could not be used satisfactorily for metallic circuit ser- 
 
 81 
 
vice. Furthermore, if the cable is for a common return tele- 
 phone system, we recommend the system patented by us, namely: 
 to have twisted pairs cables and use some of the pairs (whether 
 of a size uniform with or larger than the regular circuit pairs) 
 as common returns, and then when metallic circuits are adopted 
 the returns are equally as available as the other pairs in the 
 cable, to supply a subscriber, and if the return pairs have been 
 made larger than the regular pairs, they can be assigned to the 
 subscribers farthest from the exchange. 
 
 Telephone cable specifications vary to some extent, but the 
 most usual are as follows: 
 
 Conference underground cable, No. 19 B. & §S. G.; copper 
 conductor 98% pure. Insulated with two paper tapes; conductors 
 twisted in pairs, the length of twist not to exceed three inches, 
 and formed into a core arranged in reversed layers. Average 
 electrostatic capacity (dry core) .08 microfarads per mile, highest 
 -085. Insulation 100 meghoms per mile. Lead cover, 25 to 100 
 pairs, 4%” thick, pure lead or with 3% of tin. The core (except 
 two feet at each end) is generally left dry in underground cables 
 but saturated for overhead and branch cables. Some call for 
 only one wrap of paper and for No. 18 conductor, and for over- 
 head cables No. 20 and No. 22 are often used, as alsoa saturated 
 braid over the lead, and the lead sometimes only ¥; inch thick. 
 The capacity requirements vary up to .10 microfarads for dry 
 core, aud to .18 for saturated cores. For underground use in 
 very large cittes, we advise the regular conference cable, but 
 elsewhere we recommend our 
 
 NEW STANDARD TELEPHONE CABLE. 
 
 No. 19 dry for underground, and No. 20 saturated or dry for 
 overhead, copper 98% pure, two wraps of paper, conductors 
 twisted in pairs and laid up like conference cable, a paper cover 
 over core; pure lead cover ~; inch thick on 10 pairs to #5 inch on 
 100 pairs and a closely woven saturated braid over the lead for 
 aerial cables, but slightly thicker lead without the braid for 
 undergroundcables. Capacity average .095 dry and .15 saturated. 
 Insulation 100 meghoms per mile. All tests at 60° Fahrenheit. 
 
 When underground cables are to be laid under circumstances 
 where there is danger of chemical actions, they should havea 
 saturated braid over the lead, or at least a thorough coating of 
 anti-corrosive compound. 
 
 Our price list of Bunched Cables applies to ‘‘Straightaway’! 
 Cables, that is, wires laid up in the ordinary way, not twisted in 
 pairs, and has reference to ‘‘ Standard’’ insulation, by which is 
 meant such a thickness as will give the following diameters for 
 each conductor of the sizes named, including the conductor 
 itself and the insulation around it, namely: 
 
 No. 10—180 mils; No. 12—160 mils; No. 14—136 mils; No. 
 16—120 mils ; No. 18—105 mils; No. 20—90 mils ; No. 22-—85 mils. 
 
 If thicker insulations are required, it must beso stated in the 
 order, and in case of telegraphing, use code word “ oarweed,”’ 
 followed by the proper syllables selected from ‘‘ Numeral Tele- 
 graph Code,” page 47. 
 
 Bunched Cables, whether twisted pairs or straight wires, will 
 be provided with comparatively light lead sheath if for ‘‘ aerial” 
 or “‘house”’ use, but with heavier sheath if for underground use, 
 and with an extra heavy sheath if for submarine use, the cost 
 varying with the thickness of the lead cover. 
 
 As in every other branch of our business, we have aimed to 
 attain the highest possible perfection in the manufacture of our 
 Bunched Cables; it is generally conceded that their mechanical 
 construction is unequaled —certainly unexcelled— by anything 
 in the market to-day, and those who have given them careful 
 triai in comparison with similar cables of other manufacture, 
 know that the same is true of their electrical properties. 
 
 Our Bunched Cables have been in successful use by all the 
 Teiegraph and most of the Telephone Companies throughout 
 the country, underground and overhead, for various periods up 
 to fourteen years, and we invite the most stringent investigation 
 
 of their merits. 
 HOUSE CABLES. 
 
 Our Anti-Induction, Single Wire and Bunched Cables, with 
 Light Lead Cover are also used for all classes of house work, 
 where permanent and reliable wiring is desired ; they frequently 
 
replace the ordinary braided ‘‘ Office Wire Cables”? in locations 
 where a large number of circuits are to be laid, as for instance, 
 to hotel annunciator, etc.; ene tae and preferably, the con- 
 ductors of these cables are insulated with “Ozite” as in under- 
 ground cables, but where specially desired we will furnish 
 Bunched Cables with paraffine insulation and in the usual 
 Annunciator Wire colors. e 
 
 The Flat Cables (see Figures 4, 11, 13, 14, 17 and 18) are espec- 
 ially adapted for house use, as they have rather an ornamental 
 appearance when placed on the wainscoting and stained and var- 
 nished, this being a very desirable feature in wiring a house 
 which was not provided with wire-ways or conduits when built. 
 
 All dealers in electrical supplies should carry a full line of 
 these small cables, say 1, 2, 3 and 5 conductors, for they represent 
 but a small investment of capital and are sure to find ready sale 
 if on hand for immediate delivery. Innumerable houses have 
 been fitted up with them, and a case of deterioration or failure 
 has never been heard of. In connection with the wiring of 
 houses, it is easy for an energetic dealer or contractor to sell a 
 lead covered underground cable for connecting residence with 
 stable, as no man in moderately good circumstances would allow 
 his house and grounds to be disfigured by the presence of over- 
 head wires, when at a comparatively insignificant expense they 
 can be buried out of sight and out of danger of interruption or 
 destruction by the elements. In many cases the mere suggestion 
 will lead to an immediate sale. See Working Directions. 
 
 ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER CABLES. 
 (See Price Lists agd Illustrations pages 28 to 27.) 
 
 In no branch of electrical conduction, by means of under- 
 ground cables, have the conditions been more drastic than in that 
 of electric lighting with high tension currents, fot the reason 
 that the electric current to be conveyed has far greater pressure 
 (and, therefore, much greater tendency to disrupt the insulation 
 and escape from its conductor) than any other current in practical 
 use at this time; great difficulties were encountered, some fail- 
 ures were experienced (due principally to inexperience or utter 
 disregard of ordinary care on the part of those ‘n charge of the 
 laying jointing or operating of the cables), but in each case these 
 only led to a better understanding of the conditions to be pro- 
 vided for and to the invention o1 adoption of the means of over- 
 coming them. 
 
 Mr C. H. Wilmerding (see foot note, page 78) aptly expresses 
 the situation when he says: 
 
 “Experiments anda certain number of failures must necessarily go beiore 
 success inanything. Experiments are expensive and failures (except where they 
 are anxiously prayed for) are discouraging, but without them electricity would not 
 be the agent itis to day, and where this subject has been taken up seriously and 
 with intent to overcome every obstacle and to succeed, results justify the statement 
 wooibes field of electrical progress, as well as in the rest, ‘there is no such word 
 a 1 
 
 Mr. Maver (see last paragraph page 72) saysin Electric Power 
 for April, 1895: 
 
 ‘* There were cable manufacturers in this country who stood ready at the time 
 mentioned (1858) to guarantee their cables for use on high potential circuits in the 
 underground subways, For instance the STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE 
 COMPANY * * I might further add thatthe cables then furnished together with 
 hundreds of miles of similar cables since furnished, are still in successful uperation 
 in the New York and other electrical subways.”’ 
 
 _ <The Standard Underground Cable Company will furnish, 
 install and guarantee its underground cables to carry current of 
 any voltage desired, but the customer should consider (and state) 
 the conditions under which the cable is to be used; if for under- 
 ground use, into what kind and size of conduits is it to be drawn 
 
 or if not to be drawn into conduits, what kind of protection will 
 the cable receive, and in either case, is there any danger of 
 chemical actions, either from the character of the adjacent soil 
 
 from illuminating, or sewer gas, or from acid works, etc., along 
 the line of trench or conduit,; also how many volts and amperes 
 
 are to be transmitted through th i 
 Ld peacmeley gh the cable and what kind of dynamo 
 
 _ _The progress made in the introduction and use of electric 
 light and power cables has been most rapid since 1889. At that 
 time it was conceded that low tension electric lighting or other 
 
 oO 
 Ww 
 
service could be conducted safely by means of underground 
 cables, but it was stoutly claimed that high tension lighting was 
 not practicable except by overhead wires. Two thousand (2000) 
 volts was then considered ‘* high tension’? in this sense, but the 
 numerous and successful installations made by us for very much 
 higher pressures siuce that time, have changed all this, and now 
 it is not an uncommon thing to receive orders for cables to be 
 operated at 5,000 to 7,000 volts, and to stand a test pressure of 
 12,000 voits in 1,000 foot lengths on reels. It can no longer be 
 truthfully said that a good and sufficient insulation has not yet 
 bcen found for high tension electric light currents underground. 
 
 Our electric light cables are insulated to the requisite thick- 
 ness by many wrappings of yarn, or of paper tapes, applied in 
 reverse layers, and saturated with our well-known petented in- 
 sulating compound, ‘‘ Ozite,’’? which has proven its high insulat- 
 ing and heat resisting qualities for fourteen years past, or they 
 are insulated with a rubber compound of a high grade. See 
 puges 56 to 58, and 76 to 78. 
 
 While we are ready to furnish either of these insulations for 
 any voltage, high or low, we recommiend the saturated fiber 
 (yarn) for all moderate pressures up to say 2,000 to 2,800 volts, and 
 especially for low tension cables, or such as require compara- 
 tively thin insulation, because in all such service it represents an 
 ample margin of safety in a practical size,it is cheaper than 
 rubber, and less liable to crack than the thin covering of paper. 
 liundreds of miles of our fiber insulated (yarn) cables are in suc- 
 cessiul use in New York City, Minneapolis, Philadelphia, and 
 many other places, for electric lighting of all kinds, and street 
 tailway service. ‘The largest contractever taken in the United 
 States has been filled by us for a Street Railway Company in 
 Thiladelphia, whose underground cable purchases aggregated 
 aéimost one million dollars 
 
 Paper or rubber insulation is recommended for 2,000 volts 
 service and upwards, and especially when a working pressure of 
 over 3,000 volts is to be sustained, and it is desired to make the 
 cables as small as possible, these materials having a somewhat 
 higher breaking down point than the yarn, by reason of which 
 a tilinuer covering, and hence a somewhat smaller cable, suffices 
 for the same high tension service. The rubber insulation is not 
 especially recommended for the lower pressures, because of its 
 relatively higher cost, nor is the paper so recommended because 
 when ap lied toa less thickness than is required for high tension 
 service, it is liable to crack when an ordinary bend is made in 
 the cable; thisis a defect in paper cables which we believe no 
 manufacturers but ourselves have yet been able to overcome, 
 even in the high tension cables with the thicker covering, but by 
 the special materials used, and machinery and methods designed 
 and built by us for this purpose, we have successfully met the 
 problem in such cables, as is testified by the Electrician and 
 cable superintendent of one of the largest electric light com- 
 panies in the United States, who says that our paper cable is su- 
 perior to all othe:s in flexibility, and high breaking down 
 point. Our paper cables with $ inch insulation, have withstood 
 breaking down strain of 18.000 volts, which was the limit of our 
 converter capacity. . 
 
 For alternating current service, where high electrostatic ca- 
 pacities are objectionable, because they mean waste at the coal 
 pile, due to increased loss by self induction, paper or yarn 
 should always be used as the insulating medium for under- 
 ground cable, since their specific inductive capacity is far below 
 (about one-half) that of rubber or gutta percha. ¥ 
 
 Pressure wires are used in low pressure direct current light- 
 ing, to indicate and regulate at the station, the pressure existing 
 at outlying points. A No. l4or 16 insulated pressure wire can 
 be easily laid into the outer layer of the Stranded cable con- 
 ductor. s ; 
 
 Our Duplex (two wire) Flat Cable (Fig. 4, page 26) is particu- 
 larly adapted for alternating current circuits, as will be seen 
 from the following letter of the well-known electrician, Mr. E. 
 G. Acheson, and we submit it without further comment : 
 
 “PITTSBURGH, PA., May 13th, 1889 
 “‘To The United States Illuminating Company, 
 *“*No. 59 Liberty Street, 
 “New York City, N. Y. 
 **Gentlemen : 
 “Your favor of the rth inst., requesting an expression of opinion on the 
 
 84 
 
 ” 
 
merits of the double conductor or ‘‘duplex”’ cable, for use with alternating currents 
 has been duly received. y 
 
 “The advantages of this design or arrangement of conductors are so numerous 
 and pronounced, that mat opinion cannot be other than decidedly in favor of its 
 use, and more particularly so for all lines of any considerable length. 
 
 “Its use entails no increase in the cost of construction of an electric light 
 lant, excepting, perhaps, in the interior of houses, where, owing to the short 
 engths, the single conductor could be used with greater ease and probably equal 
 
 efficiency and safety. 
 
 “Some of the advantages of the ‘‘duplex”’ cable that are worthy of special note 
 and which in themselves are sufficient in importance to reguwzre the use of this 
 design are: 
 
 “1st. Non-interference with neighboring and parallel circuits. _This, 
 you will see, is a feature of paramount importance when considering the effect of 
 electric fight currents upon telephone circuits. 
 
 ‘tod. The absence of danger and annoyance to workmen and others, when 
 handling the cable while the current ts on- 
 
 “I can make this more plain by explaining that when the two sides or legs of 
 an alternating circuit are in separate cables ee is a constant play or flow of 
 electricity between the cables. This electricity is not current that has ‘‘leaked’’ 
 through the insulation, but is static or induced electricity that oscillates with each 
 alternation of the main current. This oscillating charge is not only annoying to 
 any one touching the cable, but it may be the cause of eating away the lead and 
 destroying the cables. By putting both of tne conductors under one lead cover 
 this trouble and possible cause of tailure is absolutely avoided. 
 
 “3d. Decreased liability to disruptive discharges. 
 
 “This point can be made more clear by explaining that as the result of a long 
 and careful series of experiments, I found that the major portion of the burn-outs 
 that occurred on the earlier underground cables used for arc lighting, were due to 
 disruptive discharges through the insulation. These would occur through the 
 insulations that were perfect, in so far as their resistance to leakage was concerned. 
 It was also found that the capacity of the cable played a very important part in 
 determining the distance through which the discharge would occur. 
 
 “This led to the designing and manufacturing of a special device which I 
 have called a ‘‘Protector’’ which acted, as its name indicates, as a protector to the 
 cable. In use itis mounted on the terminals of the lead covering and affords a 
 
 ath for the static discharge. It is, of course, obvious that the same security and 
 immunity from these disruptive discharges may be obtained by decreasing the 
 ‘static capacity’ of the cable and this may be accomplished either by increasing 
 the thickness of the insulating material in the cable, or by the more scientific, easy 
 and cheaper method of placing both of the conductors under one lead covering. 
 
 “Yours respectfully, 
 P ‘s “E, G. ACHESON, Electrician.” 
 
 SELF-INDUCTION. 
 
 The following is the result of some tests to find the amount 
 of self-induction in cables laid in a three inch iron duct, made by 
 Mr. Fred. Darlington, Electrician of the U. S. Illuminating 
 Company in New York City. 
 
 wo circuits were chosen, viz: 
 
 No.1. The Outgoing and returning cables in the same 3” 
 Iron Duct. 
 
 No.2. The Outgoing and returning cables in separate ducts. 
 
 Total length of cable in each circuit, 8,800 feet. 
 
 An alternating current of 16,000 alternations per minute was 
 
 used. 
 Tests on Circuit No. f. 
 
 RESISCANCE...ccssssccscsccscsccccerscceenscseasssccseeseeaesees sesecsees 2.4 ohms. 
 
 35.0 Amperes. 
 
 Alternating Current........ Bel receee te anescesesscvecccsesacasce 
 FE. M. F. on Cable............... lara fs pe oe tn Salta 102.0: VOLES: 
 Volts lost in ohm resistance (calculated) .........+++ 84.0 re 
 Volts lost from self-induction .......... Fe re ae hee tet, 
 
 Loss due to self-induction per ampere per 1000 ft. 
 Of cable (Calculated).....cceseerssrreereserereeeeaseeees .06 Ҥ 
 
 Tests on Circuit No. 2. 
 
 RESIStANCE..ccccsssssccccscscccsccsssssrssssseseccsssscscoserenessaaares 2.31:ohms. 
 Alternating Current....cccssecereerreerees ee aint eee a) OA I DCTS: 
 E. M. FE. 01 Cable......scssscsssssecerseeeeeees Wishes ede VOUS: 
 Volts lost on ohm resistance (calculated)..... yoehisks! OO.Slepait 
 Volts lost from self-induction .............:-s0+ Milt . 56.1 a 
 Loss due to self-induction per ampere per 000 ft. 
 
 Of cable (Calculated).....eseccereeenrerreetterer rene rie 21 Dice 
 
 From these results it is at once apparent that when alterna- 
 ting currents are used, the outgoing and returning cables should 
 be in the same duct, and this is exactly what theory would 
 
 suggest. 
 Moreover, following up this confirmation of theory by prac- 
 
 tical experiments, we at once come to the best form of cable for 
 alternating currents, viz: 
 
 _ Duplex Cables, for in them we have the outgoing and return- 
 ing conductors placed at a minimum distance apart, and hence 
 the best conditions for economy. 
 
 85 
 
Duplex Cables (as well as other flat cables shown in our 
 Waring Anti-Induction and Bunched Cable price lists) are 
 thoroughly covered by Letters Patent owned exclusively by 
 the Standard Underground Cable Company, one of the claims 
 reading as follows: “An Electric Cable composed of a series 
 of insulated wires in the same plane and inclosed by a 
 close-fitting flat flexible lead pipe;’’ and the special marking 
 feature to distinguish between conductors in the same cable, or 
 between several cables drawn into the same duct, is also covered by 
 Letters Patent owned by this company; but we do not take 
 advantage of these facts or of the superior electrical properties of 
 this form of cable to add a fictitious or arbitrary amount to its 
 price; the price is exactly the same as we would charge fer two 
 single wire cables having the same conductor and insulation. 
 
 What has just been said of the superiority of Duplex Cables 
 over Single Conductor Cables is also true of the Conner Multiple 
 Electric Light Cable (see Fig. 8), which possesses the additional 
 advantage of combining the maximum number of conductors 
 under one cover for a duct of any given size, and this, in some 
 localities, is an important consideration. Another important 
 feature is that the conductors are flat in form (whether composed 
 of a number of small strands laid side by side, or of a flat rib- 
 bon, or series of such ribbons superposed upon each other), and 
 they therefore conform to the requirements of the perfect con- 
 ductor for alternating currents, as determined experimentally 
 and mathematically,’ by Prof. Hughes and Sir W. Thomson 
 whose labors in this field of research were presented by Prof. 
 Hughes in his Presidential Address to the Society of Tel. Eng., 
 Jan. 28th, 1886, and by Sir W. Thomson in his Presidential 
 Address to the Institution of Elec. Eng., Jan 10th, 1889. 
 
 Prof. Hughes shows that a ribbon conductor is much superior 
 to a cylindrical one for carrying currents of rapidly changing 
 value, while Sir W. Thomson shows that the greater portion of 
 such currents is carried on or near the surface of the conduc- 
 tors, and that a form having a large superficial area is best suited 
 for these changing or alternating currents. 
 
 We ate prepared to furnish concentric cables if desired 
 though they are not much used in this country because the du- 
 plex cable offers practically the same electrical advantages and 
 is easier to splice, branch off, etc. 
 
 In our cables, all conductors smaller than No. 8B. and S. G, 
 consist of a single solid wire, except in Multiple Cables, in which 
 even so small a conductor as No. 8 B. and S.'G. may be made up 
 of fine strands for the sake of greater flexibility. When desired 
 a number of electric light conductors can be bunched together 
 and placed in one common sheath or lead cover (Fig. 6, page 27), 
 and in this connection we commend particularly the Connor 
 Cable (Fig. 7, page 27) to companies whose duct space is limited, 
 or who are required to pay a high rental per duct, as by using 
 this cable—say the four conductor—a great economy of space is 
 secured and with vastly diminished danger of injury in placing 
 the same, as compared with the same number of conductors in 
 single wire cables. 
 
 Our Electric Light and Power Cables are extensively used by 
 Street Railway Companies of Philadelphia, Boston, Rochester, 
 Buffalo, Cleveland, Toledo, Chicago, and elsewhere, and by Elec- 
 tric Light Companies of the cities named, and of Washington, 
 Baltimore, New York, Pittsburgh, Indianapolis, Milwaukee, 
 Detroit, Minneapolis, and many other cities. In some of these 
 the entire systems are of cables made and laid by us, and the ag- 
 gregate of our cables of this class in successful use for various 
 periods up to twelve years is several thousand miles, and at 
 working pressures ranging from 50 to 7000 volts. The largest 
 equipment of underground feeder cables for Electric Railway 
 service ever installed was by us for a Company in Philadelphia, 
 the work covering a period of three years and amounting to ap- 
 proximately one million dollars. The largest installation of 
 underground cables for electric lighting is probably that of a 
 Company in New York City, and the larger part of this was fur- 
 nished by us beginning in 1888 and continuing yearly down to 
 the present time. 
 
 In an article on ‘‘ Wires and Cables’ in the Elec/rical World 
 of Nov. 28, 1896, the author, Mr. J. Draper Bishop, says: 
 
 ‘“ These considerations would seem to point to a combination 
 cable, composed of a dry paper core with rubber compound 
 sheathing, enclosed in the usuallead pipe. At first sight such a 
 cable would seem to be one of perfect design, and nothing in 
 past experience has appeared to justify the slightest doubt of its 
 success.”’ 
 
 86 
 
This method of making cables (whether the core be ‘‘dry”’ or 
 saturated) was patented by us on March 17, 1891, and prices will 
 be quoted on application. 
 
 SUBMARINE CABLES. 
 (See Price List on. page 32). 
 
 Where long lines of cable are to be laid under water, it is 
 perhaps best to use conductors insulated with rubber, so that in 
 case the protective covering should be broken or cut, the insula- 
 tion of the wires will still exclude moisture for a considerable 
 period of time. Weare prepared to furnish Submarine Cables, 
 containing conductors insulated with our high grade rubber 
 compound, and well protected by heavy jute serving, (see fig. 23) 
 and by a suitable size of galvanized iron wire ; these will be fur- 
 nished in any lengths desired. It is impossible to formulate 
 definite price lists or discounts for such cables, but we will at any 
 time, be pleased to furnish an estimate on receipt of specifica- 
 tions. 
 
 For all ordinary short lines see last paragraph page 82. For 
 working directions see page 117. 
 
 LENGTH OF CABLES. 
 
 For convenience in transportation and laying, the length of 
 cable should be as far as possible within the following approxi- 
 mate commercial lengths per reel, viz: 1 to 3 wires, No. 10 to 22 
 B. & S. G., 2,000 to 3,000 feet ; No. 4 to 9, 1,500 feet ; No. 4-0 to 8, 
 1.200 feet ; larger sizes 600 to 1,000 feet; Anti-duction cables 
 (page 28) 1,200 to 1,500 feet ; Bunched cables 20 wires or less, 1,500 
 to ae feet ; 100 to 21 wires, 800 to 1,500 feet ; over 100 wires, 500 
 to Cet. 
 
 It is, of course, possible to furnish these cables in any lengths 
 desired, but it will be found more economical to make splices 
 when the cables are being laid, and to increase the number of 
 manholes in an underground conduit system, rather than in- 
 crease the length of the cables; especially long lengths require 
 the construction of specially large and strong reels at extra 
 expense to the purchaser, and far more than proportionately 
 increase the difficulty and expense. 
 
 DIAMETER OF CABLE. 
 
 Viewed from a mechanical standpoint a cable 2 to 24% inches 
 in diameter including the lead cover, is the largest that should 
 be used, as the larger the cable the greater the danger of the lead 
 cover buckling and breaking when bent. Anything larger would 
 be so heavy as to greatly increase the difficulties of handling and 
 drawing into the conduits. The diameter of the duct should 
 exceed that of the cable by a full, clear half-inch and a margin 
 of three-fourths to one inch is strongly advised. 
 
 FLEXIBILTY. 
 
 Our cables are all flexible, as we use only the purest soft cop- 
 per and lead; they can, therefore, be easily and quickly handled, 
 will pack in small compass and are not liable to injury from the 
 settling of the earth due to frost or other causes. 
 
 The cables of the Standard Underground Cable Company are 
 ne longer in the experimental stage; they have been thoroughly 
 tested under every possible condition, for upwards of 12 years 
 and have, during that time, thoroughly demonstrated their 
 efficiency. 
 
 To summarize: 
 
 WE CLAIM FOR OUR CABLES. 
 
 First~High Insulation with low specific inductive and elee 
 éro-static capacity. 
 
 Second—Greatest possible freedom from induction. 
 
 Third—Greatest facility of branching and looping. 
 
 Fourth—Ease and rapidity of laying underground. 
 
 Fifth—Compactness and flexibility. 
 
 Sixth—Durability and freedom from interruption. 
 
 Seventh—The mechanical protection afforded by the lead 
 cover. 
 
 Eighth—Perfect mechanical construction. 
 
 Ninth—They have stood the test of time. 
 
 87 
 
TERMINALS IN LAMP POSTS AND 
 TESTING STATIONS. 
 
 Fire and Police Telegraph Service. 
 
 In certain classes of underground work, notably 
 for Fire and Police Departments, it is necessary to 
 branch off from the main subways to alarm and patrol 
 boxes, usually located in the sidewalk at street inter- 
 sections. In such cases, subsidiary ducts are provided 
 from the main subways to the lamp post, patrol box 
 or testing station into which the subsidiary cables are 
 drawn, the latter being provided with tubular termi- 
 nals on the end adjacent to the instrument in the 
 manner hereinafter described. 
 
 Figure 46 shows a combination post known as 
 No. 3, in the New York City work; 1 is the post to 
 which the subsidiary conduit extends, and through 
 which the cables reach the test box 2 from where the 
 necessary conductors are passed up into the alarm 
 box 3, to the instruments located therein. If it is de- 
 sired to bring to such post or box only the number of 
 wires necessary to serve the instrument located there- 
 in, a branch cable containing the necessary conductors 
 is placed into the subsidiary duct and is provided with 
 a terminal on the end next the instrument while the 
 other end is spliced into the main cable in the main 
 subway, but if it is desired to establish a testing 
 station in such box or boxes (and this is preferred by 
 the principal fire departments in the 
 United States) the main cable isbrought Fig. 46. 
 from subway through the subsidiary conduit 
 into the post or box, as illustrated in Figure 
 47, showing a special post known as No. 6, in the 
 
 box in which the cables terminate, 4 the subsidi- 
 ary duct, 5 and 6 the incoming and outgoing 
 main cable, 7 the terminals on cables, 8 the con- 
 necting wires between terminals, 9 the main 
 =!) line manhole, and 10 the lid or door of the test 
 : box. This involves the use of a little more 
 cable but it saves a joint in the main line man- 
 hole and affords an easy means of dividing a 
 given cable into approximately small sections 
 and testing each section separately, either for 
 insulation, to locate faults, or to change circuits, 
 etc , without opening or entering the manholes 
 or subways. Such conductors as do not serve 
 instruments in the testing station or box are 
 bridged directly a- 
 cross from the termi- 
 nal on the incoming 
 cable to that on the 
 outgoing cable, by a 
 short piece of mois- 
 ture-proof or rubber 
 covered wire. Care 
 must be taken that 
 the two heads are so 
 placed and_ secured 
 Fig. 47. that they cannot ac- 
 cidentally come in contact with each other, and produce crosses, 
 etc. 
 
 pen ae 
 
 peta 
 
 fitters 
 
 TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC CABLES. 
 
 (For Price Lists see pages 33 and 34.) 
 
 A cable terminal is a case or shell into which the end of an 
 electric cable is brought either for connection to another cable, 
 to overhead lines, or to house lines, extending thence to the de- 
 vices (such as telephones, are or incandescent lamps, etc.,) to be 
 actuated by the electric current. f . 
 
 To facilitate these connections, and especially if the cables 
 contain many and comparatively smail conductors, as in tele- 
 phone and telegraph service, the terminal is usually provided 
 
 88 
 
 New ‘York City work, 1 being the post, 2 the test — 
 
with binding screws or posts, extending through its walls, to 
 which the conductors of the cable are firmly secured in such a 
 manner as to remain undisturbed when connections are made 
 thence to other conductors. A convenient point of access is thus 
 established for changing circuits or testing the separate parts 
 thereof if faults appear, etc. : 
 
 No matter how perfect an electric cable may be in construc- 
 tion or insulation, if its ends are not properly protected against 
 moisture, its efficiency will soon be seriously impaired; therefore 
 it is a common practice to place terminals on the ends of the 
 cables. Where cable terminals are exposed to weather, as on 
 poles or on houses or in damp basements, cellars or tunnels, they 
 should be placed in a weather tight box asa still further protec- 
 tion against moisture and mechanical interruption. For inside 
 work where there is little or no moisture present—as in dry cel- 
 lars or basements—the box can be dispensed with and the term1- 
 nals alone used. 
 
 Terminals have heretofore been in such form as to occupy 
 large and sometimes valuable space, and have for the same 
 reason, been quite expensive; they have consisted of an enlarged 
 head, from five to ten times the cross-sectional area of the cable 
 itself, with a contracted portion adapted to fit more or less 
 closely around the cable, and generally connected to the cable 
 by a wiped joint. d 
 
 A much simpler, smaller and cheaper terminal has been de- 
 vised by our engineers in the 
 
 TUBULAR TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC CABLES, 
 (Patented December 29th, 1896.) 
 
 illustrated in these pages, and the fact that more than 2,000 of 
 them have gone into use in the last four years for fire alarm, 
 telegraph and telephone service, and from four to five hundred 
 for electric light service, proves their value in the eyes of practi- 
 cal men 
 
 The object sought and attained is to provide a terminal 
 whose internal cross-sectional dimensions and shape are the 
 same as the corresponding external dimensions and shape of the 
 cable to which it is to be applied, so that the terminal may 
 closely hug the cable, thus making a tight joint between the two 
 and occupying but little more space than the cable itself. 
 
 Referring to figures 27a and 27b, the shell or case 1 is made 
 of sufficient length to provide a proper bearing upon the cable 
 and sufficient space for the proper distribution of the conductors 
 2 to their binding posts 4. 
 
 For convenience in applying the terminal to telephone and 
 telegraph cables and connecting the wires to the binding posts, 
 pe shell or case is divided longitudinally into two parts as 
 shown. 
 
 If desired, the number of each wire may be stamped in the 
 rubber under each binding post (for which an extra charge will 
 be made), but the number of any wire or post may always be 
 known by calling the first post of the left hand row ‘‘No. 1’ and 
 counting down each row in succession. 
 
 For a special application to Fire and Police telegraph system 
 see opposite page. 
 
 CAUTION. 
 
 Any material may be broken if not handled with due care. 
 
 Do not screw up the binding posts so tight as to strip the 
 threads or break the head. The screws are so proportioned as 
 to give a tight and solid contact on the sizes of wire for which 
 they are intended ,and an over-exertion of strength is unneces- 
 sary and does not make better contact. In filling terminals be 
 careful to have Ozite hot enough so as not to congeal before 
 reaching the bottom, and not so hot as to melt the hard rubber. 
 
 Screw the sides together tight to prevent Ozite from oozing 
 out, and if necessary insert one or more layers of tape to act as 
 agasket. This latter precaution is unnecessary if terminals are 
 ordered to fit the cables. If these precautions are observed, 
 these terminals will be found absolutely satisfactory in every 
 respect and present the special advantage of being smaller than 
 any other terminal made. 
 
 Our Degenhardt Hard Rubber Terminals, (see page 34) con- 
 sist of a hard wood top A, back B and front, the two sides D 
 being usually constructed of hard rubber in which are mounted 
 the binding posts C, by means of which a moisture-proof con- 
 
 89 
 
nectiort is established between the underground cable conductors 
 J and the outside wires K; the bottom of this terminal consists 
 of a metal casting or nipple E, so constructed that when the 
 clamp F is closed upon the nipple it grips the cable firmly; after 
 replacing the front of the terminal the entire mass of wires can 
 be completely covered with insulating compound to give still 
 further immunity against moisture. This is an efficient and 
 convenient form of telephone and telegraph terminal but occu- 
 pies more room and is more expensive than the tubular form. 
 
 A special form of terminal or cable head employed by some 
 telephone companies, consists of two iron castings, one a rectan- 
 gular box; the other the cover, which is secured to the sides of 
 the box by machine screws, and bearing upon-a rubber or lead 
 gasket ; a suitable number of holes is tapped through the sides 
 of this box and hard rubber bushings are seated therein, while 
 in the bushings themselves are mounted brass binding posts 
 through which the wire connections are made; the posts being 
 numbered. This form of terminal is very substantial, but is also 
 far more expensive than the ordinary hard rubber terminal. We 
 are prepared to quote prices on these when required. 
 
 In telegraphing an order for iron terminals use the code 
 word under the head of hard rubber terminals (page 84) corres- 
 ponding with the number of wires the terminal is to contain, 
 but follow it by the code word “ Poutiness.”’ 
 
 TUBULAR TERMINALS FOR ELECTRIC 
 
 LIGHT AND POWER CABLES. 
 
 FoF Figure 48 illustrates a tubular hard rubber 
 
 rc terminal for single wire electric light or feeder 
 cables, either in a junction box or in a water 
 tight pole box. A is the lead cover of the cable, 
 B the insulation, C the cable conductor, D the 
 binding post having at its lower end an opening 
 to receive the conductor C, and at its upper end 
 areduced screw threaded portion passing through 
 an opening in a connector EK, good contact being 
 
 the hard rubber tube, and Jisitscap. ‘The con- 
 nector K may be either a flat bar, like Ain fig. 
 84, or like K. Kz, or K2. in fig. 49, or the conical 
 connectors M,N, of fig. 26, according to circum- 
 stances. 
 
 The tube may be of lead, in which case it can 
 be secured to the lead sheath A by a solder wipe. 
 
 For duplex cables, the tube is flat (see fig. 
 d 276) conforming closely to the size and shape of 
 
 Fig. 48. the cable, and preferably closed at the top, (al- 
 though we may furnish open tubes with double caps, in which 
 case the cap is treated exactly like that of a single wire termi- 
 nal). This closed tube will be provided with a hole G, through 
 which to pour the melted compound after the terminal is in posi- 
 tion on the cable and two holes H H which can be enlarged if 
 necessary, to fit snugly the insulated wires F F. 
 
 ACHESON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND RAIL- 
 WAY TERMINAL. 
 
 The terminal shown on page 83 is well adapted for the pur-- 
 
 poses there indicated and the several parts are there described. 
 It does not require enclosing ina weather-tight box. It can be 
 mounted on the side of a house or pole by means of an iron 
 bracket which we supply if desired, but in case the cables come 
 to the surface through a hollow pole, the terminal is mounted 
 directly on top of the pole, as shown; the legs of the spider S are 
 so arranged as to leavea good ventilating space for the escape of 
 gases from the conduit system. The tap connector M and cone 
 N are designed to give large bearing or contact surface and so 
 reduce the resistance to the minimum and yet have a readily 
 separable connection to cut out the overhead lines when desired. 
 Instead of a hard rubber terminal, a lead cup W is wiped onto 
 the lead cover, because the cup must to some extent support the 
 cable in the pole. The hard rubber cap E insulates the conduc- 
 tor from the lead. The metal cover is doubie, the space between 
 
 90 
 
 secured by thumb nut F, and lock nut G. H is- 
 
being filled with a powdered non-heat-conducting material, 
 whereby condensation is practically obviated, an important con- 
 sideration in a device like this. 
 
 For working directions as to any of these Terminals see 
 pages 182 to 135. 
 
 UNDERGROUND TROLLEY TERMINALS 
 AND CONNECTORS. 
 
 These were patented April 28, 1896. 
 They are especially designed for, and val- 
 uable in connection with, underground 
 trolley lines. They afford a simple and 
 efficient means for connecting and discon- 
 necting feeder cables or branches to and 
 from a trolley line, and of protecting the 
 cable at such point against moisture, if 
 fiber insulated, or against acids, gases and 
 atmospheric disintegration if rubber or 
 gutta percha insulated. The terminals 
 heretofore described. besides lacking in 
 strength for underground use, would be 
 ruined in a trolley conduit in case of sub- 
 mersion, while the ordinary junction box 
 would be too large to be admissable in 
 such a structure, even if it were adapted 
 to the purpose as it isnot. Figure 49 il- 
 lustrates the simplest form of this termi- Fig. 49. 
 nal or connector. The parts A BC DE 
 Fand Gcorrespond with similarly lettered parts of fig. 48. Ez 
 is a form of connector used when the branch or trolley tap K, 
 provided with the insulation M, runs in the same direction as 
 the cable, and it is not convenient or possible to use form E and 
 bend the wire itself at a right angle. Ez isa gpecial form of 
 connector which is separable from the trolley line N, and from 
 the binding post D. In this construction E2 is of a forked form 
 " suitable to engagea ‘‘T’’ or “I,” rail forming the trolley conduc- 
 tor. The forks are preferably inclined, and a wedged shaped 
 conductor web, Nz, is used, or the web is filed to that shape at 
 the connecting points, the two being drawn together by screws, 
 P, in the connector, entering the thin edge of the wedge. A 
 large and good contact surface is thus assured. Connector Ez 
 can also be made integral with the post D, as 
 shown at Dand Dz in fig. 49A. H isa mass of 
 molded mica compound or other moldable insu- 
 lating material possessing the qualities of mica 
 “p compound, namely, insoluble in water, unaffected 
 
 H by high or low temperatures, and strong enough 
 to endure any strain likely to occur in under- 
 ground work. The well-known mica strain or 
 span insulators, are a good illustration of these 
 g qualities of mica compound, and of the reliability 
 
 of our underground terminals. The compound 
 F is molded directly about the cable sheath, insu- 
 
 lated conductor, and binding post D (fig. 49) or 
 
 the shank Dz of conductor Din fig. 49A. The 
 —£ cable conductor and the trolley taps are secured 
 to the post and connector by screws P, or they are 
 soldered, or both expedients may be used, 
 
 If preferred, the branch cables can be cut to 
 : the proper length, and the terminal ends pre- 
 
 Fig.49A. pared complete at the factory before shipment, or 
 . : a plan similar to that of fig. 49 A may be adopted, 
 in which A B and C are the lead sheath, insulation, and the 
 cable conductor, D is the clamp or connector having a shank Dv. 
 (This may also be simply the post D of fig. 49). The end of the 
 cable sheath has securely soldered to it a metal tube EK, on 
 which is molded a mica compound sleeve F, which is screw 
 threaded on the outside to receive a metal gland G screwed 
 thereon. The shank Dz is also provided with a sleeve # of 
 molded mica compound, on to which the metal gland also 
 sctews, this sleeve H being provided with a shoulder J, against 
 which is seated a rubber gasket K, which receives the end of the 
 metal gland G when the connection is completed. 
 
 91 
 
 1V/ 
 
 ee 
 
 Z 
 Sood 
 
 SPY LEEs 
 
 Mazz 
 SSS 
 
 Ress 
 
LIGHTNING ARRESTERS FOR TELE- 
 PHONE AND TELEGRAPH CIRCUITS. 
 
 The style shown in fig. 49 Bisa 
 simple and inexpensive form of 
 strong current lightning arrester. 
 A, is wood, hard rubber, or slate 
 base, on which are fastened strips 
 of brass or copper B, on which 
 are mounted binding posts C. 
 The wire from the cable or over- 
 head line is fastened by nut D to 
 post C, and current passes by plate 
 B, post F, fuse E, post F, and 
 ane plate to post G, to which is fast- 
 
 Fig. 49 B. ened the wire leading to switch- 
 board or underground cable. ‘the 
 brass plate H is separated from the other plates by asmall air 
 gap, shown in cut, and by the post J itisconnected to earth. A 
 heavy current on the line melts fuse EK, and this saves the cable 
 or switchboard, and lightning will jump the air gap and thus 
 pass to earth, in preference to following the path of cable or 
 other high inductive circuit. 
 
 See page 136 for working directions and page 182 for position 
 in pole box. 
 
 Our special High Class Arresters shown in fig. 49C have been 
 designed for cases where the utmost certainty of action is desired 
 without Special regard tocost. They are much more expensive 
 than the other style, and prices will be quoted on application on 
 any combination of box, terminal and arresters required. 
 
 A is the pole box which varies in size according to the 
 number of devices to be accommodated. B isa cast iron termi- 
 nal having a single row of binding posts C, mounted in hard 
 tubber bushings D,in each side of the terminal. Brass strips 
 are placed on the sides of the terminal, and have stamped on 
 them opposite each binding post, the number of the post or cir- 
 cuit. Spring clips E, are attached to the binding posts, and 
 serve to connect the posts to the fuse wires, which are enclosed 
 in a thick gauge-glass tube F, shown on an enlarged scale. 
 Caps G—Gy, having short threads tapped on each end, are firmly 
 cemented to the tube. Atthe lower end of the tube is fastened 
 a long hollow nut H, which holds firmly the lower clip J, and 
 projects far enough to receive a brass screw plug K, intoit. The 
 fuse wire is soldered to a small washer, L, which is placed in the 
 nut H, and pressed against the metal cap Gz by the screw plug 
 Kk, the other end of the fuse is soldered to the metal cap G. The 
 
 lightning arrester, also 
 shown on an enlarged scale, 
 Hi] is also mounted on a base, 
 
 = M, and consists of two car- 
 oe ty bon cylinders, N—Nz which 
 Fig. 49C. are separated by a perforated 
 
 strip of thin mica. One of these cylinders is connected to the 
 ground plate, O, by brass post D, and the other to the wire Q. 
 The cylinders are so mounted in the ‘‘U” shaped support, R, as 
 
 92 
 
to permit of their being rotated, thus exposing new surfaces in 
 case the carbon becomes badly burnt at any point. They can 
 also be easily slipped out and replaced by new cylinders, but this 
 would rarely be necessary. The post Q, holds the wire leading 
 to house or pole lines, or to the cross connecting board $, which 
 
 ‘latter is frequently dispensed with and is generally only used at 
 the house end of acable. It is so constructed that each line can 
 be tested rapidly, connected to ground, or to any other line on 
 the board, by means of a flexible cord T, with plug ‘‘U”’. 
 
 LIGHTNING ARRESTERS FOR BLECTRIC 
 
 LIGHT AND POWER CIRCUITS. 
 
 The Wurt’s Arrester, made by the 
 Westinghouse Electric and Manufac- 
 turing Company, is the simplest, 
 cheapest, and most efficient lightning 
 arrester on the market for such circuits. 
 
 Figures 49 D, and 49H, represent the 
 Wurt’s ‘““Non-Arcing’’ metal lightning 
 
 _atresters for station and line use respec- 
 tively. They consist simply of seven cyl- 
 42 - inders 
 
 lin diameter, and three inches 
 J long, mounted side by side 
 fand separated from one an- 
 other by ¢& of an inch. Each 
 cylinder may be individually 
 rotated on its axis. 
 
 The. cen- 
 tral cylin- 
 
 Fio. 49 B. der is con- 
 
 cafes nected to 
 
 ground and the two outside ones to the two 
 
 legs of the circuits. These arresters are for 
 
 use only on alternating circuits, and the 
 
 character of the metal used is such that a fm 
 
 lightning or other static discharge is instan- 
 
 taneous and is not followed by any arc what- | 
 ever. 
 
 Figure 49 F showsa “non-arcing”’ railway 
 arrester for station use, and fig. 49G, the same 
 arrester adapted for caror line use. Fig.49H 
 is an arrester for direct current arc circuits, 
 Station Type; 
 These latter ar- j 
 resters consist es- 
 sentially of a 
 spark gap, joined 
 by a non-induc- 
 tive high resist- 
 
 ance! sinade of 
 t i 2 harned. wood 
 SLUT A e conducting : 
 
 TG i film of charred Fig. 9G. 
 HR wood seems to act as a wedge through 
 i orn the dielectric and over this the dis- 
 
 charge passes disruptively to earth. 
 
 A cover placed on 
 
 the arrangement 
 
 as shown, acts as 
 
 a suppressor of 
 
 Fig. 49 F. any conducting 
 
 vapor which 
 
 might tend to prolong the arc. These ar- 
 
 resters suffer but slight damage from re- 
 peated discharges. 
 
 The line arresters should be placed at 
 frequent intervals along the overhead lines, 
 as experiment and practice show that dis- 
 charges may occur at various points which 
 cannot be predetermined ; hence the more : 
 arresters on the line the more certain is the Fig. 49 H. 
 protection. 
 
 93 
 
 {TRUH 4) Hn } 
 ae 
 
AERIAL CABLE AND CABLE HANGERS. 
 
 (For Price List see page 35.) 
 
 Aerial cables are destined for a long time to bean important 
 feature in the construction of telegraph and telephone lines in 
 cities or parts of cities where overhead construction of some 
 kind is still permitted. 
 
 Aerial cables represent a long advance over the ordinary 
 overhead construction, for instead of, say, 50 to 100 single iron 
 or copper wires attached to as many insulators on a large 
 number of cross arms at each pole, all the wires are grouped to- 
 gether ina single cable one to two inches in diameter, neatly 
 suspended at intervals of 24 to 36 inches to a slender but strong 
 wire or steel cable which is firmly secured to the poles. 
 
 In streetrailway and electric light service, in many cases, in- | 
 
 stead of a large number of medium size feeders, say No. 0 to 
 6000 B. & S. G. attached to insulators at each pole, a few feeders 
 of extra large size (we have furnished them as large as 850000 
 circular mils) can be substituted, thus obviating multiplicity of 
 overhead wires and avoiding, to some extent, public criticism 
 and objection. These large feeders, owing to their great weight, 
 are usually supported in the same way as are telephone and tele- 
 graph cables. 
 
 The little device by which cables are attached to suspending 
 Wires as in the cases above mentioned, is known as 
 
 A CABLE HANGER 
 
 and the cable hanger which can be most readily attached to and 
 detached from the cables and the suspending wire az wii], and 
 which is not easily detached from either dy accident, must com- 
 mend itself to the favor of thoughtful, practical men, if at the 
 same time it offers no injury to the cable, can be removed with- 
 out injury to itself, and is no more expensive than other 
 hangers. 
 
 A cable hanger which meets all the essential requirements, 
 and which has been in general and extended use in vast quanti- 
 ties since we first put it on the market in 1890, is the invention 
 of Wm. A. Conner, General Superintendent of our Manufac- 
 turing Department, and is known as our 
 
 ONE PIECE MALLEABLE IRON CABLE 
 HANGER. 
 
 Patented February 4, 1890. 
 
 This is the simplest 
 hanger on the market 
 today, being complete 
 in one piece. It is 
 made of the best mal- 
 leable iron so as to 
 give the greatest duc- 
 tility consistent with 
 sufficient strength to 
 
 Fig. 491. support the cables 
 
 without opening by 
 
 their weights. They are easily and quickly applied or removed 
 by the special tongs furnished by us. The inner edges of the 
 broad band 3 (see fig. 49 I) are beveled so as toavoidall danger of 
 cutting the cable, which is gripped so firmly that it cannot turn 
 
 ot chafe in the hanger, all movement taking place between the © 
 
 tound hook 1 and the suspension wire 2. In ordering give di- 
 ameter of the cable to which the hanger is to be applied. 
 
 These cable hangers are also well adapted for supporting 
 
 cables around the sides of manholes, in which case staples, 
 driven into the wall at suitable intervals, are substituted in lieu 
 of line wire. 
 
 Where an extra good piece of construction is desired and ! 
 the slight additional expense is no object, we advise placing a — 
 
 piece of sheet lead, say js inch thick, or a piece of leather or 
 rubber hose, around the cable at the point where the hanger is 
 to be applied ; but if this is to be done, the additional thickness 
 must be allowed for in ordering the hangers, In ordering refer 
 to stock numbers in price list to designate size desired; each 
 hanger bears its stock number. 
 
 For working directions see page 135. 
 
 94 
 
 ; 
 iy 
 ; 
 
 y 
 aS 
 
Another form of patented cable hanger offered by us, and 
 which presents the desirable characteristics of a good hanger, is 
 
 THE ECONOMIC CABLE HANGER. 
 
 Figure 49 J is a prospective front 
 view of the hook and the base, show- 
 ing the four passages through which 
 the hanger-wire was threaded. 
 
 The hook a is adapted to rest 
 upon the suspending wire and is 
 mdde of malleable iron. The link 
 k is secured in the hole through 
 the end of the hook a and prevents 
 accidental disengagement; this, 
 however, is of such rare occurrence 
 even with small and light cables 
 (and mever occurs with heavy or 
 moderately heavy cables,) that, un- 
 less specially desired, the hangers 
 will be made without the link. 
 
 The hook aand base 6 are made 
 in one piece and the lower surface 
 of the base is concave in form. 
 Four passages dd and ee are 
 
 Fig. 49 J provided through the base of the 
 
 4 ; hanger to receive the hanger-wireg 
 
 and the base is beveled on both sides from its centre toward its 
 
 outer and lower parts, so that the hanger-wire may readily take 
 
 the same curvature as the cable and thus prevent any abrupt 
 
 change of direction or sharp bends. It will be seen from this 
 
 that the hanger is adapted for cable of any size, so that the 
 
 necessity of carrying in stock a large assortment of sizes is 
 entirely avoided. 
 
 The face c has a longitudinal boss or projection 7 to prevent 
 the hanger-wire from slipping or buckling up out of its proper 
 position when the ends are threaded through the holes ee. 
 
 For working directions see page 186. 
 
 JUNCTION BOXES. 
 
 (For Price List see page 37.) 
 
 A junction or joint box is a device affording easy and quick 
 access to the conductors of one or more cables for connecting, 
 disconnecting, cross-connecting, and testing the same; in other 
 words, it is an accessible and separable joint. Great multiplicity 
 of junction boxes is not advised, but a reasonable number judi- 
 ciously distributed will be found advantageots in the operation 
 of electric light and street railway systems, where so many per- 
 sons are dependent upon the same circuit for light, power or 
 transportation, and where consequently the quick locating and 
 cutting out of a defective portion of the system is of vital 
 importance. 
 
 The Station ends of the cables, if extended directly to the 
 switchboard, can be provided with suitable terminals having 
 separable connections, as shown in Figure 48 page 90, or the 
 separable connections of the switchboard can be relied upon; 
 but otherwise, or in addition thereto, junction boxes can be 
 placed in the vault or cellar through which the underground 
 cables enter the building. See Fig 49 O, page 98. If the feeders 
 are much over three quarters of a mile long from the station to 
 the first branch or distributing point,a junction box might be 
 advantageously placed midway, and another at the first branch, 
 and if desired one at each branch or service line, so that these 
 can be cut off the main or feeder cable when desired. but where 
 the branches are comparatively short (and especially if the same 
 size conductor as the main cable) it is much better to run the 
 main cable to the point to be reached, whether that be a pole 
 line, lamp post or building, as illustrated on page 88. 
 
 We make two styles of junction boxes for electric light and 
 power systems, namely, the Fowler and the Conner boxes. 
 
 The Fowler Junction Box, Patented October 17th, 1893—is 
 shown in fig. 34. It consists of an iron base plate G, provided 
 with a rim of iron of such height that when filled with com- 
 pound outside of the iron cover H, the cover bolts, N, and the 
 flange of the cover, H, through which the bolts pass, will be 
 entirely covered over, thus aiding the rubber gasket, which ex- 
 
 95 
 
> 
 
 a 
 4 
 
 tends entirely around between the flange of the cover and the 
 base plate, in making a thoroughly w ater- -tight structure. The 
 cover is provided with handies, and the base plate rests upon 
 two brackets secured to the sides of the manhole. To guard — 
 against accident to the employees in lifting off the cover of a — 
 ‘live’’ box, the cover is lined with %-inch wood L, which is 
 thoroughly ‘dried out and saturated. with our Ozite insulating 
 compound. The iron parts are painted to prevent rusting. The 
 illustration shows a square box (either two, three or four way) 
 but it can be extended in rectangular form to take in any 
 reasonable number of cables. .The base plate is provided with 
 downwardly projecting nipples to receive the cables EH, anda 
 water-tight connection is made by first tinning both the cables 
 and the inside of the nipple, and then pouring in solder at the 
 enlarged inner end, O, of the nipple. A, is the straight maing 
 connector, B the curved branch connector, C the cable conductor, ~ | 
 D the insulation, Rathumb nut, Sa set nut, T a binding post, — 
 P the hard rubber terminal with cap, and I the filling of com-_ 
 pound. These details are shown more clearly in fig. 48. Five® | 
 hundred to six hundred of these junction boxes are in successful 
 use by one street railway company alone. . 
 
 The advantages of this box are that it is roomy, that whelll 
 the cover H is lifted off, all the connections extend above the flat 
 base plate, and are, therefore readily accessible, and that it can | 
 
 “be made any desired length permitted by the size of the man- 
 hole, to take in a large number of cables. Prices of these boxes 
 to take in more than four cables will be quoted on application. 
 In ordering state the numberof cables, and the diameter of both 
 the conductor and the cable, and whether main or branch con- 
 nectors are desired, so that the proper fittings may be included 
 in the shipment. 
 
 The Conner Junction Box. (Patent applied for.) Illustrated 
 in fig. 83, is the most simple and compact device yet produced. 
 It is, in fact, a combined joint and junction box, being but little 
 larger than a regular sleeve joint, yet affording easy access to 
 the separable connectors inside of the lead sleeves. It is sup- | 
 ported by pipe hangers against the side of the manhole in the 
 position shown in fig. 49 J’, and encroaches 
 but little more than the cables themselves, 
 upon the manhole space. The two-way 
 box (whether for single or duplex cable) 
 would have only the right and left arms, a 
 three-way box, these and the lower arm, 
 and a four-way box all the arms or ways 
 shown in the illustrations. If the box has 
 more ways than are at first needed, the 
 extra ways can be securely soldered up, and 
 then opened to receive additional cables 
 when necessary. In fig. 33, Ais the main 
 connector, B the branch connector, C the a" 
 conductor, D the insulation, and E the lead Fig. 49 J’. 
 cable sheath; F is a regular wiped joint, 
 such as would be used in making the regular solid Sleeve cable 
 joint. 
 
 A brass top is soldered to the lead case, and upon this is 
 placed a rubber gasket having holes, to correspond with the 
 hcles in the brass top, to receive the bolts N which pass through 
 the brass cover H. The cover being comparatively small, it is 
 pressed uniformly upon the gasket with great force, and with- 
 out any danger of springing. W isa wrench used to release or _ 
 set the connector screws allof which are madealike. ‘The figure — 
 also shows the details of the conductor connections within the 
 box—for single wire branch box at the upper left hand corner, and 
 for a duplex branch box in the right hand upper corner Also, 
 in each case, the post or head J soldered to the cable conductor. 
 
 The connections are car efully taped, or a pure gum sheet is 
 tucked in between them to prevent all danger of short circuits. 
 The box and cover are ca’efully lined with heavy rubber facel 
 tape to prevent accidental “ grounding.” 
 
 JUNCTION BOXES FOR THLEPHONE AND 
 TELEGRAPH CABLES. 
 
 While strongly advising against the use of many junction — 
 boxes for such cables, because of their great bulk where many — 
 wires are to be made properly accessible (as in fig. 49M) and also 
 because of the much more safe, convenient and adequate plan ~ 
 
 96 
 
 aimed 
 
 stipes hie ge 
 
 ae 
 
described on page 88, we illustrate a few styles used by various 
 
 ompanies. 
 a Our Telephone and Telegraph 
 Junction Box, (U. S. Patent 284,189) 
 for small cables, shown in fig. 49 K 
 is substantially the box of which 
 we have furnished many hundreds 
 to one company alone. a@ is the 
 box or case, az is the cover which 
 is secured to the box upona gasket 
 by bolts e, which take into the 
 tapped poles e7. The box may 
 also be provided with a rim like 
 F1iG.4.9, K. that shown in fig. 84, and for the 
 purpose described under that 
 figure. 5 isa hard rubber plate in which are mounted binding 
 posts c, to which the cable conductors are connected; these 
 posts are interconnected in any desired manner by short jumper 
 wires. dare the nipples to which the lead cover of the cables is 
 solidly attached by a plumbers wiped joint. /7 isa plug closing 
 a hole through which the compound is poured to fill the box up 
 to the rubber plate when the box is set on a bracket; but if 
 fastened to the manhole wall inthe position 
 shown by the figure, the compound is 
 poured in by removing the screw-plug /. 
 Figure 49 L, shows a simple rectangular 
 Ma box used to a considerable extent by the 
 4 (0) Hlectrical Bureau of Philadelphia, but the 
 conductors are simply spliced straight 
 through as in an ordinary joint, without 
 A briuging them to binding posts. 
 FIG.AOL. Figure 49M is a 100 wire junction box 
 used to some extent by the Chicago Tele- 
 graph Company, and others. It is the joint production of S. B. 
 Fowler, Cable Superintendent of the Chicago Telephone Com- 
 pany, and W. H. Johnston, Cable Superintendent of the Bell 
 Telephone Company of Missouri. These boxes are placed at the 
 underground distributing points, which are usually more than 
 one onacable. Thecable issecured by wiped joint a to nipple 
 6, after the lead has been removed from the conductors c-cz; to 
 the proper dis- ) K 
 pan ce, The ! 
 conductors ¢ to 
 be distributed 
 from the box, 
 are passed be- 
 hind the hard f 
 tubber dia- 
 phragm ad, and 
 soldered to the 
 pins or posts e, 
 which extend 
 through the 
 itard= rubber. 
 The pin for con- 
 ductor No. 1 en- 
 tering the box, 
 and that for 
 No.1 going out, 
 are side by side 
 thus shortening 
 the jumpers of 
 through going 
 wires to about ANY 
 Seed inch BE : 
 andavoiding all 
 crossing or con- Fig. 49 M 
 fusion of wires on the face of the diaphragm, and affording 
 easy access to any pin. 
 
 It is seldom that all the wires are required at any one dis- 
 tributing point, and, therefore, the conductors cz, (about half of 
 BS cable) may be spliced straight through the bottom of the 
 
 Ox. 
 
 The local distributing cables are usually small lead covered 
 cables, /, each containing a twisted pair of rubber covered 
 wires. These cables are brought into the box through a brass 
 cup, which has the desired number of holes just the size of the 
 small cables. This cup is screwed into the box bythe regulation 
 
 97 
 
lock nut fitting, the small cables are passed through the holes, 
 and all are soldered or wiped to the cup, to make a water-tight 
 connection. On the inside of the box, the lead covers, K, are 
 stripped off to within an inch of the cup and the conductors 
 themselves are spread neatly over the face of the diaphragm to 
 their proper pins, EK, as shown in the illustration, the upright 
 rack-pins, G, serving to separate the distributing wires of the 
 several rows from each other. The small cables arerun through 
 the numbered holes in the distributing board outside of the box, 
 so that any desired cable can be readily picked out without 
 opening the junction box whenever a given circuit is to be ex-_ 
 tendedtoacustomer, The full quota of small distributing cables 
 is introduced when the box is first connected up, even though 
 they are not all to be used immediately. 
 
 ‘The box is provided with two covers, one at the front and 
 one at the back, and they are made water-tight by screwing 
 them firmly to the box over rubber or lead gasket, M. The covers 
 being so large and heavy, should, of course, be removed as 
 seldom as possible. 
 
 Figure 49 N represents a box invented by 
 Mr. Oscar Kleinsteuber, Superintendent of 
 Telegraph, Milwaukee Fire Department. 
 The main cable is brought into the box 
 through the large nipple shown at back of 
 the box, and the cable wires soldered to 
 brass strips which project on both sides of 
 a hard rubber diaphragm, the distributing 
 wires are soldered to the strips in front of 
 the diaphragm, and pass out of the box 
 through the ‘‘goose necks’’ shown, which 
 are filled with insulating compound to pre- 
 vent entrance of moisture. 
 
 The rubber diaphragm is hinged at the 
 bottom and swings down and out, thus 
 permitting access to the cable wires. 
 
 Fis. 49N Figure 49 O shows the manner in which 
 
 1S : our Fowler junction boxes are used at the ~ 
 station ends of underground cables, and is from a photograph 
 of a large system installed by us in Philadelphia. 
 
 By their use the cables can readily be disconnected from the 
 switchboard, without disturbing any permanent connections. 
 
 ————— = 
 
 \y z 
 
 Fig. 490. 
 
 The base plate of the boxes (see page 96) is supported ona 
 rack made of strong timber. The underground cables are 
 brought up from the conduits, and each cable, distinguished by 
 an individual number, is connected to one branch of a two-way 
 box (see fig. 84). The switchboard cable, connected to the other ~ 
 
 98 
 
branch, leads up to the switchboard on the floor above, being 
 supported on standards fastened to the walls. In the middle of 
 the rack are seen two of our telephone boxes (page 97) by means 
 of which telephone connection can be readily secured with any 
 desired point on the system for test purposes. 
 
 UNDERGROUND CONDUITS. 
 
 (See Price List page 36.) 
 
 The disastrous storms of the past few years and the havoc 
 among overhead wires caused thereby, has greatly increased the 
 demand for underground cable construction, both as adding to 
 the safety and convenience of the people, and to the sightliness 
 of the streets. 
 
 Until very recently it has been felt that only the largest cities 
 could afford to place the wires underground, but careful consider- 
 ation and investigation have proved that the advantage gained 
 from the decidedly decreased cost of maintenance of under- 
 ground lines as compared with overhead wires, not to mention 
 the increased safety of the streets, justifies the expenditure of 
 large amounts of money for underground systems, as a good 
 financial investment, and indeed that where a very large number 
 of wires is to be provided for, the first cost is less underground 
 than overhead. (See page 180.) 
 
 The smaller cities and towns are now consequently calling 
 for underground construction at least within the more closely 
 built up business portions of the municipality. 
 
 A system of underground distribution in order to give com- 
 plete satisfaction, should be so flexible as to meet all demands 
 made upon it with the minimum of delay and expense. 
 
 ‘The early experiments in subway construction contemplated 
 only the placing of the wires out of sight, and took no thought 
 for renewals, changes or additions, which are required in any 
 system. 
 
 The wires were therefore placed in rough wooden boxes 18 
 inches to two feet below the surface of the ground and usually 
 entirely surrounded by some insulating material, such as pitch. 
 This made a very cheap system, but one that was incapable of 
 changes or additions, without great expense. It was soon 
 proved that such a system could not give permanent satisfaction 
 for purposes of general distribution, and it is only used to-day 
 under special circumstances, and has been succeeded by conduits 
 which permit of drawing wires or cables in and out at will. 
 
 The conditions existing in any locality, must necessarily 
 govern the selection of the conduit to be used there, and it is 
 safe to say that no one system is most suitable for all conditions 
 and locations. It is now well recognized that it is practically 
 impossible to maintain any underground conduit dry or gas 
 tight, hence it is not depended upon for insulation but only for 
 mechanical protection. There are however, conduits, and con- 
 duits, and good, bad, and indifferent ways of installing them. 
 We shall try to indicate the best conduits and methods. 
 
 Lap welded wrought iron pipe, laid in cement, would seem 
 from a superficial view to meet all the requirements of a flexible 
 and adaptable subway system, but the following objections to 
 its use in addition to the objection of very high cost, are worthy 
 of careful consideration. 
 
 First.—One of the most serious, electrically, is the increased 
 self induction of the circuit and the consequent loss of electrical 
 energy when alternating currents are used. The great increase 
 in the use of polyphase apparatus makes this a very serious 
 defect. (See Self Induction, page 85.) 
 
 Second.—One of the most serious, mechanically, 1s corrosion 
 and formation of scale which in time blocks the duct and pre- 
 vents the withdrawal of the cables, or placing of new cables ina 
 duct without reaming it out where the duct has not been used 
 for some time. 
 
 Third.—The joints between sections of pipe almost invaria- 
 
 -bly present sharp edges, which are liable to injure and even ruin 
 the cable as it is being drawn in. 
 
 Fourth.—Iron pipes are usually coated both inside and out, 
 or else the joints are made more secure, with tar or pitch; in 
 warm weather, or at any time when laid adjacent to steam heat- 
 ing pipes, this tar or compound softens and gathers in the bottom 
 of the pipe and around the cable, so that when it is attempted to 
 withdraw the cables from these pipes, as may some time become 
 necessary, it is impossible to do so without greatly injuring or 
 totally destroying them. 
 
 99 
 
Fifth.—Where a section of the iron pipe ends in a manhole 
 or junction box, the sharp edge of the pipe gradually cuts 
 through the outside cover, to the great injury of the cable. 
 
 Conduits constructed wholly of compounds of tar or pitch 
 and sand, etc., are open to the objection noted above against 
 iron pipe, except that the dangers are greatly increased ; such 
 conduits are also objectionable because of the difficulty of pre- 
 serving the alignment between the various sections. 
 
 The chief use now made of iron pipe, is for the branch con. 
 duits to and up poles and buildings and this is the only purpose 
 for which they are peculiarly well adapted. The conduits illus- 
 trated on page 80, which we shall now describe in order, have 
 
 been chosen out of the many conduits now in the market as | 
 
 possessing the qualities of permanence and moderate cost, and 
 
 avoiding all of the objections above mentioned. We are pre- © 
 
 pared to furnish any of these in any quantity, and we are 
 
 peculiarly well able, from long experience in underground ~ 
 
 installation, to advise impartially and intelligently as‘’to the 
 most advantageous conduit to use, under the conditions with 
 which a purchaser may be confronted Three inches internal 
 diameter is the size commonly used, but whatever size is chosen, 
 
 it should represent a margin of at least % an inch over the ~ 
 
 diameter of the cable, and 3 to 1 inch is preferable. 
 
 CEMENT LINED IRON PIPH#H. 
 
 This conduit (see figs. 29 and 80), consists ofa wrought iron or 
 steel shell, No. 26 B. W. Gauge securely fastened by rivets 1% 
 inches apart, and lined with 3% iuch best Rosendale Cement. 
 By a special process the interior surface of the cement is highly 
 polished, thus removing all roughness, which in the conduit of 
 this character heretofore placed on the market, has been the 
 
 source of considerable trouble by scratching the lead cover of — 
 
 the wires and rendering it difficult to draw in heavy cables. 
 It is made in lengths of eight feet and with interior diam- 
 eters of 2 inches, 2% inches and 38 inches; the latter being the 
 
 standard size. Each length is provided with cast-iron ball and ~ 
 
 socket ends which give certainty of alignment and perfect joint. 
 The joint as completed is clearly shown in fig. 30, surrounded 
 by a mold of neat cement mortar, which sets very quickly, and 
 secures the pipes in place until the matrix of concrete is put in 
 place. Across section of a conduit, consisting of twelve of these 
 ducts surrounded by concrete matrix, is clearly shown in fig. 29, 
 For detailed method of laying these ducts see page 112. 
 
 HOLLOW BRICK TILE CONDUIT. 
 
 The hollow brick tile conduit, fig. 81, commonly called ‘‘Terra 
 Cotta”’ or ‘‘ Vitrified Brick,’ is made from the best clay thoroughly 
 
 mixed, molded into shape and carefully burned with a salt — 
 
 glaze. This treatment renders the clay impervious to moisture 
 and presents a very smooth surface which admits of drawing in 
 the largest cables with great ease. The ducts are made in 
 lengths of 18 inches and with an internal diameter of full 2 
 inches, 2% inches and 8 inches, the latter size being most gener- 
 ally used. The ends are cut square and fit closely together. 
 They should be protected all around by a bed of concrete, to 
 prevent breaking of the joints and of the ducts themselves. 
 Large quantities of this duct, have been laid in Philadelphia, 
 Washington, Norfolk, Buffalo and Cincinnati, and particularly 
 by the telephone companies. For details of installation see 
 
 page 112. 
 MULTIPLE CONDUITS. 
 
 ee The tile con- 
 SSS == duit can also be 
 supplied in mul- 
 =] tiplestyle,2to 12 
 See ; chambers, (see 
 Fig. 49P. fig. 49P) and 6 to 
 8 feet long, and possessing extraordinary strength. It effects a 
 great economy in freight, handling, cement, width of trench, 
 
 and paving. 
 WOODEN CONDUITS. 
 
 Wood conduit, otherwise known as “Pump Log,” has been 
 used in large quantities and for many years in this country. 
 The form of duct is shown in fig. 82. The tubes are eight feet 
 
 100 
 
 a 
 
long, provided with socket joints 3 inches ‘in length as shown. 
 The diameter of bore is 1%, 2,2% and 38 inches and outside di- 
 mensions as given in table on page 86. The ducts are usually 
 creosoted by forcing into the pores of the wood under heavy 
 pressure 15 lbs. of Dead Oil of Coal Tar per cubic foot, as a pre- 
 servative, and so treated will last many years. 
 
 Some trouble has been experienced from the destructive 
 action on the lead covered cables of some of the creosote used 
 some years ago, but the most careful experiments show that the 
 Dead Oil of Coal Tar, with which ducts are now treated, has 
 no harmful effect on the lead covers, especially if the lead is 
 coated with anti-corrosive compound, or a braid saturated with 
 such compound. Large quantities of this conduit are used in 
 Philadelphia and other eastern cities. For methods and details 
 of installation, see page 112. 
 
 MANHOLES. 
 (For Illustrations see figures 50 and 62.) 
 
 In order to facilitate the laying of underground cablesin con- 
 duits, and, indeed, to make them at all available, it is necessary 
 to construct manholes at certain distances apart, depending upon 
 local conditions and upon the size of the cable that is to be drawn 
 in; the distance adopted in New York City is about four hundred 
 feet, and as a general rule they should not be located farther 
 apart; there are, of course, exceptions to every rule, and there 
 may be special instances in which it is advisable to place the 
 manholes seven or eight hundred feet apart, but this should be 
 the maximum for a comparatively small and strong cable, as the 
 difficulties of drawing-in and the dangers of breaking the cable, 
 increase considerably more than proportionately to the length. 
 
 The following may serve as a general guide: Nocontinuous 
 length of cable weighing more than twenty-five hundred pounds 
 nor any cable lighter than twenty-five hundred pounds and 
 exceeding seven hundred feet in length should be drawn from 
 one manhole to another. 
 
 Manholes should be 
 roomy, and should be 
 placed at all street in- 
 tersections and sharp 
 turns in the conduit 
 
 line. 
 They are never made 
 too large but very often 
 
 a 
 
 eS too small, and in the 
 =e latter case the danger 
 14° to the crowded cables 
 
 which the cable laying 
 and jointing are done, 
 far exceed the trifling 
 reduction in the cost of 
 manholes. They vary ac- 
 cording to the location 
 and ‘service for which 
 theyareintended,but in 
 Fig. 50. general are constructed 
 as follows: eight to 
 twelve inch wall, of best hard burned sewer brick laid in full 
 bed of mortar mixed one part Portland Cement to three parts 
 clean sharp sand, all built on a foundation of eight inches con- 
 crete, entirely covering the bottom of the hole. The walls are 
 corbelled in, to receive a cast-iron frame and cover, or, especially 
 if very large, may be built up straight as in fig. 50, and the cover 
 placed on I-Beamis bricked into the walls. The frame is usually 
 about four feet square with cover 30 inches in diameter Along 
 the longitudinal sides of the hole, wooden strips may be fast- 
 ened and the table supported thereon by the device shown in 
 fig 60, or other suitable means. 
 
 In some cases the cables are heavily taped in the manholes 
 and thus more thoroughly protected from danger of mechanical 
 injury by careless workmen, than when entirely exposed. 
 Manholes are constructed in various sizes from three feet square 
 up, and from five feet toseven feet deep. The cost is approxi- 
 mately $60.00 to $150,00 according to size. Wherever possible the 
 holes should be connected to the nearest sewer to remove all 
 surface drainage which may enter, and a trap should be used to 
 prevent gas entering from the main sewer. 
 
 101 
 
 3 
 
 | and the difficulty under 
 | 
 
 | 
 
 | 
 
Many companies psefer double covers (see fig. 50) the lower 
 resting on a rubber gasket and provided with a device for se- 
 curing it firmly on the gasket, to prevent the entrance of surface 
 water. In some cases this is a decided disadvantage, for any 
 arrangement which excludes water will usually retain gas 
 which may leak in, especially in large cities where the gas 
 mains are in bad condition; and this sometimes results in dis- 
 astrous explosions. The best practice is to have a perforated 
 single cover to supply ventilation, and allow the sewer con- 
 nection to take care of surplus water. It isa good plan to lock 
 the covers, so that no unauthorized person can get at the cables 
 without breaking the lock. 
 
 HAND HOLES OR FLUSH BOXES. 
 (For Illustrations see Figs. 51 and 51 A.) 
 In some branches of underground construction it is neces- 
 
 the conduit which carry the distributing cables, the top layer of 
 ducts being used for this purpose, (see plan, fig. 51A). These 
 ducts are placed as near the surface as possible and the hand 
 holes are built where necessary. They are provided with a cover 
 as manholes are, and if cast-iron boxes are used, they have the 
 necessary outlets cast on them to receive main and subsidiary 
 pipes. No handhole is adapted for all purposes, but we are pre- 
 pared to submit plans for any system which will best suit the 
 
 FLUSH BOX 
 MAIM DUCTS 
 
 Fig. 51 A. 
 
 demands of the case. A ‘‘Service Box!’ is a type used in New 
 York for lighting distribution and is of cast-iron about 2 feet 
 long, 1% feet wide, and 2 feet deep, provided with double covers 
 the lower of which rests on a rubber gasket and all covered over 
 by the paving. Spigots or outlets are provided at the sides 
 through which cables are carried to adjoining basements, where 
 service connections may be desired, the distributing cables 
 being tapped for that purpose. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS AND DEVICES. 
 
 (For Price List see page 88). 
 In laying, splicing and connecting cables certain tools and 
 accessories are necessary or useful, and these we now describe. 
 Tubular Braid. This as its name indicates, is a braid of 
 fibrous material woven in shape of a tube, so that it can be 
 drawn over the splice after two wires have been connected ; it 
 serves to insulate the wire splices from each other or from the 
 metal covering of the cable joint. In ordering state size of con- 
 
 ductor on which it is to be caer aa page 127, 
 
Paper Tubes for Wire Splices. These are tubes of Manilla 
 aper about % inch inside diameter. They aresent in 18 inch 
 engths and can be cut to suit. They are used especially for 
 
 covering the wire splices in telephone and telegraph cables, in 
 place of cotton tape. State size of wire for which ordered, and 
 the diameter over the insulation of the wire. 
 
 Insulating Sleeve or Sheet. This consists of a mica sheet for 
 compietely covering the wire splice (whether insulated by tape 
 and filled with compound or not), in cases where the Complete- 
 Joint Mould (Fig. 53, this page) is used. The Mica Sleeve must fit 
 snugly upon the lead cover of the cable, so as to prevent the 
 inflow of solder when the joint is moulded over the tube; there- 
 fore, in ordering tubes be careful to state exactly the outside 
 diameter of the cable on which it is to be used. State also the 
 size and number of conductorsinthe cable. It is well to remem- 
 ber, however, that in electric light cables, containing more than 
 one conductor larger than No.8 B.andS.G., it is advisable to 
 make the regular lead sleeve joint, for which the Sleeve-Joint 
 Mould can be used and in which the insulating tube is not 
 required. 
 
 Insulation-Cutting Tool. A great deal 
 of time is lost by the ordinary method of 
 cutting off the insulation with a knife, 
 from the ends of wires that are to be con- 
 nected, and in order to obviate this a 
 special tool has been designed which is 
 simple and rapid in operation, and is ad- 
 justable for use on any size wire. 
 
 In Fig. 52, @ represents the cutting 
 blades, each of which is adjustable with 
 relation to the other by means of the set- 
 screw e; 6 is a cylinder or anvil which 
 is key-seated on the pinione¢; the cylin- 
 der is provided with grooves of various 
 diameters corresponding with the outside 
 diameter of insulated wire of various 
 sizes; the cylinder 4 can be revolved by 
 the pinion c, and is held rigidly in the de- 
 sired position by the set-screw d; the 
 
 limiting screw / prevents the cutting 
 Fig. 52 blades from touching the cylinder, re- 
 
 Insulation Cutting peated contact with which would dull 
 Tool. them. 
 
 These tools as at present on hand are 
 only for removing the insulation from conductors up to No. 10, 
 but the Lead-Cutting Tool described on page 105 will be found to 
 answer admirably for removing it from any larger conductors. 
 
 Complete-Joint Mould. See Fig. 
 53. This is a cast steel mould in which 
 a complete joint is made between 
 cable sections, the metal being poured 
 into it in a molten state. a@ a’ are 
 the two halves of the bowl in which 
 the melted solder is moulded around 
 the paper tube and united to the in- 
 truding ends of the cable; they are 
 removable so that corresponding parts 
 may besubstituted to fit a cable of any 
 size; they are held in place by the 
 screws 4 8’; c¢ c! are the handles 
 shown broken off; d isa latch and e 
 
 Fig. 53. is its engaging bolt, to lock the mould 
 Complete-Joint Mould. before the solder is poured. The two 
 pour holes are indicated near the 
 
 _ centre of removable part a. 
 
 In orderiug one of these moulds state the external diameter 
 of the cable, the diameter of the insulated wire or core, and the 
 number and size of the conductors; only one set of removable 
 parts will be furnished with each mould, unless specifically re- 
 quired; an extra charge will be made for additional sets and the 
 customer must give full information as to the cable for which they 
 are desired. The interchange is easily and rapidly effected. 
 
 It is often difficult to secure expert jointers, or a plumber of 
 sufficient intelligence to make a satisfactory cable joint, and 
 sometimes the work to be done isin a location where no plumber 
 at allcan be found; under these circumstances the Joint Molds 
 here mentioned will be found of great value, as with proper care, 
 
 103 
 
any intelligent man can make perfect joints, and in the regular 
 work of construction the use of these molds by expert jointers 
 will greatly increase the number of joints made per day. ; 
 
 Complete-Joint Molds or Sleeve-Joint Molds will be furnished 
 if desired, for use on Duplex Cables, but in ordering these full 
 information should accompany the order, and whenever possible 
 a short sample of the cable for which the mo.d is wanted. 
 
 Sleeve-Joint Mould. The geu- 
 eral remarks under ‘*Complete- 
 Joint Mould” apply also to this 
 tool. This device is used—not for 
 making acomplete joint—but for 
 making a solder-wiped joint to 
 connect the lead cover of the cable 
 to the lead sleeve which has been 
 drawn over the insulated wire 
 splice. See page 126 and balance 
 of this page. 
 
 It is shown in Fig.54. ais the 
 space in which the melted solder 
 forms and unites with the sleeve 
 
 to BA and cable; 6 is one of the remov- 
 Fig. 54, able parts of the mould to enable 
 Sleeve-Joint Mould. it to be used on a cable of any 
 
 size within certain limits; it fits 
 
 : closely upon the cable and lead 
 
 sleeve; the removable parts are held in place by small hooks; ¢ 
 
 is the cam lever which is raised when the mould is to be opened 
 
 and which, when lowered, serves to clamp the mould tightly 
 
 upon the lead cover of the cable and upon the sleeve to prevent 
 
 any flow of solder outwardly from the mould or inwardly to the 
 
 conductor; the pin d, limits the movement of the cam levers ie 
 
 is the latch and / is the engaging bolt or pin to lock the two 
 parts of the mould firmly together, 
 
 Lead Sleeves or Tubes. In making joints on certain kinds 
 of cable (see ‘‘ Jointing ’)and in connection with the Sleeve-Joint 
 Mould above described, it is necessary to use Jead sleeves or tubes, 
 and we are sometimes requested to furnish them. 
 
 In sending an order for these, state the diameter éf the cable 
 oti which they are to be used and the number and size of the con- 
 ductors. Asa rule the inside diameter of the sleeve should 
 exceed the outside diameter of the cable by 4%”, the ends being 
 dressed down in a short curve to fit snugly upon the lead cover of 
 the cable; it should be of such length that when centered over the 
 taped wire-splice or splices, each end will overlap the lead 
 cover of the cable at least 4’. If the sleeve is used fora joint 
 which is to be drawn into a duct, its interior diameter should 
 not exceed the exterior diameter of the cable; if it is used for a 
 jaunt in which the wire splices, even when distributed over the . 
 
 ongest practicable range, form a bunch thicker than the diame 
 ter of the cable, the size of the sleeve must be increased in pro- 
 
 Ortion. The lead should be of at least the same thickness as the 
 ead cover of the cable itselt. 
 
 In preparing the sleeve, care should be taken that it is large 
 enough to admit the free flow of the melted insulation on all 
 sides of the insulated wire splice, when the joint is filled. Before 
 slipping the sleeve onto the cable, the hole or holes should be 
 tapped in it for the hot insulation and overflow described on 
 pase 127and the ends should be weil reamed out so as to facili- 
 
 ate dressing them down snuglv to the cable. 
 
 Lead Tees for Branch Joints. (See Fig. 80, page 129) These 
 are used for making half connections or branch joints from a 
 main cable to a way-station or aservice line, As to size, etc., sea 
 
 ‘Lead Sleeves’? above. 
 
 In ordering these, state the diameter of the main and branch 
 cables and the number and size of the conductors in each. 
 
 Rotary Wire-Splicing Tool. The old method 
 of making wire splices is slow, and when the 
 conductors are small in size there is great danger 
 of twisting them so hard that they will break or 
 become so weakened that a subsequent move- 
 ment of the cable-joint severs them, thus making 
 : “open”? wires, and frequently causing heavy 
 Fig. o£A. expense and loss of service. 
 
 104 
 
In order to obviate these dangers and objections and yet pro- 
 duce substantially the so-called ‘‘U. S. Telegraph Joint’ the 
 simple tool shown in Fig. 54A has been designed ; see Working 
 Directions on page 124. 
 
 This tool is furnished in various sizes, according to the size 
 of the conductor which is to be spliced, but the largest can easily 
 be carried in the vest pocket, so that it is always at hand, is nct 
 cumbersome, is easily and quickly used ; it is composed of ore 
 piece only and has no springs, blades or adjustable parts to get 
 out of order. It is made of metal and has a miiled surface to 
 give purchase in revolving it. 
 
 Lead-Cutting Tool. (Fig. 55.) Hitherto a pocket-knife has 
 been used for trimming the lead off the end of the cable in pre- 
 paring it for jointing or for connection 
 to aterminal. The tool now provided 
 will save a great deal of time ard 
 avoid the serious danger of cuttirg 
 into the insulation at the point where 
 the greatest strength is needed. Aare 
 the stops which limit the depth of the 
 cut. made by the blades a2. They are 
 adjustable by the set-screw c For 
 Working Directions, see page 123. 
 
 This tool can also pe advantage- 
 ously used for removing fhe insulation 
 
 Lead-Cutting Tool. from conductors (larger than No. 10 B. 
 
 & S. G.) whether in underground 
 cables or insulated Line or House Wire; see page 124. 
 
 Lead-Scoring Tool. (Fig. 56.) This tool is de- 
 signed to score’the lead cover of a cable at the 
 point to which the lead is to be removed in 
 making joints; it is light and small and can 
 readily be carried in one’s pocket. 
 
 a is the main handle; 4 is the lever; cis the 
 movable arm to adjust the tool for cable of any 
 size; dis the set-screw to secure the arm in the 
 desired position; eis the handle of the lever 4; /is 
 the cutting disk, the depth of whose cut can, if 
 desired, be regulated by the position of c after / 
 rests on thecable, and also by the pressure applied 
 Fig. 56. to the handles a and e, but it is preferred to have 
 Lead-Scoring the score only half the depth of the lead; gis the 
 
 Tool. band or rest to receive the cable For Working 
 Directions see page 123. 
 Wire-Splicing Tongs. What has been said above as to the 
 objections against the old method of making wire splices was 
 a kept in mind in the 
 : designing of the 
 § Wire-Splicing 
 4 Tongs, Figure 57. 
 >» Thehandlesare 
 not shown in the 
 figure, but are prac- 
 tically like those in 
 Figure 62, except 
 that the limit-screw 
 J is omitted; @ is 
 the groove in which 
 the copper splicing 
 blank is placed; 4 ¢ 
 are removable 
 anvils proportioned 
 to the size of the 
 wire to be spliced 
 and which, by the 
 closing of the tongs, 
 are caused to move 
 towards each other 
 and close the copper 
 sleeve upon the 
 wires within; d@ e are screws by which the removable anvils 6 ¢ 
 are held in place; fis a milled (or may be a smooth) raised sur- 
 face which closes upon the edges of the copper sleeve in the 
 groove or opening @, when the handles are brought together, 
 thus further insuring a tight closing of the sleeve upon the wires 
 within; g are screws by which the part / is held in place, or 
 released for the purpose of substituting a block of a different 
 
 105 
 
size; is a movable portion of one jaw and has imparted to it 
 an upward and downward movement by means of the eccentric 
 or cam attached tothe pinion & by the key 7; when the handles 
 of the tool are brought fowards each other, it moves downward 
 and causes the anvil 6 to press upon the copper sleeve and its 
 contained wires with immense pressure. 
 
 For Working Directions and Illustrations of the Copper 
 Sleeve and Joint, see pages 125 and 126, 
 
 Copper Sleeves for Wire-Splicing Tongs. In connection with 
 the tongs just described, it is necessary to have copper sleeves or 
 blanks of such size and shape as to be suited to the size con- 
 ductor that is to be spliced, and to the corresponding removable 
 anvils of the tool. 
 
 In ordering these blanks, please state the size of conductor 
 on which they are to be used. 
 
 The weights, etc., are given in detail as follows: 
 
 Size of ees Width Before |Approximate 
 : Thickness.| Length. : 
 (Inches.) | (Inches.) Being Bent. | Number per 
 
 B. & S.G (Inches.) Pound. 
 
 10 1=32 34 .6217 213 
 a { 1-32 yh 5133 258 
 
 > 1-6 34 .46438 572 
 14 1-64 sf 3779 708 
 16 1-64 84 3102 857 
 18 1-64 34 .2564 1038 
 20 1-64 oy 2134 1245 
 
 yy Cable Supports. In passing 
 
 cables through a manhole from 
 
 a duct on one side to the corres- 
 
 + ponding duct on the opposite 
 soevew side, it is important, for obvious 
 
 Le reasons, to lay them around the 
 ©) [HIM sides, instead of straight through, 
 pe and in order that they may not 
 
 d sag towards the bottom of the 
 rs : _ manhole or be cut on the edges 
 of the duct these supports are 
 
 MY 
 WY 
 
 YY MY) 
 HAVIN, 
 
 PLAN VIEW 
 
 UW 
 
 Ue 
 ds 
 
 N iz provided. 
 EE In fig. 60 are shown views of 
 IN this device in detail and as ap- 
 
 plied ; ais a post or standard se- 
 cured to the sides of the manhole 
 or tunnel in any suitable manner, 
 and provided with vertical slots 4, cleats or blocks / being inter- 
 posed between the standard and wall; so as to give a slight clear 
 space for theattachment of the hanger or supports, c, d,c’,anda’; 
 two forms of the hanger are shown in detail at c’’,c///and a”. 
 It is made preferably of resilient material, and of such size as 
 to take a firm grasp on the cable. For Working Directions see 
 page 117. 
 
 Our regular malleable iron cable hangers (see pages 35 and 
 94) are however simpler and cheaper and are extensively used for 
 this purpose. A staple (fig. 50) is driven into*the wooden post, 
 the hanger is clamped to the cable and hooked into the staple. 
 In either case the edges of the hangers are flared to prevent 
 injury to cable. 
 
 In ordering hangers of either kind be careful to state the 
 diameter of cable for which they are intended. 
 
 Insulating Tape. This is supplied in white or black, any de- 
 sired width, but % inch and 3% inch are the common sizes, The 
 cloth is finely woven and is frictioned with rubber compound on- 
 one side only unless otherwise ordered. It is used for taping 
 splices on house and line wire, etc. 
 
 Pure Gum Tape will also be supplied (prices on application) 
 for taping the wire splices on our rubber insulated cables. 
 
 Fig. 60. 
 
ELECTROLYSIS. 
 
 This is a danger against which no manufacturer can pro- 
 tect or guarantee the buyer, so far as the manufacture of the 
 cable is concerned, since it is a matter entirely apart from the 
 quality of the cable or the current for which it is made, but is a 
 matter which the buyer can avoid or remedy by well-known 
 means. ‘To this end we give our customers in the following re- 
 port the benefit of our investigations, and urge the adoption of 
 the proper means for preventing the destruction of their property, 
 if itis taking place. The report was written by Mr. Fisher just 
 before Mr. Farnham’s interesting and valuable paper on the 
 same subject was read before the American Institute of Electrical 
 Engineers : 
 
 PITTSBURG, PA., April roth, 1894. 
 
 STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, MR. J. W. MARSH, V. P. AND 
 G. M., PITTSBURG, PA. 
 
 Dear Sir :—This report has been prepared with a view to enabling our 
 patrons to take such precautionary measures as will prevent their cables being 
 destroyed by electrolytic action from the ground return current of electric railroads. 
 
 While the destructive effects of such currents upon water and gas pipes and 
 lead-covered cables have for the most part been known for several years in a few 
 of the larger cities of the United States, yet in very many places such electrolytic 
 action has not been suspected until the cables were found to be very materially 
 damaged by it. : 
 
 The amount of electrolytic action depends primarily upon: 
 
 (a) The proximity of the cables to the electric railroads. 
 
 (6) The distance the cables parallel the electric railroads. 
 
 (c) The quality of the electric railroad construction work providing a 
 path for the ground return current. 
 
 (dz) Numerous other things, comprising the polarity of the ground 
 return current, the conductivity of the soil, and the position of low soil re- 
 sistances along the route of the cables, the proximity to the cables of water 
 and gas pipes, and the chemical constituents of the earth. 
 
 For several months past I have been carrying on experiments in the labora- 
 tories of the STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY, relative to the 
 effects of electrolysis upon lead cables, with a view to determining by what means 
 it can be prevented or counteracted. 
 
 Nothing very new is claimed from the results of these experiments, seeing 
 that they are confirmed by theory and current literature upon the subject. How- 
 ever it is hoped that the suggestions which arise as a natural corfsequence of these 
 and other experiments may prove of benefit to at least some of our patrons in 
 preserving their cables from electrolytic action. 
 
 It is a well-known fact that when a current of electricity passes through 
 water or a moist medium the water is in part decomposed, oxygen being liberated 
 at the positive pole and hydrogen at the negative pole. Oxygen in its nascent or 
 free condition attacks most metals readily, forming oxides of the metals. It is 
 therefore at the positive pole, or where the electric current leaves the metal, that 
 we must ordinarily look for its injurious electrolytic effects. 
 
 I commenced my experiments upon four samples of lead-covered cables. 
 
 The lead of Sample No. 1 was pure and was directly exposed to the electro- 
 lytic action at a few places; part of the remainder of the cable was covered with a 
 heavy tape, saturated with a preservative paint, and the rest was covered thickly 
 with half-and-half solder. 
 
 Sample No. 2 was like the above, with the exception that the lead cover con- 
 sisted of an alloy of three per cent. tin and ninety-seven per cent. lead. 
 
 Sample No. 3 was like No. 1, and Sample No. 4 like No. 2. 
 
 Samples Nos. 1 and 2 were subjected to a direct current, and Samples Nos. 
 3 and 4 to a direct current whose polarity was reversed daily. 
 
 These samples were laid in the centre of a long box, and moist earth from 
 the street was placed around and over the samples. At the side of each box was 
 placed a strip or rod of iron one-quarter of an inch thick by one inch wide. One 
 terminal of a one-hundred-and-ten-volt dynamo was connected to the iron strip, the 
 other to the lead cable. 
 
 107 
 
The tests on Samples Nos. 1 and 2 were commenced with the positive pole 
 to the iron rods, and this connection was maintained for about twenty days, when 
 a preliminary examination showed that the lead was not at all corroded, while the 
 iron rod was oxidized to such an extent that it had to be replaced by a new one. 
 At this juncture the polarity of the dynamo was reversed, the positive pole being 
 connected to the lead, and the tests were continued for about fifty days longer. A 
 little before the expiration of this time the insulation resistance of Sample No. x 
 became low, indicating that some portion of the lead cover had been destroyed. 
 
 During these tests water had to be added from time to time, in order to regu- 
 late and equalize, as far as possible, the amount of current flowing to each sample. 
 
 The maximum current to each sample was seldom over one-half an ampere, 
 and was generally quite a little less. The samples were then removed from the 
 boxes, and a careful examination of each showed as follows: 
 
 The lead of Sample No. 1 was eaten completely through in several places. 
 One of these was under the tape cover, another where the lead was exposed. The 
 portion covered with solder had also been completely attacked. There were signs 
 of electrolytic action practically all over this piece of cable, the portion least at- 
 tacked being under the preservative tape. 
 
 The action upon Sample No. 2 was quite as apparent as on Sample No. 1. 
 Whether it was as intense as on Sample No.1 I could not say owing to the fact 
 that No. 2 was a much larger cable, and hence the oxidization was more dis- 
 tributed. 
 
 Samples Nos. 3 and 4 were both oxidized, but owing to the daily reversal 
 of the current the action was not nearly so great as on Nos. 1 and 2. 
 
 Subsequent to these tests I have made others which fully confirmed the 
 above. One of these was made to conform more closely to the condition of things 
 in practice. I have simply mentioned these tests briefly in order to lead up to the 
 more important part, viz.: the conclusions and recommendations that follow as a 
 natural consequence. 
 
 In the first place it is evident that a cable covered with an alloy of tin and 
 lead is in no wise proof against electrolytic action. I have on several occasions 
 heard people claim the reverse of this statement. It is also evident that while 
 preservative tape may lessen the amount of electrolysis, yet it is by no means 
 reliable as a sure preventive. That is, however, no indication that the tape 
 would not be an efficient protection against chemical actions, unaccompanied by 
 electrolysis. 
 
 Reversing daily the polarity of the electric railroad generators will prolong 
 the life of the cables, but will not prevent their ultimate destruction. 
 
 Coming now to the final and most important consideration of this matter, 
 the tests show that if the current can be made to pass from earth to the cable and 
 not back to earth again FROM it, we are insured against electrolysis of the cable. 
 
 It is therefore evident that the best conditions are reached when the nega- 
 tive sides of the electric railroad dynamos are grounded, and the lead of the 
 cables is connected solidly by means of a heavy copper conductor to the negative 
 sides of the dynamos. The lead cover under these conditions conducts the cur- 
 rents that reach it from the earth directly back to the dynamo. 
 
 If there are more cables than one, it is advisable to connect them all to- 
 gether at frequent intervals, so as to make the resiStance as low as possible, as well 
 as to prevent currents passing from one cable to another by other than a metallic 
 connection. The lead covers of all the cables should, of course, be connected to 
 the negative buss bar. 
 
 When the above plan is not feasible, the life of the cables might be pro- 
 longed at the expense of a very large ground plate, which should be connected by 
 heavy feeders in the cables and inserted in a point along the route of the cable 
 where the soil is most moist, preferably near the power-house, or at all events 
 nearest the probable path of lowest resistance to the power-house. 
 
 To illustrate : The power-house might be situated by a river, in which case, 
 if the cable at some point reached the river, it might be advisable to place the 
 ground plate there, even though the cable was nearer to the power-house at some 
 other points. However, no set rule can be given for this case. The electrician 
 in charge should use his own judgment as to the application to his particular case 
 of the suggestions here given. If this plan is adopted the ground plates should 
 be of copper, and they should be examined frequently until the apparent rate of 
 disintegration would enable one to determine the probable life of the plate. I 
 ‘simply suggest this as a plan that might be used under very favorable conditions 
 of low soil resistance; however, as ground plates often prove inadequate for heavy 
 currents, they are falling into disrepute, and hence the copper returns from the 
 
 108 
 
 - 
 
cables to the dynamo is the only really safe plan. Care must be taken to see that 
 the negative side of the dynamo is grounded. 
 
 In some of the large cities the electric railroad companies have been obliged 
 to use underground feeders for carrying their currents to the points of distribution, 
 and in order to protect these cables against electrolytic action, as well as to furnish 
 a low resistance wire-return, they have supplemented the ordinary track feeder, or 
 ground wire, with additional heavy return feeders, which are laid in ducts near 
 the cable and are connected at every manhole to the track. To still further insure 
 the life of the cables we have recommended connecting the lead covers to these 
 return feeders at frequent intervals, also at the power-house, to the negative buss 
 bar. In practice we make the connection from the lead cables to the return 
 feeder and the negative buss bar by means of a suitable number of tinned No. ro 
 wires. All the joints are carefully soldered. When there are only a few cables 
 and the distance is short we commence with one wire and note its temperature. 
 If the heating effect is considerable we connect enough wires to carry the current 
 without damage by heating. I simply recommend No. ro on account of its flexi- 
 _ bility and the consequent ease with which it can be wrapped around the cables 
 and return feeder. When the above plan is adopted I do not recommend specially 
 _ grounding the negative side of the dynamos at the power-house, because the more 
 - thoroughly this is done the more opportunity will be given for the current to leave 
 ‘the cable along its route and return to the dynamo viathe ground. I think the better 
 plan wquld be to increase the carrying capacity of the return feeders for a distance 
 of several hundred feet from the power-house. The economy to the railroad com- 
 pany of such a plan, in saving the expenditure of unnecessary energy in resistance- 
 loss, is at once evident, and it is thought that in many cases the electric railroad 
 companies will be willing to co-operate with the other companies by laying a 
 heavy return feeder to which the other cables can be connected. The size of the 
 return feeder should be calculated without reference to the conducting capacities 
 of the lead covers of adjacent cables, so that the cables will not be relied upon to 
 carry the return current, though, as a matter of fact, they will carry a portion. In 
 other words, the return feeder should be large enough to carry all the ‘‘stray’’ re- 
 turn current, if it were possible to collect it upon the feeder. 
 
 Thé lead of these cables will very much lessen the resistance of the return cir- 
 cuit, and thus materially benefit the railroad company ; while, on the other hand, the 
 other companies who operate lead cables will be to a large extent, if not entirely, 
 protected against electrolytic action. In this way matters might be adjusted 
 much more satisfactorily, and at much less expense, than by the adoption of legal 
 means. 
 
 I know of a good many instances where cables that happen to pass near the 
 power-house have been badly eaten away at that point. This confirms my tests ; 
 for in these cases the cables have colelcted the current only to return it to earth 
 again at or near the power-house, and hence at this point, where the current left 
 the cable, the harm was done. If the copper return from the cables had been used 
 in these cases there is no doubt but that the cables would be working still. 
 
 For reasons similar to those already given there is no doubt in my mind that 
 the life of water and gas pipes would be prolonged by adopting the same plan as 
 
 is herein prescribed for cables. 
 HENRY W. FISHER, 
 
 Mechanical and Electrical Engineer, Director of Electrical and Chemical 
 Laboratories of STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE CO. 
 
 Under date of August Ist, 1896, Mr. Fisher confirms the 
 conclusions and recommendations of his preceding report as 
 having been verified by practical experience and further study 
 of the subject. He adds that the points at which to bond the 
 lead covers to the return feeders, and the extent of such bonding, 
 can only be accurately determined by ascertaining the actual 
 potential differences and character in each manhole of a system ; 
 otherwise there is likely to be over-bonding in some places and 
 under-bonding in others. In some cases it may be best not to 
 bond the lead to the return feeders, except near the railway 
 power-house, and in some cases such return feeder for the 
 cables should have no connection with the track or the track 
 return feeders. Our patrons will always find us ready to aid them 
 in finding the correct solution of this important and interesting 
 problem as applied to any particular place, and we invite them 
 to consult with us freely. 
 
 109 
 
OBVERSE AND REVERSE OF MEDAL 
 ..GRANTED TO THE... 
 
 STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE COMPANY 
 
 eae! BY Saree 
 
 The World’s Columbian Exposition 
 110 
 
WORKING DIRECTIONS 
 
 FOR 
 
 PLAGING, SPLIGING AND GONNEGTING 
 ELEGIRIG GABLES. 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1897 By J. W. MARSH. 
 
 INTKODUCTION. 
 
 No matter how excellent a cable the manufacturer may pro- 
 duce, if it isnot properly installed, and properly cared for there- 
 after, it will inevitably fail; it is, therefore, appropriate that the 
 manufacturer should indicate just how a cable—especially his 
 cable—is to be laid and cared for, and we will endeavor in the 
 following pages to set forth as clearly and briefly as possible such 
 directions as long and varied experience have shown to be 
 worthy of careful study and implicit confidence on the part 
 of those charged with the duty of laying, jointing or operating 
 underground cables. 2 
 
 Any departure from the methods here recommended, in the 
 case of cables upon which any guarantee has been or is to be 
 given by the Standard Underground Cable Company, will vitiate 
 that guarantee, unless the said company has given its written 
 consent to such departure. 
 
 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 
 
 Remove the slats from the reels without injuring the cable, 
 and draw out all projecting nails. Avoid making sharp bends 
 or kinks in the cable; let one or two men steady the reel after 
 mounting it on supports or reel cart, to prevent its paying off 
 cable faster than required; turn the reel just fast enough to avoid 
 any strain on the cable; employ enough men to prevent the cable 
 from dragging on the ground. While placing the cables, keep 
 the ends sealed with solder (not tape or compound); handle care- 
 fully to avoid puncturing or abrading the lead cover at any place. 
 
 In nearly every instance where troubles have developed in 
 cables, they have been traceable to rough usage during or after 
 laying, or subsequently, and to careless jointing. 
 
 _It should be strongly impressed on the minds of all who are 
 required to handle the cable, that the very greatest care is neces- 
 sary to prevent the introduction of moisture, and consequent loss 
 of insulation. 
 
 It has been found advisable to ‘‘ ground” the lead cover of 
 both Aerial and Underground Cables, as a means of diminishing 
 inductive action; in the case of electric light cables running par- 
 allel and adjacent to each other, the lead covers of the positive 
 and negative legs should be connected at frequent intervals by 
 lead strips securely soldered to each lead cover; the “grounds” 
 and ‘‘strips’’ should be placed every two hundred feet, or oftener 
 where practicable. ™ 
 . For extra precaution against corrosion and mechanical in- 
 jury see page 78, and page 107 for Electrolysis. 
 
 MAINTENANCE. 
 
 A ladder should be used for entering and leaving manholes 
 Im no case should the cables be used for this purpose. 
 
 iayl 
 
The moving of cables in manholes should be done, with the 
 greatest of care, one cable at a time. If there is a joint in the 
 cable to be moved or bent, it should be done in such a manner 
 that the joint will not be strained. 
 
 Sharp bends in the cables should be avoided wherever pos- 
 sible ; if they become necessary the cablé should first be heated. 
 
 In cold weather, the cables should always be heated before 
 they are moved or bent. 
 
 Lead ‘‘ protectors’’ should always be kept under the cables, 
 at the mouths of ducts in the manholes. 
 
 A regular inspection as to the condition of the manholes, 
 covers, cables, lead protectors, terminals, hangers, junction 
 boxes, and all parts thereof, should be made three or four times 
 a year and carefully recorded, and all necessary work done to 
 keep the entire system at its maximum efficiency. 
 
 Whenever a manhole is entered for any purpose, it is advis- 
 able to make an inspection of the cables, cushions, hangers and 
 junction boxes, in that manhole. 
 
 It should be made the duty of every employe to observe as far 
 as possible, and promptly report any damage or threatened dam- 
 age to, or anything unusual about, any part of the underground 
 or aerial cable system, for here it is indeed true that ‘‘an ounce 
 of prevention is worth a pound of cure.” 
 
 LAYING CONDUITS. 
 
 OPEN-BOX CONDUIT. Thisconsists of a wooden box made 
 of one to one and one-half inch rough lumber and large enough 
 to contain all the cables needed; the trench should be opened as 
 nearly straight as possible and the bottom leveled to grade, or at 
 least approximately so; the conduitsare then laid on the bottom, 
 the ends butting against each other and held in line by short 
 strips nailed along one side and overlapping six to ten inches on 
 each section; the nails should be of such length as not to pass 
 through to the inside of the box; but a simpler method of hold- 
 ing the boxes in line with each other is to tamp a little earth on 
 both sides of the junction. The box is provided with a strong 
 cover, as further described at top of page 114. — : . 
 
 Wherever cables have been carefully laid in conduits of this 
 kind and thoroughly covered with a preservative like roofers’ 
 pitch they have invariably given perfect satisfaction. For all 
 ordinary locations, such as underground lines through private 
 grounds to residences, etc., or in cities where it is possible to 
 anticipate future needs with reasonable certainty, no better or 
 cheaper method can be devised, but this is not advisable for all 
 locations, as explained on page 99. 
 
 WOODEN PUMP LOG CONDUIT. This is the simplest 
 form of conduit and is laid on the bottom of a prepared trench 
 of requisite depth, by simply butting the ends tight together, the 
 socket joint keeping the conduit well in line. 
 
 CEMENT LINED AND HOLLOW BRICK TILE OR MUL- 
 TIPLE CONDUIT. While these conduits may be laid directly in 
 the ground, a more permanent and satisfactory result will be 
 obtained by observing the following instructions: 
 
 Open the trench in straight lines to the required depth so that 
 when all ducts are laid the top layer shall not be nearer the sur- 
 face of the street than two feet. Level the bottom of trench care- 
 fully to grade, but slightly higher in the middle of each section so 
 as todrain water into the manholes, and spread thereon a layer of 
 good cement concrete three inches in depth; on this concrete 
 place the bottom layer of ducts and carefully cover the joints 
 with good cement mortar, which sets quickly and keeps the 
 ductsinline. On this layer is placed a second layer and so on 
 until the required number is laid. The layers of cement lined 
 pipe should be separated by about one inch of concrete, but 
 Hollow Brick Tiles are preferably separated by about one-half 
 inch of cement mortar. Each succeeding layer of ducts should 
 break joints with the preceding one. The top layer and the 
 sides of the conduit are covered, as a mechanical protection. by 
 a bed of concrete three inches in thickness. Fig. 29, page 36 
 shows the appearance of a subway consisting of twelve three 
 inch cement lined conduits. The Hollow Brick conduits are 
 kept clean during laying by a ‘‘ Mandril,*’ provided with a 
 cleaning washer, which is pulled through the pipes after the 
 cement has been placed over the joints and allowed to set for a 
 few minutes. If desired a small wire can be attached to the rear 
 
 112 
 
end of each mandril, and drawn in with it and left in the duct, 
 for use in pulling in the cable rope or the cleaning rope and 
 mandril for removing all surplus cement. 
 
 The ducts in all cases should be perfectly smooth inside and 
 present no projections, particularly at joints. It isa good plan 
 to draw a cleaning mandrilthrough all ducts before the cable is 
 installed, to remove any obstruction which may have been intro- 
 duced. Astraight line should be preserved between manholes 
 as faras possible. Where only a single duct is to be laid, it will 
 generally be found advisable and economical to use the wooden 
 conduit, asthe joints are more positive, and the matrix of cement 
 concrete is not necessary. All laterals from manholes to and up 
 poles or other structures should be of Standard wrought iron 
 pipe, because that is the only safe thing to run up a pole and it 
 is not practicable to make a safe joint between that and either 
 of the other styles of duct. 
 
 MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, ETC. 
 
 These are located at suitable distances apart; the general 
 style, size and construction of two kinds of Manholes are illus- 
 trated on pages 10land 115, The ducts should enter the manholes 
 at such distance from the bottom as to be easily accessible to a 
 man standing upright therein. 
 
 Handholes are sufficiently described on page 102 
 
 Wherever possible the manholes should be connected to the 
 nearest sewer by means of a short pipe and trap, the latter to 
 prevent sewer gas from eutering the manhole; if the subway 
 system is subject to illuminating and sewer gases, it is advisa- 
 ble to seal all the ducts, where they enter the manhole, with 
 pure clay, plaster paris, or other suitable material that will not 
 attack the cables, thus preventing the circulation of gas from 
 manhole to manhole. Where the gases in a subway system are 
 so plentiful as to make it unsafe for a workman to enter the man- 
 hole, an ordinary hand-blower is used for driving out the gas, 
 When work is being done in a manhole, especially on a much 
 traveled street, it is advisable to place an iron frame work or 
 
 Cage around it, so as to prevent accidents. 
 
 LAYING CABLES. 
 
 IN OPEN-BOX 
 CONDUITS.— 
 After the rough 
 wooden conduit 
 or box has been 
 placed on the bot- 
 tom ofthetrench, 
 as described un- 
 der directions for 
 laying conduits, 
 the reel contain- 
 ing the cable is 
 mounted on 
 wheels and 
 drawn along the 
 trench as illustra- 
 ted in Figure 6l, 
 which is from an 
 actual photo. 
 s— graph of the lay- 
 ing of its first 
 cables by the 
 Standard Under. 
 ground Cable 
 Company, in 
 Pittsburgh. »As 
 the reel-cart 
 moves along the 
 trench, the cable 
 pays off and is 
 carefully laid 
 
 113 
 
into the box; when all the cables have been laid, the box is 
 filled up with hot pitch which has been melted either in pitch 
 kettles set up along the line of trench, or in an asphalt wagon 
 which is drawn along the edge of the trench as fast as the box 
 is filled from buckets or through a trough or tube extending to 
 it from the asphalt wagon; the cover of the box is then nailed in 
 position and the trench refilled. If the trench is not level the 
 cover should be nailed to the box and the trench refilled—leaving 
 the higher end of the box exposed—and the hot pitch poured in 
 at this end until the box is full. In nailing the cover on the box, 
 be very careful not to drive the nails so as to pass through the 
 wood and injure the cables. At points where future digging 
 may be expected, as at street intersections, a light cast iron 
 cover or shield for the box, is a useful protection. 
 
 DRAWING CABLES INTO CLOSED CON- 
 DUITS. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS. Where cables are to be drawn into 
 conduits, too much care cannot be exercised during the work of 
 drawing in; this applies equally to all kinds of conduits, whether 
 iron, wood or cement. See that both manholes and ducts are 
 free from obstructions of any kind; the ducts must be perfectly 
 smooth inside and laid in straight lines between manholes. (See 
 ““Manholes,” page101) 
 
 RODDING. It is clear that in order to draw acableintoa 
 duct a drawing medium must be placed in the duct; the first step, 
 therefore, is to ‘“‘rod”’ the duct; various methods are used, but 
 where the ducts are very smooth and free from obstructions, 
 a steel wire rod 44 inch in diameter is the simplest; as the rod 
 comes off the reel standing near the mouth of the manhole, it is 
 pushed through the duct, comparatively little power being re- 
 quired to pass it through a distance of four hundred to five hun- 
 dred feet; when the end appears at the distant manhole, a rope 
 is attached to the wire at the entering manhole, and the rod is 
 drawn through, carrying the rope with it, the rope being then 
 used to draw in the cable. The form of rod, however, which is 
 most generally used, consists of four-feet sections of tough wood 
 ‘with brass or iron screw or spring’ couplings on each end, 
 a sufficient bundle of these is placed in a manhole; the ‘-rodder,”’ 
 stationing himself at the mouth of the duct, pushes one section 
 into it, attaches the second section by screwing it into the 
 first, and pushing it on; this is repeated until the first rod 
 appears at the distant manhole, whereupon the draw rope is 
 attached to the last rod; at the distant manhole the operation is 
 now reversed until the last section of rod has been drawn out 
 and the rope appears. Where a large amount of duct is to be 
 rodded in advance of the actual placing of the cable, it is, of 
 course, impracticable to draw a rope into each section of conduit, 
 and an iron wire is drawn in instead and remains there until the 
 cable is ready, when the first operation is to haul in the draw- 
 rope by means of the iron wire, the wire being then coiled up 
 and utilized again under similar circumstances. 
 
 OBSTRUCTIONS. When obstructions are met in rodding 
 ducts, they can generally be removed by mounting a mandril on 
 the first rod, but if this does not suffice,a measurement of the 
 rods that enter the duct until the impassable obstacle is reached, 
 will indicate where the street should be opened over the line of 
 subway to correct the difficulty, which is then done by taking up 
 and relaying a section of the subway; it is, however, very seldom 
 that so serious an obstruction is met. 
 
 DRAWING IN THE CABLES. Before drawing in cables 
 with identifying marks and containing more than two conduc- 
 tors, be sure that they are drawn in from that end of asubway 
 section as will result in a perfect correspondence of identifying 
 marks. The cable reel should be placed on that side of the man- 
 hole at which the cable enters the duct and the cable allowed to 
 enter the manhole from the top—not the bottom—of the reel, so 
 as to describe a simple curve as shown at Zin Figure62. Attach 
 the rope to the cable and draw the latter through theduct. Some 
 of the simplest methods and devices are shown in Figure 62, in 
 which 4 represents a pine plank 6x2, and of such length as will 
 permit of its extending from the bottom of the manhole to about 
 three feet above the surface of the street; it forms part of the 
 sheave shown at 4’, Band C; Band Cshowthe pulley blocks and 
 
 114 
 
‘mn 
 i 
 
 if 
 TT ee 
 be tine! = 
 
 IRONE PIPE SOLIDEYE & 
 — = 
 
 —_ 
 yu Rts ‘pas 
 
 Vd Silid SNBOHI SATE 
 
 Fig. 62. 
 
 method of putting in pin; D is the iron cross or brace which acts 
 as one bearing for the upright shaft, its working position being 
 indicated at the mouth of the lower manhole; Z represents a sec- 
 tion of iron pipe made to fit the cablesnugly; this pipe is threaded 
 a portion of the way on the inside of the projecting end. Into 
 this projecting end the solid eye “is screwed. The entireclevis 
 at this stage isshown at G. The chain /can be fastened to the 
 eye permanently, or by means of a lengthwise split link. The 
 plan of fastening rope shown at A. is the most advantageous (a 
 swivel can be inserted in the rope near the cable to prevent it 
 from twisting when drawn), but where the cable is not heavy, the 
 ordinary methods of splicing in a rope will do as well. In some 
 cases it is advisable to sweat the clevis on to the cable and alsoto 
 observe the additional precaution of fastening it with wood 
 screws, as shown at &. 
 
 The protector 7 /prevents abrasion of the cable while passing 
 into the duct. The half section is used were the cable is to con- 
 tinue on through a manhole and where it would, therefore, be 
 impossible to remove the round protector. The protector made 
 in two sections can be more easily removed when the cables are 
 in position. It should be made as thin as possible consistent 
 with proper strength so as not materially to encroach upon the 
 space needed by the entering cable or cables. 
 
 SOLDERED ENDS. In order to prevent moisture or water 
 in the duct from entering the cable as it passes through from 
 manhole to manhole, the end must be carefully soldered up, so 
 as to leave no portion of the insulation exposed. 
 
 CABLE GRIP. Where no regular cable grip is available, the 
 following method may be used for attaching the draw-rope to the 
 cable; namely: 
 
 By means of a spike, punch two holes through the centre of 
 the cable from side to side, the first about three inches from the 
 end and the second about three inches from that; then form a 
 link to connect the cable and drawing-in rope by passing a No. 
 10 to 14 steel wire several times through the eye of the rope and 
 the holes in the cable; fasten the ends of the wire so that they 
 will not slip. This method is simple and cheap, and the means 
 for it are easily procured. Cut off the end when it has been 
 drawn in, so as to remove all moisture. 
 
 A very satisfactory attachment is made to cables with solid 
 core as follows: Bring the “‘eye’’ of the rope up near the soldered 
 end of cable, Seabee cog through the eye an iron wire or bunch of 
 wires about four feet long, bending the wires on the eye so that 
 equal lengths project on either side ; the rope and cable being 
 held firmly in position, about six inches apart, the two wires are 
 then wrapped spirally around the cable, in opposite directions, 
 
 115 
 
outside of the lead, and the ends secured by twisting together. 
 Enough wires being thus put on to stand any strain. The wires 
 bind on €ach other and on the lead, and thus make a very firm 
 ‘grip. 
 ef DRAWING APPARATUS. If the cable is light and short, 
 two or three men will be able to pull it in by a straightaway 
 draught, but usually some such apparatus as is illustrated in 
 Figure 62 will be necessary. 
 In no case 
 WINCH should horses 
 FOR G be used to pull 
 RAWI the cable into 
 D NCABLES. the “duic tse 
 
 BY eee the cable 
 
 is of large size 
 
 WATEAESMITE, unusually 
 heavy, a light 
 capstan should 
 be provided 
 and the draw- 
 ing rope wound 
 around the 
 drum five or six 
 times to pre- 
 vent slipping. 
 (Anexcellent 
 form of winch 
 has been devis- 
 ed by Walter F. 
 
 &. Ce 5 
 © Bare to which cranke 
 
 be : > F : 
 B. Brace and pulley frame, testing 19 SH S Smith, of Phila- 
 @. Eads, Featiog In bottom of manbole of Ys adelphia, and 
 
 is shown in 
 Figure 63.) The 
 capstan or 
 winch should 
 Fig. 63: be turned slow- 
 Care ly and regu- 
 larly, a competent man being stationed in the distant manhole 
 where the cable is entering the duct, to ease it over the edge and 
 prevent it from jamming or kinking, and asa further precaution 
 protectors of leather or highly polished wood should be used 
 (7 pp OE 62) to take the friction of the entering or emitting 
 cable. 
 
 As soon as the cable has been drawn into the duct, the ends 
 should be carefully examined and any moisture noted and 
 removed by cutting off a little of the cable; the ends should 
 then be carefully soldered up. 
 
 It is frequently necessary to draw more than one cable into 
 the same duct; in New York City as many as six lead covered 
 cables, each nearly seven-eighths of an inch in diameter, have 
 been drawn at once into athree inch duct. It is not advisable 
 to draw cables into or out of ducts over cables already laid, 
 although there are cases in which it hasbeen done without injury 
 to the cables; itis very risky and is, at any time, liable to result 
 in the destruction of one or all of the cables. 
 
 As tothe length, weight and diameter of cable that should 
 be drawn continuously into a given duct, see page 87. 
 
 SLACK. Enough slack must be leftin each manholeto enable 
 the cables to pass along its sides instead of directly through, 
 as in the latter case they would be continually in the way 
 and liable to injury. _When extra slack is needed in man- 
 holes, attach theropeto the cable, the end of rope being frayed out 
 and wrapped spirally around and lashed onto the cable for some 
 distance, to prevent kinking or cutting the lead cover anddrawin 
 as much as possible at a time, then release the Grip, and pass it 
 back to the edge of the duct, again attach it to the cable, 
 and proceed as before. This operation can be repeated until 
 enough slack is obtained. 
 
 CUSHIONS. Before leaving the manhole a cushion or 
 protector, consisting simply of a piece of sheet lead, or of a half 
 section of lead pipe just large enough to take in the cable, or of 
 a piece of heavy tarred felt (which offers less temptation to lead- 
 thieves), should be placed under the cable at the mouth of the 
 conduit, so as to prevent the edge from cutting the cable. 
 This should never be omitted, however smooth the duct may be. 
 : CABLE SUPPORTS. See page 106. To apply the hanger 
 shown at d, d’ and @’’, one of the T-shaped ends is placed in the 
 
 116 
 
slot 4, the other end being carried up around the cable ana also 
 iserted in the slot, which is made to slope in downwards 
 from the top, so that the hanger, in endeavoring to regain its 
 normal shape, automatically locks itself. The second form 
 consists ofa flat metal hanger, as shown at ¢, c’,c’’ and c’’’; to ap- 
 ply it the T-shaped end is inserted sideways in one of the slots 4, 
 and is so shaped, with respect to the slot, that on being turned into 
 its natural position it becomes locked ; the cable is then pressed 
 into the mouth of the hanger, which, being resilient, rebounds 
 and locks the cable in. 
 
 In lieu of this form, our regular Malleable Iron Cable 
 Hanger, (see pages 35 and 94) can be used exactly in the manner 
 described on page 118, except that it may be found more con- 
 venient to substitute staples driven into the side of the manhole, 
 or into a standard or board attached to the side, in lieu of a 
 suspending wire. 
 
 DISTRIBUTION. 
 
 Having thus provided for the trunk lines, it is also necessary 
 to provide means for placing branch lines for distributing the 
 circuits ; some of these will now be described : 
 
 CELLAR OR VAULT DISTRIBUTION. From a manhole 
 or handhole located at the most central or easy point of access to 
 a block, a cable having sufficient capacity to serve such block is 
 extended into a vault cellar, and, preferably, to a terminal 
 or distributing box, and thence in both directions under the 
 sidewalks, and, whenever possible, along the walls of cellars or 
 of the vaults under the sidewalks. 
 
 HOUSE-TOP AND YARD DISTRIBUTION. The branch cable 
 is extended to a pole centrally located in one of the back yards in 
 the block, or to the roof of a building—in either case to a termi- 
 nal—and from here air lines are run to each subscriber. For 
 methods of branching and looping cables, see page 122. : 
 
 STREET-LAMP DISTRIBUTION. To distribute electric 
 light current to street lamps, a subsidiary conduit is laid from 
 the nearest manhole or handhole to the lamp post, the base of 
 which should be hollow and accessible by a door and should 
 connect with the subsidiary duct at such an angle as to offer no 
 obstruction to the entering cable; the twoconductors (our Duplex 
 Cables lend themselves most readily to this class of work) are 
 drawn or pushed in. 
 
 HOUSE-TO-HOUSE DISTRIBUTION. Thissomewhat more 
 expensive but strictly underground method of distribution is 
 effected by placing service or flush boxes at every second party 
 line, and there making the necessary branch or “T”’ joints or 
 placing a junction box when ready to loop in the desired service 
 wires for both houses, unless, as is strongly advised in the case 
 of electric light circuits, or small telephone and telegraph cables 
 (see pages 95 and 97), the maincables aretakenin. Theseservice 
 wires or cables are drawn or pushed through the subsidiary 
 ducts from the service or flush box into the basement or cellar of 
 one of the houses, the wires or cables for the adjacent house 
 being passed through the party or basement wal]; each cable is 
 provided with a terminal, and extends thence to the lamps, in- 
 struments, or other devices by cables or insulated wire. If a 
 service box is used (see page 102) it is necessary to open the street 
 over it whenever it has to be opened for tapping or looping the 
 circuit into the building, or for repairs or changing the connec- 
 tions, but this cannot be avoided (except by using a flush box)as 
 itis impossible to predict in advance what service will be required 
 in any given block when the subway is first laid; nor is such 
 opening any more objectionable or difficult than the current 
 practice of gas and water companies in providing service lines. 
 
 LAYING SUBMARINE CABLES. 
 
 We frequently furnish short cables for crossing rivers or nar- 
 row lakes, bays or bayous, and while it is impossible to give in- 
 structions that will apply to all cases, yet a simple method of 
 laying such cables may be suggested, which can be modified to 
 suit the circumstances of each case. 
 
 The cable is always shipped on strong wooden reels of suit- 
 able size; procure a boat or flat of proper capacity to carry the 
 reel and attendants in safety; through the centre of the reel pass 
 a crow-bar or piece of round iron and mount it on trusses near 
 the bow of the boat, so that the reel will revolve as the cable pays 
 out; station a man on each side of the reel to regulate the speed 
 
 117 
 
with which it revolves, as otherwise it may pay off cable faster 
 than the boat moves away, which would probably result ininjury 
 to the cable; Iet the’cable pass off from the bottom of the reel. 
 The cable should be carefully watched as it pays out and should 
 be guarded from rubbing against any sharp edges or rough sur- 
 faces; a few pieces of old carpet or coffee sacks spread over the 
 end of the boat where the cable passes off may prevent the 
 destruction of the cable. Before leaving shore, the end of the 
 cable should be firmly secured at the point where it is to meet the 
 pole line or underground cable; in doing this it will hardly be 
 possible to avoid injuring three or four feet at the end, as it may 
 be necessary to wind it around a post or tree to hold it fast when 
 the boat moves out. Aninspection will usually show whether or 
 not it has received any injury, but, as a rule, if you have any 
 doubt, especially in the case of cable for conveying high tension 
 currents, it is best to cut off enough of the cable to insure the re- 
 moval of any injured or compressed portion. 
 
 The boat should move at a slow speed and should land with 
 prow towards the shore near the point where the cable isto land; 
 then continue slowly and carefully unreeling the cable and drop- 
 ping it into the water along-side of the boat, being careful to 
 hold fast to the end and at all hazards prevent it from getting 
 wet; then extend the shore end of the cable to the point at which 
 it is to meet the pole line or underground cable, 
 
 If the cable is light and only a few hundred feet Iong, and 
 the bed of the stream is free from stones or other objects that 
 might cut the cable, the above plan may be reversed, z. e., mount 
 the reel on the shore, take the end of the cable into the boat and 
 carry it across the river to the desired point. 
 
 The shore ends, are, of course, to be laid in a trench extend- 
 ing down to the water’s edge, and if, on account of alow stage 
 of water, or the practicability of using a dredge, it is possible to 
 bury the cable for some distance out in the bed of the stream it 
 will be an additional assurance of the long life of the cable, as in 
 that case the danger of vessels running upon and crushing it when 
 landing, will be reducedto a minimum. It is generally advisable 
 to put up a prominent sign, giving notice of the “Cable Landing.”’ 
 
 In case the lead cover should be broken in process of laying, 
 examine it carefully to see that there is no moisture present, and 
 then make a careful solder-wipe over the break: if any moisture 
 is present, follow the directions given on page 122, except that the 
 cable must only be cut as a last resort, in which case cut off 
 enough at each side of the break to insure entire freedom from 
 moisture; then re-unite the two ends as directed under the 
 head of jointing, on pages 126 and 127; the additional protection 
 (if any) over the lead cover must be restored and extended over 
 thesplice, so as to make it a continuously protected cable. 
 
 STRINGING AERIAL CABLES, 
 
 (See figure 64 and page 865.) 
 
 Place the suspending wire, solid 
 or stranded, in position, taut, avoiding 
 wire splices between poles, and securing 
 the ends against possibility of coming 
 loose when the weight of the cable is 
 added; if the cable is unusually large and 
 heavy it is best to use a wire rope having 
 the necessary tensile strength. 
 
 Stretch a “leading-up” wire from 
 ground tostarting pole, at a gentle incline, 
 and connecting with the suspending wire. 
 Station men with block and tackle at the 
 point to which the section of cable is to 
 reach, allowing the rope to rest on the 
 cross-arms and pass down to the cable at 
 the end of the “leading-up” wire; secure 
 the rope to the cable end and let it be 
 drawn along slowly and smoothly, or as 
 fast as the cable hangers can be attached 
 to the cable as it passes off the reel and up 
 the “‘leading-up” wire; attach the hangers 
 to the cable 4, at intervals of 24 to 30 inches, 
 
 _ asat3, by means of the tongs described on 
 page 185 but engaging only every fifth or sixth hanger to the 
 “leading-up’”’ wire, or to the suspending wire, 2, until the last 
 span is reached, when every hanger must be hooked, 1, on to the 
 suspending or messenger wire, as it passes the lineman on each 
 pole, so that when the cable is drawn over the last span into ex- 
 change or to pole terminal, the whole will be hooked up. 
 
 118 
 
The method just described has several disadvantages. The 
 strain on the hangers in sliding up the inclined wire, and then 
 along for eight or nine hundred feet on the horizontal messenger 
 wire, tends to loosen them on the cable whereupon they slip 
 from their places and two or three hangers become bunched at 
 one point, while in between the cable hangs in loops, rendering 
 it necessary for a man to go out on the wire to space the hangers. 
 A system which overcomes these disadvantages has been devel- 
 oped and patented by our General Superintendent of Construc- 
 tion, Mr. F. S. Vielé. While our method secures more satis- 
 factory results in the appearance of the finished work, it, at the 
 same time, materially reduces the cost of installation as will be 
 seen from the following description. 
 
 The inclined wire is strung as previously described and 
 hangers are applied to the cable in the usual way. 
 
 The rope by which the cable is to be pulled up is securely 
 fastened to the end of the cable and passed along the line, 
 resting at every cross-arm on Idler pulleys, shown in fig. 64A. 
 
 A carrier, A, B, C, of fig. 64A, consisting of grooved wheel, 
 A, pivot B,and supporting stirrup C, isthen placed on the inclined 
 wire, and the end of the cable with hangers on it, is placed in 
 the angle of the stirrup. Thestirrup being shaped so that any 
 size cable will be closely held without slipping, one carrier will 
 serve for all sizes of cable. 
 
 The cable supported by ‘‘carriers’’ is pulled up the inclined 
 wire, carriers being placed every thirty or forty feet, depending 
 on size and weight of cable. 
 
 When the horizontal wire is reached the cable passes over an 
 Idler pulley, and a man at the pole moves “‘carriers’’ from the 
 inclined wire to the messenger wire, and the cable then runs 
 
 Wezcazz 
 
 coo 
 
 o~ 
 er 
 eee i] 
 
 ree ini 
 <r 
 
 vA 
 
 a aoe 
 
 along on the messenger with only the little friction due to the 
 wheels of the few carriers, thus moving much more easily and 
 rapidly, and with far less strain on the cable and less men to 
 pull it, than when many hangers are slipping along on the 
 wire. When the carrier comes to a cross-arm, a switch shown 
 at A’, engages the wheel, and deflects it far enough to clear the 
 messenger wire, and then guides the cable down far enough to 
 pass under the cross-arm, reversing the direction when the arm is 
 passed, and guiding the pulley up on the wire again. The 
 switches proper, (patented) are composed of two parts bolting 
 around the messenger, and eight inches in length. One half 
 of the clamping device, A’, has on it the rib, B’, which raises 
 the wheel of the messenger wire, and deflects it to one side. 
 The rib is continued between clamps, by a wrought iron bar, 
 (shown in fig. 64A), three feet long, which dips sufficiently to 
 allow the pulley to pass underthe cross-arm, then rises and shunts 
 the pulley back on totheswitchand thence tothe wire. A pivoted 
 support D, at the middle of the iron bar, passes over the cross- 
 arm and prevents the weight of the cable from dragging the bar 
 down so that the pulley will run off. 
 
 One man can keep ahead of the cable gang with the attaching 
 of these switches. The bar may be made of different shapes, 
 such that the pulley can be passed under or over the support on 
 either side of a pole, or to one side of the pole, if fastened tg the 
 pole itself. 
 
 When the cable is all pulled up in position, except the last 
 section, men stationed at each pole, placethe hangers themselves 
 on the wire, remove the carriers as they reach the pole, and the 
 last section is pulled into position, leaving the cable permanently 
 in place. It is evident that the men usually necessary on 
 poles ai] the time, are with this method available for other pur- 
 poses, as applying hangers, etc., a large majority of the time, 
 hence the force of men may be reduced considerably; and 
 
 119 
 
furthermore, the strain on the hangers and cable is greatly re- 
 duced, the hangers only sliding on the wire the distance of one 
 span, instead of the whole length, as heretofore. 
 
 Our experience with this method has proved its superiority 
 over any yet brought to our attention, and we heartily recom- 
 mend its adoption by those who have much aerial cable to in- 
 stall, and prices will be quoted on application, for the devices, 
 or the right to use them. 
 
 Measurements of aerial cable should always be made so that 
 joints shall come at poles, and not in the middle of sections. 
 
 Platforms and steps should be permanently placed on all 
 poles where terminals are located, so as to facilitate regular in- 
 spection of the apparatus. 
 
 PLACING CABLES OR WIRES IN MINES. 
 
 To pass from the shaft house to the levels at which the elec- 
 tric current is to be delivered, attach the cable to the timbers of 
 the skips or elevator guides by such of the means described 
 under ‘‘House Cabling or Wiring,’”’ page 121, as are best suited for 
 the case; some of these are illustrated in Figure 65, next page. 
 
 If the entry is horizontal, or but gently sloping, lay down a 
 rough wooden box, place the cables therein (see pages 112 to 114) 
 and, unless there is considerable danger ofchemiical actions, do not 
 fill the box with pitch ; then replace the heavy plank cover and 
 secure it firmly tothe box. Be careful not to injure the cable or 
 insulation in handling it or in fastening down the cover. For 
 mine work it is advisable to give the cables the extra protection 
 of a saturated fibrous cover described on pages 78 and 79. 
 
 The box suggested is inexpensive, ands can be made so small 
 as to be but slightly, if at all, in the way, and affords a proper 
 protection to the cable against the possibility of mechanical 
 injury. 
 
 An alternative in horizontal or gently sloping entries would 
 be to suspend the cable overhead or on the sides of the entry, as 
 described on page 118, the suspending wire being secured by 
 spikes or rods driven into the walls or sustaining timbers at suita- 
 ble intervals. 
 
 Where the cables branch off into the various levels or rooms, 
 the connection between the main and branch cables should be 
 made in a weather-tight terminal box or cut-out box, as described 
 on pages 89 90and 132, so that the connections can be readily 
 changed when desired, or better still, usearegular junction box. 
 
 The branch cables can be laid in a rough box or suspended as 
 above described. Do not fail to provide each cable end with a 
 terminal to protect the conductors against moisture. If these 
 methods are carefully followed, satisfactory results will be 
 certain. 4 
 
 ‘ Another plan, but more expensive than either of those sug- 
 gested above, is to use iron armored cables such as are em- 
 ployed in submarine service ; these could be laid on the floor of 
 the entries or levels, and would not be easily injured. 
 
 , If a cheaper class of wiring is desired than could be done 
 with cables,and the mines are comparatively dry, use our 
 Weathe.proof Line Wires—especially the Tip-Top grade, (page 
 20)—but if the mine is in a constantlv moist or wet condition, use 
 a suitable Rubber-covered Wire (pages 11 to 18); the wire 
 should be tied, in the usual way, to giass or porcelain insulators 
 mounted on brackets, the brackets being secured to the sustain- 
 ing timbers or- walls. 
 
 , ee instructions for making joints, loops, etc., see pages 122 
 
 (@) ' 
 
 For Flexible and Duplex Wire to connect from the perma- 
 nent circuits to movable lights, drills, etc., see pages 11, 14, 21, 
 
 HOUSE CABLING OR WIRING. 
 
 _For determining the size of conductor to be used in wiring a 
 building for electric lighting see rules and tables, pages 165 to 171 
 inclusive ; for the general character of the work be governed by 
 the rules of the Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 In order to obtain the best and neatest results, architects and 
 owners of buildings in process of erection should make ample 
 provision for electric wiring for lighting, annunciators, call 
 bells, etc., and this can be done at small cost; passages or chan, 
 nels of suitable size, say from one to two inches square, should 
 be left to all points at which it is likely that a lamp, annunciator, 
 push button, etc.,might at any time in the future be located; 
 proper openings should be left through the partitions at suitable 
 places between ceiling and floor; the “risers” through which 
 the wires or cables are passed from one floor to another should 
 be ample in size. It is advisable to insert at a suitable point in 
 the wainscoating of each floor a neat box provided with lock and 
 
 120 
 
key, in which the cut-outs, switches, and, if necessary, the bat- 
 tery cells, can be located; the entire system should be carefully 
 laid out with a view to drawing in the wires or cables subse- 
 quently without cutting floors or walls. A still better plan is to 
 lay in the building, during or after its erection, a tube of fire and 
 water-proof material, just as gas pipe is laid. These tubes may 
 be of tin or iron, and preferably lined with an insulating sub- 
 stance, or they may be paper tubes specially treated to make 
 them Dre and water-proor. . 
 The cables or wires can be drawn into the tubes with great 
 facility, and connected to the lamps at any point desired. The 
 wires being continuously enclosed in a fire-proof tube, no fire 
 can result from a short circuit; the damaged wires are easily 
 withdrawn and repaired or replaced by new wires, this being the 
 only expense incurred. If preparations of this kind are made 
 when the building is under construction, the difficulty of electric 
 wiring will be greatly lessened and the cost of the work to the 
 owner materially reduced ; this matter should in these days have 
 the same care and study as the location of steam and gas pipes. 
 Where no such provisions have been made, the methods of 
 wiring houses are three in number: : f 
 (2) CLEAT WORK. The cheapest method—in which the 
 wires are visible, and are secured to the ceiling or walls at short 
 intervals by hard wood cleats. ‘ 
 This system is only advisable where appearance is to be sac- 
 rificed to economy, and is, therefore, recommended only for mills 
 and factories ; ithas the advantage of affording ready access to 
 the conductors in case the location of lamps or instruments is to 
 be changed. ; , 
 (2) MOULDING WORK. In which the wires are covered by 
 wooden mouldings; this system is more expensive than cleat 
 work, but it is much neater in appearance ; soft wood should be 
 used, as it does not warp as readily as hard wood; it can be 
 stained to match the finish of the room. ; 
 (c) CONCEALED WORK. Thisis the most difficult method 
 of wiring, unless it is done in a new building before the lathing, 
 plastering and flooring have been begun, in which case it is com- 
 paratively simple. _ ie 
 Whatever plan is adopted for wiring a house, the work 
 should be done with the greatest of care, and should be placed 
 in the hands of strictly reliable and responsible men; great care 
 must be used in driving nails or staples, to avoid cutting the 
 insulation of the wire. Wherea house is wired for electric light- 
 ing, the switch controlling all or a portion of the lights for each 
 floor should be located at the most convenient place, those for 
 long passages, cellars, etc., being usually located at their 
 entrances. 
 LEAD-COVERED CABLES. Where lead-covered cables are 
 used for wiring a house, the greatest care must be taken not to 
 ., cut or injure the lead cover by the cleats or 
 staples used for fastening the cable to the 
 studding, etc., before plastering, or along 
 the wainscoating subsequently, and it is 
 advisable to use a cushion of leather, felt, 
 or thin sheet lead, at each fastening. In 
 passing from lower to upper floors of 
 buildings, well cushioned supports, cleats 
 or staples should be used at intervals of 
 _ two or three feet, besides placing a cushion 
 under the cable at its first turn or bend at 
 the top. Several methods are shown in 
 Figure 65, where 4 is the wood cleat and 
 staple most suitable for attaching two 
 cables along brick walls; @ is wood cleat 
 ' with screw for attaching to wooden struc- 
 | ture; c and d are forms for single cables, 
 
 ' and e is the cushion above mentioned. 
 || Where it is desirable to further protect 
 the cables against injury, nail wooden 
 strips, of proper thickness, to the walls 
 along each side of the cable, and upon 
 Fig. 66. these fasten a cover of quality suited for 
 
 the location. 
 
 The cables that lend themselves most advantageously to 
 house wiring are our Flat Cables, illustrated on pages 28 and 30, 
 and described under “House Cables” on page 82. Where q strictly 
 first-class, permanent job is required, nothing but lead covered 
 cables of this pattern should be permitted. 
 
 121 
 
 0 
 
MAKING JOINTS, LOOPS, ETC. 
 
 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. ‘The greatest care is necessary 
 in making joints or connections on cables; if properly made they 
 are fully as good as the cable itself. 
 
 This is the most important part of a cable installation; given 
 a strictly first-class cable, its practical success or failure is 
 dependent upon the method and care used in making the joints. 
 This part of the work must not be entrusted to inexperienced or 
 careless hands; every splice should be carefully inspected by the 
 superintendent in charge before being passed. Let all buyers 
 take notice that any important deviation from the instructions 
 given in this book for making joints will vitiate any guarantee 
 that may be given by us, unless our written consent tosuch devia- 
 tion has first been procured, 
 
 Do not undertake to make joints on our cables in any other 
 way than hereinafter described, without first submitting the pro- 
 
 osed method to us for approval; it is at least possible that your 
 ‘new’? method has been long ago tried and found unsafe, and we 
 will cheerfully give our customers the benefit of the information 
 accumulated in the past thirteen years 
 
 Put the insulating tape or covering on the wire joints to at 
 least the same thickness as the regular insulation of the cable 
 conductor; be sure that there is no protruding sharp burr or 
 
 oint on any of the wire splices, as it may subsequently be 
 orced through the insulation to the lead sleeve, or to another 
 conductor, causing a “ground” or “‘cross.” 
 
 ' The wire jointsmay be made and insulated by an expert line- 
 aan, but, unless he has had special experience or understands 
 the manipulation of the Joint Moulds, he should have a first-class 
 plumber to prepare the sleeve and make the solider wipe, etc. 
 The splicer’s hands must be kept perfectly dry and free from 
 perspiration, as a little moisture communicated to the splice may 
 result in lowering the insulation resistance. 
 
 It is a matter of record that allthe burn-outs occurring in 
 electric light cables in the New York subways in a period of 
 twelve months (with the exception of those in a Vulcanite Insula- 
 ted Cable) were traceable in every case to defective joints, or to 
 mechanical injury; it pays to employ good jointers in under- 
 ground work, and if you cannot secure absolutely reliable and 
 experienced men, we are ready to furnish them. There have 
 been several important instances in this country where the idea 
 that any one could make joints and that any kind of joints would 
 suffice was not only held, but acted upon, by those who should be 
 supposed to know that the reverse is true, the result being the 
 partial if not complete ruin of the cables. 
 
 William Maver, Jr., says on this point (see foot note, page 72): 
 
 ‘If, for example, the method of making joints that it is related was employed 
 some years ago in Philadelphia—namely, to strip the ends of the lead covering 
 for two or three inches and then to place three or four turns of tape around the 
 ends of the conductors—had been followed in the New York subways * * * * I] 
 think, no doubt, I would have had to report to-night a continued series of failures 
 in the electric light service similar to those so often quoted as having happened in 
 Philadelphia.”’ 
 
 Each section of cable should be carefully tested (see page 137) 
 for continuity and insulation before making the wire splices, and 
 again when the joint is finished. 
 
 GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING 
 
 JOINTS AND USING TOOLS, ETC. 
 
 REMOVING MOISTURE. ‘The first step in making a cable 
 joint is to cut off the soldered end and inspect carefully for indi- 
 cations of moisture; if any moisture is present and is thought 
 not to extend very far from the end, cut off a little cable ata 
 time, inspecting carefully after each cut; ée careful not to con- 
 zinue this so far that the cable will become too short to be Jointed. 
 Whether or not these cuts have removed the moisture can be de- 
 termined by removing the lead from the piece-last cut off and 
 dipping it into very hot insulating compound; if any moisture is 
 present it will be evinced by bubbles rising to the surface; if these 
 bubbles appear when no more cable can be cut off, apply heat to 
 the lead cover of the cable, beginning at the point nearest the 
 duct and very slowly approaching the end of the cable, the object 
 being to drive all moisture to the open end; wherever it is 
 allowed, a furnace or torch can be used for this purpose, and if 
 the cable is covered with saturated fiber, a metal screen or net 
 should be interposed between the flame and the cable to prevent 
 
 122 
 
its ignition; if the use of a furnace or torch in manholes is for- 
 bidden, or is unsafe on account of the presence of gas, the heating 
 should be effected by pouring very hot ins; 2ting compound over 
 the cable, catching it in a vessel held underneath. Where there 
 is any doubt as to the final freedom from moisture, it is best to 
 make a careful insulation test before the joint is made. 
 
 SCORING THE LEAD. ‘Thesecond step is to score the lead 
 cover of the cable at the point to which it is to be removed, and 
 for this purpose the tool shown in Figure 56, page 105, is particu- 
 larly well adapted. 
 
 Place the cable in the band or rest g, loosen the set-screw d, 
 and slide the arm ¢ along the handle a, until the cutting disk f 
 comes in contact with the cable, the lever 4 being in the posil‘on 
 shown in the drawing; grasp the handles @ and ¢ and press them 
 together until the lever 6 comes in contact with the armc; this 
 will cause the cutting disk to sink into the lead cover to the 
 required depth, preferably only about half way through; now, 
 revolve the tool around the cable until the score is completed; 
 generally one turn is sufficient. 
 
 REMOVING THE LEAD. The third step consists in removing 
 the section of lead which has been limited or marked off by the 
 scoring tool; this is easily done by using the lead-cutting tool, 
 illustrated in Figure 55, page 105; the method of using the tool on 
 an anti-induction cable is as follows: Adjust the stops 4, by means 
 of the set-screw c.so as to have the projecting portions of the cut- 
 ting blades a, exactly equal to the thickness of the lead that is 
 to be removed; apply the tool to one of the corrugations and so 
 that one side of the tool will extend, say 1-16 or 1-32 of an inch be- 
 yond the end of the cabie; hold the cable firmly with one hand, 
 close the handle until the stops terminate the cut, then bend the 
 tongs in the direction of the cable, which will remove the upper 
 half of the lead from the wire for a distance corresponding with 
 the width of the blades; repeat this operation until the lead has 
 been removed to the point where the cable was scored; do this 
 with each corrugation. 
 
 The same method should be followed in removing the lead 
 cover from a round cable, say 34 of an inch or less, in diameter. 
 
 When the tool 
 is to be used on a 
 round cable more 
 than 34 of an inch 
 in diameter, pro- 
 ceed as follows: Set 
 one of the stops so 
 that the blade 
 slightly projects, 
 say about 1-82 of an 
 inch; set the other 
 ~ so that the project- 
 
 S ing portion will be 
 exactly equaltothe 
 thickness of the 
 / lead cover of the 
 cable; the tool in 
 - this case is not to 
 
 Fig. 66. straddle or span the 
 cable, but is ap- 
 plied to its side, the short blade being nearest the operator; now 
 apply pressure to the handles until the blades sink into the lead 
 up to thestops; the short blade will enter the lead but slightly, 
 while the other will cut entirely through; now turn the tool to- 
 wards the short blade, the latter acting as a fulcrum. Instead of 
 revolving the tool around the cable at right angles to the latter, 
 the handles should be inclined in the direction of the cable, (see 
 Figure 66), so as to remove the lead spirally as at d@towards and 
 as far as the score around the cable, at which point it will again 
 come off straight. As the lead comes off the cable at the score it 
 slightly pulls out, in bell-shape, the end of the remaining lead 
 cover of the cable, which is extremely desirable, especially in the 
 case of electric light cables, to avoid static discharge there. 
 
 REMOVING THE INSULATION. ‘The fourth step is to re- 
 move the insulation from the conductor; an easy means of doing 
 this provided by thetool illustrated in Figure 52, page 103, Its 
 operation is as follows: Adjust the cutting blades a by means of 
 the set-screw ¢, so that the distance between them is slightly (say 
 1-32 of an inch) greater than the diameter of the conductor that is 
 to be bared; then bring into working position that groove of the 
 
 123 
 
cylinder 4, which corresponds closely to the diameter of the 
 insulated conductor and fix it firmly by the set-screw d, then ad- 
 just the limiting screw “ so that the cutting blades @ will be 
 prevented from making contact with the sides of the groove in 
 the cylinder 4; insert the end of the insulated wire between the 
 blades and the groove, allowing it to pass in as far as the tool will 
 permit; then press the handles together to the limiting screw, and 
 holding the wire firmly with one hand, draw the tool away from 
 it with the other; this removes the insulation from both sides of 
 the wire and cuts through the layers so that the remainder can 
 be removed instantly by the fingers; the blades should be oiled 
 freely so as to facilitate the cutting. 
 
 The toolregularly furnished is designed to cut the insul tion 
 from the wire for a distance of only one inch, which is ample for 
 any conductor smaller than No.12 B. &§.G. If it is desired that 
 the tool shall cut off more than this amount, a slightly modified 
 form will be furnished. : 
 
 If the conductor is larger than No. 10 B. & S. G. the lead- 
 cutting tool shown in Fig. 55, page 105, is well adapted for the 
 purpose and can be operated in the manner described for re- 
 moving the lead from anti-induction cables, but in that case the 
 cutting depth of the blades should be adjusted to slightly less 
 than the thickness of the insulation, else the blades might strike 
 the conductor and soon become dulled. ‘The better way is to ad- 
 just the stops and place the tool as above described for cutting the 
 lead off large round cables, and after closing the jaws on the 
 insulation, revolve the tool directly around the wire. 
 
 WIRE SPLICES. ‘The fifth step is to make the wire splices. 
 Several tools have been designed by us for making splices on tele- 
 graph and telephone cables. (Splices 
 on electric light cables are described 
 in a subsequent paragraph.) One of 
 
 these: 
 
 THE ROTARY WIRE SPLICER, 
 is shown in Figs. 54Aand 67, and its 
 operation is as follows: Bend the left 
 ‘ hand wire dat right angles to itself, 
 
 Fig. 67. the bent portion to be approximately 
 equal in length to one-half the diame- 
 ter of the splicing tool, or about the width of the jaws of small 
 cutting pliers; insert the bent portion through the slot a, into 
 the hole at the bottom of the slot, the outer end of which isshown 
 at 4, its course through the tool being indicated by dotted lines; 
 then lay the right hand wire c, into the slot upon the wire d, to 
 which it is to be spliced, and extending beyond the tool far 
 enough to be conveniently grasped with the pliers e, say from 
 one-half to one inch, according to the size of the wire, a longer 
 splice being desirable for larger wire; grasp the two wires at the 
 left hand side of the tool 
 (Fig. 67 shows this stage), 
 and then revolve the tool 
 upon the wire as its axis 
 Fig. 68. and gradually draw it away 
 from the pliers until the 
 wire inserted in the hole 4, has been entirely withdrawn. Fig. 
 68 shows the finished splice as produced by this tool. From four 
 to six revolutions of the tool will be sufficient to make a perfect 
 joint with the wire ends proportioned as here described; fewer 
 revolutions mean the more rapid movement of the tool away 
 from the pliers, while more mean a slower movement, but the 
 jointer can easily regulate the movements, so that from four to 
 six turns willcomplete the joint; this will be found to be the best 
 practice, as fewer turns might result in a loose joint, and more 
 turns might twist the wireso hard as to break it off. Withalittle 
 practice however, it will be found that the tool practically regu- 
 lates itself and needs no special attention. The splice can be 
 made longer or shorter by lengthening or shortening the ends of 
 the wire from the proportions above given. It is important to 
 keep in mind that the tool must be revolved to the right, that is, 
 as the hands of a clock move, otherwise there is danger of break- 
 ing off the wire. When the joint is finished, see that both ends 
 are pressed down by the tool or pliers, so as to leave no sharp 
 points to pierce through the insulation. Another tool, the 
 
 WIRE SPLICING TONGS, is shown on page 105, Fig. 57, and 
 its operation is as follows: Slip the copper sleeve into the groove 
 a, between the anvils 4 and c,so that the inter-locking portions 
 will be on the outside; now insert into the sleeve, from opposite 
 
 124 
 
sides, the two wires that are to be spliced, allowing them to overlap 
 each other and extend 
 about 1-16 inch beyond 
 the ends of the sleeve; 
 press together the han- 
 dles of the tool with suf- 
 : ficient force to cause the 
 Fig. 69- milled surface / co press 
 the tongue of the sleeve hard into its corrresponding groove; this 
 completes the joint, the tool is easily removed by spreading the 
 handles apart; the position of the wires and sleeve in the jaw of 
 the tool, just before the 
 milled surface /has closed 
 upon them, is shown in 
 Fig. 69,the completed joint 
 being shown in Fig. 70. 
 See that the sleeve and re- 
 moveable parts 4 and c of the tool are the correct size for the wire 
 which is to be spliced; for instance, the removable parts and 
 sleeve adapted fora No. 14 B. &. S. G. conductor Should not be 
 used for making asplice on No. 16 or No. 18 B. & S. G. conductor; 
 removable parts and sleeves will be furnished when required for 
 any size conductor. See table on page 106. tue 
 
 INSULATION. ‘The sixth step is to insulate the conductor, 
 for which full instructions are given in a subsequent paragraph. 
 
 COMPLETE OR SLEEVE JOINTS. The seventh step is to 
 make a complete solder joint or sleeve joint over the insulated 
 conductor or conductors, and this may be done by the old method 
 described further on, but in the search for quicker methods we 
 have devised two moulds which give very satisfactory results, and 
 which can probably be used with entire success. Ifthe moulded 
 joints are carefully inspected by the superintendent in charge 
 
 ‘and the workman compelled to exercise proper care, an abso- 
 lutely sate joint can be produced. * 
 
 A careful following of the instructions in an intelligent 
 manner, will make the use of this device of great value especially 
 where skilled plumbers or jointers are not available, asin places 
 remote from cities where skilled underground cable workmen 
 can be found. 
 
 The Complete-Joint Mould (page 108) is intended for making 
 a complete joint at one operatron, and in this no lead sleeve is 
 required. This form of mould can only be used where the cables 
 contain but few conductors and where the insulated wire joints 
 do not require to be spread over a considerable length in order to 
 form a bulk slightly less in diameter than the cable itself. It is 
 operated as follows: ; 
 
 The amount of lead to be taken off the cable largely depends 
 on the size of the cable: if too much lead 1s removed, there will 
 not be enough bearing surface for the paper tube. 
 
 For No.4 Electric Light Cables with 6-32 inch insulation, 
 strip the lead back on each end 13-16” ; remove the insulation for 
 a distance of 44” from the end of the wire, this gives a wire joint 
 one inch long. Commence to tin the cable ends 5-16” from 
 where the lead has been removed and tin back 4%’. This will 
 serve as a general guide for proportioning the various parts of 
 a joint: the mica sheet increase slightly in length with the size 
 of the conductor. 
 
 Figure 71 shows a section of a complete joint on No,4B. & 
 S. G. Electric Light Cable. The scale is half actual size. 
 
 SOLDER SLEEVE 
 
 Fig. 71, 
 
 See that the removable parts are of the right size to fit the 
 cable and the mica tube, and that the mica snugly fits the cable. 
 The sheet of mica should be about J, of an inch thick, and free 
 
 125 
 
from holes or cracks that might permit solder to pass through. 
 It should be cut carefully to the proper size for the use to which 
 it is about to be put, and should be dried over the solder furnace 
 just before applying it to the cable. Make the wire connection 
 and tape it in the usual way, after which wind the mica sheet 
 twice straight about the cable, and be careful to see that each of 
 its ends overlaps a slight and equal amount of the lead cover of 
 the cable, say, 4 to % inch, that it is wound tightly on to the 
 lead cover, and that it forms a smooth tube between the two 
 leads. The mica is secured firmly in place on the lead covers by 
 several turns of fine copper or steel wire, and one or two turns 
 between the lead covers, but these latter should not be applied 
 so tightly as to collapse the mica tube. The mold should be 
 heated so that it will melt half and half solder, which is the 
 grade to use tor making the joint. Heat the solder toa tempera- 
 ture just sufficient to make thin sheet lead assume a semi-molten 
 condition, but to save time it is best to heat it a little above this 
 temperature. Close the mold over the joint, place it on a stand 
 or box, and quickly fill with solder. To facilitate the removal of 
 the mold, take out some of the solder from the pour holes witha 
 small knife or tool while ft is still soft. The mould is then 
 chilled with a wet cloth, opened up and removed, and the pro- 
 jecting pieces of solder sawed off close to the joint, which is 
 then completed. If the mold does not fit tightly at its juncture 
 with the cables, the solder will be prevented from running out 
 by applying a damp cloth at the spot. The joint should be care- 
 fully inspected, and if not perfect at all points, the defect is 
 easily remedied with a hot soldering iron. 
 
 _ THE SLEEVE JOINT MOULD is used mostly on Bunched 
 Wire Cables where the insulated conductors of the splice form a 
 bunch larger in diameter than the cable itself, or where the 
 splices are so numerous 1n each joint as to require distribution 
 
 : at various points, thus resulting ina 
 long joint which can only be protected 
 by a lead sleeve or tube; the general 
 directions for heating the solder and 
 the mould and having the correct re- 
 movable parts, given above as to the 
 complete joint mould, are applicable 
 to this mould also. 
 
 Afply it in the position shown in 
 Figure 73, the mould itself being 
 shown open on page 104; betore be- 
 ginning to pour the solder, see that 
 the pour-hole is open at the top and 
 closed at the bottom, and immediately 
 after filling the mould close the iittle 
 
 Fig. 73. lever at the top, this cuts off the sol- 
 
 der in the pour-hole, thus ensuring 
 
 ready removal of the mould. from this point on proceed as de- 
 
 scribed above with reference to the complete joint mould; in pre- 
 
 paring the lead sleeve, it 1s essential that the ends shall be dressed 
 
 down to the diameter of the cable by the shortest possible curva- 
 
 ture, otherwise they wili interfere with the flow of solderthrough 
 the pour-hole of the mould. 
 
 FILLING SLEEVE JOINTS. Ail S:eeve Joints must then be 
 filled with hot compound in the manner described below and a 
 lead cap soldered over the nour. holes: this completes the Sleeve 
 joint. Joifits on Rubber Cables are not filled. 
 
 The making of joints on cables of various classes will now 
 be described in detail. 
 
 JOINTS ON ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 
 
 SMALL SINGLE WIRE CABLES, 
 
 REMOVE THE LEAD carefully fora distance of one and one- 
 half to two and one-half inches from the end, according to the 
 size of the conductor, <are being taken to avoid cutting the insu- 
 lating cover; then 
 
 REMOVE THE INSULATION from the conductor, so as to 
 expose about one to one and one-half inches of the Cop pe leav- 
 ing a margin of one-half to one inch of insulation between if 
 
and the lead. If the insulation is thick, as in Electric Inght 
 
 te AT 
 
 Cables, cut it to taper like a pencil 
 point, as at d, Figure 74, to secure a 
 more perfect union between it and the 
 
 : insulating cover of the splice; ( 
 Fig. 74. SCRAPE THE CONDUCTOR bright, 
 and if a sleeve joint is to be made, slip 
 
 the 
 
 LEAD SUEY Ea Din unts prepared, (see page 104) over one 
 of the cable ends and push it back out of the way, while the con- 
 ductor is being jointed and insulated; the 
 
 WIRE SPLICE, if ona 
 conductor smallerthan No. 
 8B. &.S.G., is then made 
 as above described, or the 
 Fig. 75 regular United States Tele- 
 
 nee graph Splice, shown in 
 
 Figure 75, may be made. 
 
 When the conductor is No. 8 or larger, and especially if 
 composed of strands, as in most electric light cables, the follow- 
 ing method is used, viz: Referring to Figv**74, the ends of 
 the conductors a a’ are cut square across, butt¢. logether, as at 
 $, and soldered in this position; a piece of sheet copper is then 
 pressed around the junction and firmly soldered in place, an 
 opening being left along one side of the sleeve, so as to allow 
 the solder to catch the copper strands; or a copper tube, c, 
 snugly fitting the bare conductor and having an opening in the 
 top, as shown, to admit solder to the copper strands, may be 
 used in lieu of sheet copper. Solder heated to the same degree 
 as in making a wiped joint is then poured over the copper 
 sleeve and the surplus caught by the wiping cloth, until the 
 solder is thoroughly sweated into the splice, and the sleeve and 
 conductor are strongly united. 
 
 INSULATING THE SPLICE. A tape of cotton or paper ac- 
 cordiug to the insulation of the cable is then wound spirally 
 around the wire connection until it is protected by three or four 
 ply of the tape and to at least the thickness of the insulation on 
 the conductor. In lieu of tape the tubular braid, described on 
 page 102, or a tube of paper in case of paper insulated telephone 
 cables, may be used, the tape or tube should cover both the wire 
 splice and exposed section of the insulation, d @’,and should be 
 held in place by a tie of strong thread, or, if the tape is used, it 
 can be split in half for a short distance from the end and the two 
 halves brought round in opposite directions and tied, as shown 
 in fig. 79, now pour hot insulating compound over the splice to 
 expel any moisture that it may have taken up from the jointer’s 
 hands or from humid conditions of the atmosphere or manhole, 
 holding a vessel below to catch the surplus. 
 
 For Rubber Cable see page 150. 
 
 WIPED SOLDER JOINT. The lead sleeve is then brought 
 up. so as to bring the centre of the sleeve coincident with the 
 centre of the wire joint, and the ends of the sleeve are dressed 
 down close to the lead of the cable and joined thereto by a wiped 
 solder joint(B, Fig. 76); the wipes must be absolutely water-tight, 
 and should be carefully made and inspected. 
 
 FILLING THE SLEEVE. Thesleeve is then filled with hot 
 insulation through a hole tapped for that purpose in the centre 
 top of the sleeve, except in the case of a large cable, or cables 
 containing many conductors, when two holes shouid be tapped 
 (see Figure 76),each about one-third of the distance from the 
 
 — SSS SE, ends and hot insulation 
 poured alternately into these 
 holes until the sleeve is thor- 
 O=_— 2S = Heciegt filled. Plenty of time 
 
 : : shouid be given the com- 
 Fig. 76. Sleeve Joint. pound to saturate the tape 
 and drive off any moisture that may have been communicated 
 by the workmen, This is an extremely important matter, and 
 low insulation, and possibly re-making the joint, will be 
 avoided if alittle more time and care be given tothe proper filling 
 of the sléeve. Should there be any indication of moisture when 
 the insulation is poured into the sleeve, it should be elevated at 
 - one end.so that as the compound ts poured in one hole, it will 
 run ouc at the other and carry off all the moisture. The amount 
 that overflows shouid at ‘east equal that required to fill the 
 sleeve. The overflow is received in a vessel and used again for 
 other joints. When the sleeve has been completely filled, the 
 holes are closed by sheet lead caps soldered carefully over them, 
 
 127 
 
and the joint is then complete. It should not, however, be 
 moved or have any strain put upon it until it has cooled. 
 
 _ In lieu of making the sleeve joint just described, a single 
 wiped solder joint (see Figure 77) may be made on the insulated 
 conductor, but in this case, unless the complete joint mould 
 above described is used, athin and narrow strip of sheet lead 
 should be wound spirally upon it with slightly overlapping 
 edges from cable-lead to cable-lead, after pouring hot insulation 
 on the covered splice. 
 
 JOINTS ON ANTI-INDUCTION CABLES. 
 
 _ The same general method is followed with each conductor as 
 in the case of small single wire cables, above described. Each insu- 
 lated wire may be separately wrapped with thin sheet lead from 
 the lead on one side to the lead on the other, to preserve con- 
 tinuity of the anti-induction feature, before making the complete 
 wiped joint or centering the sleeve for asleeve joint; if the 
 separate wraps of sheet lead be omitted and a single complete 
 wiped joint is to be made, it is necessary to fold an overlapping 
 strip of sheet lead lightly around the bunch of insulated con- 
 ductors, so as to form a metal body or core on which to build the 
 wipe. Before making the wire-splices be sure that the indenti- 
 fying marks, on the two cable sections, register with each other, 
 
 JOINTS ON BUNCHED CABLES. 
 
 In making joints on bunched cables of less than fifty wires, 
 proceed as in anti-induction or small single wire cables, but 
 omit the use of sheet lead. If the cables contain fifty wires or 
 upwards, distribute the wire splices and avoid the bunch which 
 would result from making them all opposite one another. 
 
 The following description of jointing a two hundred con- 
 ductor cable is applicable to all multiple cables of this class : 
 
 Strip the lead off for a distance of two feet from the ends of the 
 cable and separate the conductors into eight groups of twenty- 
 five wires each. Select that group that lies principally on the 
 top or upper side of the core, and cut the wires off within three 
 inches of the lead. Then take the group on either side and cut 
 the wires off six inches from the lead. Follow this plan all the 
 way around, making each group six inches longer than the pre- 
 ceding until the last bunch is reached, which will be found to be 
 the proper length without cutting. Prepare the conductors of 
 the other cable in exactly the same manner, but in the reverse 
 order of rotation, which will bring the shortest ends of one side 
 opposite the longest ends of the other; the three-inch ends of 
 one side should then meet the twenty-one inch ends of the other, 
 and so on, the lengths dove-tailing to one another so as to give an 
 equal distribution of the eight groups of wire joints throughout 
 the twenty-four inches. The ends of the conductors are then 
 cleared of insulation, connected and wrapped, as in the case of 
 the small single wire joint. Pour hot insulation over it, so as to 
 expel all possible moisture; the bunch of wires should then be 
 pressed compactly together and tied with a strong, thin cord, 
 or wrapped tightly with a piece of cotton tape from one end to 
 the other; then centre the lead sleeve and proceed as described 
 above for electric light cables, noting carefully the extra precau- 
 tion as to two pour-holes instead of one, and giving ample time 
 for the absorption and settling of the hot compound. 
 
 LOOPS, HALF-CONNECTIONS, ETC. 
 
 From the foregoing directions for making electric light and 
 small single wire and bunched cable joints, the following brief 
 directions for making loops, half-connections, etc., will be easily 
 understood : 
 
 LOOPING ELECTRIC LIGHT CABLE. Figure 78 illustrates 
 4 loop from a Duplex Electric Light Cable before the splice has 
 
 128 
 
een insulated; the lead is removed from the cable for a distance 
 of three to five inches, according 
 to the size of the cable, and the 
 insulation is then cut off the con- 
 ductor for a distance of two to four 
 inches, all this being done sub- 
 stantially in the manner describ- 
 . ed for making joints on electric 
 light cable, and with the special 
 tools above described, the conduc- 
 tor itself, however, remaining in- 
 Fig. 78. tact; the conductors of the branch 
 4 cable are then prepared precisely 
 as in making a joint and can be secured to the main. conductor 
 in several ways, two of which are illustrated in Figure 78, where 
 ais the main conductor, / is one of the branch conductets split in 
 half, the two halves being spread and slightly flattened se as to lay 
 in opposite directions along the main conductor, @a’is fine wire 
 (No. 14 to 20) securely wrapped around the main conductor and 
 the halves of the branch conductor; gg’ are tre ends of the two 
 halves turned up, soas to still further ens:e a t’ght jeint; é 3’ is 
 the insulation of the cable, and ¢ c’ is the lead cover. 
 
 Another method of joining the branch 
 couductor to the main ‘s indicated in the 
 same Figuze, where e is a split copper 
 Tee which is siipped over the main and 
 branch coaductors and securely soldered 
 » to both; isthe seam through which the 
 
 solder passes to the conductor within. 
 
 Fis. 79 Figure 73 shows the appearance of each 
 Bahr of these splices after *he tape has been 
 applied. At this point a lead Tee, split open (see Figure 80), is 
 slipped over the 
 entire joint and 
 closed srugly to- 
 gether,care being 
 taken to make 
 the edges register 
 neatly and then 
 soldering them 
 thoroughly; the 
 threeendsa,éand 
 qeaoutnedeecare 
 then dressed 
 iswn to fit the 
 = cable, and wiped 
 : solder joints are 
 Fig. 80. ead T, Split. made between 
 : ; them andthelead 
 cover of the cable, making tne finished joint resemble the letter 
 1; ahole is then tapped and 
 tae Tee is filled with hot 
 insulation, the hole or holes 
 being afterwards closed by 
 lead caps, as in the case of 
 sleevejoints. Figure 8l shows 
 the same complete, @ being 
 w) the Lead Tee; 4 the solder 
 . wiped joint; c the cable, and 
 Fie. 81 d@ the seam between the two 
 Bave7 halves of the ‘ree. 
 
 LOOPING TELEPHONE, TELEGRAPH OR FIRE ALARM 
 CABLES. Remove the lead from the cable or corrugation by the 
 aid of the lead-cutting tool ard cut the conductor, bending the 
 ends outward to meet the ends of the branch cable prepared in 
 the usual way; if the cable is of anti-induction form the desired 
 
 ae ba : .. couductor is easily selected by the 
 yj exterior identifying mark (see 
 Figures 9 to 18, page 28), while on 
 a bupckedcable it is located by the 
 Ssitrpie mnethed described under 
 the head of ‘“lesting”’ on page 187, 
 withort cutting any wires or insu- 
 lation. Figure 2 illustrates prac- 
 tically all the steps in looping one 
 conductor from a cable of this — 
 
 129 
 
kind, atwo-wire cable being used for the loop; a is the wire splice; 
 éis the same taped; c is the regular insulation; dis the branch 
 cable. After the wire splices have been insulated, the entire.con- 
 nection is enclosed in a lead Tee precisely as in the electric 
 light loop above described; substantially the same method is 
 followed for looping out any number of conductors from the 
 cable. 
 
 _ _ See page 88 fora method that obviates the making of any 
 joints in looping, branching or dividing cables, whether they be 
 underground or aerial, except that in the latter case the cables 
 are brought into the bottom of the cable box from the cross-arm 
 or other support. Thus if a 100 pair cable were to be connected 
 to 2-50 pair aerial cables, at a given point the three cables would 
 enter the cable box, the 100 pair cable in the center and one of 
 the smaller cables on each side of it. Each would be provided 
 with a terminal and each of the 50 pair cables would connect to 
 50 pairs of the main cable by short jumper wires between the 
 proper binding posts. The method described in the next para- 
 graph is however, a strictly ‘““underground’’ method of 
 
 SPREADING OR DIVIDING. 11 a 100 wire cable is to be 
 divided into, say a 80 
 or a 70 wire cable at 
 a given point, treat 
 fm the cables of the lat- 
 7? ter denomination as 
 forming one side of a 
 regular cable joint, 
 and proceed accord- 
 ingly; if a small 
 cable is to be divided proceed substantially as if making a joint 
 on anti-induction cable. A cable spread into single conductor 
 cables is shown in Figure 838. 
 
 MULTIPLE JOINTS. In telephone work particularly it is 
 often advisable to be able to reach a wire at two or more points; 
 to accomplish this end the main cable is joined “in multiple” 
 with smaller branch cables. For instance, a 100 pair cable may 
 have twenty-five pairs taken off “in multiple’? at two or more 
 places, so that if subscribers increase in one place and decrease 
 in another the changed conditions can be met without any fur- 
 ther change in the cable system than to ‘‘dead-end”’ or open the 
 surplus circuits at the reduced points and utilize them at the 
 other. When this kind of a joint is made, the 100 pairs are 
 joined straight through and twenty-five of the pairs are also 
 connected in multiple with twenty-five pairs of a smaller cable, 
 going to some distributing point. In this case the paper tube 
 (Insulating the Splice, page 127) covers the splice of the three 
 wires instead of twoas ordinarily. If pairs 1 to 25 were jointed 
 in multiple at one point, 138 to 88 would be taken at the next, 26 
 to 50 at the next, etc. 
 
 INSULATING THE SPLICE ON RUBBER CABLE. On 
 rubber insulated cables the copper conductors are joined exactly 
 as described for cables insulated with fiber or paper and the 
 wire splice is then covered by a thin layer of pure unvulcanized 
 rubber tape ¢& to 34 in thickness, wrapped spirally round the 
 splice and this layer again covered by tapes, until the insulation 
 is as thick as on the main conductor. The tapes contain less 
 and less rubber until the outer layer isreached and this is usually 
 a first-class adhesive cotton or linen tape. When the cables are 
 lead covered the rubber tapes do not require vulcanization, as 
 the lead cover is air tight, but on aerial or other non-leaded 
 cables, the rubber should be carefully vulcanized by means of 
 heat, applied by a spirit lamp or other suitable device and then 
 covered with the linen or cotton tape as a mechanical protection. 
 The vulcanizing of non-leaded rubber cables is a very important 
 feature, and should be intrusted only to skilled experts, if satis- 
 factory results are to be obtained, and the cable is to last any 
 considerable time. 
 
 SPACING AND SEPARATING DEVICE. The Marsh patented 
 method of spacing conductors in multiple electric light cables is 
 useful and desirable in many cases, and consists of aninsulating 
 block or disc having the requisite number of grooves in its pe- 
 riphery, into which the spliced conductors, whether bare or insu- 
 lated, are placed ; the lead sleeve is then applied and filled with 
 compound as usual. It prevents any possibility of crowding the 
 conductors against each other in the sleeve, and so insures 
 greater separation and higher insulation at the joints. 
 
 130 
 
 Fig. 83. 
 
JUNCTION BOXES. 
 
 Read carefully the description of the junction boxes on 
 pages 95 to 98, so that the following instructions may be more 
 readily understood. 
 
 On account of the greater convenience of so doing, the cable 
 ends are as far as possible prepared before insertion into the 
 box, by removing the insulation the proper distance and scraping 
 the wires bright in telephone or telegraph cables, and securely 
 soldering the binding posts or heads to the conductors of electric 
 light or power cables, (see T fig. 34 eet fig. 33). The distance 
 of these posts or heads from the end of the lead cover must be 
 carefully determined with reference to the position they are to 
 occupy in the junction box. The cable ends are then passed 
 through the end of the Conner junction box, or the nipple of the 
 other style, until the lead cover is at least one inch within the 
 outer end. A wiped solder joint is then made between the lead 
 cover and the nipple or box, except in the Fowler junction box, 
 where melted solder 1s poured into the enlarged inner end, O, of 
 the nipple; but before doing this, the wire connection should be 
 tried to make sure that the cable has been inserted the proper 
 distance, and the connector of electric light and power cables 
 should be put firmly in position between the two posts or heads 
 of the box, to assure the best possible relation between the con- 
 tact surfaces of the connectors and heads or posts, and kept so - 
 until the solder has become thoroughly set. When the cables 
 have been soldered to the box, of either the Conner or Fowler 
 class, examine all the connections again, and if found in proper 
 condition, place the gasket in its place, and screw the cover 
 down tight by means of the cover screws, being careful to bring 
 them down gradually and all around the cover, that is, do not 
 run one screw clear down to its limit before touching the others, 
 but run each screw in turn half way down until you get around 
 again to the first screw, then run it down a little further, and 
 each of the others in turn the same distance, and so on, making 
 three or four rounds, until all the screws are set to their limit; 
 this will prevent springing the cover at any point, and will] 
 ensure even pressure on all parts of the gasket. 
 
 If it is a duplex cable, keep the connections spread apart as © 
 far as practicable, and tuck a sheet of pure gum tape in between 
 them before putting on the cover, as a further safeguard against 
 short circuiting. 
 
 In the other junction boxes (figs. 49 K, L, M, N), the conduc- 
 tors are brought to the binding posts or are spliced straight 
 through as in making a regular cable joint, as the case may be, 
 and the gaskets and covers are then put in position as above de- 
 scribed. In the box shown in fig. 49K, the hot compound should 
 be poured through the hard rubber disc B, by removing the plug 
 F, for that purpose. In figs. 491, and 49M, the wires which are 
 spliced straight through can also be filled over with heated com- 
 pound, but usually they are merely well taped, so as to be more 
 easily accessible than they would be if the compartments were 
 filled with compound. In the Fowler junction box, the hard 
 rubber terminals are applied in the manner described under 
 terminals, fig. 48, page 90. Unless the conductors go to binding 
 posts or connectors which have numbers stamped on or along- 
 side of them, they should be tagged with the same numbers as 
 they bear at the terminals, thereby preventing the necessity of 
 breaking a number of connections in search of a particular 
 wire. 
 
 If placed directly in the ground between manlioles or service 
 boxes, it is best to build a rough wooden box around and over it, 
 and fill the wooden box with pitch; also to mark the curb or 
 building directly opposite the junction box to facilitate finding 
 it subsequently if necessary. Employes should be especially 
 cautioned to use the utmost care in replacing gaskets and covers 
 after they have opened junction boxes for any purpose what- 
 ever, and the gaskets should be carefully examined at stated in- 
 tervals, (not less than once every six months) and replaced with 
 new ones if there are indications of inefficiency or decay. 
 
 If junction boxes are used on cables carrying extremely 
 high potentials, say 5000 to 15000 volts or more, it is essential to 
 make the insulation centinuous, and as nearly as possible homo- 
 geneous, from the cable insulation of the incoming cable to that 
 of the outgoing cable, because of the distance which currents of 
 such high pressures will travel over surfaces of any kind, or 
 spark through air. 
 
 131 
 
TERMINALS. 
 
 The terminals furnished by us are fully described on pages 
 89, 90, and 91. The general practice is to lay or suspend the 
 cable from the main office orstation to the distributing point or 
 points, whether that be a pole, house-top, or cellar, where it is — 
 to connect with the overhead or interior lines. The cable box is 
 placed in the most convenient position possible, and, if the 
 cable conductors are to be connected to overhead lines, efficient 
 lightning arresters should be used, but if connected to interior 
 lines they are not necessary. 
 
 The cable should enter the cable box through the bottom, 
 the cable conductors being dis- 
 tributed tothe posts of the terminal 
 and thence to the line wires, by 
 way of the lightning arresters 
 which can in most cases be mounted 
 in the cable box and thus be pro- 
 tected against the weather. 
 
 Fig. 84 shows a pole with cable 
 box a, terminal 4, binding posts ec, 
 line wires d, cable e, iron pipe /, 
 platform / with its railing g, and 
 lightning arresters 7. The outside 
 or line wires may enter either the 
 side or the bottom of the cable box, 
 preferably the latter. The cable 
 box should always be set below the 
 lowér cross-arm, so that it may be 
 made wide enough to hold the 
 terminals and lightning arresters 
 and to prevent contact of the line- 
 men with the overhead wires. 
 
 Where the cable leaves the 
 ground and runs up a pole or 
 building to a cable box, it should 
 be protected by an iron pipe se- 
 curely stapied to the pole; the 
 cable may be drawn up through it, 
 ot passed into the pipe before the 
 latter is erected and then raised 
 with it, care being taken that the 
 cable is not cut by the edge of the 
 pipe at top or bottom. Care must 
 Fie. 84 also be taken to support the pipe 
 
 ae ee at its lower end so that it will not 
 
 test or settle down upon the cable. 
 
 TUBULAR TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH TERMINALS. 
 
 The cable end is prepared by removing enough of the lead 
 cover to enable the conductors to easily reach the highest binding 
 post when the head is applied to the cable. Fit 
 the front half, containing the posts, against the 
 lead of the cable so that the lead will extend 
 into the lower end of the terminal, as shown at 
 6 in fig. 85, a distance of one to two inches, ac- 
 cording to the size of the terminal, a larger 
 terminal requiring a larger bearing on the lead 
 cover. 
 
 Apportion the cable conductors to their re- 
 spective posts, and cut them to the proper 
 length. Remove the insulation 3 from each 
 wire and scrape the wire bright to such dis- 
 tance that, when attached to the post, there 
 will remain within the terminal at least one- 
 eighth inch of bared wire, so that when the ter- 
 minal is filled with compound, all air or mois- 
 ture will be excluded from the insulating cover 
 of the wire. After the cable conductors have 
 been opened up and prepared for the various 
 binding posts, press them snugly together so 
 as to keep the bunch smal? enough for the 
 rubber head. se 
 
 It is best in the case of cables containing 40 
 conductors or more toorder the terminalsa little 
 larger than the cable, and makea close fit by 
 placing several layers of tape on the lead cover. 
 
 132 
 
Beginning with the lower post or 
 series of posts, pass the bared conductor 
 2, for each post, through the hole 5 to 
 the outside of the terminal, and lay it 
 snugly under and entirely around the 
 enlarged head of the binding post as 
 illustrated in the detail view fig. 85A, 
 and screw the post tightly upon 1t, thus 
 making a permanent connection which 
 is not again to be disturbed. In like 
 manner attach conductors to the next 
 higher post or series 
 of posts, until all are/, 
 Me connected up. Then 
 
 Fig. S0 A. bring the back half of 
 the terminal into position, and secure to the | 
 front half by means of the screws 10, and fill i" 
 the tube level with melted insulating com- # 
 pound. While the compound is still soft, press 
 the cap 11 into position so that when the com- 
 pound hardens it will hold the cap firmly in 
 place. The terminal will now appear as shown 
 in tig. 85B. 
 
 The wires 12 from the terminal to the light- 44 
 ning arresters are then connected to their | 
 proper posts, as shown in fig. 85 A, the terminal 
 end of the same being securely held between 
 the enlarged head 7 and the washer 8 by means 
 of the screw 9. The terminal should be placed 
 in the cable box in such a position that the 
 binding posts will be free from contact with 
 any object whatsoever. 
 
 In terminals intended for a very large 
 number of conductors, where it is desired to 
 limit or reduce the length of the terminal, 
 binding posts may be set in the dack, as well as 
 in the front half, but in such cases care must Fig. 85B. 
 be used in cutting the wires for the series of 
 posts in each half,so that, when the halves are brought together, 
 the holes by which they are secured to each other shall register 
 without causing undue strain on any one of the cable con- 
 
 ductors. : 
 DEGENHARDT TERMINALS. 
 
 The terminal (fig. 27, page 84) is fastened against the back of 
 the cable box; the end of the cable is passed through the grip K 
 and is firmly held there by the band F (shown in detail at O, P, 
 Q,) the cable conductors are spread as shown, and about % to l 
 inch of insulation scraped off each one; they are then threaded 
 through the part L, of the binding posts G, which are mounted 
 in the hard rubber side D. This binding post is shown in detail 
 atl, M,N. The wire is passed through L, from the inside and 
 laid around the shoulder of L, and the part M is then screwed 
 on, holding the wire firmly in its place. Connection with the 
 lightning arrester and thence to the air line, is made by the 
 screw N and insulated wire K. After all the cable conductors 
 have been so connected, the front of the terminal is fastened in 
 place by the screws C, the top piece A is removed and the termi- 
 nal filled with melted Ozite or paraffine, either of which must 
 be heated only hot enough to run, as otherwise there is danger 
 of melting the hard rubber sides. The top is then replaced. 
 
 SECURING TERMINALS IN POLE BOXES. 
 
 Hach terminal should be neatly fastened to the back of the 
 pole box containing it. The Degenhardt and the Iron terminals 
 are secured by screws through the backs of the terminals, taking 
 into the backs of the pole boxes. 
 
 The Tubular terminals may be secured against the backs of 
 the pole boxes by neat metal bands bent over the front half at 
 the top and bottom of the terminals, the bands being attached 
 to the back of the pole-box by means of screws; or these fasten- 
 ings may be dispensed with, (especially in the case of small termi- 
 nals.) by fastening the cable, in the same manner, to the back of 
 the pole box. In either case, however, the cables should be se- 
 cured to the inside of the box, or to the pole just below the box, 
 so as to prevent the weight of the cable from coming onto the 
 terminal and pulling the conductors out of their respective 
 
 posts. 
 133 
 
APPLYING ELECTRIC LIGHT AND 
 POWER TERMINALS. 
 
 TUBULAR TERMINALS. Fig. 85C illustrates in detail the 
 method of applying a duplex terminal, while 
 the right half thereof shows the details as they 
 should be followed for single wire terminals. 
 
 A indicates the distance to which the lead 
 cover extends into the terminal—approxi- 
 mately one inch—and is the point at which the 
 lead cover is cut off the cable. Bis the point 
 at which the insulation is cut off the conductor, 
 and, in duplex cables, # is the point at which 
 the insulation is cut off the second conductor, 
 there being sufficient distance between Band # 
 to make connection with one of the insulated 
 wires /coming out of the terminal, thus pre- 
 venting the two wire joints from coming oppo- 
 site each other. 
 
 In each case the cable conductor C is soldered 
 to the line conductor C’ of the insulated wire 
 F by means of the copper sleeves D. After 
 making the wire splice or splices, as shown, 
 the terminal and cap are threaded over the line 
 wire or wires /, and seated firmly over the 
 cable to the point 4. A few winds of tape can 
 be used over the lead, if necessary, to make a 
 tight fit. he terminal is then filled with 
 compound, which soon hardens and prevents 
 
 Fig. 85C the conductors from moving out of their origi- 
 
 : : nal positions. In single wire terminals, the 
 cap is pressed into its position while the compound is still 
 plastic, and will thus be held firmly in place, while in duplex 
 terminals the hole G is closed by a simple wooden plug. 
 
 The line wires / are then run to the switch, cut-out, arresters 
 or lamps, etc., and the work is completed ready for operation. 
 Should it become necessary at any time to remove the terminal, 
 heat it with a gasoline torch until the compound is soft, where- 
 upon the terminal can readily be drawn off the cable, and laid 
 aside to be reapplied when the work is finished. | 
 
 The method just described does not permit of readily con- 
 necting and disconnecting the cable conductor to and from the 
 lines, unless, as may be done, a separable connector is put in 
 the line wire near the terminal. 
 
 The following directions for applying a single wire terminal 
 with separable connectors will, therefore, be in order, bearing 
 in mind that the same connections would apply to a duplex ter- 
 minal, in which case, however, the two posts must be separated 
 as widely as the tube will permit, and for high tension eircuits 
 all the metal should be thoroughly taped over to prevent short 
 circuiting. Remove the lead cover A and insulation B in the 
 proportion shown in fig. 48, page 90, and far enough so that 
 when the post D is secured to the cable conductor C, and the 
 terminal H, with its cap J, is placed in position, the heavy part 
 of the post will project about 4% to 4%inchabovethecap. Solder 
 the conductor C thoroughly to the post D, after seating the set 
 screws (if any are provided, as in fig. 49) against the conductor. 
 Now pass the tube H over the post, and fix it firmly on the lead 
 cover A, allowing the post to project as above directed. Then 
 fill the tube with melted insulating compound, slip the cap over 
 the post, and press it on to the tube while the compound is still 
 soft. The line connection is now made by means of the thumb 
 nut, lock nut and connector referred to at fig. 48. 
 
 ACHESON TERMINAL. See pages 33 and 90. The con- 
 ductor A, insulation B and lead cover C, are prepared as ex- 
 plained in the preceding paragraph, or as in making a splice. 
 The insulation must be cut off sufficiently that when the cup is 
 filled with compound it will be covered over to a depth of say % 
 inch. The lead cup is soldered to the lead cover by a wiped 
 joint, the conductor A, if a single solid conductor, is permitted 
 to extend above the cup, and is securely soldered to the cone N, 
 but if it is a stranded conductor, the cone N is made longer and 
 extends within the hard rubber cup E. Hollow iron poles are 
 seldom provided with platforms, and therefore all this prelimi- 
 nary work is best done on the ground, and before the cable is 
 
 134 
 
placed in the pole, the thimble X with its spider legs S, and base 
 or plate J, being slipped over the cable end before the lead cup 
 
 is wiped on, It is then passed into the top of the pole and drawn © 
 
 through the pole and subsidiary conduit to the manhole where 
 it is connected to the main cable by a splice or a junction box. 
 The thimble X is secured to the pole by three set screws through 
 the spider legs S, the plate J being secured to the top of the 
 thimble by screws entering its lower side, and a round rubber 
 ring gasket, R, is placed in the groove in the edge of the plate; 
 the line wire or trolley taps are then soldered into the inclined 
 opening in the connector M, and pass out through close fitting 
 holes in the plate J, tothe lamps, trolley wire, pole line or ser vice 
 wire; the connector M has a concave opening in one end, which 
 corresponds to and is firmly pressed upon, the cone-shaped post 
 N, by a strong set screw asshown. The metal cover Q is then 
 placed over the connections, and the guide screws L, and given 
 a turn to one side to lock it in place. 
 
 UNDERGROUND TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS. The 
 description given on page 91, together with the working direc- 
 tions, for applying junction boxes and terminals, will, if care- 
 fully read, enable any careful, intelligent cable man or line man, 
 to apply these devices. All contact surfaces must of course be 
 thoroughly cleaned and the connections made tight, and no sur- 
 plus cable left in such a position that the trolley “shoe can strike 
 it in passing, and the mica fittings must be handled in a reason- 
 able and careful manner, especially the screw threaded parts. 
 When the device shown in fig. 49A is used, the metal tube E 
 should fit the cable snugly, fee) be put on perfectly straight be- 
 fore soldering it tothe cable. ‘the soldering must of course be 
 carefully done, so as to leave no chance for moisture or water to 
 fiud its way to the interior of the connection. The cable con- 
 ductor should be secured to the shank C’ ina perfectly straight 
 line, so that the clamp G can be put on and off the screw threads 
 of the two parts without great difficulty. Put the rubber gasket 
 K in place, and then screw on the gland G, which must of course, 
 be slipped down upon the cable before the metal tube E is sold- 
 ered to the lead cover. 
 
 POLE PLATFORMS, (see fig. 84, page 132), are almost abso- 
 lutely essential on all terminal poles, unless as described under 
 Acheson terminal, the terminal connections can be prepared on 
 the ground, and put in position with the cable. Our pole plat- 
 form is light enough to be easily put in position, yet strong 
 enough to hold two men with tools, etc. It greatly facilitates 
 the work to be done in the cable box or terminal, and ensures its 
 being done with greater care and neatuess, which constitutes 
 sufficient grounds for strongly recommending it. In ordering, 
 it is only necessary to give the diameter of the pole at the point 
 where the lower ring encircles it, so that the ring, which is ad- 
 justable within certain limits, may be made of proper size. 
 
 A platform without handrail is used sometimes, but is not 
 entirely safe unless the workman is guarded by a strap or rope 
 around himself and the pole. 
 
 CABLE HANGERS. 
 
 Fig. 85 BE. 
 
 ONE PIECE MALLEABLE IRON. 
 Slip the broad band over the cable at the 
 desired point, either with or without a 
 lead cushion, as may be decided; then 
 
 Fig. 85 D. 
 
 apply the tongs as shown in fig. 85 D, squeeze the handles 
 together, and it will close over the cable as shown at 5 in fig. 
 491, page 94. When the band is to be removed, the operation 
 is reversed with the opening tongs shown in fig. 85 B. 
 
 135 
 
ECONOMIC. For description see page 95. Any old wire of 
 suitable size and strength can be 
 cut up into the proper lengths and 
 used for the hanger-wire; it can be 
 quickly bent with pliers, into the 
 first form shown on a small scale 
 at 2, fig. 85 F, ready to be threaded 
 through the holes dd when the 
 hanger is to be applied. 
 
 In fig. 85F the wire gg is shown 
 threaded through the passages dd 
 and this is the form in which the 
 cable hanger appears when ready 
 for use, the wire gg being long 
 enough to pass around the cable 
 and through the passages ee where 
 the ends of the wire are brought 
 together and twisted over the semi- 
 oval boss m as shown in fig. 85F. 
 
 Although not strictly necessary, 
 it is advisable (especially if the lead 
 cover is thin or not protected with 
 
 Fig. 85F. a fibrous jacket, or in case rubber 
 coveredjcables are not double taped) 
 to provide a piece of sheet lead 
 or old leather or gum hoseo equal 
 or nearly equal, to the circum- 
 ference of the cable and place 
 it around the cable before the 
 hanger is attached. 
 
 In putting this hanger upon 
 the cable, the wire gg is threaded 
 through the passages dd as 
 shown in fig. 85 F, the hanger is 
 then put in place, the wires gg 
 are brought around the cable 
 and passed through the openings 
 ee to the face f of the base, where 
 they may be easily grasped with 
 the pliers of the lineman and 
 twisted over the boss m (fig. 85G), 
 any surplus ends being cut off. 
 
 LIGHTNING ARRESTERS. 
 
 When the conductors of a cable connect to air lines, they 
 should be carefully protected by lightning arresters of first-class 
 reliable type. The ground wire from the arrester should be 
 made as short as possible ; hence it should be soldered to the end 
 of the cable, and will thus be only a few inches in length. In 
 general the ground wire, whether tocable, or earth at base of 
 pole, should be larger than the cable conductor, but in no case 
 smaller than would be required by the following rule, namely: 
 where the ground wire is five feet or less in length, use No. 9 B. 
 & S. G. wire ; for more than five feet, multiply the length in feet 
 by 2,640 and use the wire whose area in circular mils comes 
 nearest to the praduct. The usual ground wire to the base of the 
 pole should not be omitted, especially when the cable is pro- 
 vided with a saturated fibrous protective covering, or laid solid 
 in pitch, and in such cases the lead cover of the cable should be 
 “‘grounded”’ by the usual means, at the nearest practicable point 
 to the end of the cable. 
 
 The description given, on pages 92 and 98, of our arresters is 
 so clear as torequire little in addition, as any good lineman can 
 connect up the arresters. It is advisable to inspect arresters at 
 regular intervals and especially after every storm, to discover 
 any damage to fuses, ground points, binding posts, etc., which 
 may have occurred. 
 
 136 
 
TESTING ELECTRIC CABLES, 
 
 LOCATING FAULTS, Ete. 
 
 Copyright 1897 sy HENRY W. FISHER. 
 
 The subject will be treated under four heads : 
 
 Ist—-ORDINARY OUTSIDE TESTING. 
 
 A common practice among telephone and electric light peo- 
 ple has been to test underground wires with magneto bells and 
 hand telephones. As the static charge of even a short length of 
 underground cable is sufficient to ring a magneto bell and give a 
 decided “click ’’ from the telephone diaphragm, these instru- 
 ments should never be absolutely relied upon for this purpose. 
 
 A small. current-detector-galvanometer, such as may be 
 bought for three or four dollars, with a few cells of battery, will 
 always furnish practical evidence of the condition of under- 
 ground wires, and its use is easily understood. 
 
 Before concluding that a cross, or grouud, or open wire isin 
 the outside cables, carefully examine and disconnect office cables, 
 terminals, etc., and repeat the tests. 
 
 LEAKS OR GROUNDS. In testing for leaks or grounds, with 
 the outfit above described, the cable wires should be opened at 
 the point where they connect to the air lines and the test applied 
 at the other end of the cable. One pole of the testing battery 
 grounded, the other connected to one post of the galvanometer ; 
 a short piece of insulated wire attached to the other post of the 
 galvanometer is then touched successively to the bared ends.of 
 the cable conductors, and any one causing a permanent deflec- 
 tion of the galvanometer needle, is faulty. A chloride of silver 
 battery of at least 50 cells should be used for this purpose ; hori- 
 zontal galvanometers that will show a leak of over one megohm 
 with 60 cells of battery can be purchased at Electrical Supply 
 Stores. (See also page 140.) 
 
 CROSSES. In testing for crosses, bunch ail the wires 
 and connect them to oneend of the testing circuit ; then remove, 
 one by one, the wires bunched, touching each successively to the 
 other end of the testing circuit. (See also page 140). A sudden 
 deflection of the galvanometer needle indicates that the wire 
 touched is crossed with one of the bunched wires ; care must be 
 taken to see that none of the wires are in contact with each other 
 or the lead cover at the other end of the cable. 
 
 IDENTIFYING WIRES WITHOUT CUTTING. It is fre- 
 quently necessary to identify certain wiresin a joint or cable, so 
 that they may be brought out and connected to a subsidiary 
 cable. (See pages 80,81 and 129.) Todo this, without cutting the 
 wire or insulation, ground the desired wires at one end of the 
 cabie, being careful that all the other wires are separated and 
 free from grounds at both ends; remove the lead from the joint 
 or cable, and heat the insulated wires by a torch, furnace or hot 
 insulating compound; as soon as thesurplus insulation has been 
 melted off, so that the individual wires can be separated, test for 
 the grounded wires by means of a galvanometer and battery, as 
 above described. making connection with each wire by means of 
 
 137 
 
a needle or other sharp pointed instrument that can be used te 
 pierce through the insulating covering. 
 
 CONTINUITY. To test for broken wires the conductors 
 should all be grounded at one end and the test applied at the 
 other end, as explained under ‘‘ Leaks or Grounds” page 187; 
 but in this case the deflection obtained from each wire is evidence 
 that it is not broken. 
 
 2d—RESISTANCEH AND CONDUCTIVITY 
 OF WIRES. 
 
 RESISTANCE. The resistance of wires is most conveniently 
 measured by means of a Wheatstone’s Bridge, a three to six-cell 
 battery and a Thompson Reflecting Galvanometer. Connections 
 are made as in Figure 88, except that the battery wire S is con- 
 nected to the juncture of Zand #, instead of ate. Ordinarily the 
 values of 4 and & may be 10, 100 or 1,000 ohms, and A may be 
 varied from 1 to 10,000 ohms. Under these conditions 
 
 A=10 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 100 ohms or less; 
 
 A=100 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 100 to 1,000 ohms; 
 
 A=1,000 and B=1,000 for a resistance of 1,000 to 10,000 ohms; 
 
 A=1,000 and B=100 for a resistance of 10,000 to 100,000 ohms; 
 
 A=1,000 and B=-10 for a resistance of 100,000 to 1,000,000 ohms. 
 
 Estimate the approximate resistance of the wire in question 
 and choose the values of A and B; ifthe resistance cannot be even 
 approximately estimated, commence with the first values of A 
 and B above given, and if a value of R=10,000 gives a deflection 
 in the same direction as when R=0, try successively the propor- 
 tions above given till a balance of the needle is obtained. 
 
 Remove plugs from the resistance box until on pressing 
 down the battery and galvanometer keys, no appreciable deflec- 
 tion of the needle is observable. If there is too much resistance 
 in the box, the needle will swing one way, and ifthere is too little 
 it will swing the other way. In testing long lines, or where 
 extreme accuracy is not necessary, the resistance of the line will 
 ue * x resistance unplugged that gives the smallest deflection. 
 If an exact balance cannot be obtained, and great accuracy 
 is desired, it will be necessary to note the deflections imparted to 
 the needle when a variation of one ohm makes it move in oppo- 
 site directions. 
 
 Let d = the deflection with a resistance of R’ ohms in the box; 
 let d’ = the deflection with a resistance of R’ + 1 ohm in the box, 
 
 ; d : 
 then the correct resistance R = R’+~q7q7 and the resistance of 
 
 : pee 
 the wire, as measured, is zp R 
 
 If lead wires are used instead of inserting the wire under test 
 into the binding post of the Wheatstone Bridge, the resistance of 
 the former must be measured and deducted from the total 
 resistance. 
 
 Where no return wire is available, ground thoroughly the 
 distant end of the conductor c (Fig. 88), and also ground ¢ instead 
 of connecting it to a; where very accurate results are desired in 
 measuring lines of, say, 50 miles or more, the resistance of “‘earth”’ 
 should be deducted from the total resistance. 
 
 CONDUCTIVITY. Measure carefully the resistance of the 
 wire, as above described, and note its temperature, (usually the 
 temperature of the surrounding air); then ascertain the correct 
 length, and, where the size is not known, the diameter of the 
 wire should be measured in several places with a Micrometer 
 Gauge and the mean of these readings taken as the probable 
 average diameter. 
 
 On page 161 will be found the resistance per 1000 feet ot various 
 sizes of pure copper wire, for a temperature of 68° F. In order 
 to compare the resistance per 1000 feet at 68° F. of the wire in 
 question, with pure copper wire, proceed as follows: 
 
 (a). Calculate what the resistance of the given wire will be 
 at 68°. Letting R= the resistance of the wire as measured, R’=— 
 the resistance of the wire at 68° F, and t= the difference between 
 the temperature of the wire and 68°, 
 
 Then for copper wire we have R’= R (1+.0021 t) where the 
 
 temperature of the wire is less than 68° F; and R=" poi where 
 the temperature of the wire is greater than 68° F, 
 
 138 
 
And for iron wire we have for the first case R’= R (1+ .0039 t); 
 R 
 
 and for the 2nd case R’=T +0039 t.. 
 
 (b). Calculate the resistance per 1000 feet of the wire as 
 follows: Divide the resistance at 68° F. by the number of feet 
 and multiply the quotient by 1000. If the wire corresponds in 
 size to one of the sizes on page 161 then the conductivity is found 
 by dividing the resistance per 1000 feet, as given in the table for 
 the size in question, by the corrected resistance of the wire per 
 1000 feet as previously calculated. s : 
 
 If the wire does not correspond to any size given in the table, 
 proceed thus: Letting d= the diameter of the wire in mils, R= 
 the ohms resistance per 1000 feet of a pure copper wire with 
 
 K 
 diameter =d, and K—constant or 10,792.* Then R=—q3z- an d 
 
 the conductivity is found by dividing R as thus calculated by the 
 resistance of the given wire per 1000 feet at 68° F. 
 
 3rd—INSULATION AND CAPACITY 
 TESTS. 
 
 The necessary electrical apparatus is: A Thoméon Reflecting 
 Galvanometer and its shunt, a1l-l0 megohm resistance box, a 
 condenser and discharging key, chloride of silver battery of not 
 less than 50 cells (preferably 100) and an appropriate switch. 
 
 INSULATION TESTS. Having determined from what end 
 of the cable the tests are to be made, secure the use of a room or 
 basement (preferably the latter), in which 
 to set up the instruments. Runtwo high- 
 ly insulated wires to the end of the cable, 
 and connect one to the lead cover and the 
 other to the conductor whose insulation 
 resistance is required, the remaining con- 
 ductors, if any, being connected to the 
 lead cover; set up the instruments ona 
 large table and make the connections as 
 illustrated in Figure 86, where & is the 
 1-10 megohm box, G the galvanometer, / 
 its shunt, & the battery, and S a switch; 
 insert the plug in the 1-999 shunt, place 
 the switch Sin the position represented 
 by dotted lines and ciose the battery 
 switch, 6; now open the short-circuit key 
 F c,of the shunt, and read the deflection, 
 
 Fig. 86. which we will call d:; then close the 
 shunt key c, and place the switch S, in the position shown 
 full in the figure; again open the shunt key, and if no deflection 
 is observable, remove the plug from the 1-999 shunt, so that all 
 the current can go through the galvanometer; then after about 
 one minute’s electrification, read the deflection, which we will 
 calld’. The insulation resistance of the conductor expressed in 
 
 megohms, is then—3r—. If a one megohm resistance box is 
 
 used the numerator of this fraction becomes 1000xd, but 
 the 1-99 shunt will in general give the largest readable deflection, 
 in which case the formula remains as given. The insulation re- 
 sistance of the lead wires should be carefully measured, and if 
 any deflection is observable, the value of d’ must be diminished 
 by the amount of this deflection. 
 
 If in determining d’ the spot of light goes off the scale it will 
 be necessary to use the shunt that will give the largest readable 
 deflection, and then d’ is multiplied by 10 for the 1-9 shunt, by 
 100 for tne 1-99 shunt, and by 1000 for the 1-999 shunt. A large 
 deflection, gradually increasing in value, generally indicates 
 polarization, and, when this is the case, the lead of the cable has 
 been broken or torn off through careless handling, or else the 
 ends have been unprotected so as to admit the passage of 
 apouture into the cable. One hundred cells of battery should be 
 used. 
 
 To find the insulation resistance per mile, multiply the 
 absolute insulation resistance by the length of the cable in 
 miles. On page 153 is a table of “ feet expressed in decimal of a 
 mile,’? which can be used in this connection. 
 
 CAPACITY TESTS. The arrangement for making electro- 
 
 *Diameter? X resistance per rooo feet. 
 
 139 
 
static capacity tests is shown in Figure 87, where G is the 
 galvanometer, /its shunt, A isthe discharging key, Sa switch, 
 £& the battery and JY the battery switch. 
 Asin the case of insulation resistance 
 tests, connection should be made to one 
 wire free from all the others, and to the 
 others grounded to the lead of the cable. 
 When the discharging key A isin repose 
 we have electrical connection between @ 
 and 4,and between d and e; press down 
 firmly the buttons P /, to connect a toc 
 and @ to /; the condenser or the cable 
 can thus be charged at will by means of 
 } the battery #8, and the switch S; six 
 cells are generally sufficient for ordinary 
 testing. Place the switch, S, so as to 
 
 CONDENSER 
 
 charge the condenser, and if the spot of 
 
 light goes off the scale with no shunt, 
 
 Heft} > put the plug in that shunt which will 
 i give.the largest readable deflection; hold 
 Fig. 87. down firmly the buttons P P, for about 
 
 15 seconds, and then release them sud- 
 denly, noting the throw imparted to the needle; in like manner 
 read the throw from the cable after it has been charged. 
 
 Where shunts are used, the throw must be multiplied by 10 
 for the 1-9 shunt, 100 for the 1-99 shunt and 1000 for the 1-999 
 shunt; letting t equalithe effective throw of the condenser, t’ 
 equal the effective throw of the cable and K the capacity of the 
 condenser in microfarads, then the capacity of the cable in 
 microfarads equalst_~ ES , and the capacity per mile is obtained 
 by dividing this result by the length of the cable in miles. 
 
 Where great accuracy is required, itis best to have both 
 throws as nearly equal as possible, by using a multiple series 
 condenser and inserting such a capacity as will give a deflection 
 about equal to that of the cable. 
 
 4th—LOCATING GROUNDS, LEAKS, 
 CROSSES AND OPEN WIRES. 
 
 This subject is so broad and comprehensive that we will 
 only be able to outline a few methods. 
 
 GROUNDS OR LEAKS, under 10,000 Ohms Resistance. 
 For accurate work use the instruments mentioned under “ Re- 
 sistance,” page 138. 
 
 When at least two good conductors, in addition to the 
 “grounded wire,” are accessible: Set up the instrument in the 
 ordinary manner and run two lead wires of equal dimensions to 
 the cable; measure carefully the resistance of these two wires 
 then measure in turn the combined resistance of the grounded 
 wire and one of the good wires, the grounded wire and the other 
 good wire, and the two good wires; these three wires must, of 
 course, be connected at the distant end of the cable ; then letting 
 
 Z equal the resistance of each lead wire, 
 
 d equal the resistance of the grounded, wire, 
 
 c equal the resistance of one good wire, 
 
 e equal the resistance of the other good wire, 
 and K. K/ and K” equal the respective measured resistances, we 
 have: 2/+d+c=K; 3 Z+d+e=K’,; 2/+c+e=K”; from which, by 
 algebraic elimination, we get 
 
 f Tz Pt ‘ ad v 
 aa k K oe ond cK tk’ ETB 
 
 By this means, therefore, we are enabled to 
 know the exact resistance of the grounded wire, 
 provided it be not grounded in more than one place. 
 
 Now make the connections shown in Figure 88; 
 A and & are the arms of the bridge, 7 is the resist- 
 ance in the box, 72 the lead wires running to the 
 cable, ¢c is the good wire, a and 4 separate portions 
 of the faulty wire grounded at g; G is the galvano- 
 meter. Ground one side of the battery, (preferably 
 to the lead cover of the cable) and connect the other 
 to thejuncture of Sand A, asshown in the diagram; 
 remove plugs from the resistance box until, on 
 pressing down the battery and galvanometer keys, 
 no deflection of the galvanometer needle is observ- 
 able; then letting the letters in Figure 88 stand for 
 the resistance of the various parts, and, remember- 
 
 140 
 
ing that d, the resistance ot the grounded wire, as previously 
 obtained, equals a+b, we have, by Wheatstone’s law, 
 
 -a+/+R)=B (b+c+42); substituting for b its value, d—a, and re- 
 B(d+c+/)—A (¢+R) 
 
 ducing, a= We thus obtain the actual resist- 
 
 +B 
 ance to the ground, and letting D represent the total length of the 
 
 grounded wire, we have as the distance to the ground, TD. 
 
 We recommend the following as a check method: Reverse 
 the wires at the binding posts of the bridge, as shown in Figure 
 89: remove the plugs until a balance is obtained, 
 then by Wheatstone’s law we have, A (b+c+/+R) 
 =B (a+) and, reducing, a—A (dyer Ri—Be 
 and, as before, the distance to the ground equals 
 a> 
 
 This ought to agree very closely with the 
 value obtained by the previous method; care 
 must be taken to see that the length taken for 
 S the grounded wire is correct, for this is often a 
 source of error. Three or four cells of battery 
 will be sufficient for ordinary use, but where a 
 leak of several thousand ohms is to be located 
 {iii|4 50, or even 100, cells ought to be used in the last 
 
 ae: two methods. For ordinary testing A=10 and 
 
 Fig. 89. —=1,000 ohms. 
 
 Where only one good wire is accessible and 
 this wire is of the same general dimensions as the grounded wire, 
 the approximate resistance of the grounded wire can be found by 
 taking half of the actual combined resistance of the two wires, 
 after which proceed as has been indicated in the previous 
 methods. 
 
 Where no good wire is accessible, the following method may 
 be adopted, but it cannot be relied on unless the resistance of the 
 ground is unvariable: Set up the instruments at one terminal 
 of the cable; ground very thoroughly on the lead of the cable one 
 of the wires running to the Wheatstone’s Bridge; connect the 
 other wire to the grounded conductor and measure the resistance 
 of the circuit; then proceed to the other terminal of the cable 
 and in like manner measure the resistance of the circuit from 
 that end; then, letting a= the resistance to the ground from one 
 end, b= the resistance from the other end, R and R’=the respec- 
 tive measured resistances, and letting R’’—the resistance of the 
 grounded wire, (which can be calculated by knowing its length 
 
 and size), we have a—Rt RR and i and the 
 
 distance to the ground from the end where the first measurement 
 was made —prD 
 
 If the resistance of the ground is variable, it will, in general, 
 be indicated by the difficulty to obtain a balance with the Wheat- 
 stone’s Bridge and by a non-accordance of the resistance as meas- 
 _ ured with the battery reversed. 
 
 CROSSES of variable or unvariable resistance where two 
 good wires, in addition to the crossed wires, are accessible: 
 
 It each crossed wire cannot be identified separately at the 
 terminals of the cable the following method will, in general, 
 make identification certain: Number the crossed wires at the 
 testing end of the cable, No. l and No.2, and at the far end No. 
 8and No. 4 respectively; call the good wire No. 5; make the fol- 
 lowing four sets of connections and measure the respective 
 resistances. 
 
 (a) Wires from Wheatstone’s Bridge to No. 5and No. 1, with 
 No.5and No.3connected at far end of cable. (b) Wires from 
 Wheatstone’s Bridge to No 5and No.1, with No.5 and No. 4 
 connected at far end of cable. (c) Wires from Wheatstone’s 
 Bridge to No. 5and No. 2, with No. 5 and No. 4 connected at far 
 end of cable. (d) Wires from Wheatstone’s Bridge to No. 5 and 
 No. 2, with No. 5 and No. 3 connected at the far end of cable. 
 
 Let R’ R’’ R’” R’’” stand for measured resistance; if R’+R”’ 
 is less than R’’+R’/’" then No.1 and-No.3 are one wire, No. 2 
 and No. 4 the other wire, while, if R’+R’” is greater than 
 R’’+R’’’, No.1 and No. 4 are one wire and No. 2 and No. 3 the 
 other; if the resistance of the cross is constant its value is one- 
 half the difference between R’+R/” and R’+R’”,, After finding 
 
 141 
 
he separate resistance of one of the crossed wires and the good 
 .wire by the method given in the previous heading, proceed 
 exactly as directed in the methods for locatin rounds, except 
 that, instead of grounding the battéry, connect it to the wire that 
 is crossed with the one used in making the test. In Figures 88 
 and 89 the ground wire S may be considered as the wire 
 crossed with a+b and then it is evident that the formule derived 
 from these figures for grounded wires are applicable to crossed 
 wires also, 
 
 Where a single wire is crossed or grounded in morethan one 
 place, or where there are many crosses or grounds in one cable 
 of several conductors, complications occur that often defy solu- 
 tion. The conditions of the case in hand might be such that the 
 fault could be located approximately by specially devised 
 methods; fortunately in practice such a state of affairs seldom 
 occurs. In order to facilitate such tests as are above described, 
 orders as tothe connections to be made should be given by means 
 of a telephone or telegraph instrument to a person stationed at 
 the far end of the cable. 
 
 OPEN WIRES. Where one good wire is accessible, set up 
 the instruments as shown in Fig. 87; take a throw firston the 
 open wire, then on the good wire and finally on the good wire 
 connected to the open wire at the far end of the cable; letting t, 
 t’ and t’’ equal the respective throws, and letting D equal the 
 total length of the broken wire, the distance to the break is 
 
 pats” 
 
 It is usually best to make insulation resistance test of the 
 broken wire before proceeding as above: also measure the resist- 
 ance of the break by connecting one wire to the broken con- 
 ductor at the near end of the cable and the other wire to the good 
 conductor connected to the broken wire at the far end of the 
 cable; if the resistance in either case is much lessthan one 
 megohm the results obtained cannot be thoroughly relied upon. 
 
 Where no good wire is accessible, proceed as follows: Set up 
 the instruments at one end of the cable, and take a throw on the 
 open wire and on the condenser, then go to the other end of the 
 cable and take similar throws there; letting t and t’ equal the first 
 and second throws on the cable and candc’ the corresponding 
 condenser throws, we have as the distance to the break from the 
 
 end where the first test was made ee 
 
 at tt 
 
 As stated before, the insulation resistance of the broken wire, 
 as well as the resistance of the break, should be measured. Ifthe 
 insulation resistance of the open wire is high, the resistance of 
 the break can be found by grounding the open wire at the far end 
 of the cable, and connecting one lead wire to ground and the 
 other to the open wire at the testing end of the cable. 
 
 142 
 
GENERAL 
 
 AND 
 
 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. 
 
 143 
 
: oe 
 a a 
 
 : RO s 
 L/S ae 
 
 sta 
 
 $ te 
 :| Panag 
 
 3 
 10 
 17 
 24 
 
 \17 
 
 1] 2] 8 
 
 8} 9 10 
 
 15/16 
 24 
 
 24 
 31l... 
 
 21/22/93 
 28/29/30) ... 
 
 6| 7 
 14 
 
 2 a 
 18/19/20 
 0/26/27 
 
 2 
 
 redo 
 ee 
 
 1 2| 8 
 
 8] 9)10 
 13}14|15)16 17) | 10 
 20|21|22/23 24)|17 
 
 31 
 
 27 (2829 80 
 
 6 
 
 4) 5 
 11)12 
 18/19 
 25/26 
 
 "AVA | “ANE 
 
 ‘AITOAL | —av 
 
 1) 2] 8| 4 SAE 
 8} 9/10/11 || 4) 5 
 15 16|17/18 | |11}1 
 
 22 23/24/25 
 
 | 
 
 5| 6} 7 
 12)13}14 
 19\20/21 
 26|27 |28)29 30|...|... 
 
 ‘Loos 
 
 ° v | et QO uD 
 |] PShe : aa 
 
 NOL : 
 
 : 3 me! 
 | NPSRS| ITAA 
 
 |S eBaR 
 
 “LOO | “AON me kc Ct § 
 
 TERR | 
 
 144 
 
A CALENDAR* 
 
 Forascertaining 
 
 Vears 1753 to 1952., 
 
 any Day of the Week for any given time within Two Hundred Years from: 
 the introduction of the New Style, 1752 tor 
 
 952 inclusive. 
 
 1761|1767|1778|178911795| | |_| 
 1801 1807/1818! 846)1857 1863 1874 
 [190 1914 18225 
 1762'1773|1779|1790| | 
 1862,1813}1819) 1830 1841, 1847/1858 1869 1875: 
 | = 1909 1915/1926 
 W7av7e3\1774117851791| | | 
 1803 1814/1825)1831'1842 1853 1859 1870 18817 
 1910)1921'1927 
 1754|1765}1771)17821793.1799, | 
 1805 1811 1822/1935 1839 1856 1851 1867,1878)1 
 1901/1907 ites ike! 
 755 1766|1777|1783 1794/1800 
 1896 1817)1823|1334 1845 1851|1862 1873 1879 1890 
 | 1902)1913)1919)1930 
 1758.1769)1775|178611797| * 
 1809 1815 1826 1837/1843 1854 1865 1871/1882 1893 
 | |1905)191 1/1922 1933 19: 
 175311759)1770|1781|178711798 
 1810 1821/1827|1838 1849 1855 1866'1877/1883 
 | 1906|1917}1923 
 { LEAP YEARS. a 
 1764 | 1792 | 1804 | 1832 | 1860 | 1888 | 1928 | ...... : 
 1768 | 1796 | 1808 | 1836 | 1864 | 1892) 1904 | 1932 
 1772 1812 | 1840 | 1868 | 1896 | 1908 | 1936 
 1776 1816 | 1844 | 1872 | 1912 | 1940 
 1780 | 1820 | 1848 | 1876 1916 | 1944 
 | 1756 1784 | 1824 | 1852 | 1880 1920 | 1948 
 1700 | 1788 | 1828 | 1856 | 1984! ...._| 1924 | 1952] 2| 51 61 2 
 et 2 3 | 5 5. 
 NoTe.—To as-Mon. ]/Tues.. 1]Wed.. 1/Thur. 1\Fri.... 
 certain any day'Tues. 2/Wed.. 2/Thur. 2/Fri ... 2\Sat.... 
 of the week, first, Wed.. 3/Thur. 3/Fri.... 3/Sat.... 3Sun... 
 look in the table/Thur. 4/Fri.... 4/Sat. .. 4Sun... 4/Mon.. 4/T 
 for'the year re-Fri.... 5Sat.... 5Sun... §|Mon.. d/Tues.. 5 
 uired, and un-Sat.... 6Sun... §|Mon.. 6/Tues 6/Wed.. 6 
 er the months/Sua... 7/Mon.. 7/Tues 7|/Wed.. 7/Thur. 7 
 are figuresMon.. 8Tues.. 8\Wed.. 8Thur 8)Fri.... 8 
 which refer to/Tues.. 9}Wed.. 9/Thur. $)Fri.... 9/Sat.... 9 
 the correspond-|Wed 10'Thur.16/Fri ...10\Sat. 10\Sun...1G a0 
 ing fi gures at\Thur.1i Fri ...11/Sat....11/Sun Mon. 11 as 
 the head of the\Fri....12\Sat....12;\Sun...19/Mon..32/ Tues.12) , 
 columns of daysSat....13)/Sun...13/Mon. 13/Tues 13/Wed 13/Thur.13)Fri ...13 
 below. Sun...14)Mon. 14/Tues 14/;Wed 14/Thur.1]4|Fri ...14/Sat....14 
 ates Mon. 15/Tues 15) Wed. 15|Thur 15!Fri....15/Sat....15;Sun...1§ 
 For Example:--\Tues..16/Wed..16/Thur 16/Fri....16\Sat....16/Sun...16/Mon 16 
 To know onlWed. 17/Thur.17|Fri....17/Sat.. 17/\Sun...17/Mon. 17/Tues..17 
 what day of the/fhur.18/Fri....18iSat ...18Sun...18/Mon. 18/Tues 18|Wed. 18 
 week May 4 was Fri....19Sat .. 19/Sun...19|Mon. 19\Tues 19/Wed: 19/Thur 19 
 in 1884, in theSat ...20/Sun....20/Mon. 20)/Tues..20/;Wed 20/Thur 20/Fri....20 
 tableof yea rsSun...2] Mon. 21/Tues 21/Wed 21/Thur 21/Fri ...21)Sat....2] 
 look for 1884, and|Mon. 22/Tues..22|\Wed. 22\Thur 22|Fri....22)Sat....22|Sun...22 
 in a parallel line,/Tues.23|/Wed..23/Thur 23\Fri ...23Sat... 23\$un...23)Mon. 23 
 under May, is Wed 24/Thur.24/Fri .. 24/Sat....24/Sun...94;Mon 24/Tues..24 
 figure 4, which Thur.26|Fri....25\Sat....25|\Sun...95)Mon 25/Tues 25|Wed. 25 
 directs to col,|Fri ...26|/Sat....26/Sun...96 Mon. 26/Tues 26,Wed 26/Thur.26 
 4, which showsSat....27|\Sun...27}/Mon 27|Tues.27|Wed 27|Thur 27|Fri ...27 
 that May 4 fell on|Sun ..28|Mon. 28/Tues.28/Wed..28/Thur 28/Fri....28|Sat. ...28 
 Sunday. Mon .29/Tues..29/Wed. 29/Thur 29Fri ...29Sat....20|Sun... 
 Tues 30/Wed. 30/Thur.30\Fri. ..30'Sat ...30/Sun...30|Mon. ¢ 
 Wed. 3l/Thur.3i|Fri....31|Sat....31'Sun...31 Mon 31/Tues.31) 
 
 * Published by courtesy of Mr. Newton Squire, Com 
 House, Its Methods and Systems."’ 45 
 
 piler of ‘* The New York Clearing 
 
POSTAL GUIDE. 
 Compiled from U. S. Official Postal Guide, for Dec. 1896. 
 
 DOMESTIC MAIL. 
 FIRST CLASS. 
 
 Letters, postal cards and matter wholly or partly in writing, whether sealed 
 or unsealed (except manuscript accompanying proof sheets or curr2cted proof 
 sheets of the same), and all matter sealed or otherwise closed agamst easy in- 
 spection. 
 
 Rate of Postage.—Letters, two cents per ounce or fraion thereof; 
 postal cards, one cent each; on ‘‘drop’’ letters, two cents per ounc- or fractioa 
 thereof when mailed at letter carrier office, and one cent per ouncz? or fraction 
 
 thereof at other offices. 
 SECOND CLASS. 
 
 Only for publishers and news agents, and applying to newspapers and publica- 
 tions issued at stated intervals, as often as four times a year; must not be designed 
 primarily for advertising purposes, or for free circulation at nominal rates. 
 
 Rate of Postage,.—One cent per pound or fraction thereof, when 
 sent by publisher from office of publication, or when sent from news agency to 
 actual subscribers or other news agents. 
 
 On newspapers and periodical publications of this class, when sent by other 
 than publisher or news agent, one cent for each four ounces or fraction thereof. 
 
 Publications of second class, one copy to each actual subscriber residing in 
 county where same are printed in whole or in part and published, but not to be de- 
 livered at letter carrier offices or by carriers, free. 
 
 Printed or written name and address of publisher or sender, but without ad- 
 vertisement, may be placed on second class matter. 
 
 THIRD CLASS. 
 
 Books, periodicals, photographs and matter wholly in print, (not included in 
 second class) proof sheets, corrected proof sheets and manuscript copy accompany- 
 ing the same. 
 
 By printed matter under this class is meant: ‘‘The reproduction upon paper, 
 by any process except that of hand writing, or any words, letters, characters, figures 
 or images, or of any combination thereof, not having the character of an actual and 
 
 ersonal correspondence;’’ it also includes circulars, designed tobe, ‘‘A printed 
 letter, which, according to internal evidence, is being sent in identical terms to 
 several persons. It is permissible to write in circulars the date, the name of the 
 person addressed, or of the sender, and to correct mere typographical errors.’ The 
 mame, address and advertisement of the sender may be placed on third class 
 matter. 
 
 Rate of Postage.—One cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof. 
 
 FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 Merchandise, namely, all matter not embraced in the other three classes, and 
 which is not, in its form or nature, liable to destroy, deface, or otherwise damage 
 the contents of the mail bag, or harm the person of any one engaged in the postal 
 service and not above the weight provided by law. 
 
 Rate of Postage.—One cent per ounce or fraction thereof, but om 
 pores Cunate roots, scions and plants, one cent for each two ounces or fraction 
 
 ereof, 
 
 MONEY ORDERS. 
 
 Orders not exceeding $2.50, 3 cents. 
 
 Over $2.50 and not exceeding 5.00, 5 cents. 
 
 Over 5.00 and not exceeding 10.00, 8 cents. 
 
 Over 10.00 and not exceeding 20.00, 10 cents. 
 
 Over 20.00 and not exceeding 30.00, 12 cents. 
 
 Over 30.00 and not exceeding 40.00, 15 cents. 
 
 Over 40.00 and not exceeding 50.00, 18 cents. 
 
 Over 50.00 and not exceeding 60.00, 20 cents. 
 
 Over 60.00 and not exceeding 75.00, 25 cents. 
 
 Over 75.00 and not exceeding 100.00, 30 cents. 
 When a larger sum than $100.00 is required, additional orders must be ob- 
 tained to make it up, and no more than three domestic orders may be issued in one 
 day tothe same remitter in favor of the same payee, payable at the same post office, 
 
 SPEC.AL DELIVERY. 
 
 Special immediate delivery by messengers may be secured for postal matter 
 of any class, at any postoffice, by affixing, in addition to the regular postage,a 
 special delivery stamp, which can be bought at any postoffice. 
 
 REGISTRATION. 
 [Domestic or Foreign Mail.] 
 
 Any letter or parcel may be registered upon affixing thereto 8 cents in post- 
 age stamps in addition to the stamps that would be required for the same article if 
 
 not registered. 
 FOREIGN MAIL. 
 
 The following are the rates of postage to all countries and colonies (except 
 Canada and Mexico) comprising the Uxzversal Postal Union, among which are all 
 European and South American countries and colonies, Asiatic Turkey, most of the 
 West Indies, British India, Ceylon, Congo, Egypt, Algeria, Greenland, Hawaii, 
 the following post offices in China: Hong Kong, Kiung-Chow, Canton, Swatow, 
 Amoy, Shanghai; and = Fusam-po, Genzanshin and Jinsen (Corea); alse 
 Labuan, Liberia, Mauritius, Persia, Siam and Tunis, viz: 
 
 Letters, per 15 grams (1% ounce) 5 cents; Postal Cards, each 2 cents; News 
 wapers and other printed matter per 2 ounces, 1 cent. 
 
 146 
 
eg : Packets not in excess of ro ounces, 5 cents. 4 
 *#Commercial Papers : 4 Packets in excess of ro ounces for each two ounces or frace 
 tion thereof, r cent. 4 
 
 ‘ 
 
 Packets not in excess of 4 ounces, 2 cents. 
 amples of Merchandise: Packets in excess of 4 ounces, for each 2 ounces or frac- 
 tion thereof, 1 cent. f 
 
 Australia via San Franctsco (except New South Wales, Queensland and Vic- 
 toria, which take same rate as ‘‘via Brindisi’), letters, 5 cents each half ounce or 
 traction; newspapers, 2 cents per copy; other matter, 2cents for each two ounces or 
 fraction. 
 
 Australia, British mail vza Brindész: letters, r2 cents each half ounce or frac- 
 “ge newspapers, 2cents per copy; other matter, four cents for each four ounces 
 or fraction, : 
 
 China, British mail va Brindisz: letters, 13 cents each half ounce or fraction; 
 newspapers, 5 cents for each four ounces or fraction; other matter, 4 cents each two 
 ounces or fraction, 
 
 Chatham Islands via San Francisco, New Zealand, Norfolk Islands and 
 Tasmania, same as Australia, via Brindisi. 3 
 
 Where 2 cent postal cards cannot be obtained, use a U.S. one cent card with 
 aone cent U.S. postage stamp affixed. f 
 
 Ordinary letters for countries of the Postal Union, (except Canada and Mexico} 
 must be forwarded, whether any postage is prepaid on them ornot. All other 
 mailable matter must be prepaid at least partially. 
 
 PARCELS POST, 
 
 Foreign Parcels Post conventions have lately been concluded between the 
 United States and Jamaica, British Honduras, Bahama Islands, Leeward Islands, 
 Barbadoes, the Hawaiian Kingdom, and the Republic of Costa Rica. 
 
 Packages of merchandise other than samples, and all other articles not pro- 
 hibited,may be forwarded to any of these countries at the following rates of postage, 
 which must in every case be prepaid. 
 
 Fora parcel not exceeding 1 pound in weight, 12 cents. 
 
 For every additional pound or fraction thereof, 12 cents. 
 
 The dimensions allowed are: ; 
 
 Greatest length, 3 feet,6inches. Greatest length and girth combined, 6 feet. 
 
 - The maximum weight, 11 pounds. 
 
 CANADA AND MEXICO. 
 
 Matter mailed in the United States addressed “to CANADA or MEXICO, is 
 subject to the same postage rates and conditions as it would be if it were addressed 
 for delivery in the United States, exc-pt that ‘‘Commercial Papers’’ are 
 transmissible at the rate given above opposite ‘‘Commercial Papers,’’ and that 
 for MEXICO all articles of miscellaneous merchandise (fourth-class matter) not 
 sent as bona-fide trade samples, are required to be sent by ‘‘Parcels Post’’ at the 
 rate given above opposite ‘‘Samples of Merchandise.”’ 
 
 The following articles are absolutely EXCLUDED from the mails (CANADA or 
 MEXICO) without regard to the amount of postage prepaid or the manner in which 
 they are wrapped, namely: All sealed packages other than letters in their usual 
 and ordinary form; publications which violate any copyright law of either 
 country respectively; also (MEXICO) liquids, pastes, confections and fatty sub- 
 stances, and all packages except such as are sent by ‘‘Parcels Post:’’ and (CAN- 
 ADA) all packages (except single volumes of printed books and packages of 
 second class matter) which weigh more than four pounds six ounces, and **Police 
 Gazettes.” : 
 
 _ Single volumes of printed books, in unsealed packages (without limit as to 
 weight), are transmissible to MEXICO in the regular mails. 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS. 
 
 Applying to Domestic Mails and Foreign Mails except as modified under the 
 
 head of ‘‘Foreign Mails.”” 
 LIMIT OF WEIGHT. 
 
 Four pounds, unless it be a single book, This limitation does not apply, to 
 second-class matter mailed in packages at the poundratee If package contains 
 liquids, the limit is four ounces, liquid measure. ‘ 
 
 PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. 
 
 On first-class matter the postage should be fully prepaid, but if two cents in 
 stamps be affixed, the matter will be forwarded and remainder due collected of 
 addressee before delivery. 
 
 On second, third and fourth class matter, the postage must be fully prepaid. 
 POSTAGE DUE. 
 
 When two cents has been paid on first class matter, the remainder is collected 
 on delivery at single rates. When matter reaches, by inadvertence, the office of 
 destination without any prepayment, postage is collected at double the prepaid 
 
 rates. 
 UNMAILABLE MATTER. 
 
 Anything held for postage, misdirected, destructive, scurrilous matter, obscene 
 matter, lottery matter, packages of domestic third and fourth class matter weighing 
 over four pounds (except single books and official matter eminating from the De- 
 a at Washington) and of foreign matter in excess of weight or size fixed 
 
 y stipulation of postal treaty. 
 , Coin, Jewelry and other precious articles are prohited by postal treaty from 
 being sent in the mails to foreign countries. 
 
 Forwarding and Returning Mail Matter. 
 
 ‘ Letters or parcels prepaid at letter rates will be forwarded from one post office 
 +0 another upon the written request of the person addressed, without payment of 
 additional postage; other mail matter must be charged with additional postage at 
 original rate, , 
 
 Letters or parcels prepaid at letter rates, bearing written or printed returm 
 card, will be returned to writer at the time he may direct; or after remaining un- 
 called for thirty days; postal cards will also be returned after thirty days if they 
 disclose name and address of writer and are wholiy or partly written, other matteg 
 must pay additional postage if to be returned. 
 
 ( 
 
 *Deeds, Bonds, Receipts, Bills of Lading, etc., or any writing that is not@ 
 personal communication. 
 147 
 
STATES AND TERRITORIES OF THE UNITED STATES, — 
 
 <n atch aes AL, Le ee IPs Ee Ee fe on en a eee | 
 
 Order Ac- | 
 ° : Electoral |°o° 4 
 Population. cording to ae 
 States and Area R papuletinn Vote.* & o 3 
 Territories. Sine el ri = 
 c 
 s So 
 1890 | 41900 | 1890 | +1900 | 1896 | 71900 | 5 =o 
 Alabama........ 51,540/1 513,017 1 es ee ee TLD. cee 9 
 Arizonael ts 112,920 59.620)... 48° set ds of. Seles ie 
 Arkansas........ 53,045 1,128,179 7 Ihet. Pati Me S Die 6 
 California......., 155,980 1,208,180 OD ee cate SRiLD oes 7 
 Colorado......... 103,645) 412,198 31) haseaate 4 Dita 2 
 Connecticut ...| 4,845] 746,258)....22...... DOI NEE ee OR Sa 4 
 N Dakota... ‘ 147.700 1S 247,1.9 eee econ Ce | isco meee OR estes 1 
 Sr Dakotas..- \aimese S28: S08 | ececreaceee Oi wenden ALT) 5.58 ee 2 
 Delaware....... 1,960 168 493) Sodteaitles 203 AD gale 2733 SeR i eee 1 
 IDist0feCol ec GOMBQR0 S07 eee, atone BOe he ne Ve cece lleet soe 
 Florida... .| 54,240) 391,499)............ = y Die ype GD ee 2 
 Georgia .. Senay 58 ,980}1 837 ,353]............ D2 ss anor TSU ees jl 
 Tdano sees. 84,290} 84.385) ............ ADD alles sockises Sales caer 1 
 10H Ohi ey Cy ae 56 ,000/3 826 351)............ ie (ecb 58 2A Ro hae 
 Tndiatia tee... 85,910)2 192.404]. .0...... a eee Lo sRe eee 13 
 lOWasen tee 55,475/ 1,911 896) ............ AO saieereces: 13 Ro ceeccnceen 
 Kansas ees 81,700)1 427 OOo ere wtecs nS ea ie cee LOUD s\ cee 8 
 Kentucky ...... A) COO ESS bs GBni cseeecetes tend Ls ot sige deg i * eee ll 
 Louisiana ...... AB 420/118 587 ).0:.c.cnncee| 20 Treo terees SDA. cae 
 MAIN Cie eecccscos 29 895 nie 4 
 Maryland........ 2 860 6 
 Massachusetts : 3 
 Michigan ...... 7. 430! 5 ett Wee D} 
 Minnesota ..... 79,205) 1 ,801 ,826)...........000. 20 oh Sea EOL RS Se eae if 
 Mississippi. ... 46'340 J 239°600l See | See OND Tees 7 
 Missouri ......--.| 68,735/2,679, 184 | ...........-+ Litas 17 Dil es 15 
 Montana ........ VAD BLOMELS A LOO herercrmertee rE en eae SED itis: aie il 
 Nebraska ....... 76, ,185}1 ,058 , MUON Ss Setbcce ik PA PRA SUD yiesteee 6 
 INGVACa asec eae 109, 740 45. (GL ieee. cee 49 rr tee Sel) oversee 1 
 New Hamp... 9,005 LD Oot aeaadacheses Ca Sein eae HOR Gleeson 2 
 New Jersey .. 7,465) 1,444, 933)............ 1Sss aes: 10. Ralscax 8 
 New Mexico... 122,460} 163,593)............ A Sealey eesteee Ling Hel oo 
 INew HY Orc. 47 '620'5, 997 853 | Ssctamee tu Lea eee BORA tees 84 
 N. Carolina....| 48 ‘580 1.617.947 sereaceece AVL G eal aeeeaese ED heesaceeee 9 
 Ohiton hikes 40 760 3 020) Olean Aa coseens DS sRAN ease 21 
 Oregon........... 4, 560! 313,767)............ 1 fs be eekirts AR eae 2 
 Pennsylvania. 9855, 258 ,014!........... 2 RI eel Oot Rapesco 80 
 Rhode Island.. 4 ‘053 845 ,506)...:........ DOL latoeesees ARS eee 2 
 =. Carolina... 30.170 } IDE MAGA cae Dessamt once 9 D nether 7 
 Tennessee «..:.:| 41,750/1 767 518)..,...3..... LST ae Be eee 12) 10 
 exXas ersten tee 262,290 2.235 523 free Vie oseagee 15 Dtiecoces 13 
 Wish. pre 82190] '207/905)............ es Pep tse 3D teers 1 
 Vermont. ..co-.s O85) .B82 422) tes eesen. SOU eee 4 Ny seceeees 2 
 Wat gi niacccs 40 125)1, 655, DEO. Menctie. Lite le ees 12 Rae we 10 
 Washington .. .| 66,880 349 SOUR ee Be Were: Bb ict 2 
 W. Virginia ...| 24,645 762,794, oe, Rae 0 ence cee 6 Rules ars 4 
 Wisconsin ...... 54 ,450)1 686 880)............ J btafescesesers TDeR | aeceense 10 
 Wyonning....... 97,575) 60,700}-.2.3f.003. 47 | ai Byaace BD yerueeeees 1 
 
 *D, Democrat, R, Republican, in Presidential election of year named. 
 
 The States whose "electoral vote is printed in ztadzcs have been admitted since the 
 Presidential election of 1892. 
 
 tPrinted pasters will be ‘supplied by us for these three columns, upon request, ag 
 
 soon as officially determined. 
 CONGRESS FROM 1870. 
 
 The political attitude of the two branches of Congress from 
 1870 to the present time is given below: 
 
 SENATE. HOUSE. | SENATE. HOUSE. 
 
 1H Del beve om ite EMME axle Rv D.: Ind. Ro Doane. 
 LSTO5 57 eA AS81108 fee 1884420 ote 140 183 2 
 T8748 Oe 99> 882 2-. A886) 239 BT a ese 152 169 4 
 1874...44.- 29 wna. U4 AG aes: ipototey tly Rh) yaa 169 161 seen 
 1876.40. OO wees. ee 140) 155 ac. 1890...47- 39 2 88 285 9 
 IS78.t-34 eee L35RLDS Ave. 1892...37 44 A 91275218 Seen 
 1880. .B8 387 pie ir Rye ae aa bah 1894...46 87 4 245 104 7 
 1882...88 386 2 118 196 9 1896...... Fftis Paseo 204 124°— 28 
 
POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 STATE. POP. 
 Alabama........ aga 4 ey 017 
 yt ee 9620 
 Arkansas...........1,128, 179 
 California... See 12087130 
 Colorado.........- 412,198 
 Connecticut....... 2 a eet 
 Delaware......... 493 
 
 lorida..... Siciseh cite "423 
 Repegie. oaweups ta “1,337 "353 
 BOANOk. ceise 0% eseee 84,385 
 BNinOii:, Sess cvs 13,826,351 
 Indiana,..>...... oo 02,192,404 
 POWERS clots aisiats seats 1,911,896 
 RE BNSAS icine. Seah vce 1,427,098 
 Kentucky.......... 1 "858, °635 
 Louisiana.......... -1,118, 587 
 PAGING oe cad cielo cee 661,086 
 Marviand Wines sc. 1,042,390 
 Massachusetts... .. .2,238,943 
 Michigan......... . -2,093,889 
 Minnesota..........1 "301,826 
 Mississippi........ « «1,289,600 
 MUISBOUTI cis slerise's <0 2'679,184 
 
 Montana............ 132,159 
 
 THE LARGE CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Pop. 1900. 
 
 * 
 
 STATE. 
 Nebraska.,.,.......+1,058,910| * 
 Névada....... e\ciaeen kO;70L 
 New Hampshire.... 376, 530 
 New Jersey......... 1,444,933 
 New Mexico......... 153 ,593 
 New York.... .... 5,997, "853 
 North Carolina.....1,617 "947 
 
 North Dakota...... "182,719 
 Ohios css ised uate .3,672,316 
 Okishorias eae 61,834 
 OreGON 0s scccs voce, 813,767 
 Pennsylvania .....5,258,014 
 Rhode Island....... 45,506 
 South Carolina.,...1,151,149 
 South Dakota...... 328,808 
 Tennessee........... 1,767,518 
 T@XOS eines tes dee ap 142,235, 523 
 Utahii. crate. eos 207,905 
 Vermont .icasec.ce 332, 422 
 Virginiasy oc: tees: 36 1,655,980 
 Washington........ 349,390 
 West Virginia..... 762,794 
 Wisconsin.......... 686,880 
 Wyoming.......... 60,705 
 
 Total... ........62,622,250 
 
 CENSUS OF 1890. 
 
 M 
 
 A 
 
 < 
 
 4 
 @11 Akron, O. —~-..2..' 27, 601 
 302 Alameda, Cal — 11,165 
 29 Albany, N.Y. = 94.923 
 229 Alexandria, Va.. 14,339 
 28 Allegheny, Pa... 105 287 
 1°3 Allentown, cai >. + 25.228 
 296 Alpena Mich., . 11,283 
 $40 Alton, Ill. ...— 10294 
 101 Altoona, Paso. 7 130:937 
 192 Amsterdam.N.Y. 17,336 
 320 Anderson, Ind... 10,741 
 277 Appleton, Wis 11,869 
 341 Asheville, N.C... 10,245 
 236 Atchison, Kan... 13,963 
 42 Atlanta, Ga.. 65 533 
 258 Atlantic City,N.J. 13,055 
 299 Auburn, Me ..... 11,250 
 121 Auburn, N. Y.... 25 858 
 90 Augusta, eee $3,300 
 331 Augusta, Me,-... 10,627 
 171 Aurora, Ili.. . 19,688 
 224 Austin, Texas. . 14 476 
 
 7 Baltimore, Md.. 434,439 
 174 Bangor, Me:2/ 19,103 
 
 323 Baton Rouge, La. 10,478 
 245 Battle Cr’k,Mich. 13,197 
 109 Bay City, Mich 27/839 
 175 Bayonne Stat phe tab ee 
 
 2 Beatrice. Neb.... 13,836 
 213 Belleville, Hl .>.~. 15,361 
 316 Beverly, Mass. .. 10°821 
 226 Biddeford, Me... 14, "443 
 
 88 Binghamton, N.Y .35,005 
 119 Birmingham,Ala. 26,178 
 165 Bloomington, Il]. 20,048 
 
 6 Boston, Mass... . 448,477 
 332 Bradford, Pa... 10,514 
 59 Bridg: port,Conn. 48,866 
 288 Bridgeton, NOS. 1424 
 114 Brockton, "Mass.. 27 294 
 268 Brookline, ee 12,103 
 
 4 Brooklyn . 806, 343 
 11 Buffalo. ma 255,684 
 140 Burlington, ra . 22,565 
 222 Burlington, Vt.. 14 "590 
 322 Butte City, Dont. 10.723 
 336 Cairo, Ill . 10,324 
 41 Cambrid e, Mass. 70, 028 
 49 Camden, 58, ‘313 
 
 118 Canton, Osta 25,189 
 315 Carbondale, Pa.. 
 185 Cedar pers la. 18,020 
 53 Charleston, S. C.. 54 055 
 283 Charlotte, N.C. 111557 
 105 Chattan’a, Tenn. 29,100 
 108 Chelsea, Mass... 
 163 Chester, Paces 
 280 Chey’ mag 4 »Wyo. il 690 
 
 2 Chicago, Il....1,099 "850 
 
 234 Chicopee, Mass... 14,050 
 294 Chillicothe, O.... 11,288 
 9 Cincinnati, O.. * 296:908 
 
 '10Lleveland, Oak. 261,253 
 244 Clinton, lowa.. ~. 
 
 *Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1900 census is taken, 
 
 10,833 | 
 
 CITIES. POP. POP. Ae 
 
 * 
 
 13,619 | 
 
 | 276 Hazleton, Paw &. 
 
 K 
 
 A CITIES. 
 a 
 4 
 
 $34 Clinton, Mass. .>. 10,424| * 
 
 142 Cohoes, ‘N.Y... 22,509 
 303 Co). Springs, Col. - 140 
 328 Columbia, Pa.... 10,599 
 214 Columbia, S.C... 15,333 
 
 198 Columbus, Ga.. 17.203 
 30 Columbus. O..... 88,354 
 196 Concord, N. H... 17,04 
 
 153 Co'ncil Bluffs,la. 21,474 
 82 Covington, Ky... 37,371 
 265 Cumberland,Md. 12,729 
 
 77 Dallas, Texas.... 38,067 
 200 Danbury, Conn.. 16,552 
 286 Danville, Iil...... 11,491 
 337 Danville, Ve...... 10,305 
 
 116 Davenport, Iowa 26,872 
 
 45 Dayton, O,... ... 61,220 
 197 Decatur, Il]...... 16,841 
 308 Denison, Texas... 10.958 
 26 Denver, Col. ....106,713 
 
 68 Des Moines, lowa 60,093 
 15 Detroit, Mich... .205,876 
 24 Dover, N. H...... 12,790 
 102 Dubuque, lowa.. 30,311 
 92 Duluth, Mion.... 33, ‘abe 
 309 E. Liver ool, O.. 
 
 216 East St. Louis, lll. 15,169 
 
 191 Eau Claire, Wis.. 17, "416 
 189 Elgin, Il........ 17/823 
 79 Elizabeth, N. J.. . 37,764 
 290 Elkhart, Ind..... 11,360 
 
 104 Elmira, N. Y¥..... 29,708 
 835 El Paso, Texas.. 
 73 Erie, Pa...... : 40; 
 
 56 Evansville, Ind.. 60.756 
 306 Everett, Mass.... 1 ,608 
 40 Fall River, Mass. 74 398 
 
 180 Findlay, O....... 18,553 
 144 Fitchburg, Mass. 22,097 
 312 Flushing, N. Y 
 
 269 Fond du Uae. Wis 1" 024 
 275 Fort Scott, Kan.. 11 046 
 293 Fort Smith, Ark. ll, "311 
 86 Fort Wayne, Ind. 35, "399 
 134 Fort Worth, fez 23) 076 
 
 343 Freeport, i. ~ 10,189 
 317 Fresno, Cal...... 16,818 
 |215 Galesburg, Ill.... 15, 264 
 106 Galveston, Tex... 297084 
 
 127 Gioucester,Mags. 24,652 
 238 Gloversville,N. Wels, "864 
 47 G’d Rapids,Mich. 60 ‘278 
 346 Greenwich,Conn. 10,131 
 347 Hagerstown, Md. 10,118 
 190 Hamilton, O..... 17,565 
 262 Hannibal, Mo.. 
 75 Harrisburg, Pa.. 
 64 Hartford, Conn.. 
 245 Tastings, Neb.... 13 "584 
 113 Haverhill, Mass.. ae 
 11,872 
 
 |240 Helena, Mont... 
 
 213.83! 
 
 149 
 
 POP.|/POP. 1900. 
 
 POP-/Pop. 1900, 
 
THE LARGE CITIES OF THE 
 
 RANK. 
 
 , 68 Hoboken, N. J... 43,648 
 85 Holyoke, Mass... 35,634 
 307 Hornellsv’e,N.Y. 10,996 
 112 Houston, Texas... 27,657 
 348 Huntington,W.V. 10,108 
 342 Hyde Park,Mass. 10,19% 
 27 Indianapo’s, Ind.105,436 
 310 Ironton, O....... 10,938 
 301 Ishpeming, Mich. 11,197 
 304 Ithaca, N. Y...... 11,079 
 149 Jackson, Mich... .20.798 
 341 Jackson, Tenn... 10,039 
 195 Jacksouville,Fla. 17,201 
 321 Jackronville. Ill. 10,740 
 208 Jamestown, N.Y 16,038 
 314 Janesville, Wis.. 10.236 
 324 Jeffersonv'e,tod. 10,666 
 19 Jersey City, N. J 163,003 
 149 Johnstown, Pa... 21,805 
 132 Joliet, IM ........ 28.264 
 188 Kalamazoo,Mich 17 853 
 | 76 Kansas City,Kan 38,316 
 2¢ Kansas City, Mo. 132,716 
 242 Keokuk, Iowa... 14,101 
 183 Kev West, Fla... 18,080 
 154 Kingston, N. Y.. 21,261 
 41 Knoxville, Tenn. 22,635 
 t2z4 LaCrosse, Wis... 25,090 
 203 Lafayette, Ind .. 16.243 
 4 Lancaster, Pa.... 32011 
 246 Lansing, Mich .. 13,102 
 329 Lansingb'g, N.Y. 10,550 
 292 Laredo, Texas... 11 319 
 64 Lawrence, Mass.. 44,654 
 300 Leadville, Col .. 11,212 
 169 Leavenw'th, Kan 19,768 
 221 Lebanon, Pa..... 14,644 
 150 Lewistc 1, Me. -.. 20,701 
 152 Lexington, Ky... 21,567 
 216 Lima, O . ....... 15,987 
 52 Lincoln, Neb.... F5.154 
 167 Lincoln, R. L.... 20,335 
 
 120 Little Rock, Ark. 25,874 | 
 
 209 Lockport, N. Y.. 16,038 
 252 Logansport, Ind. 13,32 
 400 L'g [eld C’y N.Y. 30,506 
 57 Los Angeles, Cal. 50,395 
 
 20 Loutaville, Ky...161,129 
 
 37 Lowell, Mass..... 77.696 
 
 170 Lynchburg, Va.. 19 709 
 Si Lynn, Maas...... 65.727 
 
 137 Macon, Ga....... 22,746 
 249 Madison, Wis.... 13,426 
 295 Mahanoy City,Pa 11,286 
 135 Malden, Mass.... 23,031 
 66 Manchester,N.H. 44,126 
 
 263 Manistee, Mich.. 12 812 
 248 Mansfield, O..... 13,473 
 284 Marinette, Wis.. £1,523 
 241 Marlboro, Mass.. 13,85 
 350 Massillon. O...... 10,092 
 161 McKeesport, Pa.. 20,741 
 305 Medford, Mass. . 11,079 
 43 Memphis, Tenn.. 64,495 
 
 326 Menominee,Mich 10,630 
 151 Meriden, Conn.. 21 652 
 327 Meridian, Miss... 10,624 
 319 Mich. City, Ind.. 10776 
 273 Middletown,.N.Y. 11,977 
 253 Millville, N. J.. .. 10,002 
 16 Milwaukee, Wis, .2°4,469 
 
 18 Min’apolis, Minn. 164,7!8 
 
 97 Mobile, Ala...,.. 31,076 
 
 270 Moline, DL....... 12,000 
 145 M'tgomery, Ala. 21,889 
 323 Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10,677 
 291 Muncie, Iod ..... 11,345 
 287 Muscatine, lowa, 11,454 
 138 Muskegon, Mich. 22,702 
 352 Nanticoke, Pa... 10,044 
 173 Nashua, N. H.... 19,311 
 Nashville, Tenn . 76,168 
 
 349 Natchez Miss... 10,101 
 285 Neb’ka City.Neb. 11,494 
 3155 Now Alhany, Ind. 21,059 
 17 Newark, N. J... 181,830 
 
 230 Newark,O.... . 14,270 
 72 New B’'df’d,Mass. 40,733 
 
 201 New Br'hton.N.Y 16,423 
 176 New Br't’in Conn 19,107 
 1.9 New Br'n’ick,N.J 18 603 
 133 Newburgh, N.Y.. 23,087 
 237 Newb’y port, Mass 13,917 
 282 New Castle. Pa.. 11,6 0 
 3° New H'ven,Cona A 298 
 
 242 New L'nd’n,Conn 13,752 
 
 *Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1g00 census is taken. 
 
 150 
 
 UNITED STATES. —Continued. 
 
 _CITIES. pop,|PoP. 1900. 
 
 RANK. 
 
 ay New Orleans,La. 242,039 
 26 Newport, Ky..... 24,918 
 172 Newport, R.i.... 19,457 
 129 Newton, Mas¢9... 24,379 
 
 1 New York,N.Y.1,515,401 
 89 Norfolk, Va...... 34871 
 168 Norristown, Pa.. 19,791 
 207 N'th Adams,Mass 16,074 
 218 N’hampton, Mass 14,990 
 187 Norwalk, Conno.. 17,747 
 206 Norwich, Conn.. 16,156 
 60 Oakland, Cal.... 48,682 
 219 Ogden City, Utah 14,889 
 
 257 Paducah, Ky.... 13,076 
 239 Passaic; N. J..... 13,023 
 36 Paterson, N. J... 78,347 
 110 Pawtucket, R. I.. 27,633 
 345 Peabody, Mass... 10,158 
 279 Pensacola, Fla... 11,750 
 71 Peoria, Ill..... Ae 
 139 Petersburg, Va.. 22,680 
 3 Phila'lphia,Pa. 1,046,964 
 13 Pittsburg, Pa....238,617 
 19% Pittsfield, Masg.. 17,231 
 338 Pittston, Pa..... 10,302 
 297 Plainfield, N. J.. 11,267 
 246 Pt Huron, Mich. 13,543 
 83 Portland, Me.... 36,425 
 
 -- 31,494 
 
 48 Reading, Pa. .... 58,661 
 199 Richmond, Ind.. 16,f08 
 34 Richmond, Va... 81,388 
 204 Roanoke, Va.... 16,159 
 
 2t7 Rome, N. Y...... 14,991 
 278 Rutland, Vt..... 11,760 
 117 Sacramento,Cal. 26 386 
 62 Saginaw, Mich... 46,322 
 65 St. Joseph, Mo... 52,324 
 
 5 St. Louis, Mo. ...451'770 
 23 St. Paul. Minn...138,15u 
 
 9 Salem, Mass..... 30,801 
 63 Q't ec., Utah 44,843 
 81 San Antonio, Tex 37,673 
 205 San Diego, Cal .. 16/159 
 181 Sandusky, O..... 18,471 
 » 8 San F’ncisco,Cal.298,992 
 184 San Jose, Cal ... 18,060 
 
 233 Sedalia, Mo..... . 14,068 
 2:8 Shamokin, Pa..., 14,403 
 Wis. 16,359 
 21 Shenandoah, Pa, 15,944 
 272 Shreveport, La.. 11,979 
 78 Sioux City, Iowa, 37,806 
 344 Sioux Falls, S. D. 10,177 
 74 Somerville, Mass, 40,152 
 1t8 South Bend, Ind, 21 819 
 339 S.Bethlehem, Pa, 10,302 
 166 S’kane F'ls, Wash 19,922 
 125 Springfield, Ill... 24,963 
 65 Springtield,Viass, 44,179 
 146 Springfield Mo.. 21,850 
 95 Springfield, O... $1,865 
 212 Stamfor.!, Conn, 15,700 
 250 Steubenville, O.. 13,394 
 293 Stillwater, Minn. 11,260 
 227 Stockton, Cal ... 14,424 
 289 Streator, Ill...... 11,414 
 271 Superior, Wis.... 11,983 
 91 Syrac . Y... 88,143 
 & Tacoma, Wash... 36,000 
 
 CITIES. pop. POP. 1900. 
 
THE LARGE CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES.—Conitinued. 
 
 vy, v. 
 e CITIES. POP,/POP. 1900.) 4 CITIES. PopP,|/POP. 1900, 
 | x 
 122 Taunton, Mass... 26.448 | * 26 West Troy, N. Y. 12,967| * 
 103 Terre Haute, Seo $0 207 313 we mouth .Mass. 10 866 
 318 Tiffin, Orio...... 10,801 187 Wheeling. W.Va. 35 019 
 3 Toledo, ObiGe. aes 81,434 130 Wichita, Kan.... 23,854 
 98 Topeka, Kaa..... 31,007 80 Wilkes-Barre, Pa 37,718 
 60 Trenton, N. J.. .. 67.458 115 Williamsport, Pa. 27 132 
 26 Troy, N-Y sss 60,956 | 4¢ Wilmington, Del. 61/431 
 $25 Union, N. J..... . 10,643 164 Wilmington, N.C, 20/056 
 Br CticasN. Vs. ocr 44,007 182 Winona, Minn.... 18,208 
 251 Vieksburg, Miss.. 13,373 247 Woburn, Mass... 13'499 
 225 Waco, Tex......,. 14,443 138 Woonsocket RI. 20 830 
 118 Neplepae Mass.. 18,707 32 Worcester, 7 84,655 
 186 Warwick, K.1.... 17,761 93 Yonkers, N. Y.... 32,033 
 14 Washingt’n, D.C.230,392 160 York. Pa......... 20,793 
 107 Waterbury, Con. 28,646 91 Youngstown, O.. $3,220 
 220 Watertown, N.Y. 14,725 157 Zanesville, O,..9 216% 
 260 W. Bay C’y,Mich. 12,981 i 
 LARGEST CITIES OF THE WORLD. 
 OVER 125,000 INHABITANTS. 
 oO. a 
 ee ‘a CITIES. POP. |Pop. 1900. i ed CITIES. POP. |pop. 1900. 
 1o} ° 1S) 
 1881 London (est. ba 1885 Santiago, Chili 236,412) * 
 4 282 921}..... 3,816,483 {881 cee De Bed 
 183) New York City.1,515. Se 1890 Washington... 230,83 
 Necaligtt ee La 1346 1881 Turin........-- - 230,183 
 Jersey City.... 163,005 4887 Stockholm ....- 227,964 
 Hoboken ..... 43,648 1876 Bucharest... 221,805 
 Long Isl’d City 30,506 1881 Sydney,N. S.W, eee 
 SSS 1888 Antwerp,...... 210,534 
 2,558,804 1882 Alexandria... 208,755 
 1886 Paris..........2,344,550 1881 Belfast......... 208,122 
 Est. Canton .;......1,600.000 1881 Bristol (est. 
 1885 Berlin..........1,315,287 226,510)..... +. 206,874 
 1887 Vienna........ 1,270,000 1890 Detroit... ”..... 205.876 
 1886 Tokio, Japan..1,121.883 1881 Falermo....... 205.712 
 1890 Chicago.......1, 1890 Milwaukee .... 204,468 
 1890 Philadelphia . i 046 064 fust. Smyrna........ 200,000 
 1884 St. Petersburg "929, 100 Est. Teheran, Per.. 200,000 
 1885 Constantinople 873, 565 1881 Renares........ 199,760 
 1881 Calcutta....... 871 "504 1888 Havana....... 198.261 
 1881 Bombay....... 773,196 1888 Rotterdam.... 193,058 
 1884 Moscow ....... 753,469 1881 Penang........ 190,597 
 1881 Glasgow..... -- 674,095 1886 Lille............ 188,272 
 1881 Liverpool (est. 1881 Nottingham 
 9,738), 552 508 (est. 230,921).. 186,575 
 Fst. Peking, China. 500,000 1887 Montreal. .... 186,257 
 1888 Buenos Ayres. 466,267 1881 Bradford (est. 
 1881 Naples.... .... 463,172 299 721) eaedeles 183,032 
 1888 Brussels.. .... 458,939 1890 Newark....... . 181,830 
 1890 St. Louis...... 451,770 1881 Salford (est. - 
 1890 Boston........ 448,477 336)... Geaeea 176,235 
 1890 Baltimore..... 434,439 1881 Delhi seccsteces -193,993 
 1886 Ba a-Pesth... 422,557 1885 Leipzig «. syeess 170.340 
 1888 Melbourne.... 410,000 188i Riga, Russia.. 169,329 
 1882 Warsaw. ..... 406,261 1884 Kharkotf, Kus. 166,921 
 1881 Madras........ 405,848 1828 Toronto +... . 166,809 
 1886 Lyons.. -- 401,930 1886 Breimnen.. 165.628 
 1881 Birmingham 1890 Minneapolis .. 164,738 
 (est. 447,912)... 400,774 180 Prague......... 162,323 
 1888 Amsterdam... 390,016 1885 Cologne........ 161,260 
 1887 Madrid.....,.. 385,848 1890 Louesville,..... 161,129 
 1884 Marseilles..... 376,143 1881 Houg Kong.... 160,402 
 WS82 Cairo’ ..c..d00 368,108 Est. Manila......... 160,000 
 1886 Osaka, Japan.. 361,694 kst. Patna.. ~~... 160,000 
 1885 Riode Janeiro, 357,332 1885 tSeanerary Sy te 154 504 
 1881 Hyderabad,Ind 354.692 1885 Odessa. . . 164,240 
 1888 Mexico..... «.-. 350,000 1881 _ (est. 202, x 
 1881 eric atk HOV. eee ees 154,240 
 see ’ 1881 Cavers 151,444 
 1881 Peadat hem 351,- 1885 Komysburg..... 151,15; 
 210) ...-.-0000 309,119 Est. Damascus..... 150,000 
 1885 iubare --. 805,690 18x8 The Hague ..... 149,447 
 1885 Breslau ....... 298,893 1883 Ghent......... 147,912 
 1381 Milan.......... £95,543 1886 Toulouse ...... 147,617 
 1890 San Francisco 298,997 1881 Newcastle (est. 
 1880 Cincinnati.... 296,908 fl 159,003)........ 145,359 
 1887 Copenhagen... 286,900 1880 Trieste......... 144,844 
 1881 Lucknow....... 284,779 1877 Valencia...... 143,856 
 1881 Sheffield (est. - . 1881 Allababad...... 143,693 
 B21,711).. 00004 284,508 1890 Omaha .......- ~ 140,452 
 
 Fat. Shanghai...... 278,000) 
 1881 Rome.......... 273,268 
 1886 Munich........ 261,981 
 1890 Clereland.... 
 1890 Buffalo........ 255,664 
 
 1884 Kioto, Japan... 255,403} 
 Est. Seoul, Corea... 250,00u 
 1881 Dublin......... 219,602 
 1886 Dresden... ..-.. 246,086 
 1878 Lisbon ....... 246 343 
 1890 New Orleans... 212 039 
 1888 Barcelona....X 241,962 
 
 4886 Bordeaux... ..-. 240,482 
 1890 Pittsburgh. 238.617 
 
 1881 Dundee... =... 
 1888 Liege.... 
 1883 Bahia, 
 1881 Genoa......... I 
 1881 Florence......- 134,992 
 1888 Chr Hiotiania, Nor. 
 
 mentee eoeeee, 135,615 
 1877 ales Fea > 
 1390 Rochester 
 1890 St. Parl... 
 1890 Kansas City... 182,716 
 1890 Providence. .-- 132,146 
 1881 Vepies.......... 129,445 
 
 *Printed pasters will be supplied, on request, when 1900 census is taken, 
 
 151 
 
INTEREST LAWS. 
 
 @ lee % ise Se lad 
 
 States. los States. w 15 0 States DIOS 
 y iUs 3 jos Ww |9s 
 
 Alabama 8} 8 | |Kansas...... 6 | 10 ||New York | 6] 6 
 Arizona..... 7 jany| |Kentucky...| 6 N.Carolinal 6] 8 
 Arkansas...| 6 | 10 ||Louisiana..| 5 10%, CHS 
 California..| 7 /any||Maine....... 6 jany| |Oregon...... 8 | 10 
 Colorado...| 8 jany||Maryland..| 6{ 6 | |Penna....... 6} 6 
 CONT. cs -<ce0 Of pti PLA SSicoees dee 6 jany| |R. Island 6 jJany 
 Dakota, N.| 7 | 12 | |Michigan...| 6 S;, Carolina| = yeas 
 Dakota, S..| 7 | 12 ||Minnesota.| 7 | 10 |/Tennessee.| 6] 6 
 Delawatre..| 6] 6 ||Mississippi) 6 | 10 exasey es 6 | 10 
 Dist. of Col} 6 | 10 ||Missouri...| 6 GAH en scesee 8 Jany 
 Florida...... 8 | 10 ||Montana....| 10 jany| |Vermont...| 6] 6 
 Georgia..... 7 {| 8 ||Nebraska...| 7 | 10 | /Virginia..... Pe 
 Tdahowyec:. 10 | 18 | |Nevada...... 10 jany) |(Wash’t'n,..| > 7) 42 
 Ilinois........ 5 | 7||New Hamp| 6] 6.||W.Virginia}] 6] 6 
 Indiana...... 6| 8||N. Jersey 6 | 6 ||Wisconsin..| 6 | 10 
 LOW Aiuen sects: 6 | 8 ||N. Mexico..| 6 | 12 ||Wyoming...| 8 | 12 
 
 To find interest on a given sum, for any number of days, at 
 any rate of interest, multiply the principal by the number of 
 days and divide the product by 72 for 5%, 60 for 6%, 52 for 7%, 45 for 
 8%, 40 for 94, 86 for 10%, 80 for 12%, 24 for 15% and 18 for 20% interest. 
 Or, move the decimal point of the principal, two places to the 
 left for two months or 60 days, and three places for 6 days, in- 
 terest at 6%; from these amounts the interest for any time and 
 tate is found by adding or deducting proportionate parts. 
 
 sIx PER CENT. INTEREST TABLE. 
 
 { 
 
 Time | $1 | $2 | $3 | $4 | $5 | $6 | $10 | $20 | $50 | $100! $1000 
 CoD DAE CO 1D. f40 os OF: feo || 00 a aa Borie gare 
 OF <M ie 1 OL Os) 0 [ek OoMead ee 2) eee eee 
 
 BL D1 Oe Bx es Odie ON” 1 | tet ie 22 at ea 
 
 4) OEP be 01°04 O10 Wel] TL a 8 ds ae are 
 
 B42 D70-Ra 0 rob Oa eS clclogg earl eee | ee 
 
 6) D0: 20 BOF 1 SL et OR SB ere aed oe 
 
 ra ae Reh ins ee ee eas ee er MSD Oe 
 
 oP BY oD, OD OTS Te mee Phd es aad ne me tere 
 ta POO. O41 gol tae meted are 8 8; 15| 150 
 roe OS aa 1h ay eee Me ee es ee mR Poet Mes Pees ers: 
 re Mr Uy ioe aoe ee ee Ee eee ee eee pee AR rp ie ks 
 
 OF we A As Da OR | ely ae ee ere 
 
 7 ee Us he a ie Oe co me ne ie 8 Pap ale ey 
 
 BORE ML 2) 2 OOS Bie Bd ab 1 Oe ORS Om Means Oy 
 
 BB] Wed | 2 2) Bis Ok Ces ee aaabbaso a 
 6B} 1] 2 18de 4) by 6111 abe 68) 1 0510 go 
 198] 21 BY 61 -61< 81) 9].16]:} 81] “78 PIs6415 60 
 Cd Ase er a7 She Ry 36 LO te ome an ie 
 COM Sol gee ie Shed dete) Se be 101 ee. BO) LOU ee 
 8| 2] 8] 5] 6] 8| 9] 15) 80) 7/1 50/1500 
 
 »| 4/ 2) 4| 6] .8| 10] 12] 20} 40] 1 00/2 00 | 20 00 
 si 5] 8| 5} 8) 10] 18) 15} 25) 50} 125)2 50 | 25.00 
 fF} 6) 8) 6) 9} 12] 15] 18} 80} 60) 1 50) 8 00 | 30 00 
 Ay-7) 4) 71-11] 14]. 18} 21) 854) 7011 75°38 50) 85 00 
 =| 8] 5] 8| 12] 18} 20] 24) 40] 80 2 00/4 00/ 40 00 
 9} 5| 9] 14| 18] 283] 27] 45} 90| 2 25} 4 50 | 45 00 
 
 10| 6| 10) 15] 20} 25| 30{ 50/1 00 | 2 50) 5 00/50 00 
 
 11} 6] 11] 17] 22] 28] 38] 55] 1 10|2 75| 5 50 | 55 00 
 [12| 8| 12} 18| 24} 80} 36] 60/1 20/8 00| 6 00| 60 00 
 
Nu- 
 mera- 
 tor. 
 
 1 
 
 on a w 
 
 NSSek 
 
 Pee eeereelscaces ses see oes ses 
 
 FRACTIONS OF AN INCH EXPRESSED IN MILS. 
 
 Sixty- 
 
 Fourths. 
 
 15.625 
 
 46.875 
 
 78.125 
 109.375 
 140.625 
 171.875 
 203.125 
 934.375 
 265.625 
 996.875 
 328,195 
 359.375 
 390.625 
 421.875 
 453.125 
 484.375 
 515.625 
 546.875 
 578.125 
 609.375 
 640.625 
 671.875 
 708.125 
 734.375 
 765.625 
 796.875 
 828.125 
 859.375 
 890.625 
 921.875 
 953.125 
 984.375 
 
 (Thousandths). 
 uhirty- |sixteenths.|Eighths 
 31.25 62.5 | 125. 
 93.75 187.5 | 875, 
 156.25 312.5 625, 
 218.75 437.5 | 875. 
 981.25 562.5 
 343.75 687.5 
 406.25 812.5 
 468.75 937.5 
 531.25 
 
 593.75 
 
 656.25 
 
 718.75 
 
 781.25 
 
 843.75 
 
 $06.25 
 
 968.75 
 
 Fourths 
 
 Half. 
 
 eee eee eee oes] see wee eeceeee 
 
 Feet Expressed in Decimal Parts ofa Mile. 
 
 -000946 
 001136 
 001325 
 001514 
 - .001704 
 
 son Oa kW DS 
 
 -009468 
 011362 
 013255 
 .015148 
 017042 
 
 4,000 feet— .7574 
 
 “cc 
 
 .01893 
 .03787 
 .05681 
 07574 
 -09468 
 11362 
 .13255 
 15148 
 17042 
 
 a eeeereecee 
 
 vee eeeeecee 
 
 Peeeeeer eee 
 
 ares eeo cee 
 
 Example: Express 4,397 feet in decimal of 
 
 [a mile. 
 = .05681 
 = 017042 
 7 ‘ = .0013255 
 
 Total, 
 
 Copyright, 1888, by J. W. Marsh. 
 
 153 
 
 .8325775 of a mile. 
 
Table of Squares, Cubes, Square Roots, and Reciprocals. 
 Square 
 
 —_— 
 
 Numbers. | Squares. | Cubes. Roots Reciprocals. 
 1 1 1 1,000 1.0000 
 2 4 8 1.414 0.5000 
 3 9 27 1.732 0.3333 
 4 16 64 2.000 0.2500 
 5 25 125 2.236 
 6 36 216 2.449 0.1667 
 7 49 343 2.646 0.1429 
 8 64 512 2.828 0 1250 
 
 10 100 1 000 3.162 0.1000 
 0.1 
 1 121 1 331 3.317 0.08 
 12 144 1 728 3.464 0.0833 
 13 169 2 197 3.606 0.0769 
 - Be - a ee 0.0714 
 5 75 87 0. 
 16 256 4 096 4.000 O.0be 
 17 289 4 913 4.123 0.0588 
 18 324 5 882 4.243 0.0556 
 a | | top | tae | i 
 21 441 9 261 4.583 6 §300 
 22 484 10 648 4.690 0.0455 
 23 529 12 167 4.796 0.0435 
 24 ah. z ee ge 0.0417 
 25 25 5 . 0 
 26 676 17 576 5.099 0 roo 
 27 729 19 683 5.196 0.0370 
 28 784 21 952 5.292 0.0357 
 29 841 24 389 5.385 0.0345 
 30 900 27 000 5.477 0. 
 31 961 29 791 5.568 0.0323 
 32 1 024 32 768 5.657 0.0313 
 33 1 089 35 937 5.745 0.0303 
 34 1 156 39 304 5.881 0.0294 
 35 1 225 42 875 5.916 0.0 
 36 1 296 46 656 6.000 0.0278 
 37 1 369 50 653 6.083 0.0270 
 38 1 444 54 872 6.164 0.0263 
 39 1 521 59 319 6.245 0.0256 
 40 1 600 64 000 6.325 0.0250 
 4] 1 681 68 921 6.403 0 0244 
 42 1 764 74 088 6.481 0.0238 
 43 1 849 79 507 6.557 0.0233 
 44 1 938 85 184 6.633 0.0227 
 45 025 91 125 6.708 0.0292 
 46 2 116 97 336} 6.782 0.0217 
 47 2 209 103 823 6.856 0.0213 
 48 2 304 110 592 6.928 0.0208 
 49 2 401 117 649 7.000 0.0204 
 50 2 500 125 900 7.071 0.0200 
 51 2 601 132 651 7.141 0.0196 
 52 2 704 140 608 7.211 0.0192 
 53 2 809 148 877 7.280 0.0189 
 54 2 916 157 464 7.348 0.0185 
 55 166 375 7.416 
 56 3 136 175 616 7.483 0.0179 
 57 3 249 185 198 7:550 0.0175 
 58 3 364 195 112 7.616 0.0172 
 59 : 481 “ae Ae a ate 
 00 ii 167 
 6p 3 721 226 981 7.810 0.0164 
 62 3 844 238 328 7.874 | 0.0161 
 63 3 969 250 047 7.9837 0.0159 
 64 4 096 262 144 8.000 0.0156 
 65 4 225 4 625 8.062 54 
 66 4 356 287 496 8.124 0.0152 
 67 4 489 300 763 8.185 0.0149 
 68 4 624 314 432 8.246 0.0147 
 69 4 761 328 509 8.307 0.0145 
 70 4 900 343 000 367 0.0143 
 pt 5 041 357 911 496 0.0141 
 72 5 184 373 248 8.485 0.0139 
 73 5 829 389 017 8.544 0.0137 
 74 5 476 405 224 8.602 0.0135 
 Bolt i 5 625 421 875 | —«8.660 0.0133 _ 
 
 154 
 
Table of Squares, Cubes, Square Roots and Reciproca:s. 
 
 Numbers. | Squares. Cubes. pi eats Reciprocals, 
 7 5 776 438 976 8.718 0132 
 77 5 929 456 533 8.775 015) 
 78 6 O84 474 552 8.832 0128 
 79 6 241 493 039 8.888 0127 
 80 § 400 512 000 8.944 0125 
 sl 6 561 o3l 441 9.000 9123 
 82 6 724 5d1 368 9.055 0122 
 83 6 839 571 787 9.110 .0120 
 84 7 056 592 704 9.165 0119 
 85 7 225 614 125 9.220 0118 
 86 7 396 636 056 9.274 0116 
 
 7 7 569 658 503 9.327 0115 
 88 7 744 681 472 9.381 0114 
 89 7 921 704 969 9.434 0112 
 30 8 100 729 000 9.487 0111 
 91 8 281 703 571 9.539 .0110 
 92 8 464 778 688 9.592 .0109: 
 93 8 649 804 357 9.644 .0108 
 94 8 836 830 584 9.695 .0106 
 95 9 025 897 375 9.747 -0105. 
 96 9 216 884 736 9.798 0104 
 97 9 409 912 673 9.849 0103 
 98 9 604 941 192 9.899 0102. 
 99 9 S01 970 299 9.950 .0101 
 
 100 10 000 1 000 000 10.000 -0100 
 101 10 201 1 030 301 10.050 00990 
 102 10 404 _ | 1 061 208 10.100 .00980 
 103 10 609 1 092 727 10.149 00971 
 104 10 816 1 124 864 10.198 .00961 
 105 11 025 1 157 625 10.247 -00952 
 106 11 236 1 191 016 10.296 00943. 
 107 11 449 1 225 043 10.344 00935 
 108 11 664 1 259 712 10.392 00926. 
 109 11 881 1 295 029 10.440 00917 
 110 12 100 1 331 000 00903 
 111 12 321 1 367 631 10.536 
 
 112 12 544 1 404 928 10.583 00893 
 113 12 769 1 442 897 10.630 00885 
 114 12 996 1 481 544 10.677 00877 
 115 13 225 1 520 875 10.724 70 
 416 13 456 1 560 896 10.770 00862 
 117 13 689 1 601 613 10.817 00853 
 118 13 924 1 643 032 10.863 00847 
 0 a 400 i 685 159 10.909 00840 
 
 4 728 000 95 -008 
 121 14 6 1 771 561 108 3 .00826 
 122 14 884 1 815 848 11.045 .00820 
 123 15 129 1 860 867 11.090 00813 
 105 5 Pate 1 906 624 11.135 as 
 953 125 | 008 
 
 126 15 876 2 000 376 iI. ep 
 
 127 16 129 2 048 383 11.269 00787 
 128 16 384 2 097 152 11.314 00781 
 129 16 641 2 146 689 11.358 00775 
 130 16 $00 2 197 000 11.402 -00769 
 131 17 161 2 248 O9L 11.446 .00763 
 132 17 424 2 299 968 11.489 00758 
 133 17 689 2 352 637 11.533 00752 
 134 17 956 2 406 104 11.576 00746 
 135 18 225 2 460 375 11.619 00741 
 136 18 496 2 515 456 11.662 3 
 137 18 769 2 571 353 11.705 00730 
 138 19 O44 2 628 072 11.748 00725 
 139 J9 321 2 685 619 11.790 00719 
 140 19 690 =; 2 744 000 11.832 00714 
 lil 19 881 2 803 221 11.874 
 
 142 20 164 | 2 863 288 11.916 00704 
 143 20 449 2 924 207 11.958 00699 
 144 20 736 2 985 984 12.000 00694 
 145 21 025 3 048 625 12.042 00690 
 146 21 316 3 112 136 12.083 
 
 147 21 609 3 176 523 12.124 00680 
 148 21 904 3 241 792 12.165 00676 
 149 22 201 3 307 949 12.206 00671 
 150 22 500. | 3 375 000 12.247 00667 
 
TABLE OF WEIGHTS, MEASURES, ETC. 
 Copyright, 1890, by J. W. Marsh. 
 
 METRIC UNITS. 
 
 Area. 
 Square Millimeter..— 
 «Meter. qual 
 
 i Are (100 sq. meters) 
 1 Square Kilometer..— 
 
 Capacity. 
 1 Liters. 
 
 1 HMectoliter:....-....: 
 
 Lengths. (See General 
 Table below. vy 
 
 1 Mil.. ceaee 
 
 J. Millimeter... 
 
 1 Centimeter... 
 
 Tei etent oil ace 
 
 TeKalometer. =. ...4-< 
 
 Power. 
 1 Kilogrammeter-sec— 
 NOTE:— 
 1 ft. lb. per SEC... 
 550 ae oe oe ais 
 1 horse power.. 
 
 Tomporature. 
 
 I Degree Centi grade. 
 Zero. 
 
 Li 
 
 Vo'ume. 
 1 Cubic Centimeter... 
 1 Cubic Meter....... 
 Weights. 
 
 VeMilooramssceeeee 
 LEG Patience. te 
 1 Kilogram... 
 
 LRT OND: ccncce ieceeeee 
 
 Work. 
 
 1 Kilogrammeter......— 
 
 1 Centimeter Gram...— 
 GENERAL TABLE. 
 MBECACIIOM octet ees cece ae 
 
 DEL CAROS Keke 
 
 joi: 
 i LI 
 
 1 SES 
 
 1 Chain... 
 
 1 Mile... 
 
 1 Rod, Perch or Pole 
 1 Furlong iene : 
 
 1 Mile........ 
 
 ii i i 
 
 Constant. 
 
 .01315 
 
 Wab 
 
 No. of U.S. Units 
 
 United States equal to r of the 
 Units. denomination 
 next mentioned. 
 Square inch.. aes: 144 
 by eeteeiewmee: 43,560 
 Acre... a 640 
 Square mile... 
 Cubic inches.. 
 Quarts, dry... 
 liquid.. 
 Cubic feet.. ae 
 Gallons, liquid Ree 
 TAVCH oe ceueeu es Paneer 
 TnChESwereseeeenccs 12 
 ECU eetes 3 
 VarTds 2nxe-voae 1760 
 Milety..<eo Pe ney Be 
 FOCCUis. cassie: 
 FLOTSC: POW.EToms-|coance canteen onnec 
 ce ae 
 ae “e hy 
 W atts ccc seiite ces] oe sccdaeh seeeeees 
 
 Fahrenheift.......|....... 
 
 Cubic inchs... 1728 
 
 e) ph TeGt aren 9 
 
 S Pyards.cc.. 
 GGTAINS Se oce scenes | onc casece elasstennens 
 
 JE Gh Asmaeperet 7000 
 Pounds, Avoir 2000 
 Tons (snort)... ce ponaeeeae ta 
 
 Tous (long)... 
 
 Foot pounds.... iedaceees eteete cect 
 
 VatdSs.ccteencse 
 Beets 
 
 eee weeree 
 
 Nautical miles.|.... 
 
 Inches........... 
 ICOCL Secc.spees soos 
 Meet ei cocteete sane 
 PCCL Co usz cus coun ar ce 
 WaTOS... snc tives 
 Yards...... 
 
 No. of units of 
 first column, 
 same line, equal 
 to one of next 
 pee Gis 
 
 80 
 
 8 
 
 RULE.—To reduce to opposite units, multiply amounts in 
 units of the fret column, or divide amounts in units of the third 
 column by Constaut (second column.) 
 
 Notre.—Add 382 after multiplication, or subtract 32 before 
 division in applying the foregoing rule to temperature reductions. 
 
 - 
 
 156 
 
. Base X Altitude 
 
 - Twice the Area_ 
 
 ; Length or Breadth. 
 
 Circumference 
 
 VALUES OF FOREIGN COINS. 
 . FIXED BY U. 8. TREASURY, APRIL 1, 1896. 
 
 Valuein 
 COUNTRY. Stand: | Monetary Unit. ae 
 ie SOD dollar. 
 Argentine Republic..|G & S/Peso....... cco \30.96,5 
 Austria-Hungary .....|Gold.|Crown ............... t 
 Belgium ...... Sas{isecke ee SDMA TICs enter, tee. <ese at 19,8 
 ASOLIVIA <cc.00 gaececteieastocs Silver| Boliviano) :..:se0-s 49.3 
 RURAL dar aeggaes acenseavess « Gold .|Milreis jx:.<.:.. +000. 54,6 
 British Possessions 
 N. A. (except New- 
 foundiand:) .:.......6: GeO DOME eer seeveceoese 1.00,0 
 Central Amer. States 
 Costa Rica.......... | 
 Guatemala......... | 
 Honduras ......... SIEVEL| PESG. clic ..cencr ee oteee 49,3 
 INGCATAULA <2. ..s00- 
 ial vac Ofierncstctsecs J 
 eChili..,... See eT: GISEISHPCSOWs. cate. cheseeseres 91,2 
 Shanghai 
 MUENEQITUG f28-2 52sec deccnccvecette Silver! Tael.< Haikwan| .229 
 (Customs)| .81,2 
 BOLUM Dias cstsesssceeebess Silver|Pesowr....ciividedese 49 3 
 MRT E SET sas tle ond duicos sae betens (SES IP ESD ai cacsserencomtees 92,6 
 RETINA LIS. oS andes, ccrennes Goldra Cro wileenecsecee cosets 26,8 
 PCH ACOLS << vadassccsnc ctor ASTLVEL | SUI CHEN ste erste scses- 49,3 
 (SISA 0) NaReRe AA Paste oie Gold .|Pound(100 piast’s} 4.94,3 
 TT iil 6 (6 Reena gears EASA Goldy. NL ark cat emcee. « LoS 
 PPEATICO; vse ccccvaceme ossnect GiQTS Pra nie. teeta voles es “193 
 German Empire ...... GOlGr Mian koeeecressctessns 23,8 
 Great Britain ...........;Gold .|Pound (sterling).| 4.86.6% 
 BREET COCO seat forensics vecaiets G_ Ge SHO FaChinia sarcassces << 19,3 
 BLU VIED cacts cavieseonscacseisaen GiGeO|GOurdet ase 96,5 
 “N56 hE are eee DLLVeTs| Rt PECrceanenh eee epes 23 4 
 WET Vitis castecosee cecdsi x sasete (GPSe Sileitraetere thers ene tases 19,3 
 Sa NRTD eee ds da errancleoihs GOR SIN Cn) dev seas 99,7 
 03,2 
 DPPC TIA, Soascisesces caw asese Gold's) DOMAGe s.-oc<sce—ess> 1.00,0 
 RE ON oi cose ses ace «cnet SIlVerI Dolla rin crocs cares 53,6 
 IPEERETIAN US: tccacocnecks (Stoo) POT. teen eens 40,2 
 Newfoundland.......... Golde Dollars os. dres-.+2 1.01 4 
 EMGISUV EL Viccsstoveses cose etre GOlds) CLOW tle sssces-nsaacrs 25,8 
 BRET ST An, seeedess soueraaeeces} Silver | Kira tines eet ok ose .09,1 
 [PUSTSB cee RARE ana Silver ;Sol hcaeciat Careshiten sees 49 3 
 OTC RA le Seine vce veae Gold) Milreis.hcneiae 1.08 0 
 HS ITS Cl dccstaxssoaess testes LIVE Ae LEs esc casesccsates 77,2 
 39,5 
 PAAR cake wecscins choke suaos GLSe i eSet a. sen acces 19,3 
 WV CUEM cnccscccrscst stare OND GKCEOW Wixceerscsceenes 26,8 
 NS WILZELLAtiCsc.ssccascases KO ais) faba bile er Te ye 19,3 
 BEETDOLL ccconetasersnseestahs Silver|Mahbubof20pias| .44,5 
 BEET C5 eecons ocscsnassenacss 1GOldE Ee laStete a ..cassse 04 4 
 Venezuela.............00 G & S' Boliviat.....2..00. 19,3 
 MENSURATION. 
 TRIANGLES. 
 
 2 = Area. 
 
 : Twice the Area 
 Base. = Altitude, or ~caitarahteete tT Base, 
 
 Where the Altitude is not known, the following rule should be 
 
 _ used, letting a, b andc represent the three sides of a triangle ands 
 
 represent half their sum: 
 V S (S-a)(S-b)(S-c) = Area. 
 Y RECTANGLES AND SQUARES. 
 
 Length X Breadth = Area, 
 
 Area = Breadth or Length. 
 
 r 2 2 
 Side 4 (Diagonal—Side.) = Area. 
 CIRCLES, 
 Diameter X 3.1416 = Circumference. ey 
 2 / Area _ 
 
 Diameter X .7854= Area. eS = Diameter. 
 
 =; Diameter. 
 3-1416 ELLIPSE, 
 
 Long Diameter X Short Diameter X .7854= Area. 
 SOLIDS. 
 Product of sides = volume of cube or rectangular parallelopiped. 
 Perimeter (circumference of base) X Altitude = surface of prism 
 nr cylinder, 
 Area of Base X Altitude = volume of prism or cylinder, 
 Circumference X Diameter = surface of sphere 
 3 
 
 diameter X .5234 = volume of sphere. 
 
 157 
 
SHAFTING, BELTING, PULLEYS AND 
 GEARS. 
 
 SHAFTING. The following rule for determining size of shaft 
 fortransmitting a given power at a given speed (8 ft. centres for 
 hangers) is published by permission of William Sellers & Com- 
 pany, Makers of Tools, Shafting, etc., Philadelphia: 
 
 / H. P. H. P. x80 —diameter in inches. 
 
 [Reb Mos 
 Where “‘H. P.’? =the horse power to be transmitted ‘'R. P. 
 M.” = the revolutions per minute. 
 
 BELTS. The following is kindly furnished by William 
 Hartley & Co., Makers of Leather Belting, etc., Pittsburgh, Pa., 
 as a reliable rule for determining the lengths of belting: 
 
 (D+4X 816) soy rength, 
 
 Where D = diameter of large pulley, d = diameter of small 
 pulley, and D’ = distance between centres of shafting. 
 
 PULLEYS AND GEARS. _ The following formulz for deter- 
 mining the size and speed of pulleys and gears are kindly fur- 
 nished by the Akron Iron Company, of Akron, Ohio: 
 
 Driven X r. p. m. of Driven. 
 r. p. m. of Driver. 
 
 = Driver. 
 
 Driver < fr. p. m. of Driver. 
 ip aisof Driven: 
 
 = Driven. 
 
 Driven <r. p. m. of Driven. 
 Driver. 
 
 =r. p. m. of Driver. 
 
 Driver < r. p. m. of Driver. 
 Driven. 
 
 =r. p. m. of Driven. 
 “r, p. m.’’=Revolutions per minute: ‘‘Driver’’—Diameter of 
 Driving Pulley. ‘“Driven’’—Diameter of Driven Pulley. 
 
 Driving and other extra heavy pulleys should always be 
 located as near bearings as possible. 
 
 CONDUCTORS. 
 
 ‘The weight and resistance per mile of round wire, where d 
 is the diameter in mils, are: 
 
 Weight. Resistance at 75°. 
 : 2 
 For COpper WIFE .....seeseeeeseee acces io glbs at ; One 
 7 , d2 380060 
 Or AL ONMGW i Cises<cccoscecescasacetssssse “aglbs. a ——ohms. 
 
 Copper wire is approximately 1 1-7 times the weight of an 
 iron wire of the same size. 
 
 A copper wire 334 circular mils in cross-section and 1,000 feet 
 in length, weighs one pound. 
 
 The percentage conductivity of any wire is found by multiply- 
 ing the resistance of a pure wire of the same length and weight 
 at the same temperature (see table, page 161) by 100, and dividing 
 the product by the resistance of the wire as measured. 
 
 The resistance of copper increases as the temperature rises, 
 about .21 per cent. for each degree Fahrenheit, while that of 
 iron increases about .39 per cent. 
 
 SPECIFIC INDUCTIVE CAPACITIES. 
 
 DEV BITS 5 owe vcecestos tanesnonss dunesedtr ech eseetaunnisadeusutegs SAItE iar te ee I. 
 Ozite (Waring Compound) sahccecenscecsts Mbeeeasacees secnccececsemee 1.80 to 2.16 
 PAraMi ne: WaXiteberrccsastes coccetasecstoses fens eecuesseenene a tesageandweecee 1.92 to 2 47 
 FROST fie, ee esac ravede te cestitoticenrcsees es Jascadgucd sass travendenl vs wearers 2.55 
 India PU bOK, wea re carctacivegesteceseeeconpeansesncncrctaotomn tae 2.34 
 "VULCAN ZEA. .scssssesesscsceeseacees ce cesstencecsaestaane 2.94 
 SHEITAC ci ieccecanseas tovanats ot sees acstoscaecaoreereoete can, seueerrensemertees 2.95 
 Gitta PErCh acticsr.ccsccussestetassn ocr oscspaceeccadcetscseceesedcacras sedetes 4.2 
 IVICA .csceees Rue ches seaaccecasasqunentccetodetetscecedsesr pasehacnervencneecenect 5. 
 GlaSSscscccerseevs : ...6. to 10. 
 
 | 
 
MELTING POINT, SPECIFIC GRAVITY 
 AND RELATIVE CONDUCTIVITY. 
 
 Melting 
 Point. 
 
 Specific] *Relative 
 
 ARTICLE. Gravity |Conductivity. 
 
 ERETEITITTIUTIN ccaasccitecs sadeneseesseess ees 1,160° F. 2.67 66. 
 REIERIECHA Wi ussecesswaarcnsacinnoncursascent, 403" 6.70 3.88 
 BUNMR ES GAL curt: gsnas evita andkaaest =o skabaee 512ens* 9.82 1.2 
 oS Re he oe about| 1,869 ‘‘ 8.4 22. 
 “ Silicious (25 per cent. Zinc) 26.49 
 Ses PEINCETI EW ZINC) pisces <osesslcensedeccescsedess] oseese eavaee 21.15 
 
 Bronze,Aluminium(10 per cent) 
 we Mercurial (Drosnier)... 
 ** Phosphor (10 per cent. 
 
 cecees 12.6 
 eeeceeeetsoes 10.14 
 
 Pe ecoseeoreeseores| socsee 
 
 seecoerecsecoeeves 
 
 EINE LN en ecaeecncnsatsameneatocassetess cams eerenccsncs<| scores Reaane 6.5 
 Beet PHOSPHOE (LElO DONIC). cacccaccetactess| sasercenanee 29. 
 i Silicium: @heleotaplic)iy.-.cs,ccsassesces| cescccceoess 98. 
 * mt CL CICDMOINICh ho tesssere mereentl stand Pisasse 35. 
 a (MEO CONC. L181 .citscensstocononscmecconeces! stasenatrecs 8.4 
 BURPEIICT» RULE? cpacscecevees cess a cenexe 8.889 100 
 aS te CT VSCALLIZEC -1.ccurctlawevecssedocededss| 2doauvencacn 99.9 
 “and Silver Alloy (50 per 
 COtlip)asesssccsssscecacctcs orcs tases) nace eorvcccccceres| secees osecce 86.65 
 ee FACILI ONOUSteataer ecescas|es PA AOSEE 12.7 
 s* _ Arsenical (10 per cent. 
 PAT SOINIC) icancvcese Sac erasers octa:|oonaneesen sacllseaveeaaccts 9.1 
 “«  Plumbiferous (10 per 
 Pent W 1 eadyiae tense aeikices Ry Se te 30. 
 “ — Silicic (4 per cent. Silic- 
 ja Tipcencanis Me vcansdicgacatacte Doaastall ucts cesheee 75. 
 German Silver.....cscessseeee ssvessee] 2,000 Ft 8.5 5.8 
 Glass, Flint........... edeuvdesiae ss aceesn 2,377 “ 2.90 — |asecssver sees se eeeeee 
 SRM es vas ccede ve sgnenece eoavis 2,016 “ } 19.25 78, 
 oN es ara ee 1612 
 Graphite....:.......0. 5 Beh roe Oe ete Pee a a ie 0.069 
 PEITELAPECTCIIQ ss cevsststseocecsrsesssetes 0.98) | icesarse--ro-<ae base 
 FEOWCaSt.ive...ces AVETALCoeee sees. VpIDY Wh comisaeear aeccse 
 SEV TOUGH sc.u. 5, Recectican: 77 16. 
 Lead, Pure........ dusdbos heeses me epee 11.4 8.88 
 RE ATISATICS Gaz eevvecccesssspones about SO} |iceeses-s ees ececere 
 EM is cacioras den tevenst deter hsntads 13.6 1.6 
 Nickel, Pure...........000 ee ere 8.5 7.89 
 Ozite (Waring Compound)...... T.Dne | lesecnnenbsssnt evtves 
 PALA GIT Ors: seeceute- sce sere e seeeesres 1.01  |........0..seceoseeee 
 PPALIITESE PP UTOLsSeccscsescseens acse. eae 10.6 
 Rubbers Puree. cccce meetecae ee cices OOS Oi iccccctscssees Raessa 
 BSI vers. 08 sei tiv cet fv sesnae eee doce 10.74 100. 
 Tin, with 12 percent. ofSodium 46.9 
 Bee Poet ater ee MOEA. .rcc5 cc Aba dachs] cclees coca 17.7 
 ss; Pure fof: Banca: snenkecrdets 7.3 15.45 
 ZANC, PUTO wi vsseeeccseekek sae aus 72 29.9 
 
 AS aaa SS a eel pile (an DERI Liaieal oe rae ee 
 RULE.—To find the weight of any article, multiply its specific 
 gravity by 62.4 lbs. (the weight of a cubic foot of water), or by 
 -0361 lbs, (the weight of a cubic inch of water). c 
 RULE.— To find pressure per square inch of water, multiply 
 the height of column, in feet, by 43 lbs. 
 Pressure of the atmosphere is 14.7 lbs. to the square inch. 
 Pressure of one toot of water is .4833 lb. to the square inch. 
 
 ee eS Ee i ee ee ee 
 *Most of these determinations of Relative Conductivity are by L. Weiller, fg 
 A. Watt’s Electro Deposition of Metals, London. 
 
 159 
 
TABLE COMPARING WIRE GAUGES. 
 
 English 
 
 Aer Brown and Birming- 
 Sona algae Sharpe. eriwe 
 Bh e ie eb 
 w oO ~ ~ 
 a; Eley] 2 al 
 Pages! 4 = |A| 8 
 400 /484.88 |.460 640.5 454 |624 58 
 .372 |419.33 | 40964 (508.0 .425 547 88 
 .348 1366.97 | .36480 |402.8 .880 |487.56 
 .824 1318.10 | 82495 |319.5 840 |350.29 
 300 {272.72 | .28930 253.3 -300 |272.72 
 276 |230.88 | .25763 |200.9 .284 |244 07 
 252 |192.43 | .22942 |159.3 .259 |208.27 
 .232 |163.09 | .20431 |126.4 .238 |171.64 
 .212 |136.19 |.18194 (100.2 .220 |146.66 
 -192  |111.71 | .16202 | 79.46 | -203 |124.87 
 176 | 93.86 |.14428 | 63.02 | .180| 9818 
 160 | 77.57 | .12849 | 49.98 }.165| 82.50 
 144 | 62.83 |.11443 | 39.63 © |.148 | 66.37 
 128 | 49.65 |.10189 | 31.43 |.134| 54.41 
 116 | 40.77 | .09074 | 24.93 | .120 | 43.63 
 104 | 32.77 |.08081 | 19.77 | .109| 36.00 
 .092 | 25.65 |.07196 | 15.68 -095 | 27.35 
 .080 | 19.39 | .06408 | 12.43 .083 | 20.87 
 072 | 15.71 |.05706 | 9.858 | .072| 15.71 
 -064 | 12.41 -05082 | 7.818 | -065)| 12.80 
 -056 9.50 | 04525 6.200 }.058] 10.19 
 .048 | 6.98 |.04080 | 4.917 |.049] 7.97 
 040 | 4.85 |.03589 | 3.899 |.042] 5.34 
 036 | 3.93 |.03196 | 3.092 |.085| 3.71 
 -032 3.10 | .02846 | 2.452 |.032| 3.10 
 028 | 2.88 |.025347| 1.945 |.028]. 2.38 
 024 | 1:74 |.022571| 1.542 |.025] 1.89 
 .022 | 1.47 | .0201 1228 |.022) 1.47 
 020 | 1.21 |.0179 .9698 |.020} 1.21 
 018 | .981)-01594 | .7592 |.018] gai}. 
 0164} .815].014195|  .6100 | .016| .776/. 
 .0148 | .664).012641|  .4837].014] 594! . 
 0136 |  .560}.011257| .38836}.013| .519! . 
 0124 .466|.010025|  .8042|.012} 436). 
 0116 -408) 008928; -2413 | .010| .303) . 
 0108 |  .858, .00795 1913 |.009| .245). 
 .0100 .303)/ .00708 .1517 | .008 194) . 
 .0092 .256| -0063 .1203 | .007 148} . 
 0084 —_.214| .00561 .09548| .005|  .076) . 
 -0076 .175} -005 07568 .004| .048). 
 £0068 ........46| 00445 .06001  ...... 
 .0060_ ...| 008965 |  .04759) ol}... 
 .0052 Se DUSESL 1. ORTTE oe ee ae 
 .0048 ..|.003144 |  -02993) ...... 
 
 160 
 
 Old 
 English. 
 K Pal 
 Z| 8 
 ise] ° 
 A|é 
 
 454 | 624.58 
 425 | 547.33 
 380 | 437.56 
 340 | 350.29 
 309 | 272.72 
 284 | 244.07 
 259 | 208.27 
 238 1171.64 
 220 | 146.66 
 203 | 124.87 
 180 | 98.18 
 165 | 82.50 
 148 | 66.37 
 134 | 54.41 
 120 | 43.63 
 102 |’ 36.00 
 095 | 27.85 
 083 | 20.87 
 072 | 15.71 
 665 | 12.80 
 058 | 10.19 
 049 TOT 
 040 5.34 
 .035 3.71 
 0315 
 0295 |......... 
 027° "| Lee 
 025 
 023°" (aes 
 0205 
 OISTS | eee 
 Q165 |e 
 0155 uses 
 0137 
 01225 - 
 01125. 
 01025 
 0095 [......... 
 009.12 
 0075 
 
 -| 0065.1 sane 
 005751. 28.0 
 008 aie 
 0045 |aecsseeee 
 
NUMBER, DIMENSIONS, LENGTH AND 
 RESISTANCE OF PURE COPPER 
 WIRE, (SOLID). 
 
 (Copyright, 1897, By H. W. Fisher). 
 
 10 
 
 3.965 
 3.531 
 3.145 
 
 | - 
 
 Area. 
 
 | Circular | 
 
 Mils. 
 
 - Resistance in Interna- 
 Weight | Length. tional ohms at 68° F. 
 Lbs. per| Feet (Feet per)Ohmsper Ohms 
 
 1000 ft. | per lb. | ohm. 1000 ft. per lb. 
 
 c d | Cs f g 
 640.5 1.561 20440 04893 .00007639 
 508.0 1.969 16210 06170 .0001215 
 402.8 2.482 12850 .07780 .00019381 
 319.5 8.130/10190. .09811 0003071 
 253-3 3.947) 8083. -1237 0004883 
 200.9 4.977| 6410. 1560 7769 
 159.3 6.276) 5084. 1967 001235 
 126.4 7.914; 4031 .2480 001963 
 100.2 9.980} 3197. 8128 003122 
 
 79.46 12.58 | 2535. 3944 004963 
 63.02 15.87 | 2011. A973 007892 
 49.98 20.01 | 1595. .6271 01255 
 39.63 25.23 | 1265. 7908 01995 
 31.43 31.82 | 1003. 9972 .03173 
 24.93 49.1 795. 1.257 -05045 
 19.77 50.59 | 6380.7 1.586 08022 
 15.68 63.79 | 500.1 1.999 1270 
 12.43 80.44 | 396.6 2.521 2028 
 9.858 101.4 314.5 3.179 8225 
 7.818 127.9 249.4 4.009 5128 
 6.200 161.3 197. 5.055 8153 
 4.917 203.4 156.9 6.374 1.296 
 8.899 256.5 124.4 8.038 2.061 
 8.092 823.4 98.66 10.14 3.278 
 9.452 | 407.8 78.24 12.78 5.212 
 1.945 514.2 62.05 16.12 8.287 
 1.542 648.4 49.21 20.32 13.18 
 1.223 817.6 39.02 25.63 20.95 
 
 .9698 | 1031. 80.95 82.31 83.382 
 
 -7692 | 1300. ‘ 40.75 |} 52.97 
 
 .6100 | 1639. 19.46 51.38 84.23 
 
 4837 | 2067. 15.43 64.79 133.9 
 
 .8836 | 2607. 12.24 81.70 213.0 
 
 8042 | 8287. 9.707 | 103.0 338.6 
 
 2413 | 4145. 7.698 | 129.9 538.4 
 
 1913 | 5227. 6.105 | 163.8 856.2 
 
 .1517 | 6591. 4.841 | 206.6 1361. 
 
 1203 | 8311. 8.839 | 260.5 2165. 
 
 09543 10480 8.045 | 828.4 3441. 
 
 -07568 13210 2.414 | 414.2 5473. 
 
 06001) 16660 1.915 | 522.2 8702. 
 
 04759 21010. 1.519 | 658.5 13870. 
 
 -03774 26500. 1.204 | 830.4 22000. 
 
 02993 33410, 9550, 1047, 84980. 
 
 The above table is based on Mathiessen’s metergram stand- 
 ard for soft drawn copper, as published in the supplement to the 
 Transactions, October, 1893, American Institute of Electrical 
 Engineers. 
 
 Hard drawn copper has 1.0226 times the resistance of soft 
 drawn copper. 
 
 The B. A. Ohm=.9866 International ohms, or 
 -9889 Legal ohms. 
 
 See remarks and formule on page 162 relative to this table. 
 
 161 
 
NUMBER, DIMENSIONS, LENGTH AND 
 RESISTANCE OF PURE COPPER 
 WIRE, (STRANDED). 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1897 By H. W. FISHER. 
 
 Resistance in In- 
 Diam. |} Area. | Weight Length. |ternational ohms 
 at 68 deg. F. 
 
 B..& S. ., Circulatr;Lbs per! Feet |Ft. per 
 G. No.|1 Mils! writs. | 1000 ft. |per 1b.! ohm. 
 
 The data in the columns headed by the letters c, d,e, f, g, 
 (page 161), are based upon the report of the Committee on “‘ Units 
 and Standards”’ ofthe American Institute of Electrical Engineers 
 printed in the supplement of 77ansactions, October 1893, as Dr. 
 Matthiessens correct standard. The weights of stranded con- 
 ductors of a given resistance per 1000 feet, vary with the number 
 and size of wires used and the method of laying them up, hence 
 no formule are given under any of the columns involving the 
 weight. 
 
 Tt frequently becomes necessary to calculate the weight, re- 
 sistance, etc., of copper wire of a cross section not given in these 
 tables and hence the following formule are appended, giving the 
 values of a, b,c, d, e, f, g, mostly expressed in terms of (b) the 
 circular mils. 
 
 a=5(1.122982)" Here (n)=86—Gauge number. 
 
 b=a?=25(1.122932)22 00; 000 ; and 0000, being represented by 
 
 c—.0030269b —1, —2, and —3, respectively. 
 
 - 
 
 b2 
 For illustrative example see next page. 
 
 162 
 
ILLUSTRATIVE BXAMPLES. 
 
 What is the resistance per 1000 feet of a conductor having 
 a cross section 375,000 C. Mils ? 
 
 10854 
 tae : F — 097 ; 
 Substituting in formula (f) we have 375000 .02761 ohms 
 
 What is the weight per 1000 feet of No. 18 B. W. G. copper 
 wire? 
 
 The cross section of the above—9025 C. M. 
 
 Hence we have C.=.0030269 x 9025—27.31 lbs. 
 
 CHANGE OF RESISTANCE WITH CHANGE 
 OF TEMPERATURE. 
 
 Drs. Matthiessen and Siemen made elaborate measurements 
 to determine the temperature co-efficient of copper wire, but the 
 formulz recommended by them are discordant, the difference 
 becoming greater with increased temperature. 
 
 In 1890, Messrs. Kennelly and Fessenden by a most unique 
 method in which the utmost care and precision were used, 
 obtained a co-efficient which lies between thevalues obtained by 
 Drs. Matthiessen and Siemen. On account of this fact, coupled 
 with the well earned esteem as Physicists and Mathematicians, 
 in which they are held both here and abroad, we recommend 
 their formula for making corrections for change in resistance 
 due to temperature, 
 
 Their formula reduced to degrees F. becomes 
 
 R(1+.00225 (t—32)) 
 1+.00225 (T—382) 
 
 When R=The known Resistance. 
 
 When r=The unknown Resistance. 
 
 When T=The temperature in degrees F. of known Resist- 
 ance. 
 
 When t=The temperature in degrees F. of unknown Resist- 
 ance. 
 
 For rough calculation it can be assumed that the variation 
 in resistance amounts to .225% per degree F. increasing with 
 rise, and decreasing with fall of temper: ature. 
 
 FORMULA FOR CALCULATING SIZE OF 
 STREET RAILWAY FEEDERS. 
 
 A simple and convenient adaptation of the ordinary rule for 
 determining the size of feeders, has been suggested by Mr. F. 
 Uhlenhaut, Jr., late Electrical Engineer of the thiladelphia 
 Traction Company, for quick work in figuring out sizes of street 
 tailway feeders. This formula is im brief: 
 
 Circular Mils=Car feet6.5, being deduced from the 
 formula, 
 
 _ AmperesX Distance 10. 8 
 
 ~~ Volts lost 
 by the following assumptions and substitutions ; 
 
 Amperes=Number of CarsxAmperes per Car. 
 
 Resistance 1 mil foot of wire=10.8 increased 20%¢=18, 
 
 Loss in volts=650. Amperes per car=25. 
 
 No. CarsX25x« Mean Distancex13_ 
 Circular Mils= apa ane BOE) et Se 
 
 Cc. M.=Car feetx6.5 
 
 C. M.= 
 
 WHEN IT IS NOON AT NEW YORE IT IS 
 
 11:06 a. M. at Chicago, Ill. 6:06 Pp. M. at Vienna, Austria. 
 0:56 ** New Orleans, La. 5:50 “ ‘* Rome, Italy. 
 
 wo SC. Denver Col: 4p Pra? Berlin, Prussia. 
 
 ae SS San Francisco, Calan 5:17 ita es Brussels, Belgium, 
 wap “ “ Sitka, Alaska. 509 Meet batice France. 
 
 CPA eee Honolulu, Sie FOO See f5t2 15-48 London, England, 
 2:15 “ “Tokio, Japan. 445 AO ot Madrid, Spain. 
 
 1 De DL Sy Pekin, China. 4:35 ‘* * Dublin, Ireland. 
 9:47 P. M. a Bombay, India. 2:36 ‘* ‘* Pernambuco, Brazil. 
 202 “ St. Petersburg, Rus. 1:25 ‘* ‘* St. Johns, N. F. 
 
ELECTRICAL UNITS AND FORMULA* 
 
 All electrical units are derived from the following mechanical 
 units: 
 
 The centimeter is the unit of length, and equals .3937 inch, or 
 -000000001 of a quadrant of the earth. 
 
 The gram is the unit of mass, and is equal to 15.433 grains, 
 the mass of a cubic centimeter of water at 4 ° C. 
 
 The second is the unit of time and is the time of one swing 
 of a pendulum, swinging 86464.09 times per day, or the 1-86400th 
 part of a mean solar day. 
 
 The volt is the unit of electro-motive force [E]. 
 
 Electro-motive-force, which is the force that moves electricity, 
 is usually written E. M. F. (in formule E) and various writers 
 use it toexpress potential, difference of potential, electric pressure 
 and electric force. 
 
 One volt will force an ampere of current through one ohm of 
 resistance. Its value is purely arbitrary, but fixed. 
 
 The ohm is the unit of resistance [R]. 
 
 The international ohm adopted by the International Congress 
 of 1893 is represented by the resistance of a uniform column of 
 mercury, 106.8 cms. long, and 14.4251 grammes in mass at a tem- 
 perature of melting ice. 
 
 One B. A. ohm—.9866 International ohm. 
 
 One legal ohm—.9977 International ohm. 
 
 One ohm is that resistance through which one ampere of 
 current will flow at a pressure of one volt of E. M. F. 
 
 The megohm=1,000,000 ohms. 
 
 The ampere is the unit of current strength [C]. Its value may 
 be defined as that quantity of electricity which flows through one 
 ohm of resistance when impelled by one volt of E. M. F. 
 
 One ampere of current flowing through a bath will deposit 
 0.017253 grain of silver or 0,005084 grain of copper per second. 
 
 The coulomb is the unit of quantity [Q], and is the quantity 
 of electricity passing per second when the current is one ampere. 
 
 The farad is the unit of capacity [KX], and is that capecity that - 
 will contain one coulomb at a potential of one volt. 
 
 A condenser of one farad capacity, if charged to two volts, 
 will contain two coulombs, if to 100 volts, 100 coulombs, etc. 
 
 The microfarad [mfd],=one-millionth ofa farad. 
 
 The joule is the unit of work [W]. It is the work done, or 
 heat gencraled, by a watt inasecond. It is equal to .7373 foot- 
 pound. 
 
 The watt is the unit of electrical power [P], and is the energy 
 contained in a current of one ampere with an electro-motive-force 
 of one volt. 746 watts=one horse power. A current of 10 
 amperes, and 74.6 volts will dothe work of one horse power 
 
 The E. M. F. is distributed according to the resistance of the 
 various parts of thecircuit, except where there is counter E. M. F. 
 
 Counter E. M. F. is like back pressure in hydraulics. Thus, 
 to find the available E. M. F., or the resulting current against a 
 resistance where there is a counter EK. M. F., the counter EK. M. F. 
 must be deducted. Forexample: Suppose astorage battery with 
 a resistance of .020hm and aC. KE. M. F. of 15 volts. and you wish 
 to charge it with a dynamo which givesan E. M. F. of 20 volts at 
 the battery binding posts; there are 20—15—5 volts working 
 through a resistance of .02 of an ohm with consequently a current 
 of 250 amperes. The fall of potential is, however, virtually 20 
 volts, and not 5 volts, and the power is 20250=5,000 watts, and 
 not 5X250=1,250 watts, as might perhaps be supposed. It is 
 obvious that the C. E. M. F. has acted as atrueresistance. Inthe 
 above case 5250—1,250 watts were wasted in overcoming the 
 resistance of the storage battery; and the remaining 3,750 watts 
 were stored up in the chemical changes which they brought 
 about in the active material of the storage battery. 
 
 Mils—T‘housandths of an inch. 
 
 d2=circular mils. 
 
 The circular mil is now generally used as the unit of area 
 when considering the cross-section of electric conductors, the 
 
 resistance being inversely, and weight of copper directly, propor- 
 tional to the circular mils. 
 
 *Portions of the Definitions of Electrical Units are from Memorandum Book 
 of Modern Light and Heat, Boston, by courtesy of the publishers, and the author 
 Mr. Allan V. Garrett, E. E., Spokane Falls, Washington. 
 
 164 
 
It is the area of a circle having a diameter of 1-1000 of an 
 inch; hence the square of any diameter, expressed in thou- 
 sandths of an inch, will give as a product the number of circular 
 mils that can be placed side by side in a square the sides of 
 which are equal to the diameter that has been squared ; the 
 united areas of the small circles contained within such square 
 being equal to the area of the large circle. 
 
 eA eh Le Yo) 
 —?, Ot aR 
 PIAS S LIOR 
 ( " 
 
 This is illustrated in Figure 
 90, where the large circle rep- 
 resents a wire 10 mils in diam- 
 eter, and the small circles are 
 the circular mils (100) whose 
 united areas equal the area of 
 
 wee cceee ~ the large circle. 
 
 Sad a om oN 2 
 
 \) / Thus 10 mils 2 .7854—.00007854. 
 . OS2S2. o's sq. in., area of large circle. 1 
 
 mil 2.7854 100—.00007854 sq. 
 in., area of 100 small circles 
 combined. 
 
 Fig. 90. Cc. M.>x<.0000007854—area in 
 
 ‘ decimal of a square inch. 
 100 times actual size. a 
 
 FORMULA. 
 ie, =k. CXR=E. CXE=P. 
 =p. C2XR=P. QXE=W. 
 CXE 
 
 74g TH. P. QXExX.7373=Ft. Lbs 
 H. P.—550 Ft. Lbs. per second. 
 
 EQUIVALENT CARRYING CAPACITY 
 
 Of Single Conductor of Any Size, from 0000 to 15, in a Stated 
 Number of Smaller Conductors. 
 
 a) ad (cepa dee te ee | eee 
 a u u Ou On Oy 
 NS s 6 68/}0 21278128 | 28 | 1n2 Conductors, 
 BA ag ne ae) og HY xe one each of 
 is av hehe} ge ie ge ci 
 0000 [No.0 |No.3 |No. 6 [No.9 |No.12|No.15| Nos. 00and 1 
 000 i 4 f 10 13 16 Oresene 2 
 00 2 5 8 11 14 17 Leyes 
 i 
 . ees 
 2 5 f ll 14 il Pcees ee 4“ 6 
 3 6 9 12 15 fo? alee : Ba oes, 
 4 7 10 13 16 eae hararre Ou) 2S 
 5 8 11 14 Wy ee lLreeeseeee C ss 9 
 6 | 72 5 1 ER ERR snes! BS cal < ee | 
 7 10 13 16 |. anne ess alll 
 8 11 14 7A ; kU oa be 
 9 12 15 LS ctsescclisseseees| ces sere 5 eas: 
 10 13 WG eect cose alidbeenn ncailtaeeases slacesees ae ho eee 4 
 Tear Dell | Berens Fever oe FF Ee 13-15 
 12 15 SS Seas ctealdcayedctellessosese |Sochocs 3 47° 16 
 13 1G V2 tS el Sectastleasens fal accasiurctecsteces . LS Gl, 
 14 BI ee este cenae lie eatwapeLeaaaasane Laas ences 16) eee 
 15 1S \Soeeeeeeel Fae cceen seat acto bot coast eccccdacs [ocaveseucssereiorsease &deccoa 
 
 Or use the following brief rule for selecting two wires of the 
 same size to equal cross-section of any larger wire: Use two 
 conductors of the fourth size from the single conductor whose 
 equivalent is sought, calling the given conductor 1; thus, the 
 equivalent of a 00 conductor would be two No. 2’s, or the equivas 
 lent of a No. 2 would be two No. 8’s. 
 
 165 
 
RULES AND TABLES FOR WIRING. 
 
 The following rules and tables are based more particularly 
 on using exposed wires, as distinguished from conductors in 
 cables; owing to the higher temperature likely to be encoun. 
 tered underground, with consequent increase of their resistance 
 liberal allowance should be made in computing the areas of 
 cable conductors, and the calculation should be checked by the 
 tables and rules on pages 169, 170 and 171. 
 
 To compute the size of conductor required to supply any 
 given number of incandescent lamps, where the amount of 
 work done in the conductors is to be a certain ercentage of the 
 work done in the lamps—not a percentage oft the total work of 
 the machine: 
 
 When the lamps are in simple parallel, divide the resistance 
 of one lamp (1) by the number of lamps (n) and multiply the 
 result (R) by the percentage (%) it is intended to lose on the con. 
 ductor; the product will be the resistance of the two conductors 
 {r) ; divide by the total number of feet of conductor (7) (both sides 
 of circuit), and multiply by 1,000. Then refer to table of resist- 
 ances, page 161, and in the coiumn headed “‘Ohms per 1,000 feet 
 find the nearest corresponding figures, and in the first column, 
 same line, will be found the gauge of the conductor required. 
 
 Briefly: XT 0 resistance per 1,000 feet. 
 
 When the lamps are in multiple series, the resistance of the 
 lamps (R) will be found by multiplying the resistance of one 
 lamp (I.) by the number of lamps in each series, and dividing 
 the product by the number of series. 
 
 RESISTANCE OF INCANDESCENT LAMPS. 
 
 Westinghouse, 50 volts.| 71.5 50 | 33.3} 16.6] 5.5 | ohms, 
 
 Edison, 100 volts......... 320 200 | 128 64 21.3 | ohms, 
 a eg ee Ee eee 
 
 The following Formulz and Constants have been furnished 
 by the Edison Co. as applying to their system : 
 
 Cir. Mils—Lamp feetConstant. 
 
 21.68 (100—% drop) 
 stance of lamp 4% drop. 
 
 2-Wire System) Resi 
 
 Constant 
 
 3 6 ae Seats: constant 
 
 Thus: For the new 16C. P. lamp (200 ohms resistance), on 
 the three wire system, the following Constants would be used 
 for the drop in EK. M. F. indicated: 
 
 MOLES cacsmecrs 1. /15 2. (2.5 8, (8.5/4. (4515. |6. 7. 8. |9. 10, 
 Const........ mee oy cin al -89} .76| .67| .60| .54| .45) .38) .83) .80| .27 
 
 SHORT RULES FOR DETERMINING SIZE OF CONDUCTOR. 
 
 Distance Amperes 1]* 
 Loss in Volts 
 
 Or, in 50 Volt Work, 2% loss: sj 
 Distance Amperes x 11—Circular Mils. 
 
 =Circular Mils. 
 
 If the work is at the end of the circuit, the factor “Distance” 
 should be double the actual distance (or both sides of circuit), 
 but if the work is evenly distributed it should be single distance, 
 only. . 
 
 9 *11 (ohms) is the resistance of a foot of copper wire one mil in aiaaeteed 
 having a conductivity of 98 per cent. of that of chemically pure copper, 
 
 166 
 
"QgT a8ed uo +3 r 5: ; : fi = ; 5 ; 3 = : 3 5 % 10L 
 
 «c Ayoudey Sarktrey yuspearmba ,, | 7F s9 OF | vere | seers | “0999 ‘0000 ‘00 ‘000 oO. 00 0 t T % . ‘ g ‘06 
 Peete oP eer ee Psat 2 Gee ert a | OOO]. OOOO | 00s] 000, | 00 1. 00.1. (0 ‘T ‘T = % g g g ‘08 
 eiom suisn Aq ynosjo B dn ayeUt | -e2-0—-d yor | ‘0000 | ‘0000 000 |'000 | ‘00 | ‘00 | ‘0 | ‘t | t | zw |e | ce |e Le CL 
 MAT Sota ed Soc Bal SAL a ba da cela E ‘SdW¥T | “0000 | ‘0000 | 000 | 000 | ‘00 00 | 0 T a ge 40 g fF > s 2 ‘OL 
 auvaN IS | -9000 | 0600) 000 | ‘60 | 00 0 0 ‘| % %G ¢ ‘¢ 7 G G cg 
 : * 10000} 0000} 000 | 000 | 00 | ‘00 ‘0 0 “i % 3 g aa - ‘G Gg 09 
 OOF 6T Bo» ‘0000 | ‘0000 | “0000 | 000 |°00 | ‘00 | 0 0 ‘T vs 7 #3 g - °g "g 9 "GG 
 fo ‘0000 | 0000| ‘000 | 000 | 00 | ‘0 0 a I % 7 g p ‘F °g 9 ‘9 “0g 
 OOF ST ‘0000 | 000 | 000 1°00 |00 | 0 it uy G % "¢ 'p s 2 'g ‘g 9 ahh “CF 
 e ‘000 | 000 | 000 | 00 | 0 ii ‘| ¢ %G a a7 D G ¢ g yt 8 ‘Ob 
 00% GJ < 9 3 O00 00 0 9 : 3 "% 3 F i i : 2 s f: 8 me 
 004 6 LON ‘0 ‘0 er oT ie g *g a7 > "g 9 9 ye “i 8 6 ‘OL Ko 
 a oT z P, "g - F °G "g ‘9 oe "y 8 8 6 “Ole tte 0% 
 ‘| G ¢ af ¢ YD ¢ ¢ g g D L 8 8 6 ‘OL LL ‘BL 
 ‘due q ‘d‘o Z iG ‘g g p G Gg 9 9 7] 8 8 6 6 Ol, ok GILL Bee 9T 
 000z|eulwou : : otk 1;'O e F ‘- "g 9 9 a op 8 6 6 “OE 1: OL 4 CI edie FL 
 Quo 0} 90ue eBney "§ 9 “g g p - °g °g 9 oy ri .) 8 6 Ore Ole? TLep TLE Clee as 
 -}SISOY Ul pUg]e "OdIM f° OZIS P ? i g 9 “L “L 8 8 6 ‘OL | ‘OL TE leclich sol oe Sh aes ‘Or 
 -ainby a1 $0 PS ee ee) gh ek ee eee oe ty ee Ole Lhe) ble OL a OL te eLearn 
 (}90} Ul) 4yybueq g 'g 9 9 “L 8 8 6 6 ‘OL a Ti+} Gis BSE | SSE shee oT 8 
 ‘er 19 9 “hi 8 8 6 6 ‘OU Il) tLe | Sb 1" eked ef SST eer Eeio? ‘L 
 
 re bee ibe la [ea (or alot of sees | ap ee | Eat et eee enya Be aia an 
 
 A ; i q : : 4 ah a ee alate erie - cor | : : 
 Cg gol nolearte Gres ore thet, [eter] cae’ | “SECSSE TL eset coeur 
 
 P ; F : ( : $1 ake rsiae ~r i -aee } i +1 i 
 STAVL ONIGIM LHOIT ONY =| cor [ctr feat | cat |cet (| st | st | or | cot | ‘ot | ‘ot.) ‘on | et | ‘OL | ‘ot | “or | ot |. 2 
 ‘Tiamat Fi Shke t Sian | EL. eee SE “CT |eSI. 1b. ‘9T | OL 1. 'Stnle OG 9Le)| Kor aoe Staak 
 
 Lee eee Le eet 01) Oke OL ‘OT. SO Lsh (OT | OTe Oba Ore nte |< 0L21 8 Ola OT ‘T 
 
 “006 | */08T | “.09T | “OFT | *,0cL 1,001 | 06 | “08 | “04 |°.09 | 09 | Sb |r | vee | 08 | 1&3 | 106 sdurey 
 Tea arhAaricGit ‘oBney “Ss PY ‘g Ul MO]9g PozeoIpU] due SaZIg QUIK “UOIENGIJ}SIG. JO UZUDD 0} F994 Ul DOUR}SIG a re 
 ASNQOHDNILSUM AHL "OD 91430019 esnoybuysemM 24) "LNAO Yad Z=LIOAISSO1 “SdWYV1 LIOA OS HOS 31EVL DNIYIM 
 
 167 
 
Set a aVy >, OSI { Orr \€€x j6rr j1Zt (661 \6tze \g6z 96€ LOS 96L Gor'r (€6S‘r [o6€ z “ox 
 spiel SF kos rsx lgor |ggx |Srz |1Sz jeo€ {LE €0S SSL lg00'xr  joxrS‘x |€x0's lozor€ “ot |-Cx 
 ” SLo- ” Sz 
 39) O50" + OL z2Sr lo6r |11z |l€z |x1lz |or€ og€ Slr ££9 oS6 logz‘xz  joo6'r J€ES*z joogté “Sr |epr 
 *dure S£o- *d +5 o1 : z6xr lobe |99z |oo€ |Et€ oor ogh |oo9 00g 00z‘E foog'r joor‘s jooz‘e |oog‘h “rr |x" 
 - Ios jzve jeo€ ott |LLE |1f" |eoS tog |SSZ Soofr jorS‘x joro‘s jozo'€ fjozo‘y |obo‘g “EI [zr 
 SdWVT GUVGNVLS fiz |vSz |So€ jog€ |ech |SLr |ppS |SEg |roZ |xS6 |ole‘x |zo6'x JobS'z |Sog‘€ foLo'S loro‘Z “QI ‘eI |+rx 
 10} S}[OA OOO 3e ore jrde loz€ |pgE logy |E€ES |o0g 989 00g 096 |ooz'x |oog‘x joot‘e |ooz'€ oog'y joov‘g |009‘6 “or [St ‘II |-or 
 LNA AAOP AMVYNIN 692 jeoE Joh [Eoh |hgh |Soq |elg |oSL frog |Lootx jorz‘x |exS*x |Sxo'e |Szo‘€ lo€o'r |oSo‘9 fogo'g foor‘ex |-or |-Sr |-pr ‘Or |°6 
 oZe fhof |gfEfogE = rER §= LoS |gog: fog = |Shg_ = foS6 = |Sg0'r Jode'z locS'x joo6'r |SES*z loog‘€ |oZo‘s o009‘Z fotr‘or jooz'Sr }*Sx |p }-€xr 6 |g 
 oz€ = j6rE |rgE jozh jogr |OrS Jobg gol 096 |ggo‘r looz‘r JoZE*z Joog‘r loc6'r loor‘z jooz‘€ o0g*¥ joorg jo09‘6 joogter jooz‘6r |r |°€x |-zr "Baitfa 
 rrE loLE roy |gth jegh |SeS |zog l6g9 |€0g |ro6 forz‘r jope'x |SoS'x lozZ‘1 |Loo'z lort'z loro‘€ |Sro*y jozo'g =jototg joor‘zr jogo,gr joor‘ba |*€x |rzr |+rr L lg 
 ogE Sop |s€h [gov jo0S |tSS |gog |S4qg Jog fodg [€x0r |ora‘x jozS'1 |gg9‘x Joo6'r |SZ1‘z |z€S‘z lobo'€ joog'E |Sgo*S oo09'Z jotr‘or jooz'S1 jogz‘og |oov‘o€ |-zxr |r |-or "9 ([°S 
 Ley joghy |erS |grS jo6S joo j|g69 jgod ESg fog6 = |LO0‘x joge‘x |o€S*r joz6'x |SEx‘z Joob‘s lobL‘z Jooz‘€ lobg'€ loog'y Joobtg |o09'6 loog‘zz jooz‘6r joog*Sz joor'g€ |-rr |ror |-6 SS lep 
 toh |gfS |Sog |Stg |169 |SPZ |Log ogg |g96  Iodo‘r lore‘ EQE‘T jer [gf6'r lozh'a jo6g‘% |Szo'€ |SSr‘€ |z€o'h lovg'h joSo'g |Sgo'g |joor‘er lo€1‘gr |ooz*bz jogz‘z oor'gh jror |°6 Ig y le 
 o19 |ZZ9 JogL |€1g |rég [gf6 oxo‘r j6or‘T joce*r jgSEr JozS*x |EPL‘r jo€o's joth‘s |oSo'€ |SgE*E Joog‘€ JoSE*y |SLo'S Joor'g joog'Z |oSx‘or jooz‘Sr loo€*oz looS*o£ logg‘av joootig |*6 |g |Z Eo beg 
 69L jpSg |196 Sco‘ |g6o'r jEgr‘r [rga‘r [gOE'T [gES*r |60L‘r jez6‘x |LO1‘s |E9S‘s |gLo‘€ [Shg'E lole*y |Sos' lo6t'S |Zob‘g lo69'Z jorg'6 |Srg‘zr jocz‘6x 0€g‘Sz% joSp'gE jogz'1S joo6'o£ |'g |Z |g ‘Sher 
 016 jogos jora‘z |€6e%r [SgE*x jooy'r [Z19'r [ol‘t jop6'r [oSr‘e jozh‘s |1ZL%% jofz‘E jogg'é joSg'v Jooh'S |oSo'g |Sz6‘g |Sgo‘g |ooZ'6 joor‘ex |oL1‘gx jooz‘tz joo€‘zé 00$*gh jogg‘tg jooo'Z6 }'Z |-g |S Taig a 
 zz‘ log€*r jozS*x jozo‘r |ShZ‘x |ZLg*t jo€o's |grc‘s jobh‘s |r1L%z Jobo'€ jo6h‘€ |gq0'F logg*h joor‘g joog‘g joo9‘Z |SzL*g |Sor‘orlooz‘zrloos‘Sx lo€€‘oz loot‘o€ logg‘o¥ jooo'r9 Jo€E‘1g jooofzz1\-9 |*S +h 0 log 7 
 opS‘r jorZ‘r |SE6*r joSo‘s jooz‘e jOat‘z joL5‘z joog‘a jogo'€ jezh*€ joSg‘E joor*h |o£1‘S Jogr'g looZ*Z |oSS*g |Sz9‘6 |ooo'r1|Szg‘zr\ooh*S1\oSz‘6r oS9‘Sz% jooS*gE joo€'1§$ jooo‘ZZ logg‘zor\oo ‘S11 S | |-€ 100 |o00 
 oF6'1 Jogr‘z |Szb‘% |ogS‘z jeLl‘a |Sg6‘s jofz‘e |Zz5‘€ logs‘€ |r1€'¥ loSoh |PrS‘S logh'g |ogZ‘Z jooL'6 joog‘or Sz1‘zr/ogg‘E1\0S1'g1\ooh 61\0Sz‘tz |oo€‘zE 00S‘gh joog‘tg joo0'Z6 lof€'6z1\o00'F6r\"h |-E hee C00 lo900 
 OSP'S jozL‘z jogo’€ |ggz‘t jooS*€ JOgL‘E jogo'y |SSh*¥ joo6'h |SpP‘S Joz1‘g JoootZ |gqr‘g |oog‘6 joSz‘z1loog'€1\o0£ Sr\o0S*Z1/S1b-0z|o0S‘¢z|oog‘o€ |o€g‘ob looz‘r9 99‘Tg jooS‘zzrlo€E'Egrjooo'Stz|"E |-z |ex 0000} &. 
 O60'E joEP‘E jogg‘é josr'y |Srv‘y [PSL‘Y joSr'S [g19'S jogr‘9 |Zgg‘g JozZ‘Z |ofg‘g joo€‘orlog€‘z1joSh*S1\oS1‘Z1|o0£ *61|SLo‘zz|oSZ‘Szlo06‘o£|o09‘gE |ooS'1S jooz‘ZZ jooo'€oxlooS*tSr jod0‘gozjoo0‘60€|* |-r jo Sk 
 e ims 
 06g'€ jozE‘h joog'h |ggr‘S |SSS*S |Sg6°S Jogh‘g |ELO‘Z jogZ*Z |Sho'g JozZ‘6 jorr‘11}096‘z1\09S‘StloSh‘61|009'1z|o0€ ' tz|agZ‘Zzlooh‘z£|o06'eloog‘gh Joog‘tg |ooz‘Z6 |oog*6z1\o0S*F6rlo€S*6Sz oo0'6gE}*r |o 00 {000 |oooo) eS 
 06g‘F Jo€h'S jorr‘g |ESS*g |Sg6'9 jtzS*Z josr'g |r6g‘g jogZ‘6 joLg‘orloza‘z1|0L6‘E1|00E‘gr\09S‘61\oSP‘bzloSr‘Lz|oSS‘o£|Sz6'rE|oSL‘ob|oo6‘gtjoor‘19 |ooS‘rg |ooz‘zzx|o00'€91 00S'bbzlo00‘gzE|o00'6g¢}0 joo |o00 \o000 uss 
 091‘9 jobg‘g jooZ‘Z lere*g joog'g jo6h*6 jogz‘or\o0z‘11loz€‘z1/069‘E1loop‘Sx|009‘Z1|0ES‘oc|ovg'¥z|o0g ‘o£ |o0z‘hE|o0$ ‘a£|o00'Ft Sz€41S|o09‘19|000'ZZ |oSo*zo1loo0'FS1/o0€‘Soz 000‘g0E|o99*01t/000'g19|00  |o00 |oo00!) 2S 
 OSL‘Z for9‘g jool'6 jofE‘orjoL0‘11\oz6' r1}016‘z1}060' FI |00S ‘St lozz‘L1joob*61\OP I ‘Zz|o£g'Sz|o00' 1£|0SZ*g£|oSoEt|o0S‘ab|oSE*SS!SZS‘tg]00S‘ZL\o00'L6 joS1‘6e1|o00'h61 O0€ *gSz}o0$*Zg£lo99‘g1S|000'SZL!000 |o000} EY 
 0g£‘6 logg‘orjozz ‘z1\oho'€1|0L6'€1|oho'S1}o0£ ‘or og/‘Z1)09S*6r|o€L‘ 12 oSp*pz|0V6‘ Le|009'zE oz 1 ‘6£|006' gh joo *hS|Se1'19|0Sg‘69| 00S‘ 1g|00g‘ Z6|oSz‘zzz|o00'Eg1\003‘t+z\000'gz£|000'6gh 000'zSg|000'gZ6 oooo) Po 
 
 “001/ “06 | “08| “SL|“OL| “9 | °09| °SS|"0S| “sy |"ov| "se |"0e| “sz | oz| “81 91| WI) vio 8) 9/7 |e! @i/si)| 1 ol siesl el yisreeelz 
 
 *  *UOIEN!AzSIP JO 49zUBd OF 39a} UL MOjaq UdAIH doURZsIG “souodwe UI syuasuno Aseutid 9ze01pul UUUN]OD YoeD Jo do} ou} ye sounBy oy 
 
 $}]9A 000 ‘| }2 SSO] "pus. aq 
 
 *SHNOAID ALBUid A0J B1GeL SUMIM-—"ANVdANOO ONIYNLOVANNVNW Puke OIYU.LOAIA ASNOHDNILSAM AHL Aq peyusiuing 
 
7. 
 
 . CARRYING CAPACITY OF CABLES. 
 
 . Prepared by Henry W. Fisher, Electrician of the Standard 
 2 Underground Cable Co, Copyright, 1897. 
 
 Heating Effect in a piece Factors for determining 
 ; of No. 0000 Cabie. size of conductor, etc. : 
 B. & S. G, (See Explanation below.) Carrying 
 Capacity 
 joa Uce COS 
 Rise in tem- Cables 
 perature eres te-| <j i Amperes 
 above the |""duired. | “ductors | Gin Form- | 2° Rise, 
 surrounding) (In Form- | p &s.G miei 
 air. Ulse, Ask ues ret Agr 
 Degrees F. ‘ 
 2 ee 10 1 80 
 4 116 ' 9 13 36 
 6 138 8 16 44 
 8 160 a 19 52 
 10 179 der 6 93 63 
 12 194 | 5 Ay 7 
 14 208 4 .33 91 
 16 221 3 39 107 
 ome Rb | om sep>|o meg nla tae 
 | 
 3 oe ) i 188 
 24 269 00 71 195 
 26 280 060 86 237 
 28° 290 0000 1.00 27 
 0 300 Cir. Mils 
 32 309 250000 1.16 Bit 
 34 318 300000 1.29 355 
 36 326 350000 1.41 397 
 38 334 400000 1,55 438 
 49 342 450000 1.71 477 
 42 350 500000 1.85 515 
 44 858 550000 1:09 502 
 46 366 600000 2.15 589 
 48 373 650000 2.81 624 
 50 380 700000 2.46 659 
 52 387 750000 259 | 693 
 54 894 800000 2 (ae | 726 
 56 401 850000 2.89 759 
 58 408 ie ae oe 
 950 15 
 we ae 10 3.26 854 
 
 The first and second columns are the result of a series of care- 
 ful experiments made in our laboratory. ‘The cable was placed 
 on a wooden floor in the form of a large elliptical spiral of four 
 tufns, thus approximating to a condition that might occur in 
 practice, viz: Four cables running side by side. 
 
 The table of factors (third and fourth columns) is the result 
 of experiment and theory combined. Several tests were made 
 on different sizes of cables laid as above described, in order to find 
 the ratio between the amount of current necessary to raise them 
 to a certain temperature and the amount of current required 
 to raise the No. 0000 cable to the same temperature; then by the 
 aid of theory and the curves that were drawn, the factors for the 
 remaining sizes were obtained. 
 
 These tables serve for three purposes: 
 
 Ist- To find what size conductor must be used for a given 
 tise in temperature and a given number of amperes. Rule: 
 
 Decide upon some temperature that you consider safe, then 
 divide the given number of amperes by the amperes correspond- 
 ing to this temperature in the above table, compare the quotient 
 thus obtained with the factors above and it no factor exactly 
 agrees with the quotient, choose the size conductor correspond- 
 ing to the next greater factor. 
 
 Briefly, letting A = the given number of amperes. 
 
 B = the amperes corresponding to the desired 
 tise of temperature in the above table. 
 
 F = the sor for the size of conductor to be 
 used. 
 
 ame 
 Then Loy 
 169 
 
Example: i 
 
 With 14 degrees as a safe rise in temperature what size of 
 conductor must be used to carry 175 amperes? 
 
 In the table we find 208 opposite 14 degrees; dividing 175 by 
 this we have rt Use No. 000. 
 
 2d—To find the number of amperes that will produce a given 
 rise of temperature in any cable. Rule: : 
 
 Multiply the amperes corresponding to said rise of tempera- 
 ture in the above table by the factor of the cable. 
 
 Briefly, using the same symbols as above: A=F XB. 
 
 Example: ; 
 
 How many amperes will produce arise of 20 degreesina 
 piece of No.3 cable? Opvnosite 20 degrees we find 246 amperes; 
 multiplying this by .39, the factor for No. 8 cable, we have as the 
 answer .39x246—96 amperes. 
 
 3rd—To find what rise of temperature will be produced in 
 any cable by a given number of amperes. Rule: 
 
 Divide the amperes by the factor of the cable, and find the 
 temperature corresponding to the quotient in the above table, 
 
 Briefly, Beas 
 
 F 
 Example: 5 ; 
 What temperature will be reached by passing 870 aniperes 
 
 through a cable having an area of 850,000circular mils? gy =801, 
 
 and this corresponds to 80 degrees, which is the rise in tempera- 
 ture. 
 
 In choosing what shall be the safe temperature to which the 
 cable shall besubjected, the condition and kind of subway should 
 be considered. Ifthe ducts are well ventilated, we would recom- 
 mend 25 degrees F. as the maximum temperature to be used in 
 making the calculations by the above method; while if the sub- 
 way system is dry and poorly ventilated, we would not recom- 
 mend a temperature exceeding ten or twelve degrees F. These 
 varying values for the safe temperature are chosen on account of 
 the difference in the dissipation of heat. In either case the 
 actual temperature reached by the conductor would not be greater 
 than 20 degrees above that of the earth, etc., adjacent to the cable, 
 and this temperature is what we recommend asthe one to be 
 used in calculating the size of Aerial Cables. Very often the 
 question of resistance, rigidity or strength makes it advisable or 
 necessary to use larger cables than those obtained by calculation. 
 
 The above rules and tables apply to Electric Light Cables 
 with 3-16 inch insulation between the conductor and the lead, but 
 they may be considered approximately correct for any slight 
 variation in thickness of insulation above or below this figure. 
 
 For the benefit of those familiar with the use of logarithms, 
 who may desire to know something about the laws governing 
 the rise of temperature, the following is appended: 
 
 Letting t — the rise of temperature in degrees F. above the 
 sutrounding air. 
 
 A =the number of amperes required to produce the rise 
 of temperature. 
 
 K =a constant. h 
 
 xX == some unknown power to which A must be raised; 
 
 x 
 the form of the equation used was t= = 
 
 By methods too elaborate to be mentioned here, the most 
 probable value for x was tound to be 2.1 and then the equation 
 2-1 
 
 of the curve for No. 0000 Cable became T= a In no place did 
 
 this curve differ from the experimental curve by more than half 
 ofadegree. In the tests that followed on other cables of different 
 sizes, the formula only differed from the above in the fact that 
 the constants were different, and these constants are easily 
 obtained from the formule, K=5250 F2-1, where F is the factor of 
 any desired cable and K is its constant. Finally, the factors 
 themselves can be calculated approximately through a range of 
 +7 
 
 from No. 10 to No. 0000 by means of the equation Fars where 
 
 C= the number of circular mils in the conductor and F = the 
 factor of the conductor. 
 
 This formula departs a little from what theory would sug- 
 gest as applied to solid conductors, the reason being that the 
 relation existing between area and surface is not the same for 
 stranded as for solid conductors. 
 
 170 
 
TABLE COMPARING CARRYING 
 
 CAPACITIES. 
 . Ke + 
 Size of Conductor G ks Maximum Amperes. 
 Ay 2 bo | ox O +35 
 9 0 be 25 | os sy | HO 
 a cae SR Ges ccd Pa Sa 
 B. & S.| Circular a6 a Su. | se oD | a @ 
 G. | Mils. | 3% =o | Sales8 | moO] &g 
 oS wn Ff b 3) a be | Ro 
 gi | 84 | £2 | SEM ER] 58 
 =i Se RPA ey joie 
 * A * al) 2 ort 
 Pea onitce 022 833 348. 509 | 597 
 AQQQ00 TE iesececssneecces 028 282. | 294. 426 | 489 
 SH0000 Haier was sactss 032 255. | 265 888 | 442 
 Ub oad Ber coma 037 227. | 237. B65 | 394 
 DENN ail eces-tvescens 4 98. 319 
 1600 000 052 174.6 | 182.7 | 275 | 302.9 
 167800 00044+ 065 146.7 | 158.5 | 287 | 254.5 
 33100 0044+ 083 123.3 | 129.0 | 195 | 213.9 
 1055 04+ 104 103.7 | 108.5 | 168 | 179.8 
 83699 + 3 87-1; 91-1} 143 | 151 
 66370 3— 166 73.2 | 76.6 | 124 | 197.0 
 52630 fe 209 61.5 | 64.4] 107 | 106.7 
 41740 6+ 264 BE-Zily O4:k ie SOL 89.7 
 83100 7— 833 48. 45.4 | 74 75.8 
 26250 — ‘419 | 36.5} 38.2] 63 | 63.3 
 20820 g— 05 80.7 | 82.1 52 53.2 
 16510 1046+ .665 25.8 | 27.0| 44 44.7 
 13090 lw— 841 PAE = PAT 386 37.6 
 10380 12%+ 1.061 18.2} 19.1} 80 31.6 
 8234 13%2+ .338 153 | 16-0 |.......... 26.5 
 6930 li — 1.687 TZ SAS BD alecawasccee 22.3 
 5178 15: 2.126 LOB LEB TA Siscexs 18.7 
 fae i (a Ay a a yf 15.8 
 8257 17— 3.382 7.6 SOUT. sees: 13.2 
 2583 18+ 4.264 G4 + 6-7... ox 11.1 
 5048 1814+ | 5.396 Se D.O 4. Concecks: 9.5 
 1624 19+ 6.781 4.5 AT hes senses 7.9 
 
 *At 75° F. and for a wire of 98% conductivity. This column 
 is also the resistance per 1,000 feet of the same wire in ohms, 
 
 {This column was calculated from a theoretical formula 
 based on Nicols’ determination of the amount of heat lost by 
 radiation and convection from blackened surfaces. ‘Twenty de- 
 grees rise in temperature was assumed, the temperature of the 
 
 surrounding air being taken at 90 degrees F. 
 3 
 
 az 
 56.8 
 Where d=the diameter of the conductor in mils, 
 C=the current in amperes. 
 This formula applies to solid conductors. 
 |Calculated from a formula suggested by A. K. Kennelly, 
 Electrical World, November 30th, 1885. Using the same symbols 
 3 
 Z 
 as above, the formula reduces to C= es . Itis based on arise of 
 
 The formula reduced to convenient form is C= 
 
 temperature of about 19 degrees F. 
 
 **Calculated from the tables given on page 169 by the metho 
 indicated in the directions for using the tables ‘Twenty-five de- 
 grees was taken as the safe rise in temperature. 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 tFormula, Cours 
 
 This column represents the safe carrying capacity recom- 
 mended by several companies; a comparison with the columns 
 based on practical conditions will show how unsafe are these 
 high figures. From a theoretical standpoint, they seem to be 
 based on arise in temperature of about 55 degrees, a practical 
 application of which might be extremely disastrous, especially 
 in warm weather or under conditions where the dissipation of 
 heat is retarded. 
 
 171 
 
S caehaneeh hemicomekcammh aeeeh eek aie aati oe | 
 
 VOLTS OR AMPERES. 
 TN & LNCOIM COM OMAN SOLO 
 
 | 
 
 0G | GL | SL | 2b} | A] | oa § 
 
 0098S" 
 
 02609" 
 
 OFGRE 
 
 O9GSF 
 OSSCP’ 
 00c0b" 
 OCo28" 
 OFSES" 
 O9TZS" 
 OSF6G" 
 00896° 
 OZIFS" 
 OFFIS" 
 O9Z8T’ 
 OS09T" 
 
 OObEL: 
 OGLOT 
 OFO80" 
 098¢0° 
 08920" 
 
 0660S" 
 PLESP 
 Sc8SP* 
 C8GEP 
 9ELOF 
 HGL8E" 
 FROGS" 
 86088" 
 CSG0S" 
 90083" 
 O9bS6° 
 FIGZS" 
 89806" 
 GC8LT" 
 9LCST" 
 O£ZGL° 
 PSTOL 
 86920" 
 G60S0" 
 9FSZ0° 
 
 OFS" 
 SESS" 
 OTPSF* 
 FOOTF’ 
 GOSS" 
 O8LF 
 SOLES" 
 OCSTs" 
 PPO8G" 
 ZECIG 
 OGLbG: 
 SOLIS" 
 96661" 
 P8891" 
 CLEFT 
 03061. 
 8F960" 
 JSGLO™ 
 PESEO" 
 IFZO" 
 
 O9SSF 
 G8GEP 
 FOOTF 
 9GLE8E" 
 SEFIS" 
 
 ‘OLLbE 
 
 COSTE" 
 PLOGZ 
 O8ELB" 
 8C0SS 
 08266° 
 ZOS0Z" 
 FGGST" 
 OFEST” 
 S998T" 
 O62 1° 
 ZTT60" 
 E890" 
 9CSF0" 
 82620" 
 
 8h 
 
 O8SZF'00ZOF’ 
 98206" OGI8S" 
 GSGRE" OSTOS 
 SFFOG' OLTFS" 
 FOSFS' O9TZE’ 
 O9L¢E OSLOS: 
 9100S OFTSZ" 
 GLSLZ'OST9Z" 
 SGLES OCIS 
 FSCS OTIS’ 
 OPbLe 0010 
 9661 (0G08T’ 
 ZGTLT O809T’ 
 00ST’ OLOFT’ 
 FOSZT’ O90ZT" 
 OG20t OSO0L 
 9280" OFO80' 
 ZEF90' 08090" 
 S850" OZOFO" 
 FFIZO" 010G0" 
 
 0ze2¢" 
 FROGS" 
 89168" 
 ZEST" 
 9 TOS" 
 ODL" 
 FIZIS" 
 S8EFS" 
 ZISZS" 
 92902" 
 0928) 
 FSS" 
 S00CT" 
 ZEIST | 
 OCI" 
 08260", 
 FOCLO" 
 86990" 
 ZELE0" 
 
 9L8T0"| 
 
 Ll 
 
 bh 
 
 OFSFS 
 86088" 
 9SeTs” 
 FI9GG 
 GLELG" 
 OFL9G° 
 S8EFG" 
 9V IGS" 
 F060G" 
 GOT6L 
 OGbLL 
 SLOGT 
 9S68T° 
 FOIZT 
 CCFOT 
 01280" 
 89690" 
 96690" 
 F8FSO" 
 GPELIO 
 
 el 
 
 O9TZE" O8F6Z" 0089Z 
 BECOE'9008G" ONFSZ 
 FPFO8S'BESIG OZLFG 
 9EELZ SOG" O8LZS" 
 ROLES | F8CGS" OFF IZ 
 OOLbE GLLGG OOL0G’, 
 BISZS'9690B"|O9L8T’ 
 FO60G'|GOTGT OGPLT 
 9661 |8892T"0809T" 
 S89LT FIZOT OPLET 
 08091" 0bZbL O0re): 
 LEFT" 998109067" 
 FIST |GOLTT OZLOT’ 
 9SZTL"|STEOT "08860" 
 8F960"|FF880"0F080" 
 01080° OLE20° 00290" 
 GEF90"9680" 0980" 
 FSFO | ZZFFO" OGOFO™ 
 9TZE0"|8F620" 08920" 
 80910" 
 
 | 
 | 
 
 FLFIO’ OFSTO" 
 Gh 
 
 LL | Ob 
 
 OGTES” 
 P1626" 
 B0L1Z 
 ZOL0S" 
 96061" 
 O608L° 
 P8891" 
 89ST" 
 CLEFT 
 99681" 
 0901" 
 PS8OT" 
 8F960" 
 GFFSO' 
 980 
 
 02090" 
 FZSFO" 
 8198 
 GIFZO" 
 90610" 
 
 —— ae 
 
 6 
 
 OFFIC" 
 89803" 
 96660" 
 PECRL 
 CCT LL” 
 08091 
 80091" 
 9868" 
 POSSI’ 
 COLTT" 
 
 O9L8T 
 GC8LT" 
 PRsor” 
 9F6ST 
 800ST” 
 
 O20bL* 
 
 GSTS 
 FOIGT 
 9SGIT 
 STSOL 
 
 O¢L01: 
 8F960" 
 92980" 
 OSLO" 
 
 “GSF90" 
 
 032S0' 
 88ZF0 
 
 ‘9TZE0° 
 
 FPIGO 
 GLOTO" 
 
 8 
 
 08260" 
 GFF80° 
 F0SL0° 
 99990" 
 869G0" 
 C6340" 
 GSLEO" 
 FI8c0° 
 9L8T0° 
 88600 
 
 ‘SAYadNV YO SLIOA 
 
 ‘8998 
 
 O809T’ 
 9LGT" 
 CLEFT 
 
 r 
 FOSST 
 09061" 
 OSGI 
 GSFOL 
 F960" 
 FP880° 
 01080: 
 9&ZL0" 
 CEF90" 
 86990" 
 FGSFO" 
 0c060" 
 9180" 
 GIFCO" 
 '809T0' 
 F0800° 
 
 OOFST’ 
 OSLO’ 
 09061" 
 O6STT’ 
 OCLOT” 
 OSO0t° 
 08860" 
 OTL80" 
 0F080" 
 OLEL0" 
 00290 
 08090" 
 09860" 
 06960" 
 OZOFO" 
 0S229° 
 08920" 
 0100" 
 OFSTO" 
 
 4900" 
 
 OZLOT | 
 PSTOL 
 SEIGO’ 
 ZIT60° 
 9LCR0 || 
 07080 
 FOSLO’ 
 89690 
 GEFIO’ 
 968¢0° 
 oses0° 
 FSO" 
 88GFO° 
 GGLE0° 
 9TZEO'| 
 08970" 
 FFIGO’ 
 809T0" 
 ZLOIO' 
 98G00° 
 
 b 
 
 £ 
 
 OF080" 
 86920" 
 98620" 
 FE890 
 
 CEFIO" 
 02090" 
 8z990' 
 9ZS0" 
 FZ8FO" 
 GoPFO 
 
 0c060° 
 81920" 
 9TZE 
 1820" 
 ZIPZO™ 
 OLOZO" 
 80910" 
 
 906TO" 
 
 FO800° 
 GOFOO 
 
 N 
 
 O9&C0" 
 G6O0S0* 
 FGSPO 
 9S°F0" 
 
 S8CFO" 
 
 O¢0b0: 
 BELE0' 
 FSFEO" 
 9180" 
 8F6C0" 
 08960" 
 IFO" 
 
 ‘|FFTGO" 
 
 9L810° 
 S09TO" 
 OvElO- 
 GLOTO’ 
 FO800° 
 98900" 
 89¢00° 
 
 "huedwoy ajqeg punoubsepup paepuezg 04} Jo uelslujzo0/y ‘sousig "mM Asuapy Aq pauedasg 
 
 ‘ATaVL YAMOd ASYOH IVOINLOAI1E 
 
 é 
 
 = 
 
 | 
 ! 
 | 
 
 0890' 
 OFSZO" 
 ZIFO 
 
 82000" 
 FFIZO" 
 OLOGO 
 
 ‘9L8T0" 
 ZFLIO’ 
 30910" 
 FLETO" 
 ObELO 
 
 9010" 
 ZLOTO’ 
 86600" 
 FOSO0" 
 62900° 
 9€600" 
 ZOFOO' 
 89200" 
 FST00' 
 
 L 
 
 lr} 
 
 bh suk seek seh meee eel meek meh seb seek meek | 
 "SHUddNV YO SLIOA 
 HORSE POWER TABLE. 
 The product of Volts and Amperes represents Electri 
 Dividing by 746 reduces Electrical Energy to Horse Power. 
 
 work ot reduction from Volts and Amperes to Hor 
 and a few examples will show how to use the table. 
 
 rN SPL COM COMO AQINI ST LOCONmco 
 
 5 Oe o 
 Da 0 n 
 eS 5 
 6¥s wo fa 
 POf Hee 
 bo o° a 
 Senor eB 
 Ae re] 
 WSS N8ee 
 oo O eet 
 By Te ais. ads 
 icin “Smt cs 
 Sa . —] 
 maa Gg B | 
 Om rw pn 
 Oo %.) & 
 eres ee 
 o. €6€ a 
 mo 
 ot) oS 
 n AADQAW 
 He Oo 
 owen ee 
 
 9 we find 
 
 e 
 
 ae 
 e 
 
 ee 
 
 At the juncture of columns 12and 1 
 
 Power for Example No.1. 
 
 oe 
 
 What Electrical Horse Power corresponds to 1 
 
 1st. 
 end. 
 
 3rd. 
 
 0-552 H. P; 
 e Horse Power 
 
 2 
 re) 
 
 a 
 
 gures after the 19 and 12, hence 
 3, hence tl 
 
 ght and the answer is 
 
 significant figures in Example No. 
 
 In Example No. 2 there are two significant fi 
 
 we move the decimal point two places to the ri 
 
 There are three 
 
 is 305 foe 
 
 ® 
 a 
 os 
 bx} 
 ~~ 
 n 
 3 
 = 
 ) 
 Fy 400 HR 
 HeMOS als 
 ; OHA 
 SF oy 
 2 iii ly 
 aon 
 So % 
 Go... 2 
 paige ae 1s 
 rs] Ay 
 ee: 
 woMSHS 
 Og... x 
 he tie a 
 qs g 
 IAS ays 
 tos ts & 
 Tes 
 ° 
 nee ee 
 Hag sa 
 outs 
 > re 
 9 « 
 _ 
 e oo 
 oe 
 > fo) 
 3 Ay 
 ou eat 
 oO n 
 BOS 
 1 
 g a 
 ot 
 a, 
 ee Ne 
 wn 
 > 
 3 
 
 172 
 
ALTERNATING CURRENTS. 
 
 Owing to the extensive use of alternating currents in over- 
 head feeders and underground electric cables it is thought 
 necessary to give some formule and tables to be used in making 
 calculations with reference to cables carrying alternating 
 currents, 
 
 In the first place we shall give some general formule and 
 later some results derived from practical tests. 
 
 For alternating currentsOhm’s Law hasthe following form : 
 
 EH 
 
 oS (1) 
 
 V R24 p2y2 
 
 where C=the current, E=the electromotive force, R=the ohmic 
 
 resistance, P—277 times the frequency, and =the “inductance”’ 
 
 which depends upon the geometric form of the circuit and the 
 
 magnetic properties of the conductors and the surrounding 
 medium. 
 
 The expression 7 R?+P?I/? is called the ‘‘Impedance.’’ Fora 
 circuit consisting of two parallel wires each of a radius r, and 
 having an inter-axial distance d, between them, the total length 
 of the entire circuit being Z feet, 
 
 30.48 1(.5-+-4.6052 Log® ) 
 as 109 
 and for iron wire when the current density is low 
 
 80.48 2(75+-4.6052 Log’) 
 e— 102 Henrys. 
 The distance (d), and the radius (r), must be expressed in the 
 
 same units of length. aie 
 The drop in voltage for an alternating current circuit 
 
 =CyR2+P2I2 
 SKIN EFFECT. 
 
 The alternating current causes an unequal distribution of 
 the current in the wire, the current density decreasing towards 
 the center of the conductor so that for large wires the central 
 portion is useless as a conductor, thus increasing the resistance 
 of the wire above that which it would be for a continuous 
 current. 
 
 This is known as ‘‘ Skin Effect.’’ 
 
 The skin effect increases with the frequency and also with 
 the diameter of the wire in such a way that for the same per- 
 centage of increase in the resistance due to skin effect the pro- 
 duct [diameter?x frequency] is constant. 
 
 This fact permits the following table to be constructed from 
 which the increase in resistance may be calculated fora given 
 frequency and size of conductor. 
 
 Henrys (2) 
 
 To find the factor 
 
 I ead apie eR Multiplying | With which the resist- 
 pee a Frequency Factor. ance to the direct cur- 
 1000000 rent is to be multi- 
 plied, in order to ob- 
 
 95.0 1.02 tain the resistance to 
 
 35.0 1.04 the alternating cur- 
 
 43 0 1.06 rents, multiply the 
 
 49.5 1.08 number of circular 
 
 56.5 1.10 mils of the conductor 
 
 71.5 1.15 by the frequency and 
 
 84.5 1 20 divide by 1000000; then 
 
 96.0 1.25 in the left hand 
 
 108.0 1.80 column find between 
 
 180.5 1.40 which two numbers 
 
 154.5 1.50 the result lies. The 
 
 178.5 1.60 required factor lies 
 
 204.0 1.70 between the factors 
 
 2382.5 1.80 corresponding to 
 
 263.5 1.90 these two numbers 
 
 294, 2.00 and is found by inter- 
 
 polation. 
 
 For example :—What is the resistance to the alternating cur- 
 reut of an 850,000 circular mils conductor of which the resistance 
 to the direct current is .001157 ohms, when the frequency is 133 
 alternations per second? . 3 
 
 Circular milsX Frequency _ 
 mn Oe es 1338=113 
 
 173 
 
 Here 
 
Referring to the table it is seen that this result lies between 
 108 and 130.5 and the difference between 108 and 130.5 is 22.5, 
 which corresponds to a difference in the factor of 1.40,—1.30,=.10, 
 and since the difference between 113 and 108 is 5 we have by 
 
 simple proportion .1x spg= 0 as the increase in the factor above 
 1.30 corresponding to the increase in the numbers in the left 
 hand column from 108 to 118, so that the factor corresponding to 
 118 is 1.80+.02=1.32. 
 
 Multiplying this by the resistance to the direct current we 
 have .0011571.82—.001527 ohms as the resistance to the alter- 
 nating current. 
 
 NOoTE.—The above method is based on Lord Kelvin’s calcu- 
 lations for solid conductors and we believe that for practical 
 purposes it can be applied with sufficient accuracy for conductors 
 composed of stranded wires. 
 
 Illustrative example for the calculation of the alternating 
 currents. 
 
 What is the current flowing in an 850,000 circular mil stranded 
 conductor 95 feet long the circuit consisting of two parallel con- 
 ductors, with an inter-axial distance of 4 inches, when the im- 
 pressed EK. M. F.—3.73 volts and the periodicity 133. 
 
 Here the diameter of conductor=1094 mils. 
 
 The resistance to the direct current=.001157 ohms, therefore 
 the resistance to the alternating current=.001527 ohms. 
 
 (See example under skin effect). 
 
 The inductance (L) is found from formule (2) 
 
 z 4 
 30.48 x 95(.5+-4.6052 Log a) 12972 
 
 ape 109 109 
 
 Substituting in equation (1) this_value for (L), and also the 
 value of P, R, and EK we have 
 
 Ce 3.78 _ 3.78 
 
 cay, 253.1416 9972\2 -01095 
 
 (.001527)2-+ x3.14 a 97 ) 
 In an actual test in which the above conditions were approx- 
 imately fulfilled the current by actual measurement was 334 
 
 amperes. ; 
 In this case where the centers of the conductors were 4 inches 
 
 -01095 
 -001527 
 
 Henrys 
 
 =340 Amperes. 
 
 apart it will be seen that the impedance was =7.2 times 
 the ohmic resistance. 
 
 On reducing the inter-axial distance to 3 inches the result of 
 an actual test gave the impedance to be about 6.6 times the ohmic 
 resistance; and upon bringing the two branches of the circuits 
 so close together that the lead coverings almost touched, the 
 impedance was reduced to about 5.5 times the ohmic resistance. 
 
 The results of these tests as well as theory clearly show the 
 advantage of placing the two branches of an alternating circuit 
 as near together as possible. 
 
 This is best accomplished in the Duplex Cable and an actual 
 test has shown that in a piece of 00 Duplex Cable the impedance 
 was only about 1.5 times the ohmic resistance. 
 
 HEATING EFFECT OF THE ALTERNATING CURRENT. 
 
 For the same current a cable will become more heated when 
 the current is alternating than when it is direct. 
 
 This is most marked with large conductors owing to the 
 skin effect. There may even be in the interior of the conductor 
 a current reverse in direction to that nearer the surface. 
 
 In an alternating circuit composed of two separate cables 
 the lead covers of which were touching at frequent intervals, as 
 is often the case in practice, the rise of the cable in temperature 
 above the surrounding air, was found by an actual test to be 
 neatly double what it was when the lead coverings were in 
 sulated from each other. 
 
 This is due to induced currents in the lead, which short cir- 
 cuit themselves at the points ot contact of the lead covers. 5 
 
 With a short length of cable we have obtained as much as 
 130 amperes between the lead of one cable and that of the other. 
 
 Sparks between the lead covers of single cables conveying 
 alternating currents have frequently been observed in manholes 
 and the cause of gas explosions in these manholes has been 
 attributed to this phenomenon. 
 
 174 
 
and both 
 
 The above mentioned effects are prevented in the Duplex 
 
 Cable where the conductors are placed close together 
 
 symmetrically surrounded by the lead cover. 
 
 di- 
 
 tional reasons why Duplex Cables are preferable for conveying 
 
 the alternating current. 
 
 These are ad 
 
 TO FIND THE CAPACITY OF A WIRE SUSPENDED 
 
 THE AIR. 
 
 Capacity per mile in microfarads 
 
 To find the capacity between two wires suspended in air. 
 
 Capacity per mile in microfarads 
 
 Oo.” 
 ro 
 oO8 
 ete Me wre, 
 Falemyon es) 
 toa ¥ 
 aad & 
 oord 
 eel Vs 
 GH Ge 
 O¥y0 
 an] ie) 
 "Ar 2 
 Decry 
 -ULrvty 
 ogee 
 Stic 
 -~ Ho 
 Me 9 B54 
 =| Fyuvod 
 SP eos s 
 9 Seon 
 aes Rae 
 y 2B vt A 
 Se Vo ay 
 OP EHS uo) 
 Pugav .g 
 CFD BDH 
 Qy Ua 
 Seuss gsya 
 SOR Dads 
 Um ay 4 
 aE: 
 3° 
 3) 
 BSS gues 
 Ii lotgys 
 DOU® 90a 
 eo 
 5 “ApS 
 Pe Rett 
 = 4 
 5 ange 
 ions 
 
 *sot}yioedes 0} so1jdde ani smves ayy, 
 *3.1N}B.19d T1139} PIA.19SqO 9} 3B WOT}E[NSUI paze[ngqe}y ay} Aq Jonpo.id oy} splarp pue‘s1nj}e1sdu19}z 
 perlsap 3} 7B MOT} e[NSUT poze[Nq ej 9y} Aq UOT}E[NSUT UMOTY 94} ATd1}[NWI—: UMoTyY st ‘a1n} 
 -viad uid} Paarasqo UB 7B ‘MOTJE[NSUT JY} IIo ‘s[BIIoJVU SUL}e[NSUL 9AOB 9} Y}IM 91qQ¥d 
 
 Aue jo ‘ainjzessdura} Aue 38 ‘WOL}e[NsUT oy} SuIpuy Joy aTNYy 
 
 Insulators. 
 
 *2.1n}eIod M19} PolIsap 94} 4se1veM | SOOT" O&T GCL 
 sain3y OM} 34} TaaMyoq AT[eUOTJIOdo1d Burjzelod4s9jzuT Aq AjTo}zeUt | GL60° OST OSI 
 -rxoidde punojy aq ued ‘a[qe} 9} UL UeAIs saduvI 94} U2aMJoq | FFE" 09% CIl 
 31njereduia} Aue 0} Surpuodsasi0s Ayfovdes 10 UOT}e[NSUL I, 8160° 098 OIL 
 
 [680° OLP SOT 
 06L9° O8F &&6'T Gls OF8* 61 OOF" O8T GL80° 009 OOT 
 ¢999° 009 616°T SGP 6GL° 08 GCP O83 6980" OFL C6 
 0Sg9" OZL F06'T SLP GOL” 6F OSF* OSF GF80° O16 06 
 Grh9 &98 888° T GCG 80L° 9L OFF’ 089 9880° | OZOT G8 
 SF&9" 066 TL8°T 08¢ 889° O8T GPP" OFOT 8680" 00ST 08 
 6969" S8IT &S8'T OF9 929° 023 6&F* OST TG80° OOTS GL 
 O8T9° S6GI 8&8'T GOL 999; OOF 98P° O&ZS FI80° O¢8z OL 
 GOT9° OLFT IIs GLL LG9° OLL S&P" Os TS L080° O0GF G9 
 L809" OLOT 982'T 8F8 6F9° OZ6T OSPF" OOSP 0080° 0002 09 
 
 B B os B mg tt 8 oy B oy 
 RAG] REE | Ree] BRE) ReC| REE | Rae) BEE | ae RES 
 Ge eh ee | eho alla OS Eo) Ph hte ies Oa lee ti aes, P| eis ee tae Us Ee 4 
 Bes | ees | 2s | Bee) es | bee) bro) Bee) ee Ese) aS 
 — = —_ ae — = — he hawk ay —_ ete — ot —_ bate _— ot — ~ 
 pad | ES] esa) obs) mea | oes | RS | obs | Bd | obs) Bs 
 n ~ n wn n n a Hs 
 3 ‘ Ze : La Boe 
 oul % ‘OUT Ze You] *spt*s You] spt’s *moT}e[Ns =) 
 die Sia BC vinheT cot e[nsuy torye[nsuy -uj sadeg Aiq 2.4 
 ‘SR ‘AO 'ON| ‘STU TefMoIID | JOSSUASIUL | JOSSOUMIUL |-y-gaQgg@roN| * F 
 31qeD 000 O04 eI e Sst he gia oma 21429 0 
 WSVT IID9TH | JST OL oTH ne Sunoste |auSrrorspa | CONGR 
 2 p 2) q v 
 
 GAUNOLVYUAdNaL JO BONVHO HLIM ALIOVIVO OLLVLS 
 
 -OULOEIA GNV “AONVLSISSU ‘NOILVIOSNI 4O SONVHO 
 
 ‘] 
 
 The above Table is the result of several practical tests made 
 give our patrons a general idea of 
 
 THE STANDARD UNDERGROUND CABLE 
 
 CoMPANY, and is intended to 
 
 in the Laboratory of. 
 
 Ken) 
 
the electrical qualities ot some of the various kinds of insulating 
 mediums employed by us. ; 
 
 It is a well-known fact that a slight variation in the quality 
 and amount of insulating material used in the construction of a 
 cable, may make quite a difference in the insulation and capacity, 
 and hence other cables, of nominally the same insulating 
 material and dimensions as above, may give, under varying 
 temperatures, somewhat different results. 
 
 DESCRIPTION OF CABLES. 
 
 (“‘a”’) represents a Telephone Cable in which strips of paper 
 are wound spirally and loosely around the wire. The main 
 object in so doing is to enclose as much air as possible and thus 
 ensure a low Electrostatic capacity. 
 
 (‘‘b’’) represents an Electric Light Cable insulated with jute 
 and,hard Ozite. The insulation resistance of this class of cable 
 is high but owing to the hardness of the compound we do not 
 use it on allsizes of cables, nor do we recommend laying sucha 
 cable in very cold weather. 
 
 (‘‘c”’) represents a fibrous Electric Light Cable insulated with 
 soft Ozite. The insulation resistance is lower than that of ‘‘b” 
 but on account of the oily nature of the compound this cable 
 withstands breakdown strains from high voltage just as well as 
 ‘‘b,” and and it can be laid in cold weather without danger of 
 breaking the insulation and fiber when the cable is bent. : 
 
 (‘‘d’’) and (‘‘e’’) represent cables insulated with our Sterling 
 Rubber Compound, taped and provided with a lead cover, the 
 compound being vulcanized in the ordinary manner; it can 
 however, be vulcanized by a special method so as to greatly in- 
 crease the insulation resistance and decrease the electrostatic 
 capacity. ‘ 
 
 To determine the Insulation, Resistance, and Electrostatic 
 Capacity from the dimensions of the cable the following formule 
 may be used. 
 
 D 
 Insulation resistance per mile in megohms=k Log a (1) 
 
 (2) 
 
 Electrostatic Capacity per mile in microfarads= D 
 gee 
 Where D=Outside Diameter over Insulation. 
 d=Diameter of Conductor. 
 k—A constant depending upon the insulating 
 material and temperature. 
 c=A constant depending upon the insulating 
 material and temperature. 
 ‘“D” and “d”’ must be measured in the same units of length. 
 
 ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE. 
 
 What would be the Insulation Resistance per mile at 70° F. 
 of a No.6 B. & S. G. cable insulated to inch, with the same 
 compounds as used in cable (c)? 
 
 For Cable (c) at 70 degrees. 
 
 Insulation resistance per mile—400 Meghoms. 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 ; D=83+8i—82 Py am net 
 From this data the value of k is found by substituting in the 
 formule and solving for k. 
 
 Thus 
 400 400 __ 400 
 52 Log 1.6858 .2268 
 T08 ae 
 
 k =1760 
 
 64 
 
 Then by using this value of k and substituting for D and d 
 their dimensions in the cable of which the insulation Resistance 
 is to be determined, we have insulation resistance per mile of 
 
 A D .162+.875 
 No. 6 B. & S. G. insulated to §—k log, —1760 Log 465 — —916 
 megohms per mile. 
 
 The capacity Constant ‘‘c’’ for any given material and tem- 
 perature can be determined from formula (2) by the same method 
 as was used above to determine ‘‘k’”’ from formule (1) and then 
 thé Capacity per mile for any cable of the same material can be 
 found by substituting in formula (2) the dimensions of the cable 
 (D and d) and the value found for constant ‘“‘c.”’ 
 
 176 
 
weeeee 
 
 Montana 
 
 Vermont 
 
 Wash.. 
 
 Territo’ y 
 N.Scotia 
 
 Mexico... 
 
 No. | Miles. | Cars.| Capital 
 20| 215 | 810) 6,117,875 
 1] 10 I PA ater ee ON 
 10} 95 | 241| 3,141,600 
 59| 754 | 2,050} 56,632,150 
 12; 268.2) 629 1.7 0m 
 1 es bs 3} |e. 308 
 2 27 ISN oaacetonccowt 
 22) 129.9)" 911) 49, pe "3501 
 8 56.5 94 277 100 
 7 259.1 417 4, mM 050 
 51} 1,311.5) 6,019} 82, 383" 550 
 84| 267.5} 796 3,485,400 
 80} 271.1) 518) 9,798,400 
 17) +154.0; 265) 5,147,100 
 15; 286.2} 782) 12,107,150 
 12} 199.4) 745) 4,746,100 
 14| 119.1) 227) 1,382,000 
 11} 363.2} 887] 10,441,400 
 58 iy 102. $ 4 238 49,945,800 
 913,225 
 3B 18, 5 600 8,343,950 
 8 29.5 67 76,550 
 84, 592.4) 2,450} 37,459,000 
 6 59.5 71) _ 1,454,450 
 17| 282.5) 444] 10,410,800 
 6 58.2) 122 497 575 
 a 542.2} 1,422] 26,755,750 
 ibe Ol ee 
 123} 1,897.8] 8,453}212 342,700 
 10} ’ 43.4} ° 82) 12051350 
 a 2/869] 67,504,850 
 16, 158 241} 38,645,645 
 129) 2,048.9} 3,951)122 3981550, 
 8| 159.6) 526) 4,354,200) 
 6 48.3} 107 "153,100 
 8 38 25 52,150 
 22) 207 506} 9,460,050 
 43; 411.1; 6518) 3,560,650 
 6 98.2} 123) 2,832,350 
 5 28.5 50 459 300 
 91, «187 513) 6, 389,000 
 82| 816.4) 363) 11,869,850 
 6} 49.5| 97] 1,607°550 
 21| 341.5) 625] 4°623;600 
 8 22.5 28) 1,531,000 
 2 26 66 612,400 
 2 10 LO ese eS 
 3; 28 59| 1,913,750 
 27; 990.5} 958) 10,010,600 
 6| 121.8} 312} 8,497,050 
 07 To7 17,091.3146 ,840)890 829 120 
 
 sees eeeeree 
 
 ELECTRICAL STATISTICS. 
 Central Stations. 
 
 Street Railways. 
 
 seeeee | teeeeee 
 
 —— 
 
 This data is compiled 
 
 after careful tabulation and correction. 
 
 Inc. Arc 
 
 No. | Lights. Lights 
 26| 28197, 2,575 
 5| 60,000 107 
 19} 15,870 1,297 
 85! 129,588 8 648 
 51} 138.550 3,209 
 85] 90,749, 4,877 
 5} 22.400, 470 
 2} 21,250 586 
 15} 12,383! _ 609 
 29, 43,504 2.063 
 10 480, 818 
 218] 463'814' 22,680 
 113} 120,972, 11,435 
 105} 161,686, 5,874 
 63; 56,345 3,279 
 83] 95,340 38 266 
 11} 25,862! 2524 
 41} 60,620, 2576 
 26} 52,839) 2.979 
 101) 418,627) 20,542 
 130} 424,524! 13 857 
 51] 136,131] 5,587 
 13} 8,995! 688 
 87| 250,251) 9,208 
 16} 37,030; 1,155 
 35] 48,185. 1)889 
 3, 1,080) 189 
 32} 47/938] 2,673 
 64! 154,931] 9,366 
 5} 4,720) — 144 
 213) 758,740} 41,463 
 21; 11.8441 973 
 6} 6,162) 168 
 160) 275,346] 18,792 
 4, 3,600) 250 
 80} 34,600] 2,060 
 243| 645,716| 47/520 
 13} 63.066] 4,738 
 13} 11,935} 628 
 17; 16,910} — 556 
 29) 41.078} 2,215 
 76| 100,771| 3,615 
 10} 15,655) 650 
 23) 32,212) 1,758 
 41) 36,793) 2,727 
 44} 63,417| 3,360 
 22} 29.408) 1,197 
 87) 120,060} 6/192 
 9| 13,695} 182 
 2 820 33 
 ae eee 750 
 6 7,250 585 
 6| 16,845} 208 
 10} 10,495} 752 
 9 Te500 \eeeeese 
 16} 17,925} 733 
 109} 163,541} 8,112 
 9)  2°720 90 
 19} 90,644! 38,299 
 2, 1,200 += 100 
 1; 1,200} 150 
 41) 36.385] 7,009 
 2,707)5,756,384|305,520 
 
 — 
 
 Capital. 
 
 25,097,050 
 4,069,350 
 7,659,900 
 
 411,600 
 2,430,350 
 6,881,550 
 
 "370,450 
 58,130,950 
 
 “706,250 
 320,049 500 
 
 from Johnston’s Electrical and Stveet 
 Railway Directory for 1896, and was furnished by the Publishers 
 
 While some approximations are necessarily made to complete the 
 estimate, it is safe to say that the final result is correct to within one 
 per cent. of the actual figures, and may be relied upon to that extent, 
 
 177 
 
TELEPHONE STATISTICS. 
 
 AMERICAN BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY. 
 
 Number of Exchanges. ............... 
 Number of Branch Offices.......... 
 Instruments Under Rental......... 
 Miles of Wire on Poles............... 
 Miles of Wire on Buildings......... 
 Miles of Wire Underground........ 
 Miles of Wire Submarine............ 
 Total Miles Of Wires. .ccscc00s:. 
 Total Circuits, icc. ..ee ae 
 
 Total Employees......2.cccccspeosessvoee 
 Total: Stations, A.ccw-eccts eee 
 TOLL LINES. 
 
 Miles of Pole Lines.-..77.0t--.san 
 Miles of (Wite xii. 
 Estimated Daily Exchange Con- 
 
 BECOME. Lacs ccargste eset ee 
 Estimated Yearly Exchange Con- 
 AL CCELOUIS pads ua tessah ashy s ci gotticeece paeed 
 Average Daily Toll Connections. 
 Average Yearly Toll Connections 
 
 ee TS 
 
 The longest distance over which conversations are main- 
 
 JAN. Ist., 1896. 
 
 927 
 686 
 674,976 
 260,324 
 12,861 
 184,515 
 2,028 
 459,728 
 237,837 
 11,930 
 281,695 
 
 52,873 
 215,687 
 
 2,351,420 
 757,000,000 
 
 51,123 
 16,400,000 
 
 INCREASE 
 OVER 1895. 
 
 60 
 
 114 
 92,470 
 28,316 
 1,664 
 36,230 
 172 
 63,054 
 25,763 
 836 
 38,263 
 
 3,549 
 85,130 
 
 tained is 1,625 miles, from Boston, Mass., to Memphis, Tenn. 
 
 OTHER TELEPHONE COMPANIES. 
 
 Telephone Companies other than the American Bell, are 
 rapidly being organized throughout the country in very large 
 
 numbers. 
 
 At the present time, however, there is no very definite 
 
 information extant as to the number and equipment of such 
 
 companies, and we do not give any statistics, as they would 
 
 only be misleading. 
 
 178 
 
COMPARATIVE COST PER MILE OF 
 OVERHEAD WIRES AND CABLES. 
 
 (35 POLES TO THE MILE.) 
 
 S2thees -) 2s 
 2 ae =) 0 a6 
 Overhead Wires Bare, o. oo © a. 
 Materials, etc. eo = 9 >°e 
 ce eal a 
 ° 
 eS o¢ aos 
 BOLLE Toios 50.000 scWcduenasesceseunsys $ 181.25 | $ 166.25 $$ 455.00 
 SSDS Ca oo eS a aa 28.00 31.50 44.00 
 Cross-Arms, (10: pinsS)s42-ess. ihe 61.25 122.50 245.00 
 Cross-Arms, attaching to poles... 17.50 35.00 70.00 
 Braces and Screw6..............csesseeee -60 1.20 2.40 
 Pins, (1% inch Locust).............006 17.50 35.00 70.00 
 Pins, attaching tovarms............... 2.60 5.20 10.40 
 MATS AEALOUS ces c cc cececsscictcoscnecaccssactces 21.00 42.00 84.00 
 Insulators, attaching to pins....... 1.50 3.00 6.00 
 No. 14 B. & S. G. Hard Drawn 
 BT AIOPWALE!, < 220.52. Sessteee cat ase 497.96 995.92 | 1,987.84 
 Labor Stringing Wire.. ............... 200.00 880.00 740.00 
 otal wecccreys ccteossrd ccestes $ 979.16 | $1,817.57 | $38,708.64 
 LEAD COVERED AERIAL CABLE. 
 Thirty-five Poles (30 feet)...........| $ 52.50] $ 52.50! $ 52.50 
 REMEBER ITI: se cotscrssaccepthcscosesse 24.50 24.50 24.50 
 One Mile Galvanized Strand... 20.59 20.59 51.22 
 Stringing Same, Including Sup- 
 RIBERA od Gesvelenthghvnvenestedeosn.ne asus 52.00 52.00 52.00 
 One Mile New Standard Cable 
 and Installing Same Com- 
 RSC eo ke Dee ahs cas eaeg sony xe 1,214.40 | 1,636 80 | 2,428.80 
 MOEA thas sccscnctccaeee $1,363.99 | $1,786.39 | $2,609.02 
 
 The prices of various materials used in the foregoing esti- 
 mate are the average prices paid in various portions of the 
 country, and are very closely approximate for the average con- 
 ditions. 
 
 We have compiled the following table, showing the cost of 
 installing 25 pairs, 50 pairs, and 100 pairs underground cable, No. 
 19 B. & S. G., dry paper insulation, complete and ready for serv- 
 ice, in conduits ae three different types, these costs including 
 also the cost of conduit and installation of same complete, under 
 average conditions. 
 
 It should be remembered in comparing these costs that an 
 additional duct could be laid at the time of making the original 
 installation at an increased average cost of about 20 cents per 
 foot, which will thereby render it possible to double the capacity 
 of the system at any time that it may be necessary, with only 
 - the slight increase entailed in the cost of the cable itself, and its 
 installation ; whereas, in order to duplicate the original system 
 of bare wires on poles, the entire original cost of the overhead 
 system will be again incurred. 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE.—Costs of Various Systems. 
 STYLE OF SYSTEM. 50 wirES. 100 WIRES, 200 WIRES. 
 Bare Wire, No. 14 Copper... $ 979.16 $1,817.57 §$ 3,708.64 
 
 Aerial Lead Covered Cable, 
 INGOs) 20 BOG. Oa Grecsesestess 1,363.99 1,786.39 2,609.02 
 
 Underground Cable, No. 19 
 B. & S. G. in creosoted 
 
 WOOd CONGIIE. cevesaescese 2,217.60 2,640.00 8,484.80 
 In hollow brick tile......... 2,376.00 2,798.40 3,643.20 
 In cement lined pipe....... 2,640.00 3,062.80 3,907.60 
 
 When it is considered in connection with these figures, that 
 the relative yearly cost of maintenance of overhead wires, and 
 overhead and underground cables, is tremendously in favor of 
 cables, namely, about 10 a cent. for overhead wires, and from 
 nothing to not over % of 1 per cent. for cables, the advisability 
 of using cables becomes clearly manifest. 
 
 179 
 
WEATHER SIGNALS. 
 
 m= > | 
 
 iu 
 
 White Fla Blue Fla White and Binet rian: White Flag with Black 
 Clear ov Fair) Rain on” Blue Flag. Square in fe 
 Weather, - \ Snow, | Loca! Rains. :" femaaecuint Signal, _ Cold Wave. 
 
 Red, Black Centre. ~ White Pennant, | =~ Red Pennant ‘Red Pennant, 
 | Storm, ees Winds. Easterly Winds, «Information Signal,) 
 = When — layed in €onnec- When Displayed in Connee. Vbeo pevisyes , 
 tion with Storm Sigoal, . UON with Storm Sigoal, Alo 
 
 STORM SIGNALS, 
 
 Aiea z a 
 
 Nortbeasterly Winds, ™ Southeasterly Winds. Nortbwesterly Winds; © Southwesterly Winds,) 
 
 No. 1, white flag, six feet square, indicates clear or fair 
 weather. No. 2, blue flag, six feet square, indicates rain or 
 snow. No.8, white and blue flag, (parallel bars of white and 
 blue), six feet square, indicates that local rains or showers, 
 will occur, and that the rainfall will not be general. No. 4, 
 black triangular flag, four feet at the base and six feet in 
 length, always refers to temperature, when placed above Nos. ie 
 2 or 3it indicates warmer weather ; when placed below Nos. L, 
 2 or 8 it indicates colder weather, ten not displayed the in- 
 dications are that the temperature will remain stationary, or 
 that the change in temperature will not vary more than five 
 degrees from the temperature of the same hour of the preceding 
 day from June to August, inclusive, seven degrees from Novem- 
 ber to March, inclusive, and not more than six degrees for the 
 remaining months of the year. 
 
 No. 5, white flag, six feet square, with black square in center, 
 indicates the approach of a sudden and decided fall in temper a- 
 ture, and is usually ordered at least twenty-four hours in ad- 
 vance of the cold wave. When No. 5 is displayed, No. 4 is 
 always omitted. 
 
 A special storm flag, sed with black square in center, is 
 prescribed for use in North and South Dakota, Minnesota, 
 (except at Lake stations), Iowa, Nebraska and Wyoming to 
 indicate high winds, accompanied by snow, with temperature 
 below freezing. 
 
 When displayed on poles, the signals should be arranged to 
 read downward; when displayed from horizontal supports, a 
 small streamer should be attached to indicate the point from 
 which the signals are to be read. 
 
 No. 1 alone, indicates fair weather, stationary temperature. 
 
 No, 2 alone, indicates rain or snow, stationary temperature. 
 
 No. 3 alone, indicates local rain, stationary temperature. 
 
 No. 1 with No. 4 above it, indicates fair weather, warmer. 
 
 No. 1 with No. 4 below it, indicates fair weather, colder. 
 
 No, 2 with No. 4 above it, indicates warmer weather, rain or 
 snow. 
 
 180 
 
A Storm Signal. A red flag with black center indicates that 
 the storm is expected to be of marked violence. 
 
 A Red Pennant displayed with the flags indicates easterly 
 winds—that is from northeast to south, inclusive, and that the 
 storm center is approaching. 
 
 A White Pennant displayed with the flags indicates westerly 
 winds—that is from north to southwest, inclusive, and that the 
 storm center has passed. 
 
 When the Red Pennant is hoisted above the storm signals, 
 winds are expected from the northwest quadrant, when below, 
 from the southeast quadrant. 
 
 When the White Pennant is hoisted above the storm signal, 
 winds are expected from the northwest quadrant, when below 
 from the southwest quadrant. 
 
 NIGHT SIGNALS.—By night a red light will indicate easterly 
 winds, a white light above a red light will indicate westerly 
 winds. 
 
 The Hutricane Signal consists of two red flags with black 
 centers, displayed one above the other, and will be used to 
 announce the expected approach of tropical hurricanes and also 
 of those extremely severe and dangerous storms which occasion- 
 ally move across the Lakes and the Northern Atlantic coast. 
 
 181 
 
Tdentification. 
 
 MY NAME IS 
 
 Fe Oe OOO Ne OOO BORO Oe ee COURS One a Eee c ner ase Ser esscencenereseeensteacnccesecouseorasccucadcoensccecucaucsese 
 
 Sea See mec ceacewweneceeessencnsnwennacscccvenscunceWececcecdssussuscsuenevecesenéccssucesdeccepacacnuscess 
 
 SARE RT atone Sean ae nheenSeseAsdapaenscsines hh necupeias ececk ss hase: cauasechap ake svaseeniens nbeadsuussnedasddeadee 
 
 Reminders. 
 
 The No. on the Case of my Watch is... 
 The Noor the Works's 222 0 ay ee 
 
 size of my Hosieryinn dm = 2.2 ee ee 
 
 sizeof My;ShOes tains. swe han o in ee 
 
yA re ln Nr al ey Sn 
 
 i 
 An em 5 es se a 
 
 7 e199) - 
 
 : we bie Fa a er ee ie 
 'th~. nah ae - -—~ ~~ om. _- 
 Hore ro au 5 ah ¢ a ES a FE = im tat SO ey Sion a aie aed > ame dns Rak he dees elie ne - ioe Seg 
 
 ‘ 
 q 
 ’ 
 - 
 > sa iach dheiete dine oak oe ee 
 7 
 + 
 
 | kate een oe eee ee 
 
 Pa fe Sas a as snes poopeey eo fl 
 
 abet 3-98 wae eer yee Sas sane ak} a a 
 
 , a8 ——~ a Saeen me Bee 
 
 i 
 Poa a ae Ue aS t Tt eS ae wares 
 ; - ’ 
 
 ; 
 ea hn ee ae ies eed oo & =e Pe nt one 
 j i , : 
 
 7 See ae ee ore ss * > ee See 
 
 5 RTs Bae eee Ge Dis wtb ne oe 4s -s 
 ‘ ' 
 
 oe 
 
 Pn ob ge lane en 
 
 * ve 
 
 r 
 rae Tat St Cor vara Ome 4a 
 
 po ne 44s +; -2—4 9 = Prien pap gens 
 
 _— re Ss aS oe the nett ete aes a a da a G2 Da a eg ee 
 ; 
 
 a > a on 
 \ ‘ 
 
 ) 
 a oo 
 
 “2 > 7 j 
 tf pt ob 
 
 sata deteen siteneth emeendeteaae ceeliomaliin tote Mittens ad 
 ad ‘ ‘ 
 
 vi 
 
 — 
 
 os 
 
A EN A i i gy tig, eg 
 
 - ; ~ 
 hy y* La 
 - x es see mes ft ot blithe same ln bale tamed oe > 
 Sn . > on me ee tae ae a et a 
 Ka oe ? t . ; 
 \ A , a 4 > a 
 ine Gieieaine deine aaa cate ied itil aihhe inihhdiene anal aiinad 
 
 aunt detiealieiietetiec 2 she ane ent me Paes 
 . ’ 
 
 i 
 985 Bere wa) + ae —t + . 
 
 aban ee a ee om 
 
 | pe TEE 
 eh irre tah A Ete iy -. 
 
 ei Ao Oe eS es Se 
 
 ope 3 Cee alla indihiieeciimnaiem coeds i 
 
 ; 
 Se na est a oe se at AoE Fh nbn 
 f ‘ in~§ 
 
 ap rs Aahan amnamhaenee ane aoe reat tcaes Se ee ee ee 
 
 aes -< Se See eee $.= _ 
 
 i pt § . — 2 j it 
 — ; 9 Soa sat tee oe te a a ao oe 
 : tae ‘ rs . : : : : i 2 . : 
 ‘ Salah Aue Reed iccieaietes Peer ke 5D Ca a hE eh 
 f ; 4 
 i tae I 
 
 Se ee ay ae eran ae 
 ; ; 
 
 + 
 td dillon on ee a 
 ~ ) 
 
 a 
 4 21 & 
 Se ee oe See Se Coe 
 
 rf ‘ ‘ 
 inate tee eee en 
 
 4 ee 
 
 r ¥% 
 
 Pr et 
 ; 
 
 : Pe ee i 
 
 a 7 ; J be F 
 
 a oe ee en re an 
 
 é = ’ 
 _ 
 
 } 
 
 cs 5) Se wae o aur 
 
 tl bo re = pte 
 
 ‘henge ? ee 
 
 ee I cn ee ee ee 
 i 
 
 Meth G peewee -) ow 
 ' Seed tien eae a ee oe 
 ‘ ' 
 — 7 ad : 
 “ a 
 i, Sa 7 
 s ; y : 
 ~ ~ <4 
 ‘ a 
 : % 
 i. 44 
 ‘ 
 
 —< ‘ . 
 pat a tS te then eae eee on 
 A ‘ q 
 
 ‘ ‘7 ine’ 
 “- » es Sen Cer AOR he eee oy 
 vice | ’, 42a 
 
 SRRREN Aaa Gok eee ee eS OM i Ki in 
 
 | RAE OE Ona e ety wes cae a oe eee 
 
 i { = os ’ ib =f ‘ 
 - + ae £70 toe ae a es ni fepnend Se a oe eh ——— 
 
 } 5 Bue! | y. 4 
 imp eee & alah sa cane (ate een ses coe et ee Coen 
 J : ? f 
 
 i 
 Se ee ee ee are 
 
 5 SEE Tes ak OM > a oe ee _ 
 
 he 
 
ee et te 
 
 ee 
 ee 
 
 Oo myentey em 
 
 O04, be pee 
 
i ¢ 
 os ~~ +S - - | . 
 eS es 
 oo chi, SE el gs + pape 
 1 
 ; So | oe 
 ‘ ’ ' 
 Aer on A » 
 peep ha} prad : 
 rive - ar 
 - ' 
 é 
 p 
 ' 
 . 4 
 Y 4 
 a.) 
 ve 
 p; 
 ss. = ==> = 2 oes C225 ree aig et ak re ee oe = == — = 
 
« 
 
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA 
 
 30112 
 
 069104856 
 
 11